Exhibit 96.1

 

 

 

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ABBREVIATIONS 23
UNITS OF MEASURE 28
1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 29
  1.1 Introduction 29
  1.2 Property Description, Mineral Tenure, Ownership, Surface Rights, Royalties, Agreements and Permits 29
  1.3 Geology 32
    1.3.1 Geological Setting 32
    1.3.2 Style of Mineralization 32
    1.3.3 Exploration History 32
    1.3.4 Sample Preparation, Analyses, Security and Data Verification 33
  1.4 Mineral Processing and Metallurgical Testing 34
  1.5 Mineral Resource Estimate 35
  1.6 Mineral Reserve Estimate 38
  1.7 Mining Methods 43
  1.8 Processing and Recovery Methods 46
  1.9 Project Infrastructure 48
    1.9.1 Kabanga Site 48
    1.9.2 Logistics 49
  1.10 Market Studies 50
    1.10.1 Nickel 51
    1.10.2 Cobalt 51
    1.10.3 Copper 52
    1.10.4 Concentrate Specification, Smelter Capacity and Pricing 53
  1.11 Environmental, Permitting and Social License 54
    1.11.1 Kabanga Site 55
    1.11.2 Land Access and Resettlement 55
    1.11.3 Mine and Facility Closure 55
  1.12 Capital and Operating Costs 55
    1.12.1 Project Schedule 55
    1.12.2 Capital Costs 56
    1.12.3 Operating Costs 57
  1.13 Economic Analysis 58
  1.14 Interpretation and Conclusions 59
    1.14.1 Geology and Mineral Resources 59
    1.14.2 Mineral Reserves 59
    1.14.3 Economic Analysis 60
    1.14.4 Risks 60
  1.15 Recommendations 61
    1.15.1 Permitting and Licenses 61
    1.15.2 Mining 61
    1.15.3 Infrastructure 61
    1.15.4 Tailings Storage Facility 61
    1.15.5 Logistics 61
    1.15.6 Environmental and Social Studies, Resettlement and Closure 62
    1.15.7 Economic Analysis 62
    1.15.8 Human Resources 62
    1.15.9 Execution Readiness 62

 

Page 2 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

2 INTRODUCTION 63
  2.1 Background 63
  2.2 Registrant for Whom the Technical Report Summary was Prepared 63
  2.3 Terms of Reference and Purpose of the Report 63
  2.4 Source of Information and Data 64
  2.5 Qualified Persons 64
    2.5.1 QP – Sharron Sylvester 64
    2.5.2 QP – DRA 65
  2.6 Details of Personal Inspection 66
    2.6.1 Site Inspections – Sharron Sylvester 66
    2.6.2 Site Inspections – DRA 66
  2.7 Units and Currency 66
  2.8 Effective Dates 66
3 PROPERTY DESCRIPTION 67
  3.1 Project Location 67
    3.1.1 Co-ordinates System 67
  3.2 Ownership 68
  3.3 Framework Agreement Summary and Economic Benefits Sharing Principal 69
  3.4 Special Mining Licence 69
  3.5 Mineral Rights, Surface Rights and Environmental Rights 72
4 ACCESSIBILITY, CLIMATE, LOCAL RESOURCES, INFRASTRUCTURE, AND PHYSIOGRAPHY 73
  4.1 Overview 73
  4.2 Kabanga Site 73
    4.2.1 Location 73
    4.2.2 Accessibility 74
    4.2.3 Existing Infrastructure 74
    4.2.4 Physiography and Vegetation (and Habitats/Species of Conservation Importance) 75
    4.2.5 Climate 75
    4.2.6 Seismicity 75
    4.2.7 Catchments and Water Resources 75
  4.3 Availability of Tanzanian Infrastructure 76
  4.4 Country and Regional Setting 78
5 HISTORY 79
  5.1 UNDP Era (1976–79) 79
  5.2 Sutton Era (1990–99) 79
    5.2.1 Sutton – BHP JV Era (1990–95) 79
    5.2.2 Sutton (1995–97) 79
    5.2.3 Sutton – Anglo JV Era (1997–99) 79
  5.3 Barrick Era (1999–2004) 80
  5.4 Barrick – Glencore JV Era (2005–18) 80
  5.5 Tanzanian Mining Law Reform (2018–21) 81
  5.6 BHP Investment in KNL (2021–2025) 81
  5.7 Previous Technical Report Summaries 82
    5.7.1 March 2023 Technical Report Summary 82
    5.7.2 November 2023 Technical Report Summary 82
    5.7.3 December 2024 Technical Report Summary 82
    5.7.4 June 2025 Technical Report Summary 82

 

Page 3 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

6 GEOLOGICAL SETTING, MINERALIZATION, AND DEPOSIT 83
  6.1 Regional Geological Setting 83
  6.2 Property Geology 84
  6.3 Lithologies and Stratigraphy 85
  6.4 Structural Setting 86
  6.5 Deposit Description 86
  6.6 Mineralization Style 87
  6.7 Alteration and Weathering 87
7 EXPLORATION 93
  7.1 Exploration Timeline 93
    7.1.1 Early Regional Exploration 1976–79 93
    7.1.2 Sutton Era Exploration 94
    7.1.3 Barrick Era Exploration 95
    7.1.4 TNCL Exploration: 2021–Present 97
  7.2 Exploration and Drillhole Database 98
  7.3 Drilling, Core Logging, Downhole Survey, and Sampling 98
    7.3.1 Drilling 98
    7.3.2 Core Recovery 98
    7.3.3 Core Logging 98
    7.3.4 Core Sampling 99
    7.3.5 Collar Survey 99
    7.3.6 Downhole Survey 99
    7.3.7 BHEM Data 100
    7.3.8 Drillhole Database 101
    7.3.9 Geotechnical 101
    7.3.10 Hydrogeological 101
  7.4 Density Measurements 103
  7.5 Planned Drilling Campaigns 104
  7.6 Exploration Targets 106
    7.6.1 Safari Link Exploration Target 106
    7.6.2 Safari Extension Exploration Target 107
    7.6.3 Rubona Hill Exploration Target 108
    7.6.4 Block 1 South Exploration Target 110
    7.6.5 Exploration Target Summary 111
8 SAMPLE PREPARATION, ANALYSES, AND SECURITY 112
  8.1 Introduction 112
  8.2 Sample Preparation 112
  8.3 Assaying 112
  8.4 Quality Assurance and Quality Control 114
    8.4.1 QA/QC Sample Frequency 114
    8.4.2 Sample Preparation QA/QC – Screen Test 115
    8.4.3 Duplicates and Check Assays – ALS-Chemex Coarse Reject Duplicates 115
    8.4.4 Genalysis Pulp Check Assays 117
    8.4.5 SGS Lakefield Pulp Check Assays 119
    8.4.6 Quarter Core Replicates 120
    8.4.7 Certified Reference Material Standards 121
    8.4.8 Blanks 128

 

Page 4 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

  8.5 Security 129
  8.6 QP Opinion 129
9 DATA VERIFICATION 130
  9.1 Independent Verifications 130
    9.1.1 Site Visit 130
    9.1.2 Verifications of Analytical Quality Control Data 130
  9.2 QP Opinion 130
10 MINERAL PROCESSING AND METALLURGICAL TESTING 131
  10.1 Background 131
  10.2 Historical Concentrator Testwork 131
  10.3 Current Feasibility Study Concentrator Testwork 134
    10.3.1 Analytical and Test Laboratories 134
    10.3.2 Current Testwork Samples and Scope 136
    10.3.3 Feed Characterization and Mineralogy 147
    10.3.4 Comminution Testwork 148
    10.3.5 Ni-Cu-Co Flotation Testwork 149
    10.3.6 Pyrrhotite Flotation Testwork 155
    10.3.7 Concentrate and Tailings Settling and Filtration Testwork 155
    10.3.8 Tailings Rheological Characterization Testwork 157
    10.3.9 Concentrate Characterization Testwork 157
    10.3.10 Testwork Quality Assurance and Quality Control 157
  10.4 Concentrator Metallurgical Performance Projection 158
    10.4.1 Summary of Testwork Data Used 158
    10.4.2 Nickel Recovery Model Development 159
    10.4.3 Copper and Cobalt Recovery Model Development 163
    10.4.4 Ni-Cu-Co Concentrate Product 164
    10.4.5 Mill Scats 167
    10.4.6 Pyrrhotite Concentrate Grade and Recovery 168
    10.4.7 Main Zone Metallurgical Behavior and Recovery Estimation 169
    10.4.8 Summary of Recovery Algorithms 169
    10.4.9 Production Ramp-Up, Commissioning, and Optimization 171
    10.4.10 Concentrator Performance Estimate 171
  10.5 QP Opinion – Concentrator 173
11 MINERAL RESOURCE ESTIMATE 174
  11.1 Mineral Resource Modeling 174
  11.2 2024 Mineral Resource Drillhole Database 174
  11.3 Mineral Resource Domain Interpretations 174
    11.3.1 Sedimentary Stratigraphic Interpretations 174
    11.3.2 Intrusive Interpretations 175
    11.3.3 Grade and Lithology 177
    11.3.4 Drillhole Compositing 183
    11.3.5 Top Cutting 184
    11.3.6 Boundary Treatment 184
    11.3.7 Variography 185
    11.3.8 Search Parameters 186
    11.3.9 Grade Estimation 189
    11.3.10 Model Validation 189
    11.3.11 Classification 194

 

Page 5 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

  11.4 Mineral Resource Cut-off Grade 195
    11.4.1 NiEq24 Cut-off Grade 197
    11.4.2 Cut-off Grade Sensitivity 201
  11.5 Reasonable Prospects of Economic Extraction 202
  11.6 Mineral Resource Statement – Kabanga 2024 203
    11.6.1 Comparison to Previous Mineral Resource Estimates – All Mineralization Types 208
  11.7 Mineral Resource Risks and Opportunities 211
    11.7.1 Specific Identified Risks 211
    11.7.2 Mineral Resource Opportunities 211
  11.8 QP Opinion 211
    11.8.1 Opinion – Geology and Mineral Resources 211
    11.8.2 QP Opinion – Other 211
12 MINERAL RESERVE ESTIMATES 212
  12.1 Introduction 212
  12.2 Cut-Off Value Calculation 212
    12.2.1 NSR Cut-Off Value Calculations per Mining Area 212
  12.3 Modifying Factors 213
    12.3.1 Mining Dilution 213
    12.3.2 Mining Recovery 214
    12.3.3 Production Schedule Tail Cutting 214
  12.4 Mineral Reserve Classification 214
  12.5 Mineral Reserve Estimate 215
    12.5.1 Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve Conversion 220
  12.6 Comparison with Previous Estimates 221
  12.7 QP Opinion 221
13 MINING 222
  13.1 Summary 222
  13.2 Mine Geotechnical 222
    13.2.1 RMR89 Geotechnical Data 223
    13.2.2 Ground Support 223
    13.2.3 Stress Environment 225
    13.2.4 Material Strength Testwork 225
    13.2.5 Structural Setting 228
    13.2.6 Empirical Stope Span Analysis 228
    13.2.7 Empirical Paste Strength Assessment 230
    13.2.8 Infrastructure 235
    13.2.9 Numerical Modeling 239
  13.3 Hydrogeology 242
    13.3.1 Hydrogeological Data Acquisition 243
  13.4 Mining Design 243
    13.4.1 Stope Optimization 243
    13.4.2 Mining Method 245

 

Page 6 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

    13.4.3 Development 245
    13.4.4 Dilution and Recovery 247
    13.4.5 Mining Sequence 248
    13.4.6 Equipment 249
  13.5 Backfill 250
    13.5.1 Backfill Demand 250
    13.5.2 Testwork and Paste Recipe 251
    13.5.3 PAF Plant Design 251
    13.5.4 Reticulation 253
    13.5.5 Fill Strategy 254
  13.6 Ventilation 255
    13.6.1 Airflow Requirements 256
    13.6.2 Ventilation Infrastructure 257
    13.6.3 Secondary Ventilation 259
  13.7 Secondary Egress 259
  13.8 Mining Underground Infrastructure 260
    13.8.1 Materials Handling 260
    13.8.2 Dewatering 260
    13.8.3 Workshops 261
    13.8.4 Explosives Storage 262
    13.8.5 Refuge Chambers 263
  13.9 Mining Labor 264
  13.10 Mine Schedule 264
    13.10.1 Scheduling 265
    13.10.2 Development Schedule 267
    13.10.3 Production Schedule 268
  13.11 Mining Contact 270
  13.12 Waste Rock 271
  13.13 QP Opinion 271
14 PROCESSING AND RECOVERY METHODS 272
  14.1 Process Overview and Description 272
  14.2 Process Flowsheet and Design Basis 272
    14.2.1 Concentrator Flowsheet 272
    14.2.2 Concentrator Production Profile 273
    14.2.3 Concentrator Design Basis 274
    14.2.4 Comminution Circuit Trade-Off 275
  14.3 Process Design Description 277
    14.3.1 Run of Mine Receiving 277
    14.3.2 Crushing, Screening and Mill Feed Storage 277
    14.3.3 Milling 278
    14.3.4 Flotation 279
    14.3.5 Concentrate Dewatering, Storage, Loading, and Dispatch 282
    14.3.6 Tailings Handling 283
    14.3.7 Sampling, Analysis, and Process Control 285
    14.3.8 Concentrator Engineering Design and Layout 285
    14.3.9 Reagents and Consumables 286
    14.3.10 Air and Water Services 287
    14.3.11 Electrical Reticulation 289
  14.4 QP Opinion Concentrator 289
15 INFRASTRUCTURE 290
  15.1 Kabanga Site 290
    15.1.1 Existing Infrastructure 290
    15.1.2 External and Internal Site Access Roads 290
    15.1.3 Power Supply 291
    15.1.4 Water Supply 292
    15.1.5 Plot Plan Development 293

 

Page 7 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

    15.1.6 Permanent Accommodation Camp 294
    15.1.7 Concentrator and General Infrastructure 294
    15.1.8 Mining Surface Infrastructure 294
    15.1.9 Fuel Services 295
    15.1.10 Waste Rock Dumps 295
    15.1.11 Sewage Treatment 295
    15.1.12 Waste Handling 296
    15.1.13 Construction Facilities 296
    15.1.14 Other 296
    15.1.15 Hydrology and Water Balance 296
    15.1.16 Tailings Storage Facility 297
  15.2 Logistics 298
    15.2.1 Construction Logistics 298
    15.2.2 Operational Logistics 298
  15.3 QP Opinion 302
16 MARKET STUDIES 303
  16.1 Market Outlook 303
    16.1.1 Nickel 303
    16.1.2 Cobalt 305
    16.1.3 Copper 307
  16.2 Market Prices 308
    16.2.1 Metal Prices 308
  16.3 Smelter Capacities 308
  16.4 Concentrate Marketing 310
    16.4.1 Concentrate Marketing 310
  16.5 Concentrate Payability 312
  16.6 QP Opinion 312
17 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES, PERMITTING, AND PLANS, NEGOTIATIONS, OR AGREEMENTS WITH LOCAL INDIVIDUALS OR GROUPS 313
  17.1 Summary 313
  17.2 Licensing Conditions 313
    17.2.1 Permitting Requirements 314
    17.2.2 Mine Closure and Required Bonds 314
  17.3 Environmental, Social and Cultural Impact Assessments 315
    17.3.1 Environmental, Social and Cultural Impact Assessment Background 315
    17.3.2 Project ESIAs and Baseline Studies 315
    17.3.3 Environmental, Social and Cultural Baseline Assessment Summary 316
  17.4 Stakeholder Engagement Considerations 320
  17.5 Local Procurement and Hiring Practices 320
  17.6 Land Access and Resettlement 321
    17.6.1 Overview 321
    17.6.2 Resettlement Action Plan 321
    17.6.3 Stakeholder Engagement 321
    17.6.4 Compensation Agreements and Process 322
    17.6.5 Livelihood Restoration 322
    17.6.6 Land Acquisition and Management Strategy 322
    17.6.7 Relocation and Land Access Risk Assessment 323

 

Page 8 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

  17.7 Mine Closure, Remediation and Reclamation 324
    17.7.1 Mine Closure Strategy, Vision and Plan 324
    17.7.2 Regulatory Requirements and International Compliance 324
    17.7.3 Tailings Management and Closure 324
  17.8 QP Opinion 324
18 CAPITAL AND OPERATING COSTS 324
  18.1 Capital Cost Estimates 325
    18.1.1 Pre-Production Capex 325
    18.1.2 Growth Capital 326
    18.1.3 Sustaining Capex 334
    18.1.4 Contingency 334
    18.1.5 Capex Cash Flow 335
    18.1.6 Capital Estimate Exclusions 338
  18.2 Operating Costs 338
    18.2.1 General Inputs, Assumptions and Basis 339
    18.2.2 A2000 - Mining 340
    18.2.3 A3000 - Concentrator 342
    18.2.4 A6000 - Infrastructure, Utilities and Ancillaries 346
    18.2.5 A8000 - Owners’ Cost, Administration and Overheads 348
19 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS 349
  19.1 General Description 349
  19.2 Forward-looking Statements 349
  19.3 Assumptions and Inputs 350
    19.3.1 Model Parameters 350
    19.3.2 Metal Pricing 351
    19.3.3 Discounting 351
    19.3.4 General 351
    19.3.5 Taxation 351
    19.3.6 Royalties 353
  19.4 Economic Analysis Results 353
    19.4.1 Processing and Metal Production 354
    19.4.2 Revenues 355
    19.4.3 Capital and Operating Costs 356
    19.4.4 Project Cash Flow 358
    19.4.5 Sensitivity Analysis 363
  19.5 Interpretation and Conclusions 366
  19.6 Recommendations 366
20 ADJACENT PROPERTIES 367
21 OTHER RELEVANT DATA AND INFORMATION 368
  21.1 Project Execution Plan 368
    21.1.1 Execution Approach and Project Scope 368
    21.1.2 Project Schedule 369
    21.1.3 Project Setup and Execution 371
    21.1.4 Communication and Documentation 371
    21.1.5 Cost and Change Management 371
    21.1.6 Risk Management 371
    21.1.7 Procurement 371
    21.1.8 Engineering and Design 371
    21.1.9 Quality and Logistics 371
    21.1.10 Health, Safety and Environment 371
    21.1.11 Resettlement 371
    21.1.12 Construction 371
    21.1.13 Commissioning and Handover 372
    21.1.14 Project Closeout 372

 

Page 9 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

  21.2 Health, Safety and Security 372
    21.2.1 Occupational Health 372
    21.2.2 Occupational Safety 372
    21.2.3 Construction Health and Safety 373
    21.2.4 Security 374
    21.2.5 Summary 374
  21.3 Human Resources 374
    21.3.1 Skills Availability and Workforce Readiness 374
    21.3.2 Localization and Expatriate Succession 375
    21.3.3 Hard-to-Fill Roles and Skills Development Strategy 375
  21.4 Risk Analysis 374
    21.4.1 Risk Management Strategy 374
    21.4.2 Key Project Risks and Mitigation Highlights 376
    21.4.3 Summary 378
22 INTERPRETATION AND CONCLUSIONS 379
  22.1 Geology and Mineral Resources 379
  22.2 Mineral Reserves 380
  22.3 Mining 380
  22.4 Hydrogeology and Groundwater Modeling 380
  22.5 Geochemistry 380
  22.6 Metallurgy and Processing 380
    22.6.1 Metallurgical Testing 380
    22.6.2 Kabanga Concentrator 381
  22.7 Infrastructure 381
    22.7.1 Water 382
    22.7.2 Tailings Storage Facility 382
  22.8 Environmental 383
  22.9 Market Studies 383
  22.10 Economic Analysis 383
  22.11 Risks and Uncertainties 384
23 RECOMMENDATIONS 385
  23.1 Permitting and Licenses 385
  23.2 Geology and Mineral Resources 385
  23.3 Mining 385
  23.4 Hydrogeology and Surface Water 385
  23.5 Metallurgy and Processing 386
    23.5.1 Kabanga Concentrator 386
  23.6 Infrastructure 386
    23.6.1 Kabanga Site 386
    23.6.2 Tailings Storage Facility 387
    23.6.3 Logistics 387
  23.7 Environmental and Social Studies, Resettlement and Closure 388
    23.7.1 Environmental and Social Studies, Plans and Resettlement 388
    23.7.2 Mine Closure 388
  23.8 Economic Analysis 389
  23.9 Human Resources 389
    23.9.1 Engagement with Department of Labour on Expatriates 389
    23.9.2 Skills Survey and Workforce Planning 389
  23.10 Execution Readiness 390
  23.11 Future Project Development Phase 390
  23.12 The Project Work Plan and Costs for Recommended Work 390
    23.12.1 QP Opinion – Geology and Mineral Resources 390
    23.12.2 QP Opinion – Other 390
24 REFERENCES 391
25 RELIANCE ON INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE REGISTRANT 398
EFFECTIVE DATE AND QP SIGNATURE PAGE 399
GLOSSARY 400

 

Page 10 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

LIST OF TABLES

 

Table 1-1: Kabanga Mineral Resource Estimates, Exclusive of Mineral Reserves, as at December 4, 2024 – Grades and Metallurgical Recovery 36
   
Table 1-2: Kabanga Mineral Resource Estimates, Exclusive of Mineral Reserves, as at December 4, 2024 – Grades and Contained Metals 37
   
Table 1-3: Project Mineral Reserve Estimate by Mine –as at July 18, 2025 38
   
Table 1-4: Project Mineral Reserve Estimate by Mine – MSSX only, as at July 18, 2025 39
   
Table 1-5: Project Mineral Reserve Estimate by Mine – UMIN only, as at July 18, 2025 40
   
Table 1-6: Project Mineral Reserve Estimate with Tonnage on a 100% and LZM-attributable share (84.0%), as at July 18, 2025 41
   
Table 1-7: NSR Calculation Assumptions 42
   
Table 1-8: Lateral Development Productivity Rates 44
   
Table 1-9: Kabanga Long-term Metal Price Assumptions (in Real Terms) 53
   
Table 1-10: Kabanga Concentrate Typical Specification 54
   
Table 1-11: Project Capital Cost Estimate Summary (excluding contingency) 56
   
Table 1-12: Pre-Production Capex Summary 57
   
Table 1-13: Operating Cost Estimate Summary 58
   
Table 1-14: Key Project Metrics 58
   
Table 2-1: Qualified Persons’ Responsibility Breakdown per Report Section 65
   
Table 2-2: QP Site Inspection Details – Sharron Sylvester 66
   
Table 2-3: QP Site Inspection Details – DRA 66
   
Table 7-1: Exploration Drilling Summary 93
   
Table 7-2: Downhole Survey Statistics for North and Tembo – Survey Method 99
   
Table 7-3: Downhole Survey Statistics for North and Tembo – Location 100
   
Table 7-4: Safari Link Exploration Target Range Estimates 107
   
Table 7-5: Summary of Kabanga Nickel Project Exploration Target Estimates 111
   
Table 8-1: Summary of Analytical Techniques for Mineral Resource Drilling 113
   
Table 8-2: Frequency of QA/QC Samples 2005–09 114
   
Table 8-3: Kabanga CRMs – Accepted Grades 122
   
Table 8-4: Kabanga CRMs – Tracking of Ni% Results 2005–09 123
   
Table 8-5: Kabanga MSSX CRM – Tracking of Ni% Results by Phase 123
   
Table 8-6: Kabanga CRMs – Summary Statistics 2005–09 124
   
Table 8-7: ALS-Chemex Internal Reference Material Standards – Tracking of Ni% Results 2005–09 125
   
Table 8-8: ALS-Chemex Internal Forrest B Standard – Summary Statistics 2005–09 126

 

Page 11 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 10-1: Summary of Historical Mini Pilot Plant (MPP) Mass Balance Results 132
   
Table 10-2: Concentrator Tembo Testwork Sample Intervals 137
   
Table 10-3: Concentrator North Testwork Sample Intervals 138
   
Table 10-4: Comminution Testwork Samples and Scope 142
   
Table 10-5: Flotation Testwork Samples and Scope 144
   
Table 10-6: Flotation Concentrate and Tailings Product Testwork Samples and Scope 146
   
Table 10-7: Feed Sample Chemical Analysis 147
   
Table 10-8: Bulk-Scale versus Bench-Scale Performance 152
   
Table 10-9: Comparative Locked-Cycle versus Open-Circuit Testwork Performance Projection 154
   
Table 10-10: Concentrate and Tailings Settling Testwork Results 156
   
Table 10-11: Summary of Test Data Used for Concentrator Recovery Modeling 158
   
Table 10-12: Ni-Cu-Co Concentrate Chemical Analysis Summary 166
   
Table 10-13: MSSX Recovery Algorithms Based on Mill Feed 169
   
Table 10-14: UMAF_1a Recovery Algorithms Based on Mill Feed 170
   
Table 10-15: Concentrator Throughput and Recovery Ramp-up 171
   
Table 10-16: LoM Concentrator Summary Mass Balance 171
   
Table 11-1: Grade Estimation Search Parameters 187
   
Table 11-2: Kabanga Metal Prices 196
   
Table 11-3: NiEq24 MSSX Input Parameters 196
   
Table 11-4: NiEq24 UMIN Input Parameters 197
   
Table 11-5: Concentrator Recoveries and Mass Pull Assumptions 198
   
Table 11-6: 2024 Cut-off Grade Assumptions 201
   
Table 11-7: 2025 IA Sensitivity Assumptions 202
   
Table 11-8: Kabanga Mineral Resource Estimates, Exclusive of Mineral Reserves, as at December 4, 2024 204
   
Table 11-9: Kabanga Mineral Resource Estimates, Exclusive of Mineral Reserves – MSSX Only (subset of Table 11-8) as at December 4, 2024 205
   
Table 11-10: Kabanga Mineral Resource Estimates, Exclusive of Mineral Reserves – UMIN Only (subset of Table 11-9) as at December 4, 2024 206

 

Page 12 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 11-11: Kabanga Mineral Resource Estimates, Exclusive of Mineral Reserves – Showing Contained Metals as at December 4, 2024 207
   
Table 11-12: Kabanga Mineral Resource Estimates Comparison, Inclusive of Mineral Reserves – Tonnes and Grades 209
   
Table 11-13: Kabanga Mineral Resource Estimates Comparison, Inclusive of Mineral Reserves – Contained Metals 210
   
Table 12-1: NSR Calculation Assumptions 212
   
Table 12-2: Unplanned Dilution Factors Applied to the North and Main Stopes 214
   
Table 12-3: Project Mineral Reserve Estimate by Mine, as at July 18, 2025 216
   
Table 12-4: Project Mineral Reserve Estimate by Mine – MSSX only, as at July 18, 2025 217
   
Table 12-5: Project Mineral Reserve Estimate by Mine – UMIN only, as at July 18, 2025 218
   
Table 12-6: Project Mineral Reserve Estimate with Tonnage on a 100% and LZM-attributable Basis (84.0%), as at July 18, 2025 219
   
Table 13-1: Ore Mined by Zone 222
   
Table 13-2: Summary of Filtered Historical Rock Mass Rating Datasets 223
   
Table 13-3: Details of Ground Support Scheme Elements Used 223
   
Table 13-4: Ground Support Scheme for Decline (5.5 mW x 5.8 mH) 224
   
Table 13-5: Ground Support Scheme for Ore Drives (5.0 mW x 5.0 mH) 224
   
Table 13-6: Material Strength Results from Laboratory Testing – North and Tembo 227
   
Table 13-7: North Mine Unsupported Stope Span Configuration 229
   
Table 13-8: Tembo Unsupported Stope Span Configuration 229
   
Table 13-9: Main Mine Unsupported Stope Span Recommendations 230
   
Table 13-10: Side Wall Exposure Backfill Strengths 231
   
Table 13-11: Results Summary for PF Undercut Backfill Strength (kPA) Assessment 232
   
Table 13-12: Longitudinal Retreat Plug Strength 233
   
Table 13-13: Longitudinal Retreat Lift 2 Strength 233
   
Table 13-14: Transverse Retreat – Two Face Wall Exposure 234
   
Table 13-15: NSR and Stope Optimization Assumptions 244

 

Page 13 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 13-16: Stope Parameters 245
   
Table 13-17: Development Profiles 246
   
Table 13-18: Unplanned Dilution Values Applied to North and Main Stopes 248
   
Table 13-19: Mobile Equipment List 250
   
Table 13-20: Kabanga Backfill Requirements 250
   
Table 13-21: Primary Fesh Air Requirements 256
   
Table 13-22: Primary Return Air Requirements 256
   
Table 13-23: Ventilation Infrastructure 257
   
Table 13-24: Refuge Chambers at each Mine 263
   
Table 13-25: Maximum Mining Labor Requirements 264
   
Table 13-26: Lateral Development Productivity Rates 265
   
Table 13-27: Development Productivity Benchmarking 266
   
Table 13-28: Stope Tonnage and Associated Productivity Rate 267
   
Table 13-29: Mine Plan by Mineral Reserve Category 268
   
Table 14-1: Key Concentrator Process Design Criteria 275
   
Table 14-2: Comminution Circuit Trade-Off Assessment Outcome 276
   
Table 14-3: Summary of the Comminution Circuit Modeling Outcomes 278
   
Table 14-4: Flotation Equipment Sizing Basis 280
   
Table 14-5: Reagent Make-Up and Dosing System Design Summary 286
   
Table 14-6: Grinding Media Storage and Consumption Design Summary 287
   
Table 16-1: Kabanga Metal Prices – FS Economic Assessment 308
   
Table 16-2: Key Nickel Sulfide Smelter Capacities and Integrated Mine Production - (ktpa Ni) 309
   
Table 16-3: Kabanga Concentrate Typical Specification 310
   
Table 17-1: Summary of the Project EIAs, ESIAs, ESMPs 315

 

 

Page 14 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 18-1: Project LoM Capital Cost Estimate Summary 325
   
Table 18-2: Foreign Exchange Rates 326
   
Table 18-3: Project Pre-Production Capex Summary 326
   
Table 18-4: Mining Pre-Production Capex Summary 327
   
Table 18-5: Concentrator Pre-Production Capex Discipline Summary 328
   
Table 18-6: Infrastructure Pre-Production Capex Discipline Summary 329
   
Table 18-7: Owners’ Cost, Administration and Overheads Pre-Production Capex Summary 331
   
Table 18-8: Land Access and Resettlement Pre-Production Capex Summary 332
   
Table 18-9: Growth Capex Summary 334
   
Table 18-10: Sustaining Capex Summary 335
   
Table 18-11: Capex Cashflow 337
   
Table 18-12: Average Project Operating Cost Estimate Summary 338
   
Table 18-13: Steady-state Operational Headcount 340
   
Table 18-14: Annual Mining Labor Cost at Steady-state Production 341
   
Table 18-15: Paste Backfill Unit Rates by Area 341
   
Table 18-16: Concentrator Reagent Consumptions and Supply Costs Basis 343
   
Table 18-17: Area 3000 Concentrator Opex Summary 345
   
Table 18-18: Area 6000 Infrastructure Opex Summary 347
   
Table 19-1: Metal Prices 351
   
Table 19-2: Summary of Economic Results 353
   
Table 19-3: Production Statistics 354
   
Table 19-4: Revenues 355
   
Table 19-5: Total Project Capital Cost 356
   
Table 19-6: All-in Sustaining Costs 357
   
Table 19-7: Mine and Concentrator - Kabanga Site Unit Costs 358
   
Table 19-8: Royalties and Sustaining Capital Unit Costs 358
   
Table 19-9: Summary of Project LoM Annual Cash Flow 359
   
Table 19-10: Project Net Present Value and Discount Rate 363
   
Table 19-11: Nickel Metal Price Sensitivity 365
   
Table 19-12: Copper Metal Price Sensitivity 365
   
Table 19-13: Cobalt Metal Price Sensitivity 365
   
Table 19-14: Summary of LoM Project Cashflow 366
   
Table 21-1: Key Project Durations 370
   
Table 23-1: Summary of Costs for Recommended Work 390

 

Page 15 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

LIST OF FIGURES

 

Figure 1-1: Kabanga Nickel Project Location in Tanzania 29
   
Figure 1-2: Kabanga Special Mining Licence (SML), Site Project Footprint, Resettlement Sites and Southern Access Road 30
   
Figure 1-3: Current Ownership Structure of the Kabanga Nickel Project 31
   
Figure 1-4: Mine Design and Sequence (in Years) 43
   
Figure 1-5: Production Schedule by Source 43
   
Figure 1-6: Typical Mine Design – North Mine 3D view 44
   
Figure 1-7: Schematic of North Mining Sequence 45
   
Figure 1-8: Simplified Concentrator Flowsheet 47
   
Figure 1-9: Concentrator 3D Model Layout 47
   
Figure 1-10: Kabanga Site Exploration Camp Aerial Photo (looking southeast) 48
   
Figure 1-11: Concentrator Logistics Tube Map 50
   
Figure 1-12: Project Execution Schedule 55
   
Figure 1-13: Project Cash Flows 59
   
Figure 1-14: Nickel All-in Sustaining Costs for 2025 - USD/t Payable Nickel (2024 Real terms) 59
   
Figure 3-1: Kabanga Nickel Project Location in Tanzania 67
   
Figure 3-2: Current Ownership Structure of the Kabanga Nickel Project 68
   
Figure 3-3: Location of the Proposed Mine Site showing SML 651/2021 70
   
Figure 4-1: Kabanga Location in the Ngara District 73
   
Figure 4-2: Existing and Planned Core Railway Infrastructure 77
   
Figure 6-1: Stratigraphic Column for the Kagera Supergroup 84
   
Figure 6-2: Plan View Schematic of Geology of the Kabanga Area (UTM) 85
   
Figure 6-3: Typical Stratigraphy Cross-section Schematics for North and Tembo (local grid) 86
   
Figure 6-4: Schematic Projected Long-section of the Kabanga Mineralized Zones (truncated UTM, looking northwest) 88
   
Figure 6-5: Example Schematic Cross-section* of Mineralization Geometry at Main Zone (truncated UTM) 89
   
Figure 6-6: Example Schematic Cross-section* of Mineralization Geometry at MNB Zone (truncated UTM) 90
   
Figure 6-7: Example Schematic Cross-section* of Mineralization Geometry at North Zone (with Kima) (truncated UTM) 91

 

Page 16 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Figure 6-8: Example Schematic Cross-section* of Mineralization Geometry at Tembo Zone (truncated UTM) 92
   
Figure 7-1: Plan View of Kabanga Drillhole Locations Proximal to Mineral Resources (truncated UTM) 102
   
Figure 7-2: Comparison of Water Immersion Density vs. Pycnometry SG for Massive Sulfide 104
   
Figure 7-3: Pycnometer Specific Gravity Measurements for Massive Sulfide Mineralization in North and Tembo Drillhole Data 105
   
Figure 7-4: Pycnometer Specific Gravity Measurements for Ultramafic Mineralization in North and Tembo Drillhole Data 105
   
Figure 7-5: Location of Safari Link and Safari Extension Exploration Targets with Airborne VTEM Background and Interpreted Major Faults 108
   
Figure 7-6: Location of Rubona Hill and Block 1 South Target Areas 109
   
Figure 7-7: Rubona Hill MVI Magnetic Contours at 1,200 m Elevation with Historical Holes and Proposed Priority Hole 109
   
Figure 7-8: Magnetic Vector Inversion (MVI) Model of Rubona Hill Target with Proposed Drillhole Intercepts, (long-section looking 320°) 110
   
Figure 7-9: Block 1 South Target Potential 111
   
Figure 8-1: Percent Reject Passing –2 mm Screen – 2005–09 115
   
Figure 8-2: ALS-Chemex – Percent Relative Difference for Ni Duplicates – 2005–09 116
   
Figure 8-3: ALS-Chemex – Percent Relative Difference for Cu Duplicates – 2005–09 116
   
Figure 8-4: ALS-Chemex – Percent Relative Difference for Co Duplicates – 2005–09 117
   
Figure 8-5: Genalysis vs. ALS-Chemex Pulp Check Assays Percent Relative Difference for Ni Grades 2005–09 – Sequential Analysis for MSSX Ni > 2% 118
   
Figure 8-6: Genalysis vs. ALS-Chemex Pulp Check Assays Percent Relative Difference for Ni Grades 2005–09 118
   
Figure 8-7: Genalysis vs. ALS-Chemex Pulp Check Assays Percent Relative Difference for Cu Grades 2005–09 119
   
Figure 8-8: Genalysis vs. ALS-Chemex Pulp Check Assays Percent Relative Difference for Co Grades 2005–09 119
   
Figure 8-9: SGS Lakefield vs. ALS-Chemex Pulp Check Assays Percent Relative Difference for Ni Grades 120
   
Figure 8-10: ALS-Chemex – Percent Relative Difference for Ni Grades for Quarter Core Replicates – 2005–07 120
   
Figure 8-11: ALS-Chemex – Percent Relative Difference for Cu Grades for Quarter Core Replicates – 2005–07 121
   
Figure 8-12: ALS-Chemex – Percent Relative Difference for Co Grades for Quarter Core Replicates – 2005–07 121
   
Figure 8-13: Kabanga MSSX CRM Ni Values 2005–09 122
   
Figure 8-14: Kabanga UMIN CRM Ni Values 2005–09 123
   
Figure 8-15: Kabanga MSSX CRM Ni% Values by Genalysis 2005–09 124

 

Page 17 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Figure 8-16: ALS-Chemex Internal Forrest B Standard – Results from 2005–09 125
   
Figure 8-17: Kabanga MSSX CRM Cu Values 2005–09 126
   
Figure 8-18: Kabanga UMIN CRM Cu Values 2005–09 127
   
Figure 8-19: Kabanga MSSX CRM Co Values 2005–09 127
   
Figure 8-20: Kabanga UMIN CRM Co Values 2005–09 128
   
Figure 8-21: Blanks – Ni Results 2005–09 128
   
Figure 10-1: Summary of Historical MPP Testwork Grade Recovery Curves 133
   
Figure 10-2: Example of Concentrator Metallurgical Testwork Drill Core Intervals 136
   
Figure 10-3: MSSX FS Metallurgical Testwork Sample Locations 140
   
Figure 10-4: UMAF_1a FS Metallurgical Testwork Sample Locations 140
   
Figure 10-5: Feed Sample Mineral Abundance 147
   
Figure 10-6: Bench-Scale Open-Circuit Grind Optimization Test Results 150
   
Figure 10-7: Optimized Bench-Scale Open-Circuit Cleaner Variability Test Nickel Grade-Recovery Curves 151
   
Figure 10-8: Open-Circuit Cleaner Flotation Concentrate 152
   
Figure 10-9: Locked-Cycle Testwork Nickel Grade-Recovery Curves 152
   
Figure 10-10: Flowsheet Development Testwork – Optimal Nickel-Copper-Cobalt Flotation Circuit Flowsheet (Locked-cycle Variation) 155
   
Figure 10-11: Concentrate Moisture as a Function of Filtration Capacity 156
   
Figure 10-12: Nickel Recovery as a Function of Feed Grade: Modeling Output versus Testwork Performance 160
   
Figure 10-13: Nickel Recovery as a Function of Concentrate Upgrade Ratio: Modeling Output versus Testwork Performance 160
   
Figure 10-14: Nickel Flotation Recovery as a Function of the Percentage of UMAF_1a in the Feed Blend 161
   
Figure 10-15: Concentrate Nickel Upgrade Ratio as a Function of the Percentage of UMAF_1a in the Feed Blend 161
   
Figure 10-16: Final Concentrates Produced from Blend Processing Tests 162
   
Figure 10-17: Nickel Recovery Model Verification 162
   
Figure 10-18: Nickel Concentrate Grade Model Verification 163
   
Figure 10-19: Cobalt Flotation Recovery as a Function of Nickel Recovery 163
   
Figure 10-20: Copper Flotation Recovery as a Function of Copper Feed Grade 164
   
Figure 10-21: Cobalt Recovery Model Verification 164
   
Figure 10-22: Copper Recovery Model Verification 165
   
Figure 10-23: Mill Scats as a Function of Nickel Feed Grade 167
   
Figure 10-24: Estimated Nickel Grade in the Mill Scats 167
   
Figure 10-25: Pyrrhotite Concentrate Iron Grade as a Function of Iron in Feed 168

 

Page 18 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Figure 10-26: Pyrrhotite Concentrate Mass Pull as a Function of Iron in Feed 169
   
Figure 10-27: LoM Concentrator Production Profile 172
   
Figure 10-28: LoM Concentrator Nickel Concentrate Production Profile 172
   
Figure 11-1: Schematic Projected Long-section of the Kabanga Mineralized Zones (truncated UTM; looking northwest) 176
   
Figure 11-2: Ni Box Plot for all Assayed Lithologies – All Zones 177
   
Figure 11-3: Pie Chart of Assayed Lithologies – North Zone 178
   
Figure 11-4: Box Plots for a Suite of Elements for the Three Predominant Mineralization Types – North Zone 179
   
Figure 11-5: Pie Chart of Assayed Lithologies – Tembo Zone 180
   
Figure 11-6: Box Plots for a Suite of Elements for the Three Predominant Mineralization Types – Tembo Zone 181
   
Figure 11-7: Box Plot of Grades (Co, Cu, Ni, and S) for North Zone 182
   
Figure 11-8: Box Plot of Grades (Co, Cu, Ni, and S) for Tembo Zone 182
   
Figure 11-9: Histograms of Sample Lengths –North Zone (where assayed) 183
   
Figure 11-10: Histograms of Sample Lengths – Tembo Zone (where assayed) 184
   
Figure 11-11: Contact Plots for Ni% Across INTRUSIV:UMIN Boundary 185
   
Figure 11-12: Contact Plots for Ni% Across UMIN:MSSX Boundary 185
   
Figure 11-13: Example Cross-section* of Ni% Grade Estimates at North Zone (shows Kima) (truncated UTM) 190
   
Figure 11-14: Example Cross-section* of Ni% Grade Estimates at Tembo Zone (truncated UTM) 191
   
Figure 11-15: Example Swath Plots – Ni% Along Strike for North Zone MSSX and UMIN 192
   
Figure 11-16: Example Swath Plots – Ni% Along Strike for Tembo Zone MSSX and UMIN 193
   
Figure 11-17: Schematic Projected Long-section of the Kabanga Classification (truncated UTM, looking northwest) 195
   
Figure 11-18: MSSX and UMIN Concentrator Nickel Recoveries 198
   
Figure 11-19: MSSX and UMIN Concentrator Copper Recoveries 199
   
Figure 11-20: MSSX and UMIN Concentrator Cobalt Recoveries 199

 

Page 19 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Figure 11-21: MSSX and UMIN Concentrate Nickel Grade 200
   
Figure 11-22: MSSX and UMIN Mass Pull 200
   
Figure 12-1: Projected Long-section showing NSR Cut-Off per Mining Area 213
   
Figure 12-2: Projected Long-section showing Mineral Reserve Classifications 215
   
Figure 12-3: Total Project Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve Tonnage Waterfall Graph 221
   
Figure 12-4: Total Project Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve Nickel Grade Waterfall Graph 221
   
Figure 13-1: Long-section of the FS Mine Design 222
   
Figure 13-2: Kabanga AE Measurement Results Compared to WASM Dataset (a) Ratio of Average Horizontal to Vertical Stress (b) Principal Stress Magnitude Chart Comparison 225
   
Figure 13-3: Tembo Mine Long-section Overview (looking northwest) 229
   
Figure 13-4: Longitudinal Retreat Backfill Strategy 233
   
Figure 13-5: Plan View of a Typical Primary/Secondary Transverse Retreat 234
   
Figure 13-6: Plan View Showing a Possible Transverse Retreat Highlighting Two Face Exposure 234
   
Figure 13-7: Plan View of North Boxcut and Mine Design 235
   
Figure 13-8: Plan View of Tembo Boxcut and Initial Decline 236
   
Figure 13-9: Cross-section of North Boxcut Design Looking North 237
   
Figure 13-10: Cross-section of Tembo Boxcut Design (looking northwest) 237
   
Figure 13-11: Geotechnical Drillholes Intercepting Tembo Southwest (including portal) – Long-section (looking northwest) showing Q’ 238
   
Figure 13-12: Geotechnical Logged Holes at North Targeting Early Decline Placement Showing Q’ Classification 239
   
Figure 13-13: Perspective View (from Southeast) showing the Geological Units Included in the North Model 240
   
Figure 13-14: Perspective View (from South) showing the Geological Units Included in the Tembo Model 240
   
Figure 13-15: Visual Representation of Rock Mass Damage for a Range in Volumetric Strain (reproduced from Vakili et al., 2014) 241
   
Figure 13-16: North Mine and Tembo Mine Groundwater Ingress 242
   
Figure 13-17: Stope Optimizer NSR Cut-off Grade by Zone 244
   
Figure 13-18: Typical Mine Design at North Mine 245
   
Figure 13-19: Longitudinal and Transverse Stoping at North (Oblique 3D) 245
   
Figure 13-20: Typical Level Plan – North Mine 246

 

Page 20 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Figure 13-21: Typical Level Plan – Tembo Mine 247
   
Figure 13-22: Typical Level Plan – Main Mine 247
   
Figure 13-23: Schematic of North Mining Sequence 248
   
Figure 13-24: Schematic of Tembo Mining Sequence 249
   
Figure 13-25: Schematic of Main Mining Sequence 249
   
Figure 13-26: Schematic of Kabanga Site showing PAF Plant Locations 252
   
Figure 13-27:3D View of North PAF Plant 253
   
Figure 13-28: In-level Filling Arrangement 254
   
Figure 13-29: Typical Cross-section Showing the Proposed Tight Filling Strategy 255
   
Figure 13-30: Ventilation Infrastructure for Tembo, North and Main Mines 256
   
Figure 13-31: Typical Bifurcated Centrifugal Exhaust Fan Arrangement (North) 258
   
Figure 13-32: Typical Bifurcated Axial Exhaust Fan Arrangement (Tembo) 258
   
Figure 13-33: Secondary Ventilation Fan Allocation 259
   
Figure 13-34: Example of Safescape Ladder System 260
   
Figure 13-35: Escapeway Raise Locations 260
   
Figure 13-36: Dewatering Schematic (3D View looking south) 261
   
Figure 13-37: Plan view of Underground Workshop 262
   
Figure 13-38: Underground Explosives Magazine and Emulsion Storage 263
   
Figure 13-39: Production Cycle Example 265
   
Figure 13-40: Lateral Development by Year 267
   
Figure 13-41: Vertical Development by Year 267
   
Figure 13-42: Mining Sequence by Year 268
   
Figure 13-43: Kabanga Long-section by Mineral Reserve Category 268
   
Figure 13-44: Production Schedule by Mineral Reserve Category 269
   
Figure 13-45: Mineral Reserve Production Schedule by Mining Type 269

 

Page 21 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Figure 13-46: Mineral Reserve Production Schedule by Source 270
   
Figure 13-47: Waste Rock Schedule by Source 271
   
Figure 14-1: Simplified Concentrator Process Flowsheet 273
   
Figure 14-2: Concentrator Production Profile 274
   
Figure 14-3: Concentrator 3D Model Layout 286
   
Figure 15-1: Kabanga Site External Access Roads 291
   
Figure 15-2: Kabanga Site Layout (including TSF) 293
   
Figure 15-3: Planned Concentrate Production Profile 299
   
Figure 15-4: Kabanga Proposed Logistics Route 300
   
Figure 15-5: SGR Rail Locomotives 301
   
Figure 16-1: Long-term Supply Gap 304
   
Figure 16-2: Nickel All-in Sustaining Costs for 2025 - USD/t Payable Nickel 305
   
Figure 16-3: Mined (left) and Refined (right) Cobalt Production by Region 306
   
Figure 16-4: Forecast Supply Gap for Refined Cobalt 307
   
Figure 16-5: Forecast Supply Gap for Primary Copper 308
   
Figure 16-6: Nickel Sulfide Mine Production vs. Concentrate Processing Capacity, 2024 309
   
Figure 16-7: Nickel Concentrate Grade Benchmarking 311
   
Figure 17-1: Kabanga Project Area and Affected Communities 317
   
Figure 17-2: Kabanga Site Project Area and Resettlement Sites 319
   
Figure 18-1: Capex Footprint 336
   
Figure 19-1: Annual Ore Milled 354
   
Figure 19-2: Annual Nickel Concentrate Produced 355
   
Figure 19-3: Annual Metal in Concentrate 355
   
Figure 19-4: Project Cash Flow 358
   
Figure 19-5: Sensitivity Analysis of Post-Tax NPV 364
   
Figure 19-6: Sensitivity Analysis of Post-Tax IRR 364
   
Figure 21-1: Work Breakdown Structure Hierarchy 368
   
Figure 21-2: Project Execution Schedule 369

 

Page 22 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

ABBREVIATIONS

 

Abbreviation Definition
AACE Association for the Advancement of Cost Engineering
AARL Anglo American Research Laboratories
AAS Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy
AE acoustic emission
AEP annual exceedance probability
Ai Bond abrasion index
AISC all-in sustaining cost
ALS ALS Metallurgy Pty Ltd
ANCOLD Australian National Committee on Large Dams
APP Approved Professional Person
BAC bulk air cooler
BHEM borehole electromagnetic
BHP BHP Billiton (UK) DDS Limited (also refers to BHP Group, subsidiaries and ancestors)
BoQ Bill of Quantities
BNPU Banded Pelite stratigraphic unit
BV Bureau Veritas Minerals Pty Ltd
BWi Bond ball mill work index
CCT condenser cooling towers
CET Common External Tariff
CIF Cost, Insurance and Freight (Incoterms® 2020)
CIT corporate income tax
CMC carboxy methyl cellulose
Co cobalt
CRM Certified Reference Material
CRU CRU International Ltd
CSR Corporate Social Responsibility
Cu copper
CuSO4 copper sulfate
CuSX copper solvent extraction
CWi Bond crusher work index
DFS Definitive Feasibility Study
DRA DRA Projects (Pty) Ltd
DRC Democratic Republic of the Congo
DWT deadweight tonnage
EAC East African Community
EBSP Economic Benefit Sharing Principle
EC&I electrical control and instrumentation
EDH economically displaced households
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EIS Environmental Impact Statement 
EM electromagnetic

 

Page 23 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Abbreviation Definition
EPC Engineering, Procurement and Construction
EPCM Engineering, Procurement and Construction Management
ESG Environmental, Social and Governance
ESIA Environmental and Social Impact Assessment
ESMP Environmental and Social Management Plan
ESS Energy Storage Systems
EU European Union
EV electric vehicle
EW electrowinning
FAR fresh air raise
FBC Flexible Bulk Container
FEL front-end loader
FID Final Investment Decision
FLEM fixed loop EM
FLRA Field Level Risk Assessment
FS Feasibility Study
FW footwall
G&A General and Administrative
GAB gabbro lithology
GAB_KAB generally unmineralized gabbro/gabbronorite in the Karagwe-Ankole Belt
GISTM Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management
Golder Golder Associates Inc.
GoT Government of Tanzania
GSW gland seal water
GTS Gravity Transfer Systems
H2SO4 sulfuric acid
HCFT High Confidence Flotation Test
HCl hydrochloric acid
HDPE high-density polyethylene
HDS high-density sludge
HG high grade
HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus
HPAL high-pressure acid leaching
HR Human Resources
HW hanging wall
IBIS IBIS Consulting
ICMM International Council on Mining and Metals
ICP Inductively Coupled Plasma Spectroscopy Analytical Technique
ICP-MS Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectroscopy
ICP-OES Inductively Coupled Plasma Optical Emission Spectroscopy
IFC International Finance Corporation
IFC PS International Finance Corporation Performance Standards

 

Page 24 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Abbreviation Definition
IRR internal rate of return
ISO International Organization for Standardization
ITRB Independent Tailings Review Board
JFM Joint Financial Model
JV Joint Venture
KAB Karagwe-Ankole Belt
KNCL Kabanga Nickel Company Limited (pre-Lifezone ownership)
KNL Kabanga Nickel Limited
LCT locked-cycle test
LFP lithium iron phosphate
LHD load-haul-dump
LME London Metal Exchange
LoM Life of Mine
LRP Livelihood Restoration Plan
LRPU Lower Pelite stratigraphic unit
LSSC Lower Spotted Schist stratigraphic unit
LTIFR lost time injury frequency rate
LZM Lifezone Metals Limited
M&E monitoring and evaluation
MAF generic mafic lithology
MCC motor control center
MEL mechanical equipment list
MG medium-grade
MHP mixed hydroxide precipitate
MI Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource Classifications
MIA mine infrastructure area
MIBC methyl isobutyl carbinol
MII Measured, Indicated, and Inferred Mineral Resource Classifications
MineFill MineFill Services Pty Ltd
MP-AES Microwave Plasma Atomic Emission Spectroscopy
MPP mini pilot plant
MRU Mineral Resource Update
MSSX massive sulfide mineralization (as logged in drillholes and modeled)
MSXI massive sulfide mineralization with xenolith intrusions (as logged in drillholes)
NATA National Association of Testing Authorities
NEMC National Environment Management Council
Ni nickel
NiEq nickel-equivalent
NiEq24 2024 nickel-equivalent
NMC nickel manganese cobalt
No. number
NPI nickel pig iron

 

Page 25 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Abbreviation Definition
NPV net present value
NSR net sales return
OHL overhead line (power)
OHS Occupational Health and Safety
OOG out of gauge
OreWin OreWin Pty Ltd
P&C Paterson & Cooke Consulting Engineers (Pty) Ltd
P&G preliminary and general
P&ID piping and instrumentation diagram
PAF Paste Aggregate Fill
PAH Project Affected Household
PAP  Project Affected Person 
pCAM precursor cathode active material
PCD pollution control dam
PD positive displacement
PDC process design criteria
PDH physically displaced household
PES Project Execution Schedule
PEX potassium ethyl xanthate
PFS Pre-feasibility Study
PLS pregnant leach solution
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PS Performance Standard
PSA Particle Size Analyzer
PSD particle size distribution
PSWP plant site water pond
QA/QC quality assurance/quality control
QP Qualified Person
QRA quantitative risk assessment
RAP Resettlement Action Plan
RAR return air raise
RFL Refining Licence
RO reverse osmosis
RoM Run-of-Mine
RWG Resettlement Working Group
SADC Southern African Development Community
SEC U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
SG specific gravity
SGR Standard Gauge Rail
SHA Seismic Hazard Analysis
SI International System of Units
SLD single-line diagrams

 

Page 26 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Abbreviation Definition
SML Special Mining Licence
SMM Shanghai Metals Market
SMP Security Management Plan
SOP standard operating procedure
SQUID Superconducting Quantum Interference Device
TAA Tanzania Airports Authority
TANESCO Tanzania Electric Supply Company Limited
TANROADS Tanzania National Roads Agency
TAZARA Tanzania-Zambia Railway Authority
TEM Transient Electromagnetic
TML Transportable Moisture Limit
TNCL Tembo Nickel Corporation Limited
TPA Tanzania Ports Authority
TRC Tanzania Railways Corporation
TRS Technical Report Summary (as defined in S-K 1300)
TSF tailings storage facility
UCS uniaxial compressive strength
UMAF generic ultramafic lithological unit
UMAF_1a mineralized ultramafic (as logged in drillholes)
UMAF_KAB unmineralized ultramafic (as logged in drillholes)
UMIN mineralized ultramafic (as modeled)
UNDP United Nations Development Programme
URT United Republic of Tanzania
USD United States dollars
VPP Vulnerable Peoples Plan
VSD variable speed drive
VTEM Versatile Time Domain Electromagnetic
WASM Western Australia School of Mines
WRD waste rock dump
WSP (AUS) WSP Australia Ltd
WSP (NZ) WSP New Zealand Ltd
WSP (SA) WSP South Africa (Pty) Ltd
WTP water treatment plant
XPS Xstrata Process Solutions
XRF X-ray Fluorescence

 

Page 27 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

UNITS OF MEASURE

 

Abbreviation Definition
°C degree Celsius
µm micrometer/micron
DWT deadweight tonnage (metric)
h hour
ha hectare
kg kilogram
kg/m2h kilogram per square meter per hour
kg D.S./m2h kilogram dry solids per square meter per hour
USD/t conc. (wet) USD per tonne (metric) concentrate (wet)
km kilometer
kPa(g) kilopascal (gauge)
kt kilotonne (metric)
ktpa kilotonne (metric) per annum
kV kilovolt
kVA kilovolt-ampere
kWh/t kilowatt hour per metric tonne
L liter
L/s liter per second
m meter
M million (mega)
m2 square meter
m3 cubic meter
Ma one million years
mAMSL meter above mean sea level
mBS meter below surface
min minute
Mtpa million tonne (metric) per annum
MVA megavolt-ampere
MW megawatt
MWc megawatt consumed
MWr megawatt refrigeration
Ø diameter
pH Quantitative measure of the acidity or basicity of aqueous or other liquid solutions
t tonne (metric)
tpa tonne (metric) per annum
tph tonne (metric) per hour
V volt
w/w weight by weight

 

SYSTEM OF UNITS

 

The International System of Units (SI), the metric system, will be used throughout the design in all documentation, specifications, drawings, reports and all other documents associated with the study.

 

Page 28 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

1EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

1.1Introduction

 

DRA Projects (Pty) Ltd (DRA) and Sharron Sylvester were engaged by Lifezone Metals Limited (NYSE LZM) (LZM) to prepare an independent Feasibility Study (FS) Technical Report Summary (TRS) for the Kabanga Nickel Project (the Project), located in northwest Tanzania. The TRS was prepared in accordance with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) Modernized Property Disclosure Requirements under Subpart 229.1300 of Regulation S-K (S-K 1300) and Item 601(b)(96). The purpose of the FS is to declare Mineral Reserves and to provide an independently validated assessment of the Project’s technical and economic viability.

 

The FS assesses the initial phase of the Project development for an underground mine, concentrator, tailings storage facility (TSF), surface infrastructure, and logistics required to export concentrate. This FS TRS follows the Initial Assessment (IA) TRS disclosed in LZM’s filing of June 2, 2025 which outlined the overall phased development plan for the Project including a potential future beneficiation facility. This future development phase is not assessed in the FS.

 

The Project, in which LZM holds a 84.0% ownership interest, is a fully integrated, greenfield development that will produce nickel, copper, and cobalt products for the global market. The Project is also expected to generate social and economic benefits for local communities. As one of the world’s largest undeveloped high-grade nickel sulfide deposits, the Project represents a globally significant opportunity aligned with the accelerating transition to a low-carbon economy and is positioned to deliver both strategic value to the global supply chain and meaningful economic and social benefits to Tanzania and its citizens.

 

1.2Property Description, Mineral Tenure, Ownership, Surface Rights, Royalties, Agreements and Permits

 

The Project is located in the northwest of Tanzania, approximately 1,300 km northwest of Dar es Salaam, adjacent to the Burundi border (see Figure 1-1). The Kabanga Mine, Concentrator, and associated infrastructure are situated at the Kabanga Site, where nickel sulfide concentrate will be produced. The Kahama Site is the proposed location for a potential future phase of Project development.

 

 

Figure 1-1: Kabanga Nickel Project Location in Tanzania

 

The site is reached by 77 km of unpaved public road (southern access road) from the paved National Route B3 (see Figure 1-2). Grid electricity (33 kV, 9 MVA) is currently supplied to the site by the Tanzania Electric Supply Company Limited (TANESCO) and is sufficient for construction and initial mine development. The development of the site includes the resettlement of economically displaced households (EDHs) and physically displaced households (PDHs). The PDHs will be moved to seven identified relocation host sites (Resettlement Sites).

 

Page 29 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 1-2: Kabanga Special Mining Licence (SML), Site Project Footprint, Resettlement Sites and Southern Access Road

 

The Kahama Site, approximately 320 km from the Kabanga Site, partly on the paved B3 highway, includes the Kahama Airport. This commercial airport operated by the Tanzania Airports Authority (TAA) will serve as the primary arrival point for personnel travelling to the Kabanga Site, with the final transport leg completed by bus. The Kahama Site is in close proximity to the Isaka Dry Port and provides a staging and laydown area during construction of the Kabanga Mine, Concentrator, and surface infrastructure. The Isaka Dry Port will provide a 982 km Standard Gauge Rail (SGR) link to the Port of Dar es Salaam via Tabora and Kwala Dry Port.

 

Both Kabanga Site and Kahama Site are situated within a temperate moist sub-humid climatic zone, experiencing bi-modal rainfall patterns with an average annual precipitation of approximately 1,000 mm, and mean annual temperatures around 20 °C, allowing for year-round site access.

 

The Project is owned by Tembo Nickel Corporation Limited (TNCL). TNCL is 84.0% owned by Kabanga Nickel Limited (KNL) and 16.0% by the Government of Tanzania (GoT) Treasury Registrar. KNL is 100% owned by LZM through its 100% owned subsidiaries. The LZM-attributable ownership is thus 84.0%, after accounting for the GoT shareholding. The current Project ownership structure is shown in Figure 1-3.

 

Page 30 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Note: The RefineCo entity relates to a potential future project phase, not assessed in this FS.

 

Figure 1-3: Current Ownership Structure of the Kabanga Nickel Project

 

A Framework Agreement exists with the GoT for the development and operation of the Project, which describes the equitable Economic Benefit Sharing Principle (EBSP) between KNL and the GoT. The overarching principle is that KNL and the GoT equally share income derived from the Project over the life, where GoT’s income is derived from dividends, taxes, royalties, duties, and levies.

 

TNCL holds a 201.85 km2 Special Mining Licence (SML) granted on October 29, 2021, which is valid up to 33 years (2054) and includes all mineralized areas relating to the resource. In addition, TNCL holds six prospecting licences covering a combined area of 101.44 km2, which are not part of the Project.

 

On July 18, 2025 Lifezone Limited entered into a definitive agreement with BHP to acquire BHP’s existing 17.0% equity interest in KNL, the majority owner of the Project. As a result of entering into the transaction, Lifezone Limited owns 100% of KNL, which in turn holds an 84.0% interest in TNCL. The remaining 16.0% of TNCL is held by the GoT. In addition, all existing agreements with BHP have been terminated. Lifezone Limited has assumed full control of 100% of the offtake from the Project.

 

The acquisition by Lifezone Limited of BHP’s 17.0% equity interest in KNL does not impact the SML or the Framework Agreement between KNL and the GoT.

 

Page 31 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

1.3Geology

 

1.3.1Geological Setting

 

The Kabanga nickel deposit is located within the East African Nickel Belt, which extends approximately 1,500 km along a northeast trend that extends from Zambia in the southwest to Uganda in the northeast. In the northern and central sections of the East African Nickel Belt, a thick package of Paleoproterozoic to Mesoproterozoic metasedimentary rocks, known as the Karagwe-Ankole Belt (KAB), overlies this boundary, within which occurs a suite of broadly coeval, bimodal intrusions that correspond to the Mesoproterozoic Kibaran tectonothermal event between 1,350 Ma and 1,400 Ma.

 

The Kibaran igneous rocks comprise mafic-ultramafic intrusions, including well-differentiated lopolithic layered intrusions and small, narrow, tube-like sills, often concentrically zoned, called chonoliths. The nickel mineralization zones discovered to date have exclusively been found associated with the mafic-ultramafic intrusions, in particular, along the Kabanga-Musongati Alignment.

 

The intrusions that host the potentially economic nickel-bearing massive sulfide zones in the Project area, namely, from southwest to northeast, Main, MNB, Kima, North, Tembo, and Safari, are hosted within steeply dipping overturned metasediments (dipping 70° to 80° to the west), with a north–northeast strike orientation (025°) from Main Zone to North Zone, changing to a northeast strike orientation (055°) (dipping northwest) from North to Tembo. These zones are located within and at the bottom margin of the mafic ultramafic chonoliths. The chonoliths are concentrically zoned with a gabbronorite margin and an ultramafic cumulate core.

 

Three lithological groups are present at Kabanga:

 

●Metasediments comprising a series of pelitic units, schists, and quartzites, forming the hanging wall and footwall of the massive sulfide mineralization.

 

●Ultramafic intrusive complex rocks, which display a wide range of metamorphism/metasomatism and can carry significant sulfide mineralization (logged as UMAF_1a when ≥ 30% sulfides and UMAF_KAB when < 30% sulfides).

 

●Remobilized massive sulfide (MSSX) mineralization (i.e., MSSX (> 80% sulfides), which carries 90% of the sulfide occurrence, and massive sulfide mineralization with xenoliths of metasedimentary or gabbro/ultramafic (logged as MSXI when ≥ 50% and < 80% sulfides).

 

1.3.2Style of Mineralization

 

The principal sulfide in the massive sulfide is pyrrhotite, with up to 15% pentlandite. The pentlandite shows distinct globular recrystallization textures, with crystals reaching up to 5 cm in size. Sulfide mineralization occurs both as:

 

●Disseminated to net-textured interstitial sulfides within and external to the cumulate core of the chonoliths.

 

●Massive and semi-massive bodies along the lower or side margins of the chonolith.

 

1.3.3Exploration History

 

Exploration at the Project has been undertaken in several different phases for over 45 years, with more than 637 km of drilling completed up to the effective date of the current Mineral Resource estimate reported in December 2024.

 

The first drilling on the deposit was undertaken between 1976 and 1979 by the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP). This program resulted in over 20 km of drilling and the estimation of a Mineral Resource for Main Zone.

 

In 1990, Sutton Resources Ltd (Sutton) negotiated the mineral rights to the Project. Between 1990 and 1999, Sutton, in two separate joint ventures (JVs), completed over 100 km of drilling that resulted in Mineral Resource estimates for Main Zone and North Zone.

 

Page 32 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

In 1999, Barrick Gold Corporation (Barrick) purchased Sutton and commenced a 14-year exploration program. During the first four years of this program, Barrick explored the Main Zone and North Zone areas further, resulting in the discovery of MNB zone and Kima zone, updates to the resource models, and the completion of a scoping study. In 2005, Barrick entered into a JV with Falconbridge Limited (Falconbridge) (which became Xstrata plc (Xstrata), then ultimately Glencore plc (Glencore)) that lasted for nine years and resulted in two additional scoping studies, a Pre-feasibility Study (PFS), an FS, and a draft FS update. During this period, over 450 km of drilling was completed, the Tembo Zone mineralization was discovered, and Mineral Resource updates were generated for all the known zones.

 

Other historical exploration work completed included the following:

 

●Geophysical surveys:

 

‒Crone borehole electromagnetic (BHEM) geophysical surveys with physical properties, ground geophysical surveys, and airborne versatile time domain electromagnetic (VTEM) surveys (which were used, in conjunction with historical soil surveys and a BHP GEOTEM® airborne magnetic survey, to target the ground surveys).

 

‒Superconducting quantum interference device (SQUID) and fixed-loop transient electromagnetic (TEM) surface electromagnetic surveys (Crone and UTEM), as well as a helicopter-borne versatile time domain electromagnetic VTEM survey.

 

●Collection and testing of metallurgical samples.

 

●Geotechnical drilling at planned infrastructure sites.

 

In December 2021, drilling activities commenced at the Kabanga Site, after SML 651/2021 was granted. Since that time, over 52 km of additional drilling has been completed.

 

In December 2024, a revised Mineral Resource estimate (2024MRU) was generated based on all the Project drilling completed up to June 4, 2024, and this FS is based on that Mineral Resource estimate.

 

The Project drillhole database is currently maintained using Fusion software. Data collection activities have been performed using industry-standard practices.

 

1.3.4Sample Preparation, Analyses, Security and Data Verification

 

The Kabanga sample preparation, assaying, quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC) activities and protocols can be summarized as follows:

 

●Sample preparation was completed in Tanzania at the ALS Metallurgy Pty Ltd (ALS)-Chemex laboratory in Mwanza (ALS-Chemex Mwanza).

 

●All the material was crushed to –2 mm, and 2 × 250 g pulp bags were sent to the ALS-Chemex laboratory in Perth, Western Australia (ALS-Chemex Perth) for analysis.

 

●The Perth samples were pulverized to –75 µm and analyzed as follows:

 

‒4-acid digestion/inductively coupled plasma mass spectroscopy (ICP-MS) for Ni, Cu, Co, Ag, Fe, Cr, Mg, Mn, As, Pb, Bi, Cd, and Sb.

 

‒Fire assay/ICP-MS for Au, Pd, and Pt.

 

‒Ni and Cu samples exceeding 10,000 ppm, and Au, Pd, and Pt samples exceeding 1.0 g/t were re-analyzed with a more accurate technique.

 

‒LECO technique for the determination of sulfur.

 

‒Gravimetric method for specific gravity (SG) determination (pycnometry) on all samples.

 

●Not all the samples were assayed for the complete elemental suite: only 66% for North (10,053 of 15,200 samples), and 95% for Tembo (6,422 of 6,717 samples).

 

●An industry-standard QA/QC protocol was used at the Project, using certified reference material (CRM) standards, blanks, check assays, and duplicates.

 

●ALS is an independent laboratory accredited by the National Association of Testing Authorities (NATA) and complies with international standards such as ISO/IEC 17025 for testing and calibration in laboratories.

 

●SGS laboratory in Mwanza is an independent laboratory that is ISO/IEC 10725 accredited by the South African National Accreditation System (SANAS).

 

Page 33 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

All the aspects of the data that could materially impact the integrity of the Mineral Resource estimates (core logging, sampling, analytical results, and database management) were reviewed by OreWin Pty Ltd (OreWin) with TNCL staff. OreWin personnel met with the TNCL staff to ascertain exploration and production procedures and protocols. Drill rigs were visited, and core was observed being obtained from the diamond drillholes and being logged at the exploration camp to confirm that the logging information accurately reflects the actual core. The lithology contacts that were checked matched the information reported in the core logs.

 

1.4Mineral Processing and Metallurgical Testing

 

Extensive historical metallurgical testwork was previously undertaken for the Kabanga Concentrator over the period 2005 to 2010, including mineralogical, comminution, flotation (bench and pilot scale), and dewatering testwork, which provided a basis for the additional metallurgical testwork undertaken as part of the 2022–25 concentrator testwork program.

 

As part of this program, comminution and flotation flowsheet development and variability testwork was conducted on 4,616 kg of quarter, half, and full NQ-sized (approximately 47.6 mm) drill core. The testwork was conducted to FS level, on a range of composite and variability samples which were selected to represent the major feed types and feed blends expected to be processed over the Life of Mine (LoM). Sample selection and composite preparation were considered:

 

●Grade ranges and expected LoM grades.

 

●Spatial coverage, including depth and along strike.

 

●Appropriate levels of planned and unplanned mining dilution advised by the relevant mining disciplines.

 

●The proportion of MSSX and UMAF_1a tonnage over the LoM.

 

Testing included comprehensive head grade analysis, mineralogy, comminution (physical crushing and grinding) tests, open-circuit and locked-cycle bench-scale flotation tests, open-circuit bulk flotation tests, feed oxidation assessments, concentrate regrind, thickening, filtration, and rheology testing. The aim of the testwork was to further characterize the flotation response, optimize the flowsheet, generate bulk concentrate samples for vendor testing, concentrate characterization and other downstream testing, and to evaluate the degree of variability that could be expected across the deposit.

 

The comminution testwork confirmed the previous historical testwork findings, demonstrating that the MSSX and MSXI material is characterized as soft to medium with respect to hardness, while the UMAF_1a and waste dilution are characterized as medium-hard to hard. All the samples had a low abrasion tendency.

 

The flotation testwork demonstrated that a conventional flotation flowsheet, using a typical flotation reagent regime, could be used for the effective separation of pentlandite and chalcopyrite from the pyrrhotite and non-sulfide gangue. It also confirmed the historical optimal flotation circuit feed size of 80% passing 100 µm and a feed solids concentration of 35% (w/w). The regrind testwork highlighted the relatively soft nature of the sulfide rougher concentrate.

 

The dewatering testwork was aligned with historical testing by equipment vendors, showing the concentrate and tailings could readily thicken to a density > 65% solids (w/w) and are amenable to pressure filtration, achieving a final concentrate moisture level of 9% (w/w). Tailings testwork showed that rheology is not expected to cause pumping issues at design densities.

 

The concentrator metallurgical performance projections indicate that the Concentrator will produce a steady-state average of 350 ktpa (dry) nickel-copper-cobalt sulfide flotation concentrate, containing 17.7% nickel. Nickel recovery is expected to average 87.3% over the LoM, while the copper and cobalt recoveries are expected to average 96.5% and 89.6%, respectively.

 

Page 34 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

1.5Mineral Resource Estimate

 

The 2024MRU was based on industry best practice, is similar in approach to the resource modeling of previous estimates, conforms to the requirements of S-K 1300, and is suitable for reporting as current estimates of Mineral Resources.

 

The 2024MRU was completed using Datamine software, with macros developed to estimate the full suite of component elements and density for each zone (Main, MNB, North, Kima, and Tembo). All zones were estimated using the ordinary kriging method, with domain-specific search and estimation parameters determined by statistical and geostatistical analyses.

 

Three distinct mineralization units were interpreted for the Main, MNB, Kima, North, Tembo, and Safari zones:

 

●Massive sulfide (MSSX),

 

●Ultramafic (UMIN), and

 

●Intrusive (INTRUSIV/INTR) unit, which is generally poorly mineralized but occurs in close association with the mineralized units.

 

Within these three units, additional sub-domains were created based on spatial continuity, intersecting geological structures, and geochemical variability.

 

Solid wireframes were constructed for the intrusive bodies at each zone, which predominantly represented the logged generally unmineralized ultramafic (peridotite) (UMAF_KAB) lithology but also served as an ‘umbrella’ unit for any intervals logged as generic mafic (MAF), generally unmineralized gabbro-gabbronorite (GAB_KAB), UMAF_1a, MSSX, and MSXI. The stratigraphic contacts between the Banded Pelite unit (BNPU) and the Lower Pelite unit (LRPU) were also used to interpret folding structures and unconformities to help orient the sulfide mineralization interpretations.

 

A multivariate statistical analysis was completed for all domains within each zone. It was based on the assay data limited to the samples that have the complete suite of elements assayed.

 

Some individual domains were combined where they were found to be statistically similar and could be plausibly related in a geological and spatial sense. The classification criteria and zoning used for the 2024MRU were based on a two-stage approach that considered objective criteria and visual observation.

 

The criteria referenced for the assignment of Inferred and Indicated mineralization globally included the distance from the cell centroid to the drillhole samples and the search pass in which the estimate was achieved. This global classification was then reviewed visually with specific focus on geological factors, including the geometry of the mineralized zones, spatial and geochemical continuity of the mineralization, and the success rate when intersecting the mineralization at predicted locations and thicknesses with the new drilling. Manually defined wireframe solids were then developed to enclose those areas that warrant upgrading to Indicated or Measured. As the Kabanga North and Tembo zones contain multi-element mineralization, a nickel-equivalent (NiEq) formula, updated for current metal prices, costs, and other modifying factors, has been used for reporting from the Mineral Resource.

 

The 2024 nickel-equivalent (NiEq24) formula is as follows:

 

●MSSX NiEq24% = Ni% + (Cu% x 0.454) + (Co% x 2.497)

 

●UMIN NiEq24% = Ni% + (Cu% x 0.547) + (Co% x 2.480)

 

The 2024 NiEq cut-off grades are:

 

●MSSX NiEq24% is 0.73%

 

●UMIN NiEq24% is 0.77%

 

Metal price assumptions used for cut-off grade determination were USD 9.50/lb for nickel, USD 4.50/lb for copper, and USD 23.00/lb for cobalt. Other input parameters and assumptions used for the NiEq24% formula and determining the cut-off grade are discussed in Section 11.4.

 

Page 35 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Reasonable prospects for economic extraction for the Mineral Resource determination were assessed by way of an Initial Assessment (IA), as defined in S-K 1300. Note that the IA Mineral Resource was reported in June 2025, which was prior to the declaration of Mineral Reserves;. therefore, the Mineral Resource tables in the June 2025 IA TRS show the entire Mineral Resource, inclusive of the volume subsequently declared in this FS TRS to be Mineral Reserve.

 

The LZM-attributable tonnage, grades, and metallurgical recoveries of the Mineral Resource estimates, exclusive of Mineral Reserves, are shown in Table 1-1.

 

The LZM-attributable tonnage, grades, and contained metals of the Mineral Resource estimates, exclusive of Mineral Reserves, are shown in Table 1-2.

 

The Mineral Resource estimates have an effective date of December 4, 2024. Mineral Resource estimates have been reported in accordance with S-K 1300.

 

Table 1-1: Kabanga Mineral Resource Estimates, Exclusive of Mineral Reserves, as at December 4, 2024 – Grades and Metallurgical Recovery

 

Mineral Resource
Classification		 LZM Tonnage2 (Mt) Grades (%) Metallurgical Recovery (%)
NiEq24 Ni Cu Co Ni Cu Co
MINERAL RESOURCE ALL ZONES – MSSX Only
Measured 1.2 2.98 2.38 0.30 0.19 86.2 94.7 89.2
Indicated 3.0 2.80 2.21 0.33 0.18 84.1 95.0 86.6
Measured + Indicated 4.2 2.85 2.26 0.32 0.18 84.7 94.9 87.4
Inferred 11.3 2.89 2.32 0.32 0.17 85.2 94.9 88.1
MINERAL RESOURCE ALL ZONES – UMIN Only
Measured 4.7 1.17 0.91 0.13 0.08 64.5 77.4 66.5
Indicated 9.4 1.14 0.87 0.14 0.08 63.5 77.9 65.4
Measured + Indicated 14.1 1.15 0.89 0.14 0.08 63.9 77.8 65.8
Inferred 2.2 1.05 0.83 0.12 0.06 62.5 77.1 64.1
MINERAL RESOURCE ALL ZONES – MSSX plus UMIN
Measured 5.9 1.54 1.21 0.16 0.10 73.2 84.1 75.3
Indicated 12.4 1.54 1.20 0.19 0.10 72.7 85.2 74.5
Measured + Indicated 18.3 1.54 1.20 0.18 0.10 72.9 84.9 74.7
Inferred 13.5 2.59 2.08 0.28 0.15 83.7 93.7 86.5

 

Notes:

 

1.Mineral Resources in Table 1-1 are reported exclusive of Mineral Reserves.
2.Mineral Resources are reported showing only the LZM-attributable tonnage portion, which is 84.0% of the total.
3.Cut-off applies to NiEq24, which is derived using a nickel price of USD 9.50/lb, copper price of USD 4.50/lb, and cobalt price of USD 23.00/lb with allowances for recoveries, payability, deductions, transport, and royalties.
4.NiEq24 formulas are: MSSX NiEq24 = Ni + (Cu x 0.454) + (Co x 2.497) and UMIN NiEq24 = Ni + (Cu x 0.547) + (Co x 2.480).
5.The point of reference for Mineral Resources is the point of feed into a concentrator.
6.All Mineral Resources in the 2024MRU were assessed for reasonable prospects for economic extraction by reporting only material above cut-off grades of: MSSX NiEq24 > 0.73% and UMIN NiEq24 > 0.77%.
7.Totals may vary due to rounding.

 

Page 36 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 1-2: Kabanga Mineral Resource Estimates, Exclusive of Mineral Reserves, at December 4, 2024 – Grades and Contained Metals

 

Mineral Resource
Classification		 LZM Tonnage2
(Mt)		 Grades (%) Contained Metals (kt)
NiEq24 Ni Cu Co NiEq24 Ni Cu Co
MINERAL RESOURCE ALL ZONES – MSSX Only
Measured 1.2 2.98 2.38 0.30 0.19 36 29 4 2
Indicated 3.0 2.80 2.21 0.33 0.18 84 66 10 5
Measured + Indicated 4.2 2.85 2.26 0.32 0.18 120 95 13 8
Inferred 11.3 2.89 2.32 0.32 0.17 327 263 36 19
MINERAL RESOURCE ALL ZONES – UMIN Only
Measured 4.7 1.17 0.91 0.13 0.08 55 43 6 4
Indicated 9.4 1.14 0.87 0.14 0.08 107 82 13 7
Measured + Indicated 14.1 1.15 0.89 0.14 0.08 162 125 19 11
Inferred 2.2 1.05 0.83 0.12 0.06 24 19 3 1
MINERAL RESOURCE ALL ZONES – MSSX plus UMIN
Measured 5.9 1.54 1.21 0.16 0.10 91 72 10 6
Indicated 12.4 1.54 1.20 0.19 0.10 191 148 23 12
Measured + Indicated 18.3 1.54 1.20 0.18 0.10 282 220 33 18
Inferred 13.5 2.59 2.08 0.28 0.15 351 281 39 21

 

Notes:

 

1.Mineral Resources in Table 1-2 are reported exclusive of Mineral Reserves.
2.Mineral Resources are reported showing only the LZM-attributable tonnage portion, which is 84.0% of the total.
3.Cut-off applies to NiEq24, which is derived using a nickel price of USD 9.50/lb, copper price of USD 4.50/lb, and cobalt price of USD 23.00/lb with allowances for recoveries, payability, deductions, transport, and royalties.
4.NiEq24 formulas are: MSSX NiEq24 = Ni + (Cu x 0.454) + (Co x 2.497) and UMIN NiEq24 = Ni + (Cu x 0.547) + (Co x 2.480)
5.The point of reference for Mineral Resources is the point of feed into a concentrator.
6.All Mineral Resources in the 2024MRU were assessed for reasonable prospects for economic extraction by reporting only material above cut off grades of: MSSX NiEq24 > 0.73% and UMIN NiEq24 > 0.77%
7.Totals may vary due to rounding.

 

Page 37 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

1.6Mineral Reserve Estimate

 

Mineral Reserve estimates have been classified in accordance with the definitions for Mineral Reserves in S-K 1300. An underground mining scenario is assumed using longhole stoping with paste backfill which, following ramp-up, will produce 3.4 Mtpa. The Proven and Probable Mineral Reserves were estimated by calculating economic cut-off values for mining underground stopes, in the various Mine locations within the mine design.

 

Measured Mineral Resources within the mine design were converted to Proven Mineral Reserves, and Indicated Mineral Resources within the mine design were converted to Probable Mineral Reserves. The Mineral Reserve excludes any Inferred Mineral Resources. The Mineral Reserve estimates have an effective date of July 18, 2025.

 

Table 1-3 shows the LZM’s attributable share (84.0%) of the Mineral Reserve estimates, including tonnage, grades, contained metal, and metallurgical recoveries, broken down by Mine. Table 1-4 shows the LZM-attributable share of the Mineral Reserve estimate – MSSX only, split by Mine. Table 1-5 shows the summary of the LZM-attributable share of the Mineral Reserve estimate – UMIN only, split by Mine. Table 1-6 shows the summary of the Mineral Reserve estimate, on a 100% basis and LZM-attributable share split by ore type.

 

Table 1-3: Project Mineral Reserve Estimate by Mine –as at July 18, 2025

 

Mineral Reserve Classification  LZM Tonnage3
(Mt )		 Grades (%) Contained Metals (kt) Metallurgical Recovery (%)
Ni Cu Co Ni Cu Co Ni Cu Co
North Upper – MSSX plus UMIN
Proven 6.4 2.10 0.28 0.16 135 18 11 88.9 96.7 91.3
Probable 0.9 2.03 0.27 0.14 17 2 1 89.0 96.6 91.4
Proven + Probable 7.3 2.09 0.28 0.16 152 20 12 88.9 96.7 91.3
North Lower – MSSX plus UMIN
Proven  0.3 1.66 0.21 0.12 6 1 0 82.1 89.5 84.8
Probable 18.0 2.42 0.33 0.16 435 58 30 89.0 97.5 91.4
Proven + Probable 18.3 2.41 0.32 0.16 441 59 30 88.9 97.4 91.3
Tembo – MSSX plus UMIN
Proven 8.1 1.64 0.23 0.14 133 18 11 83.8 93.5 86.5
Probable 5.7 1.50 0.20 0.12 86 12 7 81.5 92.1 84.3
Proven + Probable 13.8 1.58 0.22 0.13 219 30 18 82.9 93.0 85.6
Main – MSSX plus UMIN
Proven -  - - - -  - - - - -
Probable 4.4 1.25 0.18 0.09 55 8 4 77.3 90.6 79.7
Proven + Probable 4.4 1.25 0.18 0.09 55 8 4 77.3 90.6 79.7
Total – MSSX plus UMIN
Proven 14.9 1.84 0.25 0.15 273 37 22 87.0 94.9 89.4
Probable 29.0 2.05 0.28 0.14 594 81 42 87.5 96.0 89.7
Proven + Probable 43.9 1.98 0.27 0.15 868 118 64 87.3 95.6 89.6

 

Notes:

 

1.The effective date of the Mineral Reserves is July 18, 2025.
2.Mineral Reserves are reported based on the December 2024 Mineral Resource model.
3.Mineral Reserves are reported showing the LZM-attributable tonnage portion, which is 84.0% of the total.
4.Mineral Reserve cut-offs grades are based on a USD8.50/lb nickel price, USD4.24/lb copper price and USD18.34/lb cobalt price; the overall average nickel, copper and cobalt metallurgical recoveries are 81%, 89%, and 84%, respectively.
5.Elevated net sales return (NSR) cut-off values were selected for each mine, namely, USD 170/t at North (upper), USD 100/t at North (lower) and Tembo, and USD 85/t at Main.
6.All the cut-off values include allowances for metallurgical recoveries, payability, deductions, transport and royalties.
7.An economic analysis has been conducted using a long-term nickel price of USD 8.49/lb, copper price of USD 4.30/lb and cobalt price of USD 18.31/lb.
8.The point of reference for the Mineral Reserves is the point of feed into the processing facility.
9.Totals may vary due to rounding.
10.Ni, Cu, and Co recovery estimates for the respective MSSX and UMIN categories have been calculated using the metallurgical recovery algorithm formulas detailed in Section 10 (Table 10-12 and Table 10-13) and the combined Proven and Probable recovery for each reflects the weighted average recovery based on the tonnage and grade. The total combined recovery for the blend (MSSX+UMIN) reflects the outputs of the same recovery formula applied to the FS mine production and processing schedule.

 

Page 38 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 1-4: Project Mineral Reserve Estimate by Mine – MSSX only, as at July 18, 2025

 

Mineral Reserve
Classification		 LZM Tonnage3
(Mt )		 Grades (%) Contained Metals (kt) Metallurgical Recovery (%)
Ni Cu Co Ni Cu Co Ni Cu Co
North Upper – MSSX Only
Proven 6.2 2.12 0.28 0.16 131 17 10 89.3 97.1 91.7
Probable 0.8 2.04 0.28 0.15 17 2 1 89.3 97.0 91.7
Proven + Probable 7.0 2.11 0.28 0.16 148 20 11 89.3 97.1 91.7
North Lower – MSSX Only
Proven  0.2 1.86 0.24 0.13 3 0 0 87.6 96.2 90.1
Probable 17.3 2.46 0.33 0.17 426 57 29 89.3 97.9 91.7
Proven + Probable 17.5 2.45 0.33 0.17 429 58 29 89.3 97.9 91.6
Tembo – MSSX Only
Proven 6.3 1.72 0.24 0.15 108 15 9 85.6 96.1 88.3
Probable 4.2 1.56 0.21 0.13 66 9 5 83.1 95.2 85.9
Proven + Probable 10.5 1.66 0.23 0.14 174 24 15 84.7 95.7 87.4
Main – MSSX Only
Proven - - - - - - - - - -
Probable 3.1 1.35 0.19 0.10 42 6 3 79.8 94.0 82.6
Proven + Probable 3.1 1.35 0.19 0.10 42 6 3 79.8 94.0 82.6
Total – MSSX Only
Proven 12.6 1.92 0.26 0.16 242 33 20 88.3 96.6 90.8
Probable 25.5 2.16 0.29 0.15 551 75 39 88.5 97.1 90.9
Proven + Probable 38.1 2.08 0.28 0.15 793 107 58 88.5 97.0 90.8

 

Notes:

 

1.The effective date of the Mineral Reserves is July 18, 2025.
2.Mineral Reserves are reported based on the December 2024 Mineral Resource model.
3.Mineral Reserves are reported showing the LZM-attributable tonnage portion, which is 84.0% of the total.
4.Mineral Reserve cut-offs grades are based on a USD8.50/lb nickel price, USD4.24/lb copper price and USD18.34/lb cobalt price; the overall average nickel, copper and cobalt metallurgical recoveries are 81%, 89%, and 84%, respectively.
5.Elevated net sales return (NSR) cut-off values were selected for each mine, namely, USD 170/t at North (upper), USD 100/t at North (lower) and Tembo, and USD 85/t at Main.
6.All the cut-off values include allowances for metallurgical recoveries, payability, deductions, transport and royalties.
7.An economic analysis has been conducted using a long-term nickel price of USD 8.49/lb, copper price of USD 4.30/lb and cobalt price of USD 18.31/lb.
8.The point of reference for the Mineral Reserves is the point of feed into the processing facility.
9.Totals may vary due to rounding.
10.Ni, Cu, and Co recovery estimates for MSSX have been calculated using the metallurgical recovery algorithm formulas detailed in Section 10 (Table 10-12 and Table 10-13) and the combined Proven and Probable recovery for each reflects the weighted average recovery based on the tonnage and grade.

 

Page 39 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 1-5: Project Mineral Reserve Estimate by Mine – UMIN only, as at July 18, 2025

 

Mineral Reserve
Classification		 LZM Tonnage3
(Mt )		 Grades (%) Contained Metals (kt) Metallurgical Recovery (%)
Ni Cu Co Ni Cu Co Ni Cu Co
North Upper – UMIN
Proven 0.2 1.65 0.22 0.13 4 0 0 76.1 82.6 78.8
Probable 0.0 1.80 0.25 0.12 0 0 0 76.1 82.6 78.8
Proven + Probable 0.2 1.67 0.22 0.13 4 1 0 76.1 82.6 78.8
North Lower – UMIN
Proven  0.2 1.48 0.18 0.10 3 0 0 76.1 81.6 78.8
Probable 0.6 1.41 0.19 0.09 9 1 1 76.1 82.1 78.8
Proven + Probable 0.8 1.43 0.19 0.09 12 2 1 76.1 82.0 78.8
Tembo – UMIN
Proven 1.8 1.36 0.18 0.12 25 3 2 76.1 81.7 78.8
Probable 1.5 1.36 0.18 0.11 20 3 2 76.1 81.6 78.8
Proven + Probable 3.3 1.36 0.18 0.12 45 6 4 76.1 81.7 78.8
Main – UMIN
Proven - - - - - - - - - -
Probable 1.3 1.01 0.16 0.08 13 2 1 69.3 80.9 71.3
Proven + Probable 1.3 1.01 0.16 0.08 13 2 1 69.3 80.9 71.3
Total
Proven 2.2 1.40 0.18 0.12 31 4 3 76.3 81.7 79.2
Probable 3.5 1.24 0.17 0.10 43 6 3 74.2 81.4 76.7
Proven + Probable 5.7 1.30 0.18 0.11 74 10 6 75.1 81.5 77.8

 

Notes:

 

1.The effective date of the Mineral Reserves is July 18, 2025.
2.Mineral Reserves are reported based on the December 2024 Mineral Resource model.
3.Mineral Reserves are reported showing the LZM-attributable tonnage portion, which is 84.0% of the total.
4.Mineral Reserve cut-offs grades are based on a USD8.50/lb nickel price, USD4.24/lb copper price and USD18.34/lb cobalt price; the overall average nickel, copper and cobalt metallurgical recoveries are 81%, 89%, and 84%, respectively.
5.Elevated net sales return (NSR) cut-off values were selected for each mine, namely, USD 170/t at North (upper), USD 100/t at North (lower) and Tembo, and USD 85/t at Main.
6.All the cut-off values include allowances for metallurgical recoveries, payability, deductions, transport and royalties.
7.An economic analysis has been conducted using a long-term nickel price of USD 8.49/lb, copper price of USD 4.30/lb and cobalt price of USD 18.31/lb.
8.The point of reference for the Mineral Reserves is the point of feed into the processing facility.
9.Totals may vary due to rounding.
10.Ni, Cu, and Co recovery estimates for UMIN have been calculated using the metallurgical recovery algorithm formulas detailed in Section 10 (Table 10-12 and Table 10-13) and the combined Proven and Probable recovery for each reflects the weighted average recovery based on the tonnage and grade.

 

Page 40 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 1-6: Project Mineral Reserve Estimate with Tonnage on a 100% and LZM-attributable share (84.0%), as at July 18, 2025

 

Mineral Reserve
Classification		 Tonnage (Mt) Grades (%) Metallurgical Recovery (%)
100% basis LZM- attributable Ni Cu Co Ni Cu Co
MSSX Only
Proven 15.1 12.6 1.92 0.26 0.16 88.3 96.6 90.8
Probable 30.4 25.5 2.16 0.29 0.15 89.3 97.3 91.7
Proven + Probable 45.4 38.1 2.08 0.28 0.15 89.0 97.1 91.3
UMIN Only
Proven 2.7 2.2 1.40 0.18 0.12 76.1 81.7 78.8
Probable 4.2 3.5 1.24 0.17 0.10 74.0 81.3 76.5
Proven + Probable 6.8 5.7 1.30 0.18 0.11 74.9 81.5 77.5
Total (MSSX plus UMIN)
Proven 17.7 14.9 1.84 0.25 0.15 86.4 94.9 88.9
Probable 34.5 29.0 2.05 0.28 0.14 87.7 96.0 90.0
Proven + Probable 52.2 43.9 1.98 0.27 0.15 87.3 95.6 89.6

 

Notes:

 

1.The effective date of the Mineral Reserves is July 18, 2025.
2.Mineral Reserves are reported based on the December 2024 Mineral Resource model.
3.Mineral Reserves are reported showing 100% of the total Project Mineral Reserve and the LZM-attributable tonnage portion, which is 84.0% of the total.
4.Mineral Reserve cut-off grades are based on a USD 8.50/lb nickel price, USD 4.24/lb copper price and USD 18.34/lb cobalt price; the overall average nickel, copper and cobalt recoveries are 81%, 89% and 84%, respectively.
5.Elevated net sales return (NSR) cut-off values were selected for each mine, namely, USD 170/t at North (upper), USD 100/t at North (lower) and Tembo, and USD 85/t at Main.
6.All the cut-off values include allowances for metallurgical recoveries, payability, deductions, transport and royalties.
7.An economic analysis has been conducted using a long-term nickel price of USD 8.49/lb, copper price of USD 4.30/lb and cobalt price of USD 18.31/lb.
8.The point of reference for the Mineral Reserves is the point of feed into the processing facility.
9.Totals may vary due to rounding.
10.Ni, Cu, and Co recovery estimates for the respective MSSX and UMIN categories have been calculated using the metallurgical recovery algorithm formulas detailed in Section 10 (Table 10-12 and Table 10-13) and the combined Proven and Probable recovery for each reflects the weighted average recovery based on the tonnage and grade. The total combined recovery for the blend (MSSX+UMIN) reflects the outputs of the same recovery formula applied to the FS mine plan.

 

Page 41 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

A summary of the key steps taken to convert Mineral Resources to Mineral Reserves is as follows:

 

●In situ economic stoping inventory: Stope designs were generated using an automatic stope design optimization tool. Measured and Indicated resource model cells with grades lower than the economic stope cut-off values were assigned to internal dilution. All Inferred and unclassified resource model cells within the stopes was considered internal dilution and the tonnages were accounted for with zero grade.

 

●In situ mine design: A mine design was completed from the stoping inventory, including the engineering for all mine access development, mine ventilation infrastructure, materials haulage systems, etc. Some isolated stopes above the cut-off values were eliminated from consideration because the development to extract them would cost more than the economic return. Each stope and development section in the design is assigned the dominant Mineral Resource classification to better account for the planned dilution.

 

●Dilution and recovery factors. Unplanned mining dilution was calculated, which reduces the head grade. The mining recovery of 90% was applied to stopes.

 

●Tail cutting: Production schedule tail cutting resulted in a net loss from the mined ore inventory.

 

NSR calculation assumptions are shown in Table 1-7.

 

Table 1-7: NSR Calculation Assumptions

 

Parameter Unit Value
Revenue
Nickel Price USD/lb 8.50
Copper Price USD/lb 4.24
Cobalt Price USD/lb 18.34
Concentrator Recovery % Formula
Transport USD/t Conc. (wet) 209.75
Royalties % 7.30
Costs MSSX UMIN
Mining USD/t 52.18 52.18
Processing USD/t 10.38 11.69
G&A USD/t 8.18 8.18
TSF USD/t 2.21 2.21
Surface Infrastructure USD/t 1.60 1.60
Total Costs USD/t 75.57 76.89
Cut-off MSSX UMIN
NSR USD/t 75.57 76.89

 

The NSR break-even cut-off for the MSSX and UMIN mineralization was calculated as USD 75.57/t feed and USD 76.89/t feed, respectively.

 

Higher NSR cut-off values were selected for each zone when considering the mine plan. These elevated cut-off values, per mine, are USD 170/t at North Upper, USD 100/t at North Lower and Tembo, and USD 85/t at Main. Applying the higher cut-offs increased ore head grade.

 

The QP is not aware of any risk factors associated with, or changes to, any aspects of the modifying factors such as mining, metallurgical, infrastructure, logistics, permitting, or other relevant factors that could materially affect the Mineral Reserve estimate.

 

Page 42 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

1.7Mining Methods

 

The FS mine plan has been prepared using the 2024MRU cell model. The total planned production for the economic analysis is 52 Mt at 1.98% Ni, 0.27% Cu, and 0.15% Co (100% basis). At this time, mining has not commenced.

 

The mine plan assumes a four-year construction and ramp-up period, forecast to reach steady-state production of 3.4 Mtpa in Year 4. In the first 15 years, approximately two-thirds of the mill feed will be sourced from North Mine, with Tembo Mine contributing the remaining one-third. In the final years Main Mine will supplement mill feed. Figure 1-4 illustrates the mine design and Figure 1-5 shows the annual FS production schedule by source.

 

 

Figure 1-4: Mine Design and Sequence (in Years)

 

 

Figure 1-5: Production Schedule by Source

 

In the FS mine design, North Zone (50–1,100 m deep) and Tembo Zone (120–650 m deep) are each accessed via separate 5.5 m (W) x 5.8 m (H) declines starting from small boxcuts, while Main Zone (100–400 m deep) is accessed underground from North Mine. Fresh rock beyond the weathering profile is expected to be encountered 180–250 m laterally along the decline from the portals. Longhole stoping with paste backfill is the mining method. Level spacing is typically 25 m floor-to-floor and stoping strike lengths will vary between 20 and 30 m, depending on mineralization depth and thickness. Most stopes are to be extracted via longitudinal retreat stoping, except in thicker mineralized areas in North Mine, where transverse retreat stoping from the hanging wall drives will be implemented. Mined tonnes are transported to the surface via conventional trucking. Main and Tembo mines are each serviced by a single decline, while North Mine’s higher material movement warrants a second decline to establish a dedicated trucking loop. Figure 1-6 presents a three-dimensional (3D) illustration of a typical mine design for North Mine. Main and Tembo mines are each serviced by a single decline whilst North Mine’s higher material movement warrants a second decline to establish a dedicated trucking loop.

 

Page 43 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 1-6: Typical Mine Design – North Mine 3D view

 

The geotechnical study for the FS has been carried out to provide geotechnical parameters for the mine designs at the Project based on 2023 geotechnical diamond drilling and extensive historical datasets. Ground Support Standard recommendations were derived from empirical rock mass quality assessment, kinematic analysis, and numerical modeling. Four acoustic emission stress measurements were collected, which indicate that Kabanga is in a low stress environment. The major fault model developed by Golder Associates Inc. (Golder) in 2009 was reviewed and verified with 2022–23 drilling. A 3D finite element modeling was conducted for North and Tembo mines to assess global stability based on rock mass quality, material strength, faults, and foliation, using the planned mine geometry and extraction sequence. This modeling indicated no issues with the extraction sequence, placement of levels and capital infrastructure, and the approach can be adapted based on favorable results, providing flexibility in the sequence.

 

Ground support for declines and ore drives consisting of resin and cable bolts, frictions sets, mesh, and fibercrete has been specified based on depth and weathering.

 

Schedule productivity rates are summarized in Table 1-8. Vertical development activities are scheduled at rates between 2 m/d and 3 m/d, depending on the type and size.

 

Table 1-8: Lateral Development Productivity Rates 

 

Lateral Development Description  Single Heading Rate (m/month) 
Access Drive 90 
Crosscut Drive 90 
Decline 120 
Footwall Drive 90 
Production Drive 60 

 

Benchmarking was undertaken to verify the development rates used, specifically the Jumbo development productivity rate. Information was gathered from 16 mines with similar ground conditions, locations, contractor/owner mining arrangements and project phases. It was confirmed that the Project development rate assumptions are appropriate.

 

A break-even cut-off value was determined for MSSX and UMIN as USD 75.57/t feed and USD 76.89/t feed respectively. To improve project economics in the mine plan, elevated cut-off values were applied, eliminating from the plan payable ore that does not adequately contribute to capital recovery. USD 170/t was applied at North Mine (upper), USD 100/t at North Mine (lower) and Tembo, and USD 85/t at Main Mine.

 

Page 44 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Generally, the mining sequence will follow a top-down approach, with some localized bottom-up mining as needed to address specific operational requirements. In the deeper sections of North Mine, the planned mining sequence will be a conventional center-out sequence, as shown in Figure 1-7. Geotechnical modeling has indicated that this approach can be adapted based on favorable results, providing flexibility in the sequence. Tembo Mine sequencing employs similar mining principles, utilizing a center-out approach combined with top-down mining where feasible. Due to the extensive three-kilometer strike length of the Tembo mineralized zone, multiple mining fronts will be established, allowing efficient management across the strike. Higher-value stopes will be accessed and mined early where possible. Notably, Tembo Mine’s operations would commence seven months after those at North Mine.

 

 

Figure 1-7: Schematic of North Mining Sequence

 

Unplanned (external) dilution has been included in the stoping as an overbreak allowance. This is included as a total amount of overbreak and varies based on the hanging wall dip, and width and height of the stopes. The average external dilution at North is 9.4%, at Tembo is 10.0%, and at Main is 11.5%. The average expected external dilution for the Project is 9.8%.

 

As a result of the dip and geometry of the mineralized zones, there is some internal dilution within the Stope Optimizer shapes generated in Deswik software (Deswik), which is referred to as ‘planned dilution’. This planned dilution at North Mine is 16.1%, at Tembo Mine is 15.1%, and at Main Mine is 19.1%, and the average project planned dilution is 16.1%. All stopes have a mining recovery of 90%. 

 

Ventilation models were constructed to size and position ventilation infrastructure. Peak primary fresh air requirements for Tembo and North mines are provided by six 5 m diameter return air raises (RAR), each equipped with two bifurcated centrifugal or axial fans and five 5 m diameter fresh air raises (FAR).

 

Secondary ventilation to development ends will be provided via dual stage 110 kW fans with 1,400 mm ventilation bags. Production level ends will be force-ventilated using dual stage dual speed 75 kW fans ‘in-level’. 

 

From Year 5 at Tembo Mine and Year 7 at North Mine, air entering the mine at the FARs will be cooled on surface in three 5.3 MWc bulk air coolers (BAC), each served by a 6.0 MWr refrigeration plant.

 

A centrally located surface explosive magazine will be provided to service both North and Tembo mines. As per the Tanzanian Explosive Act 56 of 1963, detonators will be stored on one side of the compound with boosters on the opposite side. The area is provided with a 500 m clearance radius to other infrastructure, fencing and access control. Emulsion storage facilities at North and Tembo mines, each consisting of two 28 t silos, will handle the receipt, storage, and dispensing of emulsion and sensitizer. Each of North and Tembo Mines will have an underground magazine for detonators and explosives to be stored.

 

A maximum of 8,500 m3/d of groundwater ingress (along with mine service water) is projected to be pumped from underground to high-rate settlers placed on surface, from where excess water will be pumped to the Concentrator. The mine is projected to maintain a marginally positive water balance, while the overall Kabanga Site is expected to remain approximately water neutral over the LoM. Mine service water of 0.4 m3/t is expected to be used.

 

Page 45 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

DRA has prepared designs for the underground infrastructure for pumping, mine services, workshops, electrical, explosives storage, and instrumentation and control. The Project will utilize the Safescape Escapeway System and a total of 34 MineARC refuge chambers.

 

Workforce requirements have been estimated using the equipment fleet requirements as well as estimates of the required supervision, mining method / activities planned, technical and engineering personnel. A total of 804 persons are required.

 

Based on laboratory testing of multiple paste recipes, the proposed backfill system comprises two identical plants that will use non-pyrrhotite tailings (55%), –5 mm crushed waste rock (45%), and low-heat cement to produce a stable Paste Aggregate Fill (PAF). One plant is located at the surface in proximity to North Mine (feeding both North and Main mines) while the other is located at the surface in proximity to Tembo Mine. Crushing and screening of the waste rock is undertaken at North Mine’s waste rock stockpile area before hauling to each plant. The plants are fitted with a combined tailings storage capacity of 3,000 m3 and are configured to enable a higher portion of tailings addition where appropriate. Both plants are designed for an instantaneous production rate of 95 m3/h such that backfill requirements at North and Tembo can be satisfied with a system utilization of 64% and 31%, respectively. 

 

An experienced mining contractor will be engaged to operate the mine during the first five years of production, with responsibility for key underground activities including development, drilling, mucking, haulage, pastefill, raiseboring, mine infrastructure, and explosives management. The contractor would also procure, operate, and maintain all underground equipment. The Project has sourced indicative pricing among tier-1 contractors with relevant experience in Africa.

 

1.8Processing and Recovery Methods

 

The Kabanga Concentrator has been designed to process 3.4 Mtpa of Run of Mine (RoM) and includes primary and secondary crushing and screening, milling and classification, aeration and conditioning, Ni-Cu-Co rougher flotation and concentrate regrind, Ni-Cu-Co cleaner, re-cleaner and cleaner scavenger flotation, Ni-Cu-Co concentrate dewatering, filtration, bagging and dispatch, and supporting reagent and utility systems as seen in Figure 1-8. A 3D model view of the concentrator can be seen in Figure 1-9.

 

Tailings is separated by rougher flotation into a non-pyrrhotite tailings stream for use in the backfill mix, and a pyrrhotite tailings stream to be disposed of in the TSF after dewatering/thickening. The Concentrator will produce approximately 350 ktpa (dry) of Ni-Cu-Co flotation concentrate, containing 17.7% Ni at steady-state. The concentrate will contain approximately 2.6% Cu, 1.3% Co, 32% S, and an average of 0.6% MgO over the LoM. The design comprises two 1.7 Mtpa milling and flotation modules that share a common 3.4 Mtpa crushing circuit, tailings pumping circuit, concentrate handling circuit, utilities and services. This approach allows for variations and flexibility in feed types, competency, and rates and caters for a wide throughput operating window which provides increased processing flexibility and introduces redundancy. The flowsheet is shown in Figure 1-8 conventional and well known in industry, uses common reagents, and has historically been proven as a suitable processing route for base metal sulfide ores. A 3D layout of the proposed Concentrator is shown schematically in Figure 1-9.

 

Page 46 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 1-8: Simplified Concentrator Flowsheet

 

 

Figure 1-9: Concentrator 3D Model Layout

 

The planned TSF is a valley-type downstream constructed lined facility located 7 km to the east of the Concentrator. The TSF footprint will be 120 ha and is designed to hold up to 50 Mt of tailings solids, with embankments constructed as a starter wall and five subsequent raises using borrow materials from the TSF basin and surrounding area. The main embankment has a maximum height of 72 m, while the saddle embankment has a height of 9 m and each phase will be equipped with an emergency spillway.

 

Page 47 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Due to the acid generating potential of the tailings, subaqueous deposition will be used, both by spigot and a floating barge deposition system, always maintaining a minimum water cover of 0.8 m above the tailings. Water return will be by submersible barge pump to the pumpstation for return to the Concentrator. A liner leakage collection system and a spring water transfer system have been incorporated into the design.

 

The TSF design was undertaken by WSP Australia Pty Ltd (WSP (AUS)) building on earlier PFS and basic engineering level work completed between 2006 and 2014 and supplemented by additional geophysical and geotechnical investigations in 2023. Relevant parts of Australian National Committee on Large Dams (ANCOLD), Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management (GISTM), Tanzanian Dam Safety Guidelines, and other standards have been met, and the residual risks have been reduced to as low as reasonably practicable. Reviews of the TSF design have been conducted by an Independent Tailings Review Board (ITRB), a Tanzanian Ministry of Water Approved Professional Person (APP), and other subject matter experts.

 

1.9Project Infrastructure

 

1.9.1Kabanga Site

 

Kabanga Site is established, with existing infrastructure including an exploration camp (see Figure 1-10), office buildings, security access control, and facilities for geological assessment, technical services, and community relations. Additional amenities include a canteen, clinic, workshops, staff housing, and space for sample and drill core storage. The exploration camp will be expanded to 300 beds and will facilitate all personnel during initial construction activities, while the permanent camp is constructed.

 

The Kabanga Site is equipped with mobile telephone networks and video conferencing facilities for communication. The exploration camp, as seen in Figure 1-10, is currently serviced by a newly upgraded 33 kV electrical supply from TANESCO. 

 

 

Figure 1-10: Kabanga Site Exploration Camp Aerial Photo (looking southeast)

 

Water to the exploration camp is currently sourced from a borehole located 900 m to the northwest of the exploration camp.

 

The Project scope includes the design and development of the necessary temporary construction facilities and permanent infrastructure to support the construction and operation of the Kabanga Mine and Concentrator. This includes site access and internal roads, earthworks, electrical power supply and reticulation, water supply and associated water systems, accommodation and messing facilities, site buildings, waste rock dumps, a tailings storage facility, waste and sewage management, fuel services, laydown areas, security, laboratory, surface mining infrastructure, and other miscellaneous requirements.

 

Page 48 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Key infrastructure that will be required at the Kabanga Site includes:

 

●Bulk earthworks and terracing with materials from local borrow pits.

 

●Upgraded access road and internal roads with concrete surfacing on steep haul road sections.

 

●A comprehensive water drainage system for management of contact and non-contact water.

 

●Water supply by boreholes and abstraction from the Ruvubu River.

 

●Modular potable water and sewage treatment facilities and high-density sludge and reverse osmosis water treatment plants.

 

●A new 88 km 220 kV overhead line, with transformers stepping power down to 33 kV on-site.

 

●Three x 3.5 MVA back-up diesel generation as redundancy for critical systems.

 

●Operational and support buildings (offices, workshops, laboratory, training rooms, etc.) and phased accommodation facilities for up to 936 personnel.

 

●A TSF.

 

●Lined waste rock dumps (WRDs) with water management.

 

●A central incinerator and landfill facility for recyclable, hazardous, and domestic waste.

 

●Two backfilling pastefill plants.

 

●Surface fans and three refrigeration plants included from Year 5.

 

1.9.2Logistics

 

1.9.2.1Construction Logistics

 

A detailed construction logistics study has been completed, covering transport of abnormal loads from Dar es Salaam to the Kabanga Site, including route assessments and logistical constraints.

 

1.9.2.2Operational Logistics

 

The Project will implement a comprehensive logistics system to transport concentrate from the Kabanga Site to the Port of Dar es Salaam, and bulk shipping to international offtaker(s), averaging approximately 350 ktpa (dry) at steady state (see Figure 1-11). At the Kabanga Site, concentrate will be loaded under a covered area into reuseable Flexible Bulk Containers (FBC), containing approximately 9.3 t per bag, and onto contractor provided flatbed trucks for the 347 km haul to the Isaka Dry Port.

 

From Isaka, the FBCs will be railed 894 km to the Kwala Dry Port in dedicated low-sided flatbed wagons via the SGR, which is currently under construction and expected to be operational at Isaka by 2026. The typical freight train will consist of 40 wagons, with each wagon carrying five FBCs, delivering a train payload of approximately 1,860 t with departures every 48 hours. At Kwala Dry Port, FBCs will be stored in a leased area with sufficient capacity to cater for the approximately monthly shipments. From Kwala Dry Port, the concentrate will travel the final 88 km to the Port of Dar es Salaam via a dedicated “Port Link” rail.

 

At the Port of Dar es Salaam, Dubai Ports World (DP World) will handle the loading of dedicated 12,000–30,000 deadweight tonnage (DWT) bulk carriers using cranes to bottom discharge from the FBCs into the vessel holds. Refer to Figure 1-11 for the Concentrator logistics tube map.

 

Page 49 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 1-11: Concentrator Logistics Tube Map

 

1.10Market Studies

 

The following market information on nickel, copper, and cobalt supply and demand is summarized from information provided by CRU International Ltd (CRU), a leading independent data intelligence company focusing on the mining, metals and fertilizers industry. CRU data and forecasts were prepared in May 2025.

 

The long-term nickel, copper, and cobalt metal price assumptions used in the FS are based on May 2025 consensus industry pricing forecasts and compared to those used in other published studies and forecasts by independent research organizations.

 

A nickel-rich sulfide concentrate containing payable levels of copper and cobalt and levels of impurities below penalty limits is planned to be produced at the Kabanga Site. Concentrate will be sold to the export market at the commencement of operations. Potential concentrate customers have been engaged, and indicative, non-binding concentrate payment and delivery terms for 100% of the concentrate during this period have been provided to support the FS. This concentrate will be trucked, railed, and shipped to international customers.

 

Markets for nickel, copper, and cobalt are well established and demand for these metals is expected to continue to grow in the long term given the global trend of decarbonization and electrification. All three metals are key components in batteries, consumer electronics, energy storage and renewable energy capacity, and the long-term outlook for these sectors remains robust.

 

Page 50 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

In the short to medium term, nickel and cobalt demand is robust, driven by strong growth in global electrification, battery manufacturing for electric vehicles and stainless-steel sectors, especially in Asia. The long-term supply-demand dynamics indicate a favorable market for nickel and cobalt, aligning well with Kabanga’s production timeline. In the long term, there is a forecast supply gap which is expected to put upwards pressure on nickel and cobalt pricing. Copper demand remains strong with the green energy transition providing most of the demand support over the medium and long term.

 

1.10.1Nickel

 

Nickel demand spans several categories of product, including stainless steel, batteries, plating, alloy and steel castings, non-ferrous alloys, and other products. Demand is forecast to be approximately 4.5 Mtpa by 2029, coinciding with Kabanga’s anticipated production start. This timing aligns with a projected decline in supply, eventually falling slightly below consumption levels.

 

Current global supply is predominantly concentrated in Indonesia and China, which together account for approximately 75% of total supply. Total nickel demand is primarily driven by the stainless-steel sector which remains the largest end-use of nickel, and increasingly by the battery sector for electric vehicles (EVs), which is projected to grow at the fastest rate among major demand categories. The majority of nickel consumption occurs in Asia, particularly China, with comparatively lower demand in Europe and the Americas.

 

Nickel demand is expected to remain strong over the short, medium, and long term due to increasing demand for EVs, Energy Storage Systems (ESS), and other portable power and motive batteries, alongside steady growth in stainless steel consumption. Nickel demand for battery applications is forecast to double over the next five years and nearly triple by 2035. In the short to medium term, there is a forecast nickel market surplus, but a supply gap is expected to form in the early 2030s.

 

Based on CRU’s assessment, key longer-term drivers to the nickel price include:

 

●Advancements in Battery Technology: The increased adoption of manganese-rich cathodes and lithium iron phosphate (LFP) batteries, particularly outside China, could reduce demand for nickel from the battery sector, exerting downward pressure on nickel prices.

 

●Onshoring of Critical Mineral Supply Chains: Environmental and country-of-origin regulations, such as the Foreign Entity of Concern sourcing obligations in the U.S. Inflation Reduction Act, are driving a preference for low carbon emissions and/or secure nickel supply chains, with incentives offered for domestic or trusted sources, aiming to reduce reliance on sources from jurisdictions with less stringent environmental and labor standards.

 

●Increasing Marginal Costs in Indonesia: The cost of producing nickel in Indonesia may rise due to factors like declining ore grades, higher energy costs, higher acid costs, increased feed ore prices, higher royalty costs, and more expensive tailings storage.

 

●Expansion of Low-Cost Production Capacity: Continued growth in Indonesian ferronickel, nickel pig iron (NPI), and high-pressure acid leaching (HPAL) capacity has reduced the need for other new nickel projects, subsequently lowering the price required to economically incentivize new nickel output.

 

●Increased Recycling: Demand for primary nickel may be lower than forecast due to faster-than-anticipated recycling of nickel from batteries, driven by shorter battery lifespans and improved collection and recoveries. Additionally, China may accelerate its use of scrap in stainless steel production.

 

1.10.2Cobalt

 

Cobalt demand is propelled by EVs and renewable energy. Similarly to nickel, the pricing and demand outlook for cobalt has changed as LFP cathode materials for use in battery EVs and energy storage applications have seen a strong momentum shift over the last year. The growth in the EV market is still expected to drive long-term cobalt demand, despite a substantial decline in cobalt intensity within EV batteries due to the increased adoption of cobalt-free LFP and nickel-rich, cobalt-lean nickel-manganese-cobalt (NMC) cathodes.

 

Supply of cobalt is primarily a by-product of nickel and/or copper production, making its price typically more volatile than either primary metal. Supply is concentrated in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC), raising supply chain security, ethical sourcing environmental, social and governance (ESG) concerns, especially with the European Union’s (EU) Critical Raw Materials Act. Long-term cobalt demand is expected to outstrip supply.

 

Page 51 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Recent oversupply has been driven by historically high copper prices boosting production in the DRC from copper-cobalt ores and increasing supply from Indonesian nickel-cobalt HPAL production. Despite this putting downward pressure on prices, the longer-term outlook for cobalt remains positive. Demand forecasts are strong, and it is expected to outstrip supply in the medium to long term.

 

Notably, the DRC imposed a shock export ban in February 2025, aimed to provide sustained price support, boost artisanal and small-scale mining output and incentivize further processing in-country. Speculation and a paucity of spot volumes have so far fueled a short-term price rally across the market, but the timing and manner of the ban’s resolution will determine whether these controls will be deemed a success. Export quotas will be necessary to rebalance the market. The key risk to the short- to medium-term cobalt price is the resolution of the export ban in the DRC.

 

Based on CRU’s assessment, key longer-term drivers to the cobalt price include:

 

●Concentration of Production: Cobalt production is limited to a few countries, with the DRC accounting for a significant portion of global output. Even as Indonesian production rises, the DRC will be the main source of global cobalt throughout the 2020s and 2030s. This concentration increases supply risk and reduces supply chain resilience. The realization of this risk has been seen in 2025, as the DRC has banned cobalt exports for a period of four months due to low market prices. However, major producers such as CMOC Group Limited or Glencore are unlikely to curtail cobalt production, assuming the ban will last only four months. This could create storage challenges for those accumulating several months’ worth of hydroxide production on site. Regardless, any curtailments are unlikely to amount to more than 20 kt of contained cobalt, much lower than the expected 2025 cobalt surplus.

 

●ESG Concerns: ESG issues in cobalt mining may have an impact on the supply chain, especially with the EU’s Critical Raw Materials Act coming into effect this year. Regulatory changes in the European Union will require companies to address ESG issues or risk losing access to financing in the EU.

 

●Rapid Changes in Battery Chemistry: The pace of change in battery chemistry is swift, with higher cobalt prices and supply chain uncertainties driving a shift towards lower or no-cobalt battery types in some markets.

 

1.10.3Copper

 

Copper is a primary driver for EVs, energy storage, and renewable energy sectors, reflecting demand growth across transport and utility industries. Strong demand is expected as industries continue with electrification, decarbonization, and energy transition, particularly in the EV and renewable energy sectors.

 

On the supply side, copper-producing regions like Chile and Peru face regulatory changes, environmental concerns, aging mines, and declining ore grades, all which challenge output. This is compounded by insufficient new project tonnage coming online to replace exhausted assets and meet additional demand.

 

Copper demand remains strong with the green energy transition providing most of the demand support over the medium- and long-term. This demand growth will require USD 130 billion of investments to adequately meet demand. Projects have slowed in the development process and ore grades are expected to continue to decline. With over 60 uncommitted projects required to meet long-term copper demand CRU expects approximately 7.9 Mtpa copper supply gap to emerge by 2035.

 

Page 52 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Based on CRU’s assessment, key longer-term drivers to the copper price include:

 

●Economic Activity: Copper demand is closely tied to global economic activity, often considered a bellwether for the global economy.

 

●Geopolitical Factors: Trade wars, sanctions, and political instability in major copper-producing nations significantly impact copper prices.

 

●Energy Transition: Over and above economic activity, copper will be more intensively used through the green energy transition, leading to an intensity step-change as much more of the global economy electrifies items that once were powered by fossil fuels.

 

1.10.4Concentrate Specification, Smelter Capacity and Pricing

 

The Project has received indicative, non-binding offtake terms for 100% of the concentrate with potential customers providing payment and delivery terms. This concentrate will be trucked, railed, and shipped to international customers. The market for nickel concentrate is well established, and demand for Kabanga’s high-grade product is strong, particularly due to its high grade and low impurities.

 

CRU undertook a review of potential key nickel sulfide smelters, their capacities, and idle capacity available for third party concentrate purchases. Idled smelters have been excluded. The review demonstrated sufficient capacity and appetite for third-party concentrates. It is likely that the superior specifications of the Kabanga concentrate would result in it being prioritized over lower grade third- party concentrates. This smelter capacity and associated demand assessment is supported by the terms provided by potential customers for over 100% of the concentrate production.

 

The nickel, copper, and cobalt metal price assumptions used in the FS are based on May 2025 consensus industry pricing forecasts and compared to those used in other published studies and forecasts by independent research organizations. The specific assumptions are shown in Table 1-9, in real terms. 

 

Table 1-9: Kabanga Long-term Metal Price Assumptions (in Real Terms) 

 

Metal  Long-term Price (USD/lb)
(Real Terms)
Nickel  8.49
Copper  4.30
Cobalt  18.31

 

The Kabanga concentrate product has a high nickel grade, contains payable levels of copper and cobalt, and levels of impurities below penalty limits. Deleterious elements such as arsenic, antimony, lead, and zinc, which can potentially attract penalties in nickel concentrates, have been determined through both historical and current testwork to not reach threshold limits.

 

Metallurgical algorithms have been developed from testwork to model concentrate grades based on the mine production schedule. The algorithms consider the different feed types, feed grades, and feed blends to determine annualized recoveries and concentrate grades for the payable metals, specifically nickel, copper, and cobalt. The recoveries and concentrate grades of sulfur, iron, and magnesium/magnesia have also been modeled based on recovery algorithms derived from the testwork and the concentrate mass recovery. Minor element grades are based on comprehensive assays of flotation testwork concentrate samples.

 

The LoM concentrate grade is 17.5% nickel, 2.6% copper, and 1.3% cobalt. Over the same period, the concentrate has a calculated sulfur grade of 32%, iron grade of 39%, and a low magnesium oxide grade of 0.6%. The typical Kabanga concentrate specifications are presented in Table 1-10.

 

Page 53 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 1-10: Kabanga Concentrate Typical Specification

 

Element Unit Typical Minimum Maximum
Ni % 17.5 16 18
Co % 1.3 1.0 1.5
Cu % 2.6 2.0 3.0
Fe % 39 37 40
S % 32 31 33
Pt ppm 0.25 0.05 0.45
Pd ppm 0.35 0.2 0.5
MgO % 0.6 0.5 1.1
SiO2 % 7 5 9
Al % 0.7   < 1
Ca % 0.2   < 0.5
Mn % 0.03   < 0.05
Cr % 0.1   < 0.2
As ppm 50 < 50 100
Bi ppm 5   < 10
Sb ppm 5   < 10
Pb ppm 200   < 500
Zn ppm 150   < 200
Cd ppm 10   < 20
Cl + F ppm < 200   < 500
Au ppm 0.5    
Ag ppm 7    
Fe/MgO # 46 36 75
Moisture % w/w 9.0 > DEM < TML

 

Notes : DEM: Dust Extinction Moisture; TML: Transportable Moisture Limit.

 

The FS uses a concentrate metal payability for nickel, copper, and cobalt based on Cost, Insurance and Freight (Incoterms® 2020) (CIF) delivery terms to the destination port as per the indicative terms provided by potential customers.

 

1.11Environmental, Permitting and Social License

 

The Project is committed to responsible mining practices that protect environmental resources, promote social welfare and engagement, and ensure transparent and accountable governance.

 

The Project aligns with key international standards, including International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standards (PS), the Equator Principles, and the GISTM. Regulatory approvals are required for the development of the Project and operation of the facilities. These include the Environmental and Social Impact Assessments (ESIAs) and permits for the Kabanga Site and the Kabanga Resettlement Sites.

 

International standard ESIAs were completed for the Kabanga Site and the Kabanga Resettlement Sites, securing approval certificates from the National Environment Management Council (NEMC).

 

Page 54 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The key environmental and social licenses and permits submitted for the Project are discussed below:

 

1.11.1Kabanga Site

 

●Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Certificate (EC/EIS/824) – granted June 16, 2021

 

●Ruvubu River Water Use Permit (95100766) – granted September 19, 2024

 

●Resettlement of host sites: EIA Certificate (EC/EIA/2023/6288) – granted September 3, 2024

 

1.11.2Land Access and Resettlement

 

In order to develop the Kabanga Mine and Concentrator, the Project requires a footprint of 4,073 ha from which 353 households will be physically displaced, while 967 households will be economically displaced (land used for agriculture only).

 

A Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) has been developed to restart the process of adequately managing the physical and economic resettlement of the Project Affected Persons (PAPs) during the project land acquisition process in a sustainable manner. The RAP addresses the socio-economic impact on the Project Affected Households (PAHs) and is informed by the Kabanga Relocation Host Site ESIA, which focuses on the seven host sites to where PDHs will be relocated. The resettlement process is aligned with both national and international standards. Approximately 96% of cash compensation agreements have been signed since November 2023 and the PAHs have indicated their willingness to be resettled, allowing the Project to commence with building of houses and relocation.

 

1.11.3Mine and Facility Closure

 

The mine closure strategy has been developed to align with Tanzanian legislation and global standards, such as the IFC, International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM), and GISTM standards, focusing on responsible environmental rehabilitation, financial assurance, stakeholder engagement, and the development of an eco-enterprise legacy, while ensuring regular plan updates, regulatory compliance, and sustainable tailings management for long-term community and environmental protection.

 

1.12Capital and Operating Costs

 

1.12.1Project Schedule

 

The Project is envisaged to be constructed over a 32-month duration from Project commencement to first concentrate production. The pre-production Capex budget will be spent over this period. Figure 1-12 shows the pre-production period up to first concentrate, followed by the operations commencing until LoM completion in Year 18.

 

 

Note: *The Project commencement is contingent on FID and completion of permitting, financing, and execution readiness.

 

Figure 1-12: Project Execution Schedule

 

Page 55 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

1.12.2Capital Costs

 

Pre-production capital scope includes the design, construction and commissioning on an Engineering, Procurement and Construction Management (EPCM) basis of the Kabanga Mine and Concentrator and the associated on-site and off-site infrastructure such as the TSF, accommodation camps, access road upgrades, and electrical grid connection. Funding of the relocation and livelihood restoration plans has also been included in this construction phase. An Association for the Advancement of Cost Engineering (AACE) 47R-11 Class 3 Cost Estimate with an accuracy range of ±15% has been delivered, meeting the requirements of an FS under S-K 1300 guidelines.

 

The sustaining capital cost estimate (Sustaining Capex) includes capitalized maintenance, fleet replacement, ventilation and cooling, and TSF wall raises.

 

Growth capital expenditures for the Project include provisions for exploration and geophysical programs to delineate additional resources and support future expansion, as well as provisions for studying future project beneficiation phases.

 

All closure and rehabilitation related costs are presented as Closure Capex.

 

The capital cost estimate (exclusive of escalation) presents capital expenditure (Capex) in United States dollars (USD), base dated Q1 2025. Table 1-11 provides a summary of the Project’s capital cost estimate, including Pre-Production, Sustaining, Growth, and Closure Capex, excluding contingency, categorized by major Project area in accordance with the Work Breakdown Structure.

 

Table 1-11: Project Capital Cost Estimate Summary (excluding contingency)

 

Capex Areas

 Pre-Production Sustaining Growth Closure
  USD Million
2000 – Mining 211.79 1,115.86 18.82 -
3000 – Concentrator 243.3 42.29 - -
5000 – Future Project Beneficiation Phase -   22.8 -
6000 – Infrastructure, Utilities and Ancillaries 227.95 97.85 - -
7000 – Site Cost 4.68      
8000 – Owners Cost, Administration and Overheads 87.41 14.47 - 63.11
10000 – Land Access and Resettlement 83.90 6.17 - -
Total Capex (excluding contingency) 859.04 1,276.64 41.62 63.11

 

A summary of the Pre-Production Capex is presented in Table 1-12.

 

Page 56 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 1-12: Pre-Production Capex Summary

 

Pre-Production Capex Areas Proportion of Total Pre-
Production Capex		 Total Cost
  % USD Million
Direct Cost 79.51 683.05
Mining 24.65 211.79
Mining Surface Infrastructure 3.59 30.80
Underground Mining 21.07 181.00
Concentrator and Infrastructure 46.75 401.57
Concentrator 28.32 243.30
Infrastructure 16.27 139.79
TSF 2.15 18.48
External Infrastructure 8.11 69.69
220 kV Overhead Line 5.57 47.89
Concentrate Logistics Infrastructure 2.54 21.80
Indirect Cost 20.49 175.99
Construction Facilities and Services 0.54 4.68
EPCM 8.66 74.35
Owners Cost 1.52 13.06
Land Access and Resettlement 9.77 83.90
Total Pre-Production Capex 100.00 859.04
Contingency (as a percentage of Pre-Production Capex) 9.70 83.43
Pre-Production Capex and Contingency   942.47

 

1.12.3Operating Costs

 

The AACE 47R-11 Class 3 estimate has been developed, with an accuracy range of ±15%, in line with the expectations requirements of an FS under S-K 1300 guidelines.

 

The operating cost estimates (Opex) for the Concentrator and infrastructure were developed using a zero-based approach, incorporating comprehensive testwork, engineering inputs, and consultations with industry experts. The estimates incorporate labor, power, water, reagents and consumables, maintenance, materials handling, laboratory and concentrate transport, and are divided into fixed and variable costs. The mining costs were developed by applying the mining physicals and pricing from a well-advanced contract mining tender process.

 

The operating cost estimate (exclusive of escalation) presents Opex in USD, base dated Q1 2025. Table 1-13 provides a summary of the Project’s operating cost estimate.

 

Page 57 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 1-13: Operating Cost Estimate Summary

 

Area LoM Cost
(USD Million)		 LoM Opex Summary
(USD/t Milled)
Mining 2,725.05 52.18
Processing1 634.46 12.15
Owners Cost 280.86 5.38
Mining Licence Fee2 20.39 0.39
Total Site Opex 3,660.76 70.10
Concentrate Transport and Insurance 860.32 16.47
Total Opex 4,521.08 86.57

 

Notes:

 

1.The processing costs reflect the combined concentrator (A3000) and infrastructure (A6000) costs (USD 12.07/t) in combination with provision for pre-production costs (USD 0.07/t).
2.The “mining licence fee” is an annual rent due to the GoT based on the SML area. It was excluded from the Project Opex estimate and has been accounted for directly in the Economic Model.

 

1.13Economic Analysis

 

The Project economic results and Project cash flows, based on the Mineral Reserves as per the mine plan, are shown in Table 1-14 and Figure 1-13.

 

Key assumptions and results of the economic analysis are summarized in Section 19.

 

Table 1-14: Key Project Metrics

 

Description Units Value
Discount Rate % 8
Net Present Value (NPV8%) USD million 1,579
Internal Rate of Return (IRR) % 23.3
Capital Efficiency (Pre-Production and Capitalized Opex) - 1.4
Total Capital (Pre-Production incl. contingency, Capitalized Opex, Growth, Sustaining and Closure,) USD million 2,491
Pre-Production Capital USD million 942
Capitalized Opex USD million 168
Sustaining Capital USD million 1,277
Peak Funding USD million 1,049
Total AISC (net of by-product credits) USD/lb Payable Ni 3.36
Site Operating Costs USD/t Milled 70
Project Life Years 20
Payback Period (from first production) Years 4.5
Payback Period (from first investment) Years 7.1

 

Notes: AISC - all-in sustaining cost.

 

Page 58 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 1-13: Project Cash Flows

 

With Kabanga’s supplied costs with CRU by-product revenue assumptions, its AISC sits within the first quartile of the cost curve. This cost assessment is based on the Kabanga Mine and Concentrator only, selling concentrates to third parties as presented in Figure 1-14.

 

 

Figure 1-14: Nickel All-in Sustaining Costs for 2025 - USD/t Payable Nickel (2024 Real terms)

 

1.14Interpretation and Conclusions

 

1.14.1Geology and Mineral Resources 

 

The Mineral Resource estimate in this FS TRS is based on resource modeling completed and published in December 2024. The QP has prepared the modeling and reviewed supplied data and considers the Mineral Resource estimate to be acceptable.

 

Mineral Resource estimates in the FS TRS are reported in accordance with U.S. Regulation S-K subpart 1300 rules for Property Disclosures for Mining Registrants (S-K 1300) and have been restated exclusive of Mineral Reserve.

 

The Mineral Resource estimates were shown to meet reasonable prospects for economic extraction through an IA analysis prepared by DRA in June 2025.

 

1.14.2Mineral Reserves 

 

The Mineral Reserve estimation for the Project is reported using the definition in Subpart 229.1300 - Disclosure by Registrants Engaged in Mining Operations in Regulations S-K 1300 and conforms to industry-accepted practices. The QP is not aware of any mining, metallurgical, infrastructure, permitting, or other relevant factors not discussed in this FS TRS that could materially affect the Mineral Reserve estimate. 

 

Page 59 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

1.14.3Economic Analysis

 

Based on the assumptions and parameters presented in the FS TRS, the Project has a mine plan that is technically feasible and economically viable. The positive financials of the Project (USD 1,579 million after-tax NPV8% and 23.3% after-tax IRR) support the Mineral Reserve.

 

1.14.4Risks

 

●Tanzania is a constitutional multi-party democracy with political dominance by the governing CCM (Chama Cha Mapinduzi) party. National elections are upcoming in October 2025 and the regulatory environment is expected to remain stable. Tanzania has low unemployment and a fast-growing economy supported by ongoing infrastructure development.

 

●Recent negotiated settlements and policy clarifications have improved investor sentiment; however, risks around regulatory predictability and resource nationalism remain.

 

●A Framework Agreement signed between the GoT and Kabanga Nickel Limited (KNL) in 2021, followed by an SML for the development and operation of the Project, will require amendment to include concentrate export.

 

●The initial phase for the Project requires an export permit for concentrate. Tanzania prioritizes in-country beneficiation and the Project will continue to develop a plan for a downstream beneficiation facility.

 

●An equitable EBSP is outlined in the Framework Agreement and describes the requirement for a JFM to guide the management and operations and how and when the GoT will derive income from taxes, royalties, duties, levies, and dividends from its 16% interest in the Project. The JFM currently exists in draft between KNL and the GoT, and LZM will continue to engage with the GoT to ensure that this is finalized and signed by the parties, giving investors certainty on the quantum of taxes, royalties, duties, etc. Finalization of the JFM is a condition precedent for the Project Final Investment Decision (FID) and therefore any delays could impact on the overall Project execution timeline.

 

●The Project should expedite the finalization of the Implementation Agreement with TANESCO relating to the development of the 88 km, 220 kV overhead line (OHL) to the Kabanga Site. This would include progressing with permitting and planning to ensure timeous completion. In addition, since the Project has committed to the implementation of IFC Performance Standards and Equator Principles, the existing TANESCO ESIA and future RAP required for construction need to be reviewed and uplifted.

 

●Underground development and production ramp-up rates may not be achieved as planned, which could impact early revenue generation and overall project schedule. While planned rates have been benchmarked against other underground operations in Africa, actual performance may vary due to factors such as contractor productivity, ground conditions, equipment availability, workforce readiness, and logistical constraints. These uncertainties may result in slower-than-anticipated development or stope access delays during early years of production.

 

●For the Project to proceed, the resettlement of PAPs will need to be completed to provide access to the Project construction areas. A RAP aligned with both national and international standards has been developed to address the socio-economic impact on the PAHs. 96% of cash compensation has been completed. to be followed by the building of houses and relocation of PAHs. Any delays in resettlement could impact land access for the Project development.

 

●Based on the dam breach analysis, the TSF has been classified as an ‘Extreme’ consequence dam under GISTM and rated ‘Very High “A”’ under Tanzanian guidelines, due to potential environmental and safety impacts. The TSF will be designed and operated in line with GISTM guidelines including independent third-party oversight.

 

●The availability of skilled labor presents a moderate risk to early project execution and operations. Limited education levels in local communities will necessitate training investment to build local capacity, while shortages in specialist skills may require increased reliance on expatriate personnel, subject to Labour Commissioner work permit approvals.

 

Page 60 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

1.15Recommendations

 

The QPs recommend advancing the Project as described in this FS TRS, by advancing activities relating to the critical path and workstreams enabling the FID. Furthermore, it is recommended to continue with GoT engagement, especially in relation to the Framework Agreement, concentrate export permit and the 220 kV OHL. The work plan for the following recommendations is estimated to cost USD 17.6 million.

 

1.15.1Permitting and Licenses

 

●Amend the Framework Agreement to incorporate the provision to export concentrate.

 

●Obtain a concentrate export permit from the Tanzania Mining Commission.

 

●Advance the application for TSF construction permit.

 

1.15.2Mining

 

Complete a competitive tender process for contract mining to support the FID, including commercial, technical, and contractual evaluations to select a preferred mining contractor to establish execution certainty and final pricing.

 

1.15.3Infrastructure

 

●Continue engagement with TANESCO to finalize the implementation agreement, power supply agreement (including the rebate calculation), and early works streams including ESIAs, RAP, and permitting for the 220 kV OHL.

 

●Conduct additional geotechnical investigations to support detailed design of the North boxcut, WRDs, and concentrator heavy structures.

 

●Complete a competitive tender process for earthworks contractor prior to FID, including commercial, technical, and contractual evaluations to select a preferred contractor to establish execution certainty for the critical path facilities.

 

●Continue engagement with the Tanzanian National Roads Agency (TANROADS) regarding upgrades to the southern access road.

 

1.15.4Tailings Storage Facility

 

●Appoint an internationally recognized TSF design engineer consultant for detailed design and execution as early as possible.

 

●Advance the TSF detailed design with continued adherence to national and international guidelines including the Tanzanian Dam Safety Guidelines requirements and the GISTM standards, with ongoing reviews of the TSF design by an ITRB, a Tanzanian Ministry of Water APP, and other subject matter experts.

 

●Finalize Emergency Response and Preparedness Plans for the TSF to support permit application for construction of the TSF.

 

1.15.5Logistics

 

●Continue engagement with the Tanzania Railways Corporation (TRC) regarding the completion of the SGR line between Tabora and Isaka and to secure the required rolling stock, capacity on the line and access to the sidings to facilitate the stockpiling and management of concentrate en-route to the Port of Dar es Salaam.

 

●Further engagement with the Tanzania Ports Authority (TPA) and DP World relating to concentrate management and export logistics.

 

●Commission a dynamic simulation to evaluate Project operational logistics.

 

Page 61 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

1.15.6Environmental and Social Studies, Resettlement and Closure

 

●Finalize the remaining ESIAs to IFC standards and action recommendations.

 

●Secure Resettlement Sites and complete compensation agreements and payments.

 

●Prioritize effective and internationally compliant resettlement and livelihood restoration.

 

●Complete a RAP for the Ruvubu Water Pipeline to be undertaken to an international standards compliant level and submit it to the NEMC to obtain the relevant approvals and permits.

 

●Commence hardship and in-migration studies, vulnerability survey and project health impact assessments.

 

●Update the Conceptual Closure Plan that has been compiled as part of the Kabanga ESIA (May 2025), into a Preliminary Mine Closure Plan (PMCP), prior to construction.

 

1.15.7Economic Analysis

 

●Negotiate and finalize the JFM, including taxes, royalties, duties, levies, dividends, and terms of the financing of the GoT’s 16% free carry, as outlined in the Framework Agreement.

 

●Finalize concentrate offtake agreements.

 

1.15.8Human Resources

 

●Engage proactively with the Department of Labour to ensure compliance with the Non-Citizens (Employment Regulation) Act, 2015 and Mining (Local Content) Regulations, 2018.

 

●Finalize and expand national and local skills surveys to inform recruitment, training, and localization strategies.

 

1.15.9Execution Readiness

 

●Initiate key project setup activities, including advancing contracting and procurement processes, obtaining quotations for long-lead items, completing the EPCM tender process, and appointing quantity surveyors.

 

●Engage with the Mining Commission on the strategy for procurement packages not available in Tanzania.

 

Page 62 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

2INTRODUCTION

 

The Kabanga Nickel Project (the Project) encompasses the development of an underground Mine, the construction of a Concentrator, tailings storage facility (TSF), and required surface infrastructure at the Kabanga Site located in northwest Tanzania.

 

This Feasibility Study (FS) Technical Report Summary (TRS) has been prepared by various consultants, namely DRA Projects (Pty) Ltd (DRA), OreWin Pty Ltd (OreWin), WSP (SA, AUS and NZ), and personnel employed by Lifezone Metals Limited (LZM) and its associated entities.

 

LZM has advised that the book value of the property and its associated plant and equipment at the Kabanga Nickel Limited (KNL) (formerly LZ Nickel Ltd) group level as of May 2025 is USD 132.2 million.

 

The FS TRS was prepared with reference to the requirements of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (US SEC) Regulation S-K 1300. The purpose of the FS is to declare Mineral Reserves and to provide an independently validated assessment of the Project’s technical and economic viability.

 

2.1Background

 

DRA and Sharron Sylvester have been requested by LZM to prepare an S-K 1300 TRS on the FS of the Kabanga Nickel Project, located in the Ngara District of Northwest Tanzania. The majority owner of the Project, KNL, of which LZM holds a 100% ownership interest, is the primary source of the information presented in this TRS. LZM is a public company listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).

 

2.2Registrant for Whom the Technical Report Summary was Prepared

 

This report was prepared as an FS-level Technical Report Summary in accordance with the SEC S-K 1300 regulations (Title 17, Part 229, Items 601 and 1300 through 1305) for LZM.

 

2.3Terms of Reference and Purpose of the Report

 

The key objective of this FS TRS is to provide an independent comprehensive and technically detailed assessment of the Project, demonstrating that the Project can be developed and operated in a technically feasible and economically viable manner; and to provide a basis for detailed design and construction. This FS TRS supports the declaration of Mineral Reserves in accordance with the requirements of S-K 1300 and is based on detailed engineering, cost estimation, and supporting studies, including mining, processing, environmental, and economic analyses.

 

The quality of information, conclusions, and estimates contained herein is based upon the following:

 

●Information available at the time of preparation; and

 

●The assumptions, conditions, and qualifications set forth in this report.

 

This FS TRS is intended for use by LZM subject to the terms and conditions of its contract with DRA and relevant securities legislation. The contract permits LZM to file this report as a TRS with US SEC securities regulatory authorities pursuant to the S-K regulations, more specifically Title 17, Subpart 229.600, item 601(b)(96) - Technical Report Summary and Title 17, Subpart 229.1300 - Disclosure by Registrants Engaged in Mining Operations.

 

This FS is a comprehensive study of the technical and economic viability of a mineral project that has advanced to a stage where a preferred mining method and an effective method of mineral processing are determined. It includes a financial analysis based on modifying factors and other reasonable assumptions which are sufficient for a QP, acting reasonably, to determine if all or part of the Mineral Resource may be converted to a Mineral Reserve at the time of reporting. Modifying factors are considerations used to convert Mineral Resources to Mineral Reserves. These include, but are not restricted to, mining, processing, metallurgical, infrastructure, logistics, economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social, and governmental factors.

 

Page 63 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

2.4Source of Information and Data

 

The FS TRS relies on historical information and recent data generated by the Project. The FS TRS uses information from previous public filings and studies related to the Project.

 

The Project has undergone several phases of exploration and assessment since the 1970s. The first drilling program was undertaken by the United Nations Development Programme between 1976 and 1979. Further exploration and various studies of the Project were subsequently undertaken, with the most recent historical studies prior to the current LZM work being a draft FS completed in 2014. An investigation into mine optimization was completed in 2019, and a Mineral Resource estimate was published by LZM in November 2023 and updated in December 2024.

 

Historical information prepared by previous owners and information from publicly available sources were utilized in this FS TRS. The information sources and references relied upon are discussed in the relevant sections.

 

Technical Report Summaries filed previously by LZM are described in Section 5.7.

 

This FS TRS uses information from historical geological investigations, as well as drillhole samples provided from recent drilling campaigns undertaken by the Project. The assessment, use, and verification of this data is described in Section 9.

 

Geophysical, geotechnical, and geohydrological investigations were undertaken by WSP (SA). The assessment and use of this data are described in Sections 13.3 and 15.1.

 

The design of the Concentrator plant is based on historical testwork data and data generated from the metallurgical testwork program undertaken within the scope of this FS, as described in Sections 10 and 14.

 

Information from an FS carried out by the Tanzania Electric Supply Company Limited (TANESCO) was relied upon with respect to the development of the 220 kV supply to the Kabanga Site as described in Section 15, although an updated capital cost estimate for this scope was provided by DRA.

 

2.5Qualified Persons

 

The Qualified Persons (QP) for this FS TRS are DRA and Sharron Sylvester.

 

The QP / third-party firm responsibilities for each report section are detailed in Table 2-1. LZM has determined that the appointed consultants meet the qualifications specified under the definition of QP in 17 CFR § 229.1300.

 

2.5.1QP – Sharron Sylvester

 

Sharron Sylvester, BSc (Geol), RPGeo AIG (10125), is employed as Technical Director – Geology, OreWin Pty Ltd, and was responsible for the preparation of the sections relating to geology and Mineral Resources as the QP (individual).

 

Page 64 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

2.5.2QP – DRA

 

DRA is a third-party firm comprising mining experts in their respective fields in accordance with 17 CFR § 229.1302(b)(1).

 

Table 2-1: Qualified Persons’ Responsibility Breakdown per Report Section

 

No.

 Section Title QP or Third-Party Firm
1 Executive Summary (except 1.3, 0 and 1.14.1) DRA
1.3 Geology Sharron Sylvester
1.5 Mineral Resource Estimate Sharron Sylvester
1.14.1 Interpretations and Conclusions – Geology and Mineral Resources Sharron Sylvester
2 Introduction (except 2.5.1 and 2.6.1) DRA
2.5.1 QP – Sharron Sylvester Sharron Sylvester
2.6.1 Site Inspections – Sharron Sylvester Sharron Sylvester
3 Property Description DRA
4 Accessibility, Climate, Local Resources, Infrastructure, and Physiography DRA
5 History Sharron Sylvester
6 Geological Setting, Mineralization, and Deposit Sharron Sylvester
7 Exploration Sharron Sylvester
8 Sample Preparation, Analyses, and Security Sharron Sylvester
9 Data Verification Sharron Sylvester
10 Mineral Processing and Metallurgical Testing DRA
11 Mineral Resource Estimate (except sections 11.4, 11.5, and 11.8.2) Sharron Sylvester
11.4 Mineral Resource Cut-off Grade DRA
11.5 Reasonable Prospects of Economic Extraction DRA
11.8.2 QP Opinion - Other DRA
12 Mineral Reserve Estimates DRA
13 Mining Methods DRA
14 Processing and Recovery Methods DRA
15 Project Infrastructure DRA
16 Market Studies DRA
17 Environmental Studies, Permitting, and Plans, Negotiations, or Agreements with Local Individuals or Groups DRA
18 Capital and Operating Costs DRA
19 Economic Analysis DRA
20 Adjacent Properties DRA
21 Other Relevant Data and Information DRA
22 Interpretation and Conclusions (except section 22.1) DRA
22.1 Interpretation and Conclusions – Geology and Mineral Resources Sharron Sylvester
23 Recommendations (except sections 23.2 and 23.12.1) DRA
23.2 Recommendations – Geology and Mineral Resources Sharron Sylvester
23.12.1 QP Opinion – Geology and Mineral Resources Sharron Sylvester
24 References (except “Section 5-9,11: Geology and Mineral Resources”) DRA
24.5-9,11 “Section 5-9,11: Geology and Mineral Resources” Sharron Sylvester
25 Reliance on Information Provided by the Registrant DRA / Sharron Sylvester

 

Page 65 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

2.6Details of Personal Inspection

 

Table 2-2 and Table 2-3 summarize the details of the personal inspections on the property by the QP and third-party firm, respectively.

 

2.6.1Site Inspections – Sharron Sylvester

 

Table 2-2 summarizes the details of the personal inspections on the property by the QP Sharron Sylvester.

 

Table 2-2: QP Site Inspection Details – Sharron Sylvester

 

Expertise

 QP Date of Visit Details of Site Inspection
Geology/Mineral Resource Sharron Sylvester

October 27–30, 2023
March 21–30, 2023
October 20–21, 2022

 

The site visits included briefings from KNL exploration and corporate personnel, and site inspections of the drill rigs, proposed mine, and plant and infrastructure locations at the Project.

Sharron Sylvester, OreWin Technical Director – Geology and QP, visited the SGS assay laboratories at Mwanza in Tanzania, had discussions with SGS management, and inspected the facilities.

All aspects that could materially impact the integrity of the data informing the Mineral Resource estimates (core logging, sampling, analytical results, and database management) were reviewed with LZM staff. The QP met with KNL staff to ascertain exploration and production procedures and protocols. The QP observed the core from diamond drillholes and confirmed that the logging information accurately reflects the actual core. The lithology contacts checked by the QP matched the information reported in the core logs.

 

2.6.2Site Inspections – DRA

 

Table 2-3 summarizes the details of the personal inspections on the property by the third-party firm DRA.

 

Table 2-3: QP Site Inspection Details – DRA

 

Expertise

 QP Date of Visit Details of Site Inspection
Mining DRA May 5–8, 2025

The site visit included the following:

 

● Discussions and viewing of bulk infrastructure which include power supply, water supply and both the southern and northern access roads.

 

● Viewing of existing and proposed Project infrastructure facilities, which include camp sites, laydown areas, processing plant, TSF, boxcuts and waste dumps, road infrastructure, and waste handling.

 

● Reviewed and discussed the permitting process and progress thereof.

 

● Reviewed and discussed the resettlement program. Inspected two of the model houses.

 

● Visited and inspected the SEZ at Kahama Site.

 

● Inspected portions of the new SGR line between Isaka and Mwanza.

 

● Engaged with Grindrod and inspected the M.V. Mpungu ferry operating on Lake Victoria at Mwanza.

Metallurgy testwork/ Mineral recovery/ infrastructure DRA October 8–9, 2023 and
May 6–7, 2025;
February 8–9, 2023;
March 9–13, 2023		 Kabanga inspections on available infrastructure 
Logistics DRA May 8, 2025 Isaka Dryport inspection

 

 

2.7Units and Currency

 

This FS TRS uses U.S. English spelling and metric units of measure. Any reference to tonnes, or when abbreviated as “t”, should always be deemed as metric tonnes.

 

Costs are presented in constant U.S. dollars, as of March 31, 2025.

 

2.8Effective Dates

 

The effective date of this FS TRS is July 18, 2025, while the effective date of the Mineral Resource Estimate is December 4, 2024.

 

Page 66 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

3PROPERTY DESCRIPTION

 

3.1Project Location

 

The Project is located in the Ngara District of the Kagera Region in the northwest of Tanzania, 44 km south of the town of Ngara, 5 km southeast of the nearest town of Bugarama, approximately 1,300 km northwest of the Port of Dar es Salaam, and adjacent to the Burundi border. The Project site (Kabanga Site) will comprise an underground Mine, Concentrator, TSF and surface infrastructure all of which will be within the Special Mining Licence (SML) issued to Tembo Nickel Corporation Limited (TNCL) in 2021 by the Government of Tanzania (GoT).

 

The location of the Project within Tanzania and in the broader African context is shown in Figure 3-1.

 

 

Figure 3-1: Kabanga Nickel Project Location in Tanzania

 

The Kabanga Site is established, with existing administration offices, workshops, store, drill core shed, clinic, kitchen and messing facilities, laundry, exploration and drilling camps, recreational facilities, powerhouse, other facilities and internal roads. Access to the Kabanga Site is via unpaved roads with two main access routes linking to paved highways. The southern access road, a 77 km unpaved public road, connects to the paved National Route B3 at Muzani. A northern access road connects the site to paved roads to the north, near the town of Ngara. Grid electricity (33 kV, 9 MVA) is currently supplied by TANESCO and is adequate for construction and early-stage mine development.

 

3.1.1Co-ordinates System

 

All co-ordinates presented in this TRS are Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) projection, unless otherwise specified. The Project is located within UTM zone 36 M as seen in Figure 3-1.

 

The Kabanga Site is situated at 2° 53’ S latitude (227,636 mE) and 30° 33’ E longitude (9,681,009 mN).

 

Page 67 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

3.2Ownership

 

The Project is owned by Tembo Nickel Corporation Limited (TNCL). TNCL is 84% owned by KNL and 16% by the GoT Treasury Registrar. KNL is 100% owned by LZM, through its 100% owned subsidiaries. The LZM-attributable ownership is thus 84%, after accounting for the GoT shareholding. The current Project ownership structure is presented in Figure 3-2.

 

 

 

Note: The RefineCo entity relates to a potential future project phase, not assessed in this FS.

 

Figure 3-2: Current Ownership Structure of the Kabanga Nickel Project

 

Page 68 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

3.3Framework Agreement Summary and Economic Benefits Sharing Principal

 

A Framework Agreement was signed on January 19, 2021, between the GoT and KNL (the Parties) for the development and operation of the Project, a mining, processing, and refining operation. TNCL will produce and sell offshore a high-grade nickel sulfide mineral concentrate, also containing copper and cobalt.

 

The Framework Agreement is focused on an equitable Economic Benefits Sharing Principal (EBSP) between KNL and the GoT outlined in Article 3 of that agreement. The key principles of the Framework Agreement, as they relate to the scope of the FS, are intended to underline and guide the development of the Project for the mutual benefit of the Parties. The key principles include:

 

●The application of EBSP over the life of the Project.

 

●Having a JFM to guide the management and operations of all Project entities.

 

●Jointly managing the resident project companies pursuant to the current shareholders’ agreement.

 

●Agreeing on the fiscal assumptions underlying the EBSP.

 

The Parties agree to equitably share the economic benefits derived from the Project in accordance with the JFM. The EBSP underpins the philosophy of the Framework Agreement and will be defined in and governed by the JFM on a going-forward basis, which is currently in draft form between KNL and the GoT. The overarching principle of the EBSP is that over the life of the Project, KNL and the GoT equally share (50/50) income derived from the Project, on an undiscounted basis. The GoT’s source of income is derived from taxes, royalties, duties, levies, and dividends from its 16% interest in the resident project companies. KNL’s source of income is derived from its 84% interest in the resident project companies.

 

3.4Special Mining Licence

 

Following the signing of the Framework Agreement, the GoT granted SML number 651/2021, on October 29, 2021, to TNCL for the Project, to conduct mining operations in the Ngara District, Kagera Region, QDS 29/3, 29W/4. The SML is currently in force as of the date of this FS TRS.

 

The SML confers to TNCL the exclusive right to search for, mine, dig, mill, process, refine, transport, use, and/or market nickel or other minerals found to occur in association with that mineral, vertically under the SML area, and execute such other works as necessary for that purpose. The SML shall remain valid for a period of the estimated Life of Mine (LoM) indicated in the FS or such period as the applicant may request, unless it is cancelled, suspended, or surrendered in accordance with the law. In accordance with the Mining (Mineral Rights) Regulations, the holder is required to pay an annual mining licence fee of USD 1,032 million, payable to the Commissioner for Minerals. Timely payment of the mining licence fee is required to maintain the SML in good standing. As of the effective date of this report, the license is valid and all mining license fee payments are current.

 

The SML requires TNCL to comply with Tanzania’s mining laws. As part of this, all exploration and mineral data collected within the licence area remains the property of the GoT and must be submitted to the Geological Survey of Tanzania, in line with the Mining Act.

 

The SML includes several conditions. By accepting the licence, TNCL has committed to a strategic partnership with the GoT, which holds a minimum 16% free-carried, non-dilutable equity interest in the project company. This arrangement is governed by the terms of the Mining Act and its associated regulations, as currently in force or as may be amended during the life of the licence or its renewal.

 

Page 69 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The SML area is 201.85 km2, and the SML and Project outline are shown in Figure 3-3.

 

 

Figure 3-3: Location of the Proposed Mine Site showing SML 651/2021

 

With the phased development plan for the Project an export permit is required to be obtained for future concentrate production and export until a potential future beneficiation facility is commissioned and can meet the Project full production.

 

Under Section 100(C) of the Mining Act (Amendment) 2019, the export of raw minerals, including concentrates, is generally prohibited. Key provisions include:

 

●Raw minerals may only be withdrawn from the Government Minerals Warehouse for domestic beneficiation or for use by licensed mineral dealers.

 

●All minerals must be processed within the United Republic.

 

●Unauthorized exportation is subject to confiscation.

 

Page 70 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

However, exceptions to this rule exist. Exportation may be authorized under special agreements or arrangements, particularly through Framework Agreements between the Government and the investing company.

 

For newly established projects, such as Kabanga Nickel, the Government may grant export approvals provided that:

 

●A valid Framework Agreement exists.

 

●The project has submitted a Feasibility Study and Business Plan supporting the request.

 

●The export is seen as transitional, facilitating early-stage project financing and de-risking development of a future downstream beneficiation facility.

 

●There is a clear plan to establish mineral beneficiation in country.

 

According to the Mining (Minerals Trading) Regulations 2010:

 

●A mineral export permit is required for each consignment.

 

●The application must include detailed information on the source, value, and shipment of the concentrates.

 

●Applicable royalties and inspection fees must be paid.

 

●Approval is subject to compliance with the Mining Act and supporting regulations.

 

LZM believes there is provision within the law for the GoT to allow the export of concentrate over the life of the mine. The GoT may make the exportation of the nickel sulfide concentrate as temporary/conditional and require TNCL to specify the volume of concentrate to be exported prior to issuing any export permit. LZM is presently engaged in negotiations with the GoT to amend the existing Framework Agreement and to obtain approval for the exportation of concentrate produced by TNCL. LZM anticipate the negotiations with the GoT to be completed in 2025.

 

The Kahama Site is the proposed location for a potential future phase of Project development at the gazetted Buzwagi Special Economic Zone (SEZ) in Kahama. This phase of development is not assessed within the scope of this FS.

 

Page 71 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

3.5Mineral Rights, Surface Rights and Environmental Rights

 

Under the Framework Agreement, the GoT is committed to assisting TNCL in acquiring the necessary mineral and surface rights, along with environmental approvals for the Project. TNCL needs surface use rights for up to 4,073 ha of land, which will cause physical and economic displacement of households in the affected villages.

 

An FS final draft was completed in 2014 (KNCL, 2014a), under a previous joint venture agreement between Glencore plc (Glencore) and Barrick Gold Corporation (Barrick), with Glencore as the operating partner. As the Project required land, a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) was originally prepared in 2013, serving as the foundational Resettlement Policy Framework. However, in 2014, prior to the Project advancing to physical development, operations were suspended, and the resettlement process was cancelled with goodwill payments distributed. Following the recommencement of the Project in 2021 by LZM, and under the conditions of the SML, the resettlement process restarted, with a moratorium on new construction declared in July 2022 following the announcement of an eligibility cut-off date. Independent consultants were engaged to update the resettlement work, and a new RAP was submitted to Tanzanian regulatory standards in 2023, receiving approval on August 16, 2023. Further work has been conducted to enhance the RAP to meet international standards.

 

As part of the Project, several Environmental and Social Impact Assessments (ESIAs) and permits have been completed. The key environmental and social licenses and permits include:

 

Kabanga Site:

 

●SML 651/2021 – granted October 29, 2021

 

●EIA Transfer Certificate (EC/EIS/824) – granted June 16, 2021

 

●ESMP Update Approval – granted June 19, 2023

 

●Ruvubu River Water Use Permit (95100766) – granted September 3, 2024

 

Kahama Site:

 

●Refining Licence (RFL) 006/2024 – granted March 19, 2024

 

Resettlement Sites:

 

●EIA Certificate (EC/EIA/2023/6288) for Resettlement Sites – granted September 3, 2024

 

ESIAs were completed for the Kabanga Site and the Resettlement Sites, securing approval certificates from the National Environment Management Council (NEMC).

 

Project changes, including an increase in mine production throughput to 3.4 Mtpa, triggered a requirement to notify NEMC. These changes have necessitated amendments to the existing Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) for the Kabanga Site, which are currently in progress.

 

International standard ESIAs have been completed for the Kabanga Site and the Kabanga Resettlement Sites.

 

Following a review of the current supplied information, the opinion of the QP is that the current plans, including the RAP and ESMPs to international standards, appear adequate to address any known issues related to environmental compliance, permitting, and local individuals or groups.

 

Page 72 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

4ACCESSIBILITY, CLIMATE, LOCAL RESOURCES, INFRASTRUCTURE, AND PHYSIOGRAPHY

 

4.1Overview

 

Tanzania is located on the east coast of Africa, just south of the equator. It is bordered to the north by Kenya and Uganda, to the west by Rwanda, Burundi, and the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) (with an all-water boundary in Lake Tanganyika), and to the south by Zambia, Malawi and Mozambique. The Indian Ocean lies to the east.

 

Tanzania is the largest and most populous East African country. The Tanzanian population is concentrated mostly along the east coast and in the northern half of country near Lake Victoria. The Port of Dar es Salaam, on the east coast of Tanzania, is the country’s largest city and principal port. The port also serves the landlocked countries of Burundi, DRC, Malawi, Rwanda, Uganda, and Zambia.

 

4.2Kabanga Site

 

4.2.1Location

 

The Kabanga Site, where the mining and concentrating activities will take place, is located in northwest Tanzania in the Ngara District of the Kagera Region and is situated 5 km from the village of Bugarama and 44 km, by road, south of Rulenge. The border with Burundi lies 1.4 km to the southwest of the Kabanga Site. The Port of Dar es Salaam is approximately 1,300 km southeast. The Project location is shown in Figure 4-1.

 

The Kabanga Site lies in the Ruvubu River sub-watershed of the Kagera River, a major river that flows into Lake Victoria. The Ruvubu River, which originates in Burundi and flows in a general northerly direction, defines a portion of the international boundary between Tanzania and Burundi near the Project area. Thereafter, the Ruvubu River continues northwards through Tanzania, and joins the Kagera River at the international boundary with Rwanda, and then flows north, and then east to Lake Victoria.

 

 

Figure 4-1: Kabanga Location in the Ngara District

 

Page 73 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

4.2.2Accessibility

 

The Kabanga Site is accessible via unpaved roads with two main access routes linking to paved highways. The southern access route, a 77 km unpaved road, connects to National Route B3 at Muzani. The northern access route connects to paved roads to the north, near the town of Ngara. The roads in the surrounding area are managed and maintained by the Tanzanian National Roads Agency (TANROADS), a government agency.

 

Currently, the northern access road is used for heavy vehicle traffic, while the southern access road will be upgraded to facilitate construction logistics and will be used during operations, as this offers the shortest and most direct routing to the Isaka Dry Port for rail access, the Port of Dar es Salaam, and the interior of Tanzania.

 

The northern access road also provides a link to the Ngara Airport, 89 km away, which is the closest airport and can be used for emergency evacuations and charter flights if required. The closest commercial airport is at Kahama, 324 km from the Kabanga Site. The Kahama Airport (International Air Transport Association (IATA) code ‘KBH’), which was historically managed and operated by the Buzwagi Gold Mine, has been handed over to the Tanzania Airports Authority (TAA). The Kahama Airport terminal building was recently upgraded (January 2024), increasing the airport’s capabilities to allow for 200 travelers at a time and smaller-sized cargo to fly in and out on a regular basis. The airport has direct flights from Dar es Salaam.

 

There are no railheads in close proximity to the Kabanga Site. However, the Isaka Dry Port, which operates as an inland container terminal, is 347 km away. Customs documentation can be completed at Isaka instead of the Port of Dar es Salaam, with importers able to take delivery of products at the Isaka dry port, by issuing their Bill of Lading.

 

4.2.3Existing Infrastructure

 

The area surrounding the Kabanga Site is rural and the local economy is underpinned by small-scale agriculture. The closest village is Bugarama, which is 5 km to the northwest. Bugarama is a small market village with no notable infrastructure. The town nearest to the Kabanga Site is Rulenge, which is approximately 44 km to the north. Rulenge has a population of approximately 23,300 people as per the 2022 census. The district capital, Ngara, is a further 50 km north of Rulenge and has a similar-sized population.

 

The Kabanga Site has an existing exploration camp, which is well-maintained, enclosed by a perimeter fence, and includes office buildings, security access control, facilities for geological assessment, technical services, and community relations. Additional amenities include a canteen, clinic, workshops, staff housing, and space for sample and drill core storage. The exploration camp will be expanded to 300 beds and will facilitate all personnel during initial construction activities, while the permanent camp is constructed.

 

The Kabanga Site is equipped with mobile telephone networks and video conferencing facilities for communication. Cell phone reception via Vodacom and Simba network services providers is well established.

 

The exploration camp is currently serviced by a newly upgraded 33 kV electrical supply from TANESCO. This supply is limited to 9 MVA of electrical power, which is suitable for construction and initial mine development. However, this capacity is insufficient for steady-state operation and consequently, a new 88 km transmission line and substation are planned to deliver a 220 kV feed as part of the Project development.

 

Page 74 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

4.2.4Physiography and Vegetation (and Habitats/Species of Conservation Importance)

 

The Kabanga Site is situated at 2° 53’ S latitude and 30° 33’ E longitude, within the Ruvubu River sub-watershed of the Kagera River. This major river flows into Lake Victoria, with elevations ranging between 1,375 and 1,730 m above mean sea level (mAMSL). The local topography features a prominent plateau oriented in a northeast-southwest direction, set within an undulating landscape interspersed with valleys. On-site vegetation consists of grasslands with a broadleaf understory and scattered deciduous trees, providing an intermittent canopy.

 

The Project area is dominated by the Rubona Ridge, a rocky north-northeast trending formation exceeding 1,640 mAMSL, flanked by sloping plateaux, incised streams, and valley bottom lands associated with the Nyamwongo, Muruhamba, Mu Kinyangona, and Muhongo rivers. These valleys lie approximately 150–200 m below the ridge and ultimately drain into the Ruvubu River system.

 

The Ruvubu River originates east of Bujumbura, Burundi, flows southward before turning north-northeast along the Tanzania-Burundi border, and joins the Kagera River at the Rwanda border near Rusumo Falls. Both rivers feature shallow rapids and broad floodplains, making them unsuitable for navigation.

 

Land use on Rubona Ridge is limited due to steep, rocky terrain but includes grazing, fruit and wood harvesting, and beekeeping. Seasonal crops such as maize, cassava, and bananas are cultivated on grasslands, while more intensive dry-season farming of beans and vegetables occurs in valley bottoms. Papyrus-dominated wetlands remain uncultivated. Soil erosion is minimal, though elevated wet-season sediment loads in streams are linked to cultivation near watercourses.

 

The region has a long history of subsistence agriculture, resulting in a highly modified landscape with few mature trees and limited wildlife. Although Tanzania is renowned for its extensive game reserves and diverse wildlife, the local area is predominantly devoid of large mammals. Environmental Impact Assessments (EIAs) have identified reptiles, birds, and small rodents as the most common fauna. All plant communities in the area have been somewhat impacted by human activity.

 

4.2.5Climate

 

The Kabanga Site is situated within the moist sub-humid climate zone of east-central Africa, characterized by monsoonal weather patterns. Historical data indicate an average annual rainfall of 1,014.7 mm, with the majority occurring during the wet season from November to April. Rainfall exhibits a bimodal distribution, with long rains from March to May and short rains from October to December. April is the wettest month, receiving an average of 151.3 mm of rainfall, while June and July are typically the driest months, often experiencing minimal rainfall.

 

Evapotranspiration at the Kabanga Site is estimated at 1,580.3 mm per year, with potential evaporation peaking from June to October. The average annual air temperature is 20 ˚C , with a monthly variation of 2 ˚C and a daytime temperature variation of approximately 8 ˚C. Relative humidity averages 66% annually, with the lowest levels observed between June and October.

 

The climate will allow for year-round operation of the Kabanga Mine and Concentrator.

 

4.2.6Seismicity

 

The Kabanga Site is in a complex geological region combining the East African Rift System, Tanzania Craton, and East African Plateau. The East African Rift System includes the West Rift (135 km west of Kabanga) and the East Rift (600 km east). The Kabanga Site is in the Kibaran Orogenic Belt, west of the Tanzania Craton, characterized by infrequent and widely dispersed earthquakes and an absence of Quaternary faults.

 

In 2008, Golder evaluated potential surface fault rupture hazards at the proposed TSF site, concluding that none of the faults were active or conditionally active, posing no significant fault rupture hazard.

 

A Seismic Hazard Analysis (SHA) conducted in 2024 found that the estimated ground motion from the maximum credible earthquake (at the 85th percentile) is significantly lower than the mean uniform hazard spectrum for a 1-in-10,000 annual exceedance probability (AEP) event. As a result, the design assessments are based on the outcomes of the probabilistic seismic assessment.

 

4.2.7Catchments and Water Resources

 

Water for the exploration camp is currently sourced from a borehole located 900 m to the northwest of the camp. For the operation of the concentrator and mine, the primary source of water would be from mine dewatering, with supplementary water supply to be extracted from the Ruvubu River at a point within the SML. The Kabanga Site is projected to maintain a marginally positive water balance and as such treated water will be discharged back to the Ruvubu River. The Ruvubu River flows from south to north, approximately 14 km southwest of the Kabanga Site, along the border with Burundi.

 

Page 75 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

4.3Availability of Tanzanian Infrastructure

 

Tanzania has a well-established national network of electrical power generation and distribution, functioning ports, airports, and railway lines, while paved trunk roads connect the major centers in the interior of the country. Significant investment into Tanzania’s infrastructure is currently underway and these projects serve to enable the Kabanga Nickel Project.

 

Dar es Salaam, Tanzania’s largest city, hosts the country’s primary seaport, handling approximately 95% of international trade. The port has an annual capacity of 14.1 Mt for dry cargo and 6.0 Mt for bulk liquids, and is a key export route for mineral concentrates. It also serves landlocked countries in the Great Lakes region, including Burundi, DRC, Malawi, Rwanda, Uganda, and Zambia.

 

The port is connected to the interior by paved roads and rail infrastructure in good condition. Operations are overseen by the Tanzania Ports Authority (TPA). On 22 October 2023, the Government of Tanzania and TPA signed a 30-year agreement with Dubai Ports World (DP World) for the operation of berths 0 to 7, covering containerized, general, bulk, and vehicle cargo. Planned upgrades include converting berths 3 and 4 into dedicated bulk terminals with fixed conveyor systems rated up to 2,000 tph.

 

Tanzania has a road network of approximately 86,472 km. Major trunk and regional roads are managed by TANROADS, while district, urban, and feeder roads fall under the Tanzania Rural and Urban Roads Agency (TARURA). The Tanzania Railways Corporation (TRC) operates over 2,700 km of meter-gauge track, primarily serving the central and northern regions, including links to Kenya and Uganda. In the south, the Tanzania-Zambia Railway Authority (TAZARA) operates a 975 km Cape-gauge line between the Port of Dar es Salaam and Kapiri Mposhi in Zambia.

 

The existing road and rail infrastructure is being upgraded and expanded, and the Project’s concentrate export logistics solution will rely on using road and the new Standard Gauge Railway (SGR) network and its associated infrastructure which is currently being built at the time of writing this report.

 

The government’s SGR project to upgrade the rail infrastructure starting from the Port of Dar es Salaam to Isaka and onward to Mwanza will enhance the country’s transportation infrastructure and regional connectivity. It aims to improve rail speed, capacity efficiency and reliability, and reduce transportation costs. It will also reduce road traffic congestion, improve safety and reduce carbon emissions. The project will also ultimately link the country with Rwanda, Uganda, Burundi, and the DRC.

 

The 2,000 km SGR project is being developed in six phases to connect the Port of Dar es Salaam with Mwanza on Lake Victoria and extend into Rwanda, Burundi, and the DRC. Construction is ongoing, with the line operational to Dodoma and works to Tabora largely complete. The Tabora–Isaka section, which finalizes the connection to Dar es Salaam, is expected to be completed by November 2026. The extent of the SGR project is indicated in Figure 4-2. The SGR is expected to support the transport of labour, construction equipment, and materials during the Project execution phase.

 

Page 76 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Source: Fitch Solutions

 

Figure 4-2: Existing and Planned Core Railway Infrastructure

 

TANESCO is responsible for the production and distribution of most (98%) of the country’s electrical power. Tanzania’s energy mix includes biomass, natural gas, hydro, coal, geothermal, solar, and wind generation.

 

The total installed power capacity of Tanzania, as of January 2025, is 3,400 MW. This includes various sources like hydro power, natural gas, and liquid fuels. The government aims to increase electricity connectivity and renewable energy generation to 75% by 2030 and 2034 respectively.

 

The GoT is increasing the national power generation capacity of 2,100 MW to 5,000 MW. A key component of this is the Julius Nyerere Hydropower Project, which has a total capacity of 2,100 MW. The project is 99.8% complete with eight of the nine power-generating units operational. The expansion of the generation capacity, especially the Julius Nyerere Hydropower Project, is another infrastructure project that will support the long-term needs of the Project.

 

Airports in Tanzania are managed by the TAA, which operates, manages, maintains, and develops airports in the Tanzanian mainland. The Julius Nyerere International Airport in Dar es Salaam is the biggest airport in Tanzania and the most common point of arrival for cargo and passengers from international destinations. The airport has three terminals and two paved runways of 3,000 m and 1,000 m in length.

 

The Project is supported by domestic aerodromes and airports, specifically the Ngara Airport and the Kahama Airport. The Kahama Airport will serve as the primary arrival point for personnel travelling to the Kabanga Site, with the final transport leg completed by bus. The Kahama Site also has proximity to the Isaka Dry Port (rail) and provides a staging and laydown area during construction of the Kabanga Mine, Concentrator, and surface infrastructure.

 

Page 77 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

4.4Country and Regional Setting

 

Tanzania has maintained relative political stability since its independence in 1961. The United Republic of Tanzania was formed in 1964 following the union of Tanganyika and Zanzibar. The country operates as a constitutional multi-party democracy with two governments: the Union Government for the mainland and the Zanzibar Government. Tanzania is a member of several international and regional organizations, including the United Nations, the Commonwealth, the African Union, and a number of other international organizations. It is also a member of several regional organizations, most notably the East African Community (EAC) which facilitates a customs union with neighboring countries. Political stability has enabled Tanzania to foster a conducive environment for economic growth and development.

 

Tanzania is the most populous country in East Africa, with an estimated population of 69.4 million in 2024, characterized by a youthful and predominantly rural demographic. Economic growth has been robust, with a reported GDP growth of 5.5% in 2024 and projections for 6% in 2025. This growth is fueled by expanding exports, a good agricultural season, and increased electricity supply. Swahili and English serve as the official languages, with Swahili widely spoken and English used in commerce and administration. The administrative structure of Tanzania is highly organized, with the Kabanga Nickel Project situated in the Kagera region, known for its proximity to the Rwanda and Burundi borders. Local governance and community relations are pivotal for Project progress, given the centralized system extending to the village level.

 

The mining sector is a significant contributor to Tanzania’s economy, targeted to reach 10% of GDP by 2025. The country is rich in various minerals, including nickel, copper, cobalt, gold, rare earth minerals, uranium, graphite, coal, and diamonds. The government’s focus on increasing mineral beneficiation aligns with the Project, which aims to process concentrate within Tanzania. This initiative is part of a broader strategy to attract foreign investment and expand the mining industry, following the privatization and liberalization reforms of the 1990s. Tanzania’s stable political climate and strategic economic policies continue to position it as a key player in the regional and global mining sectors.

 

Page 78 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

5HISTORY

 

Exploration at the Project has been undertaken in several different phases for over 45 years, with more than 637 km of drilling having been completed up to the effective date of the Mineral Resource estimate, reported in December 2024.

 

5.1UNDP Era (1976–79)

 

The first drilling on the deposit was undertaken between 1976 and 1979 by the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), as part of a regional targeting for ultramafic bodies to identify nickel sulfide and nickel laterite mineralization within the East African Nickel Belt in western Tanzania and Burundi.

 

In the Project licence area, 61 UNDP drillholes were completed, with work focused on two areas of interest at that time, known as Block 1 and Block 2. These holes intersected five separate mafic-ultramafic bodies over a 7.5 km strike length and culminated in the delineation of an Indicated Mineral Resource for the area now known as Main Zone.

 

An outbreak of hostilities between Tanzania and Uganda in 1978–79 caused work at the Project to be halted.

 

5.2Sutton Era (1990–99)

 

5.2.1Sutton – BHP JV Era (1990–95)

 

Following a 10-year government moratorium on exploration, Sutton Resources Ltd (Sutton) negotiated the mineral rights to the Project and formed Kabanga Nickel Company Limited (KNCL) and Kagera Mining Company Limited in 1990. Initial work on Main Zone was expanded in 1992 to include the Kagera licence area to the northwest, through the formation of a JV with BHP.

 

Exploration of the Kagera licence was undertaken from the Mururama exploration camp, located approximately 30 km northwest of the current Kabanga camp. The Kabanga exploration camp was established in its current location in 1993. Work continued to focus on the two Blocks outlined by the UNDP.

 

During 1993, drilling was undertaken approximately 1 km north of Main Zone, targeting the down-dip extension of a gossan ridge associated with a geophysical anomaly. A small, pipe-like ultramafic body was identified, with more than 100 m of massive sulfide mineralization intersected (drilled along plunge). This area is now known as North Zone. Drilling at the Project continued until the end of 1995, at which time BHP exited the JV. By this time, Main Zone and North Zone Mineral Resources had been reported.

 

5.2.2Sutton (1995–97)

 

After the withdrawal of BHP, Sutton approached the market to obtain funding for continuing work at Kabanga and Kagera. Several companies assessed the Project, and in July 1997, Anglo American Corporation (Anglo) entered into a JV agreement on both properties.

 

5.2.3Sutton – Anglo JV Era (1997–99)

 

In July 1997, Sutton and Anglo entered into a JV on both properties. Drilling recommenced in October 1997 following refurbishment of the Kabanga camp. The initial focus of this drilling campaign was to extend the North Zone high-grade massive sulfide resource, which appeared to be open at depth to the north. The deepest intersection from this program was 9 m of massive sulfide mineralization at approximately 800 m below the surface.

 

In April 1998, after completion of a total of 53 drillholes, an updated North Zone Mineral Resource of 14.3 Mt at 2.56% Ni was reported.

 

Despite the lure of the open mineralization at North Zone, the recognition of the need for additional shallower mineralization to increase early throughput of the plant to an economic level led to a shift of exploration focus back to the Main Zone area. Drilling recommenced in May 1998 and continued until October 1998. Main Zone was remodeled, concentrating on the contact-associated massive sulfide mineralization. Updated Mineral Resources were estimated for Main Zone and North Zone, but these were not published.

 

Page 79 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

5.3Barrick Era (1999–2004)

 

In 1999, Barrick, through its purchase of Sutton, gained control of Bulyanhulu and other gold properties, thereby becoming ground holders at Kabanga and JV partners with Anglo.

 

After Anglo withdrew from the project in 2000, Barrick recommenced exploration of the down-dip extension of the North Zone massive sulfide body. Drilling in January 2001 intersected mineralization at depth, which appeared to be separate from North Zone and similar in style to the Main Zone mineralization. This zone, located between Main Zone and North Zone, was named MNB.

 

Drilling through to 2002 refocused on North Zone, extending the massive sulfide body to the north. Deep drilling below North Zone (1,500–1,700 m below surface) intersected massive sulfide mineralization that was interpreted in 2007 to be part of the zone now known as Kima.

 

In 2003, Barrick completed a scoping study that was largely based on its work with Anglo. This scoping study relied on unpublished Mineral Resource estimates generated in 2002 using drilling completed up to the end of 2001.

 

In February 2004, Barrick began negotiations with Falconbridge Limited (Falconbridge) (which would later become part of Xstrata plc (Xstrata) and eventually Glencore plc (Glencore)) to form a JV partnership. No further exploration work was undertaken for the remainder of 2004.

 

5.4Barrick – Glencore JV Era (2005–18) 

 

In 2005, Barrick issued a press release announcing a JV partnership with Falconbridge (Falconbridge was acquired in 2006 by Xstrata, which then merged into Glencore in 2013). In the press release, Barrick also announced an Inferred Mineral Resource estimate for the Project of 26.4 Mt at 2.6% Ni, which represented the sum of the Main Zone and North Zone models from 2002.

 

A total of 64,957 m across 127 drillholes was completed between January 2005 and March 2006 for a scoping study (Phase I scoping study). Work focused on verifying and infilling the models at the Main, North, and MNB zones.

 

Other exploration work was completed during this time to support the Phase I scoping study. This included: geophysical surveys proximal to the North and Main zones, collection and shipping of metallurgical samples, and geotechnical drilling at proposed infrastructure sites.

 

Between April and November 2006, a total of 81,256 m across 148 drillholes was completed for Phase II of the scoping study. This drilling program was designed to continue to improve the confidence of the resource and to discover additional shallow, large-tonnage mineralization to improve the economics of the Project. This work focused on verifying and infilling the mineralization in the North and MNB zones. Additional metallurgical sample was also acquired for preliminary grinding/flotation testing at Xstrata Process Solutions (XPS) in Canada. Updated resource models were generated for the Main, MNB, and North zones, and a new model for the newly-defined Tembo Zone.

 

In mid-2006, Xstrata purchased Falconbridge and acquired 50% ownership of the Project.

 

A total of 242,347 m across 555 drillholes was completed between December 2006 and November 2008 for a PFS. This drilling program was designed to further improve confidence in the North Zone and Tembo Zone resources and to discover additional mineralization to improve the economics of the Project within a 15 km trucking distance of the planned mine infrastructure. Further metallurgical samples were also acquired for two pilot plant test runs. During 2007, the Kima zone massive sulfide was interpreted beneath North Zone.

 

Regional exploration drilling tested seven high-priority regional exploration targets at Bonde, Nyoka, Jabali, Balima, Kilimanjaro, Safari, and Nyundo (Keza-3). In November 2007, massive sulfide mineralization was intersected at the Safari target with the discovery hole grading 1.88% Ni over 10.1 m as-drilled width.

 

Mineral Resource estimates were reported for the 2008 models in the 2008 Xstrata annual report.

 

Page 80 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

From December 2008 through August 2009, a total of 21,368 m of drilling was completed. This drilling program was successful in transferring a portion of the resources in the mid North Zone from Inferred to Indicated status. Independent quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC) and resource audits were completed during this time.

 

From 2010 through 2014, extensive geological/geophysical interpretation was carried out over the Kabanga licence area, coupled with assaying of unsampled historical BHP / Anglo holes in the Main Zone area, and led to the development of several high-tenor nickel targets in the southern part of the Project area. Regional exploration work in this period was confined to geological mapping over regional licences and establishing access routes for planned 2011 programs. Subsequent drilling in 2014 was limited to four holes, which were drilled to test two new target areas, and an additional two holes drilled into the Tembo North mineralization.

 

In 2015, the Project was widely reported to be on the market as Barrick and Glencore reconsidered their portfolios.

 

5.5Tanzanian Mining Law Reform (2018–21)

 

The Kabanga licence held by the Barrick – Glencore JV was due to expire in 2019, however, Tanzanian mining law changed in 2018, and one result was that all Tanzanian Retention Licences were cancelled; hence, the Barrick – Glencore JV effectively lost its rights to the Project.

 

During this period of legislative reform, the Barrick – Glencore JV reported that it was engaged in constructive dialogue with the GoT with a view to reinstating its rights over the Project.

 

On January 19, 2021, LZ Nickel Limited (predecessor of KNL) announced that it had signed a binding Framework Agreement with the GoT for development of the Kabanga Nickel Project through the establishment of the TNCL and the granting of an SML – the first of its kind – and a Refining Licence (RFL).

 

In parallel, KNL entered into an agreement with the Barrick – Glencore JV to exclusively acquire all data and information relating to the previous mineral resource estimation, all metallurgical testwork and piloting data, analyses and studies, including a comprehensive draft FS report produced in 2014 and subsequent updates.

 

5.6BHP Investment in KNL (2021–2025)

 

Kabanga Nickel Limited (KNL) entered into a loan agreement with BHP dated December 24, 2021 (the T1A Agreement), pursuant to which KNL received investment of USD 40 million from BHP by way of a convertible loan, which was subsequently converted into an 8.9% equity interest in KNL on July 1, 2022.

 

KNL entered into an equity subscription agreement with BHP dated October 14, 2022 (the T1B Agreement). All the conditions precedent of the T1B Agreement were satisfied or waived on, or before, February 8, 2023, and in accordance with the T1B Agreement, BHP subscribed USD 50 million for an additional 8.9% equity interest in KNL on February 15, 2023, giving BHP a total equity interest in KNL of 17.0%.

 

On July 18, 2025, Lifezone Limited entered into a definitive agreement with BHP to acquire BHP’s existing 17% equity interest in KNL, the majority owner of the Project. As a result of entering into the transaction, Lifezone Limited owns 100% of KNL, which in turn holds an 84.0% interest in TNCL. The remaining 16.0% of TNCL is held by the GoT. In addition, all existing agreements with BHP have been terminated. Lifezone Limited has assumed full control of 100% of the offtake from the Project.

 

Key terms of the transaction are:

 

1)A fixed cash payment of USD 10 million, payable within 30 days after the earlier of: (i) 12 months after the Final Investment Decision for the Project; or (ii) once LZM has raised USD 250 million in aggregate funding (whether through equity, debt or alternative sources); and

 

2)A second deferred cash payment, payable within 30 days after the period of 12 months following the achievement of first commercial production. The amount is indexed to LZM’s share price performance, with a reference share price of USD 4.16 per share and a reference amount of USD 28 million.

 

Page 81 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

An index factor of 0.7x applies – meaning that a 10% increase in LZM’s share price results in a USD 1.96 million increase in the payment (USD 28 million x 10% x 0.7). Based on LZM’s share price as at July 18, 2025, the payment would total USD 32 million.

 

There is a total consideration cap of USD 83 million, reduced to USD 75 million if the “RAP Trigger Event” occurs. The RAP Trigger Event is defined as the independent verification that the Project’s RAP has been developed and implemented in material alignment with International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standard 5 (PS5). This includes: consistency with the disclosed RAP in all material respects; demonstrated alignment with the core objectives of IFC PS5; and effective implementation of food security and livelihood support measures, particularly regarding household vulnerability and gender-based violence risks. If confirmed within 12 months of signing, the total consideration payable to BHP will be reduced to a maximum of USD 75 million.

 

The acquisition by Lifezone Limited of BHP’s 17% equity interest in KNL does not impact the SML or the Framework Agreement between KNL and the GoT.

 

5.7Previous Technical Report Summaries

 

5.7.1March 2023 Technical Report Summary

 

In March 2023, the Kabanga 2023 Mineral Resource TRS was prepared by Lifezone Holdings Ltd. (LHL), filed by LZM in April 2023 (LHL, 2023).

 

5.7.2November 2023 Technical Report Summary

 

In December 2023, the Kabanga 2023 Mineral Resource Update TRS was filed by LZM (OreWin, 2023). The 2023 Mineral Resource estimates were based on the Project drillhole database available as at September 17, 2023, which totaled 622,484 m.

 

5.7.3December 2024 Technical Report Summary

 

The December 2024 Mineral Resource Update TRS (2024MRU) was based on all Project drilling completed to December 4, 2024, which equated to 637,749 m. The 2024MRU was reported in the Kabanga 2024 Mineral Resource Update Technical Report Summary, dated December 4, 2024 (OreWin, 2024).

 

5.7.4June 2025 Technical Report Summary

 

The June 2025 Initial Assessment TRS was based on the 2024MRU and filed by LZM on June 2, 2025 (DRA, 2025).

 

Page 82 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

6GEOLOGICAL SETTING, MINERALIZATION, AND DEPOSIT

 

6.1Regional Geological Setting

 

Geologically, the Kabanga nickel deposit is located within the East African Nickel Belt, which extends approximately 1,500 km along a northeast trend that extends from Zambia in the southwest, though the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC), Burundi, Rwanda, Tanzania, and Uganda in the northeast, and straddles the western boundary of the Tanzania Craton to the east, and the eastern boundary of the Congo Kasai Craton to the west.

 

In the northern and central sections of the East African Nickel Belt, a thick package of Paleoproterozoic to Mesoproterozoic metasedimentary rocks, from the Karagwe-Ankole Belt (KAB), overlies this boundary, within which occurs a suite of broadly coeval, bimodal intrusions (Evans et al., 2016). These igneous rocks correspond to the Mesoproterozoic Kibaran tectonothermal event between 1,350–1,400 Ma (Kokonyangi et al., 2007; Tack et al., 2010).

 

The KAB has been divided into several broad domains (Tack et al., 1994):

 

●An Eastern Domain (ED) that is characterized by lower degrees of metamorphism and tectonism, and the absence of Kibaran-aged granite magmatism,

 

●A Western Domain (WD) characterized by higher degrees of metamorphism and polyphase deformation, and the voluminous Kibaran granite intrusion, and

 

●A Transitional Domain (TD) between the other two domains, which is marked by a northeast-trending line of mafic-ultramafic intrusions known as the Kabanga-Musongati Alignment, (Tack et al, 1994).

 

The sedimentary rocks of the ED and WD form uncorrelated and distinct sub-basins, both comprising alternating arenaceous and pelitic rocks, including quartzites, schists, greywackes, and conglomerates developed in long-lived, shallow water intracratonic and pericontinental basins (Fernandez Alonso et al., 2012).

 

The Kibaran igneous rocks comprise mafic-ultramafic intrusions, including well-differentiated lopolithic layered intrusions and small, narrow, tube-like sills, often concentrically zoned, called chonoliths. The nickel mineralization zones discovered to date have exclusively been found associated with the mafic-ultramafic intrusions, in particular, along the Kabanga-Musongati Alignment (Deblond and Tack, 1999; Evans et al, 2000). Felsic intrusions occur coeval with the mafic ultramafic intrusions. Recent ages (zircon U Pb SHRIMP) from Kabanga date the marginal mafic rocks of the intrusion at 1,403 ± 14 Ma (Maier et al., 2007).

 

Figure 6-1 shows a stratigraphic column of the regional geology of the area.

 

Page 83 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Note: KNL, 2023 (modified from Fernandez Alonso et al. (2012), and Koegelenberg et al. (2016)).

 

Figure 6-1: Stratigraphic Column for the Kagera Supergroup

 

6.2Property Geology

 

The intrusions that host the potentially economic nickel-bearing massive sulfide zones known to occur in the Project area, namely Main, MNB, Kima, North, Tembo, and Safari, are hosted within steeply- dipping overturned metasediments (dipping 70° to 80° to the west), with a north–northeast strike orientation (025°) from Main to North Zone, changing to a northeast strike orientation (055°) (dipping northwest) from North to Tembo. The zones are located within and at the bottom margin of the mafic-ultramafic chonoliths. The chonoliths are concentrically zoned with a gabbronorite margin and an ultramafic cumulate core zone that ranges in composition from sulfidic dunite, plagioclase-peridotite, orthopyroxenite, to olivine melanorite (Evans et al., 2000).

 

The metasediments comprise approximately 90% metapelites and metasandstones, with the remainder comprising clean arenitic metasandstones or quartzites (Evans et al., 2016). Lenses and bands of iron sulfides (up to 5% modal of pyrrhotite) and graphite are common in the more-pelitic rocks, and it has been demonstrated that the sulfur within the different zones has similar isotopic signatures, indicating significant assimilation of external sulfur from the KAB sediments (Maier and Barnes, 2010).

 

Page 84 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

A plan view of the geology of the Project area is shown in Figure 6-2.

 

 

Figure 6-2: Plan View Schematic of Geology of the Kabanga Area (UTM)

 

6.3Lithologies and Stratigraphy

 

Three lithological groups are present at Kabanga:

 

●Metasediments comprising a series of pelitic units, schists, and quartzites, forming the hanging wall and footwall of the mineralization.

 

●Mafic-ultramafic intrusive complex rocks, which display a wide range of metamorphism/ metasomatism. These lithologies can carry significant sulfide mineralization, such as in the ultramafic unit logged as UMAF_1a (≥ 30% sulfides, located adjacent to the massive sulfide mineralization, present at Tembo and North).

 

●Remobilized massive sulfide mineralization (> 80% sulfides) (logged as MSSX), which carries 90% of the sulfide occurrence, and massive sulfide mineralization with xenoliths of metasedimentary or gabbro/ultramafic rock (≥ 50% < 80% sulfides) (logged as MSXI).

 

The principal sulfide in the massive sulfide is pyrrhotite, with up to 15% pentlandite. The pentlandite shows distinct globular recrystallization textures, with crystals reaching up to 5 cm in size. Accessory sulfides include chalcopyrite and traces of pyrite, galena, arsenopyrite, cubanite, niccolite, cobaltite, and mackinawite.

 

Page 85 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Typical Main and Tembo zone cross-sections displaying the local stratigraphy are shown in Figure 6-3.

 

 

Figure 6-3: Typical Stratigraphy Cross-section Schematics for North and Tembo (local grid)

 

6.4Structural Setting

 

The Kabanga sulfide lenses are thought to have been remobilized within a large shear zone, initially conforming to early-phase folding geometries, and subsequently modified and partitioned by low-angle thrusting and cross-faulting. The geology of the Project area has been found to be structurally complex, with five fault sets identified to date. The complexity of the structural setting is illustrated by the interpreted satellite imagery and a schematic three-dimensional (3D) interpretation.

 

Of note is the existence of a rock quality designation (RQD) model completed by an independent consultancy (2008–09) to support the current structural interpretation of the Project area.

 

6.5Deposit Description

 

The Project comprises six distinct mineralized zones, namely (from southwest to northeast) Main, MNB, Kima, North, Tembo, and Safari, which occur over a strike length exceeding 7.5 km. The five mineralized zones that contribute to the Mineral Resource estimate (Main, MNB, Kima, North, and Tembo) extend over a total strike length of 6 km and for up to 1.7 km below the surface.

 

Figure 6-4 is a projected long-section schematic showing all the mineralized zones identified to date at Kabanga.

 

Page 86 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

6.6Mineralization Style

 

Kabanga sulfide mineralization occurs both as:

 

●Disseminated to net-textured interstitial sulfides located within the cumulate core of the Kabanga chonoliths, as well as externally, and

 

●Massive and semi-massive sulfide bodies along the lower and side margins of the chonolith, that being the contact with the stratigraphic host (Evans et al., 1999).

 

The massive sulfides, defined as having > 80% modal sulfide, comprise dominantly pyrrhotite, with trace to 15% pentlandite. These account for the majority of the Mineral Resource estimates reported for the Project. Pentlandite exhibits distinct recrystallization textures expressed as globules up to 5 cm in diameter. Accessory sulfides include chalcopyrite and trace pyrite, galena, arsenopyrite, cubanite, niccolite, cobaltite, and mackinawite. Remobilized, generally pyrrhotite-rich, massive sulfides also occur as cross-cutting and conformable veins within the ultramafic units.

 

The tenor composition of the sulfides (as represented by the percentage of nickel in 100% sulfide) ranges from 5% to 6% near the basal margins to 0.5% to 1% in the upper cumulates (Evans et al., 1999; Maier and Barnes, 2010). Tenor also varies between mineralized zones, generally the smaller intrusive bodies (by cross-sectional area) that occur lower in the stratigraphy, such as North and Tembo zones, are more richly endowed.

 

The mineralization geometry at each zone is shown on example cross-sections in Figure 6-5 through Figure 6-8.

 

6.7Alteration and Weathering

 

At the surface, the ultramafic bodies are completely weathered to saprolite. The depth of oxidation ranges from 40–100 m in the Project area. At North Zone, massive sulfides are weathered to depths of 80–100 m. The Tembo Zone massive sulfides horizon is located 98% in fresh, unoxidized material. In general, nickel laterite formation over the associated ultramafic is weakly developed with minor nickel-bearing serpentine and rare garnierite.

 

Page 87 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Note: Topography and oxidation wireframes are sliced on the long-section plane, whereas the drillholes and model are projected onto the plane (hence some drillholes appear to collar above topography.

 

Figure 6-4: Schematic Projected Long-section of the Kabanga Mineralized Zones (truncated UTM, looking northwest)

 

Page 88 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Note: * Oblique cross-section looking 030°, +/- 15 m projection.

 

Figure 6-5: Example Schematic Cross-section* of Mineralization Geometry at Main Zone (truncated UTM)

 

Page 89 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Note: * Oblique cross-section looking 030°, +/- 15 m projection.

 

Figure 6-6: Example Schematic Cross-section* of Mineralization Geometry at MNB Zone (truncated UTM)

 

Page 90 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Note: * Oblique cross-section looking 030°, +/- 15 m projection.

 

Figure 6-7: Example Schematic Cross-section* of Mineralization Geometry at North Zone (with Kima) (truncated UTM)

 

Page 91 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Note: * Oblique cross-section looking 038°, +/- 15 m projection.

 

Figure 6-8: Example Schematic Cross-section* of Mineralization Geometry at Tembo Zone (truncated UTM)

 

Page 92 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

7EXPLORATION

 

Exploration of the Project has been undertaken in several different phases for over 45 years, with more than 637 km of drilling having been completed up to the effective date of the current Mineral Resource estimate, reported in December 2024. This drilling is summarized in Table 7-1.

 

Table 7-1: Exploration Drilling Summary

 

Years

 Companies Meters Drilled Discovery Location / Purpose
1976–79 UNDP 20,068 Main Exploration
1991–92 Sutton 12,974   Main / Resource Definition
1993–95 Sutton-BHP JV 37,947 North Main and North / Resource Definition
1997–99 Sutton-Anglo JV 56,227   North / Resource Definition
2000–04 Barrick Gold Corp. 39,931 MNB North / Resource Definition
2005–08 Barrick-Glencore JV 64,957
81,256
242,347		 North Deep,
Tembo,
Safari, and Kima		 Phase I Scoping Study
Phase II Scoping Study
North and Tembo/PFS.
2008–09
2011–12
2014		 Barrick-Glencore JV 21,368
5,303
3,320		   North, Main and Tembo / FS
2021–23 TNCL 23,913
8,192
10,173
4,163
4,540
1,071		   Tembo (infill and extension)
Safari
North (infill)
Tembo and North / (met.)
Tembo and North / (geotech.)
Tembo and North Boxcut / (geotech.)
Total   637,749    

 

7.1Exploration Timeline

 

7.1.1Early Regional Exploration 1976–79

 

The first drilling on the deposit was undertaken between 1976 and 1979 by the UNDP, as part of a regional targeting for ultramafic bodies to identify nickel sulfide and nickel laterite mineralization within the East African Nickel Belt in western Tanzania and Burundi.

 

In the Project licence area, 61 UNDP drillholes were completed, with work focused on two areas of interest at that time, known as Block 1 and Block 2. These holes intersected five separate mafic-ultramafic bodies over a 7.5 km strike length and culminated in the delineation of an Indicated Mineral Resource for the area now known as Main Zone.

 

The UNDP work delineated a further 48 geochemical stream anomalies (21 Ni anomalies and 27 Cu, Co, Cr, and Zn indicator anomalies) and 30 magnetic / radiometric anomalies. A second-phase follow-up program evaluated a number of these targets, of which 12 magnetic / Ni geochemical anomalies were highlighted and recommended for additional follow-up.

 

An outbreak of hostilities between Tanzania and Uganda in 1978–79 caused work at the Project to be halted.

 

Page 93 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

7.1.2Sutton Era Exploration

 

7.1.2.1Sutton – BHP JV: 1990–95

 

Following a 10-year government moratorium on exploration, Sutton negotiated the mineral rights to the Project and formed KNCL and the Kagera Mining Company Limited in 1990.

 

Initial work on the Main Zone was expanded in 1992 to include the Kagera licence to the northwest, through the formation of a JV with BHP.

 

Exploration of the Kagera licence was undertaken from the Mururama exploration camp, located approximately 30 km northwest of the current Kabanga camp. The Kabanga exploration camp was established in its current location in 1993. Work continued to focus on the two Blocks outlined by the UNDP.

 

During 1993, drillhole KN93-36 was drilled approximately 1 km north of Main Zone, targeting the down-dip extension of a gossan ridge associated with a geophysical anomaly. This hole intersected a small, pipe-like ultramafic body with greater than 100 m of massive sulfide mineralization intersected (drilled along plunge). This area is now known as North Zone.

 

Nine holes were drilled in southern Main Zone, with the best result 1.2% Ni over 2.15 m in drillhole KN95-99 (Block 1 South). This drilling program also intersected numerous zones of low Ni-tenor massive sulfide to the east of Main Zone, with the best result being 0.4% Ni over 34.6 m in drillhole KN91-11. Two holes were drilled in the area now known as Tembo Zone, but no mineralization was intersected at this time.

 

Drilling at the Project continued until the end of 1995, at which time BHP exited the JV. By this time, Main Zone and North Zone Mineral Resources had been reported, which included a Main Zone Indicated Mineral Resource of 5.95 Mt at 1.16% Ni, and a North Zone Indicated Mineral Resource of 4.18 Mt at 2.21% Ni.

 

7.1.2.2Sutton – Anglo JV 1997–99

 

In July 1997, Sutton and Anglo entered into a JV on both properties. Drilling recommenced in October 1997 following refurbishment of the Kabanga camp. The initial focus of this drilling campaign was to extend the North Zone high-grade massive sulfide resource, which appeared to be open at depth to the north.

 

An initial drilling program of 18,000 m was planned. This was subsequently extended to 26,000 m following the discovery of continuous mineralization extending to depth. Up to this time, little drilling had been completed at depths greater than approximately 400 m below the surface. The deepest mineralized intersection from the 1997 program was 9 m of massive sulfide mineralization at approximately 800 m below surface in drillhole KN98-45.

 

In April 1998, after completion of a total of 53 drillholes, a North Zone Mineral Resource of 14.3 Mt at 2.56% Ni was estimated.

 

Despite the open-ended nature of the mineralization at North Zone, the recognition of the need for additional shallower mineralization to increase yearly throughput of the plant to an economic level led to a shift of exploration focus back to the Main Zone area. Drilling recommenced in May 1998 and continued until October 1998. Main Zone was remodeled, concentrating on the contact-associated massive sulfide mineralization. Updated Mineral Resources were estimated for Main Zone and North Zone, but these were not published.

 

The Sutton and Anglo JV undertook additional drilling in the Block 1 South area (36 holes), and Nyanzali/Luhuma target areas, with low-grade (< 1% Ni) mineralization encountered.

 

Page 94 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

7.1.3Barrick Era Exploration

 

7.1.3.1Barrick 1999–2004

 

In 1999, Barrick, through its purchase of Sutton, gained control of Bulyanhulu and other gold properties, thereby becoming ground holders at Kabanga and JV partners with Anglo.

 

After Anglo withdrew from the Project in 2000, Barrick recommenced exploration of the down-dip extension of the North Zone massive sulfide body. Drilling in January 2001 intersected mineralization at depth, which appeared to be separate from North Zone and similar in style to Main Zone mineralization. This zone, located between Main Zone and North Zone, was named MNB.

 

Initial interpretations suggested a 2 km long body at the base of an ultramafic conduit, which could be interpreted as an extension to Main Zone. Drilling through to 2002 focused on North Zone, extending the massive sulfide body to the north with an additional six holes. Deep drilling below North Zone (1,500–1,700 m below surface) intersected massive sulfide mineralization that was interpreted to be part of the zone now known as Kima. Four exploration holes were completed by Barrick in the area now known as Tembo Zone without encountering any nickel sulfide mineralization.

 

In 2003, Barrick completed a scoping study that was largely based on data obtained during its work with Anglo. This scoping study was based on unpublished Mineral Resource estimates generated in 2002 using drilling completed up to the end of 2001.

 

In late-2003, an updated resource model was generated by the exploration group to incorporate all holes up to and including the 2003 drilling program.

 

In addition to the primary Kabanga licence, Barrick also controlled eight Prospecting Licence (PL) areas at the Project. Reports to the end of 2003 indicate that little work was conducted on these licences other than litho-geochemical research studies (mafic ultramafic rocks and gossans) and geochemical surveys (soil and stream sediment). Exploration grids for soil surveys were implemented in 2000 on three PLs, where a total of 805 samples were taken. The results of the geochemical soil programs showed tight linear and coherent Ni, Cu, and Co anomalies coincident with known occurrences of mafic and ultramafic bodies. Stream sediment sampling (130 samples) was carried out on a regional PL in 2003 to coincide with a reconnaissance mapping program.

 

In February 2004, Barrick began negotiations with Falconbridge (which later became Xstrata and then Glencore), seeking a JV partnership. No further exploration work was undertaken for the remainder of 2004.

 

In January 2005, with JV negotiations still in progress, work resumed on an infill drilling program at Main Zone. A total of 10,557 m of drilling had been completed by the time the JV agreement was formalized on April 22, 2005.

 

7.1.3.2Barrick – Glencore JV: 2005–18

 

In 2005, Barrick issued a press release announcing a JV partnership with Falconbridge (which later became Xstrata and then Glencore; all are referred to as Glencore from hereon). In the press release, Barrick also announced an Inferred Mineral Resource estimate of 26.4 Mt at 2.6% Ni, representing the sum of the Main Zone and North Zone models from 2003.

 

A total of 64,957 m across 127 drillholes was completed between January 2005 and March 2006 for a scoping study (known as the Phase I scoping study). Work focused on verifying and infilling the models at the Main, North, and MNB zones.

 

Other exploration work was completed during this time to support the Phase I scoping study. This included:

 

●Geophysical surveys:

 

‒285 Crone borehole electromagnetic (BHEM) surveys with physical properties in 42 drillholes, 1,677 line-km of ground geophysical surveys (352 km UTEM Lamontagne, 1,325 km Crone fixed loop EM (FLEM)), and 4,878 line-km of Geotech airborne VTEM surveys. The VTEM airborne surveys, in conjunction with historical soil surveys and a BHP GEOTEM airborne magnetic survey, were used to target the ground FLEM and UTEM surveys.

 

Page 95 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

‒17.6 km of superconducting quantum interference device (SQUID) and 12 km of fixed loop TEM surface electromagnetic surveys, as well as an airborne helicopter VTEM survey (2,615 km).

 

●These geophysical survey programs commenced with baseline surveys over the known mineralization zones to determine their geophysical signature. Most of the surveys were proximal to the North and Main zones, moving outwards to regional properties.

 

●Collection of metallurgical samples was undertaken between April and July 2005. A total of 2,908 kg of sample was shipped for metallurgical testing.

 

●Five holes were drilled for geotechnical purposes at proposed infrastructure sites.

 

Between April and November 2006, a total of 81,256 m across 148 drillholes was completed for Phase II of the scoping study. This program was designed to continue to improve the confidence of the resource and to discover additional shallow, large-tonnage mineralization to improve the economics of the Project. BHEM surveys with physical properties were completed in 95 drillholes. This work focused on verifying and infilling the resource models in the North and MNB zones. An additional metallurgical sample was also acquired for preliminary grinding/flotation testing at XPS in Canada. A further 2,600 kg of sample was shipped to the Falconbridge Technology Centre for metallurgical testing. Updated models were generated for the Main, MNB, North, and Tembo zones.

 

In mid-2006, Xstrata purchased Falconbridge and acquired 50% ownership of the Project.

 

7.1.3.3Barrick – Glencore JV: 2006–08

 

A total of 242,347 m across 555 drillholes was completed for a PFS between December 2006 and November 2008. Of this total, 121,051 m was completed across 246 holes at North Zone and 105,735 m across 280 holes at Tembo Zone. This exploration program was designed to further improve confidence in the North and Tembo resources and to discover additional mineralization to improve the economics of the Project within a 15 km trucking distance of the planned mine infrastructure. Further metallurgical samples were also acquired for two pilot plant test runs. During 2007, the Kima massive sulfide zone was interpreted beneath North Zone.

 

BHEM surveys with physical properties were completed in 134 drillholes.

 

In 2007, an additional drilling program that totaled 6,836 m tested 10 target horizons outside the then-current modeled limits. Nickel sulfide mineralization was intersected in two of the drillholes, which increased the North mineralization by approximately 125 kt at 2.51% Ni and extended the Kima mineralization. BHEM surveys were completed in all 2007 holes.

 

Regional exploration drilling totaled 8,725 m across 19 holes, testing seven high-priority regional exploration targets at Bonde, Nyoka, Jabali, Balima, Kilimanjaro, Safari, and Nyundo (Keza-3), along with 16 BHEM surveys. In November 2007, massive sulfide mineralization was intersected at the Safari target with the discovery hole grading 1.88% Ni over 10.1 m (as-drilled width).

 

Mineral Resource estimates were reported for the 2008 models in the 2008 Xstrata annual report.

 

7.1.3.4Barrick – Glencore JV: 2008–10

 

From December 2008 through August 2009, a total of 21,368 m of drilling was completed. This drilling program was successful in transferring an estimated 2.8 Mt in the mid-North area from Inferred to Indicated status.

 

From October 2009 through September 2010, work focused on: updating all resource models; completing a new North ultramafic resource model; adding estimates of deleterious component (Cr, As, Pb, and MgO) into the models; estimating density values by kriging methods; and conducting new variographic studies for the North and Tembo zones. Waste models were also produced for the North and Tembo zones.

 

An independent consultancy firm performed both a QA/QC audit and a Mineral Resource audit during this period, with final reports submitted in August 2009.

 

Page 96 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

7.1.3.5Barrick – Glencore JV: 2010–14

 

From 2010 through 2014, extensive geological/geophysical interpretation was carried out over the Kabanga licence area, coupled with assaying of unsampled historical BHP / Anglo holes in the Main Zone area, and led to the development of several high-tenor nickel targets in the southern part of the Project area.

 

Crone FLEM surveys were conducted from November 25, 2010 through December 17, 2010, a total of eight loops (40 line-km) were surveyed. Preliminary results indicated a > 500 m length 50 Siemen conductor associated with known high-tenor nickel drillhole intercepts in the BNPU footwall to the Main Zone; at 8.36% Ni over 4.6 m, which was the best drill result to that date (known as the Water Pump target).

 

Regional exploration work in this period was confined to geological mapping over regional licences and establishing access routes for planned 2011 programs.

 

Subsequent drilling in 2014 was limited to four holes at North (KN14-01 through KN14-04 (2,507 m)), which were drilled to test two new target areas, and an additional two holes were drilled into the Tembo North area (KL14-01 and KL14-01A (813 m)).

 

Figure 7-1 shows the collar locations of all of the drillholes completed on the Project licence to date, which are included within the current database, as well as the vertically projected outlines of the main mineralized zones.

 

7.1.3.6Historical Regional Exploration

 

The regional exploration program tested six high-conductance FLEM target areas with a total of eight drillholes. All the surface geophysical S1 conductors targeted for drilling have been attributed to sulfidic metasediments considered to have masked any response from nickel-bearing massive sulfide.

 

FLEM surveys were conducted over 84.6 line-km. These surveys were targeted over conductors identified by the 2005 and 2008 VTEM airborne surveys, and also over magnetic highs from the 1992 GEOTEM airborne survey. The FLEM surveys conducted over regional licences were primarily Lamontagne UTEM surveys, with minor Crone FLEM follow-up surveys.

 

Detailed FLEM surveys were also conducted over the Panda / Mto target area to determine if lower frequencies were capable of better resolving massive sulfide targets. It was found that the lower frequency work was not capable of distinguishing known mineralization / BHEM plate from conductive metasediments. A discrete, 300 m-long, high conductance FLEM conductor coincident with the magnetic high was outlined at the Mto South target area in 2012 (untested by drilling).

 

Regional exploration work also included geological mapping over nine licence areas and a soil sampling survey over the southern part of the Kili FLEM conductor.

 

7.1.4TNCL Exploration: 2021–Present

 

In December 2021, TNCL commenced activities after the granting of SML 651/2021. A total of 52,051 m of drilling across 112 holes has been completed since that time, including:

 

●Resource definition drilling – 42,278 m (including 10,173 m across 13 holes at North, 23,913 m across 52 holes at Tembo, and 8,192 m across 13 holes at Safari and Safari Link),

 

●Drilling to obtain metallurgical samples – 4,163 m (including 1,731 m across nine holes at North and 2,432 m across five holes at Tembo),

 

●Drilling for geotechnical purposes – 4,540 m (including 985 m across three holes at North and 3,555 m across eight holes at Tembo), and

 

●Portal drilling – 1,071 m (including 715 m across five holes at the proposed North boxcut location and 356 m across four holes at the proposed Tembo boxcut location).

 

Page 97 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

7.2Exploration and Drillhole Database

 

The Project drillhole database history spans from 1976 to present. The drilling database is currently maintained using Fusion software. Globally, including regional data outside the area now covered by the SML, the database totals over 658 km of diamond drilling.

 

7.3Drilling, Core Logging, Downhole Survey, and Sampling

 

7.3.1Drilling

 

Drilling has been completed exclusively by diamond drilling, with holes generally collared at PQ diameter (core approximately 85 mm) to drill through the highly weathered quartzite, then reducing to HQ diameter (core approximately 63.5 mm) down to 300–600 m downhole, and then typically finishing in NQ diameter (core approximately 47.6 mm) for drilling into the deeper parts of the North and Kima area. The PQ/HQ/NQ combination was considered essential to be able to successfully drill through the thick Rubona quartzite formation, which contains frequent narrow schist interbeds that can cause deflection issues. At Tembo, over 90% of the historical holes were collared using HQ diameter down to 50–100 m downhole and then continued with NQ coring to target depth due to the reduced amount of quartzite that will be encountered.

 

7.3.2Core Recovery

 

Core recovery was assessed by trained geotechnical technicians at the Kabanga Site, based on the average 3 m core runs. All core was re-oriented by hand, and any intervals of missing core were noted in the logs. In the massive sulfide intervals, the most common reason for any missing core was grinding by the drill bit, since massive sulfide is less hard than the hanging wall metasediments. This issue was addressed by informing the drill crews of the expected depth of intercept and slowing down the drill rate when approaching this depth. All Kabanga drill logs have a separate database table for core recovery.

 

Core recovery throughout the drill programs has been excellent, with an average core recovery of 98%.

 

7.3.3Core Logging

 

Kabanga geologists used a standardized geological unit classification comprising the following principal geological units:

 

●Massive sulfides (logged as MSSX (without country rock xenoliths) or MSXI (with xenoliths))

 

●Net-textured sulfides to semi-massive sulfides in ultramafic matrix (logged as UMAF_1a)

 

●Generally-unmineralized ultramafic (peridotite) (logged as UMAF_KAB)

 

●Generally-unmineralized gabbro/gabbronorite (logged as GAB_KAB)

 

●Quartzites – Upper and Lower (logged as UQTZ and LQTZ respectively)

 

●Spotted Schist – Upper and Lower (logged as USSC and LSSC respectively)

 

●Banded Pelite (logged as BNPU)

 

●Lower Pelite (logged as LRPU)

 

Massive sulfide mineralization is broken into two logged units: remobilized massive sulfide (> 80% sulfide) (MSSX), which carries 90% of the sulfide occurrence, and massive sulfide with xenoliths of metasedimentary, or gabbro / ultramafic rock (≥ 50% to 80% sulfides) (MSXI). The ultramafic-hosted mineralization was logged primarily as unit UMAF_1a and varies from net textured to heavily disseminated to semi-massive sulfide.

 

The stratigraphic sequence at Kabanga is overturned, therefore, while it dips to the west–northwest, the younging direction is towards the east–southeast.

 

Page 98 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

7.3.4Core Sampling

 

Samples are taken for all mineralized zones, with a typical 2–3 m selvedge of samples into adjacent non-mineralized material either side (hanging wall and footwall).

 

Sampling procedures at Kabanga were essentially unchanged from 2001 through 2023:

 

●All geological contacts were respected when determining sample lengths.

 

●Mineralized intervals, including massive sulfide, were sampled with a typical maximum of 1 m sample length and a minimum of 0.25 m sample length.

 

●Weakly mineralized intervals (mainly within ultramafic) were sampled with a typical maximum of 2 m sample length.

 

7.3.5Collar Survey

 

All drillhole collars from 2001 through 2009 were surveyed to decimeter-scale accuracy using either a TCR703 Leica, or Thales Promark 3 instrument.

 

Differential global positioning system (DGPS) was used following the demobilization of Direct Systems Australia from the site in late-2009.

 

7.3.6Downhole Survey

 

Downhole survey was completed for all Tembo drillholes (100% by Gyro method), and all but 1% of the drillholes for North (82% by Gyro method, 17% by Maxibor method).

 

Table 7-2 summarizes all surveyed drillholes utilized for the 2024 resource modeling. In addition, repeat Gyro surveys were conducted in a minimum of 10% of all drillholes drilled at Kabanga from 2005 onwards, and progressive Gyro surveys were conducted in all deep drillholes at North Zone. Several historical holes at North were re-entered for Gyro surveys, and 15 drillholes at North (shallow and mid-depth holes) were excluded from the MSSX model due to either erroneous historical survey data or being replaced by 2005–09 KNCL holes.

 

In addition, drillholes drilled for metallurgical or geotechnical purposes were generally only used to shape the interpretation wireframe, as no samples were taken in the massive sulfide zone. As a verification measure, multi-shot surveys were conducted by the drilling companies in all 2001–09 drilling at a nominal 30 m interval and compared with the Gyro surveys. In addition, all holes surveyed by BHEM used a RAD orientation tool (234 holes at North and Tembo). These results were also compared to Gyro surveys.

 

Table 7-2: Downhole Survey Statistics for North and Tembo – Survey Method

 

Mineralized Zone No. of Drillholes used
in the 2024 Model		 Downhole Survey Method
Gyro Single/Multi-Shot
North – Massive Sulfide 380 90% 10%
North – Ultramafic 86 80% 20%
Tembo – Massive Sulfide 240 100% 0%
Tembo – Ultramafic 99 100% 0%

 

Page 99 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 7-3 provides the statistics in terms of downhole survey for the complete North and Tembo drillhole database.

 

Table 7-3: Downhole Survey Statistics for North and Tembo – Location

 

Survey Type North Tembo
Gyro + Multi-shot 82% 100%
Maxibor 17% none
No Survey 1% none

 

The drilling, core logging, downhole surveying, and sampling activities can be summarized as follows:

 

●Diamond drilling was used exclusively, collared in PQ diameter (core approximately 85 mm), then reducing to HQ diameter (core approximately 63.5 mm) down to 300–600 m, then typically finishing in NQ diameter (core approximately 47.6 mm) at North; and collared in HQ down to 50–100 m, and typically finishing in NQ diameter at Tembo.

 

●Geology and geotechnical core logging were performed by experienced geologists following standardized logging codes.

 

●Collar surveying was completed to within 30 cm accuracy.

 

●Downhole surveying was completed for all Tembo drillholes (100% by Gyro method), and all but 1% of the drillholes for North (82% by Gyro method, 17% by Maxibor method).

 

●The average core recovery is 98%.

 

●Sampling was routinely done on 1 m intervals, with a maximum of 2 m intervals in weakly mineralized zones. All samples respected geological contacts.

 

Drillhole collar locations are shown in Figure 7-1.

 

7.3.7BHEM Data

 

During the various exploration campaigns, BHEM surveys have been completed on a significant number of drillholes: 42 drillholes in the Phase I scoping study, 95 in the Phase II scoping study, and 134 in the PFS. All BHEM surveys at Kabanga were completed by Crone Geophysics using Crone 3-component sensors and step response processing.

 

The data obtained is representative of the physical properties of the terrain, and it is likely that the data measured could be used as indicators/confirmation of mineralogical/physical ground properties such as:

 

●Temperature = reactive ground relative to sulfide abundance exposed to oxygen; potential mineralization marker.

 

●Conductivity = sulfides would be more conductive, abundance giving greater results; potential mineralization marker.

 

●Magnetic susceptibility = likely associated with Fe (magnetite) alteration, which probably follows the sulfides. Possibly some other minerals present too.

 

●Gamma tool (K, Th, U) = indicative of marker horizons such as shale (higher K, and possible Th). There may be some U alteration markers also that are potentially useful to help follow the stratigraphy.

 

Page 100 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

7.3.8Drillhole Database

 

Fusion data management software was used to facilitate the storage and movement of data between a central database and a local database. Distributed database upgrades were responsible for moving any changes made to the configuration of the central database down to the local database. DHLogger was the data capture tool used for logging and editing drillhole data. Database validations were undertaken routinely.

 

7.3.9Geotechnical

 

The geotechnical data testing and analysis are discussed in Sections 13.2.1, 13.2.3, and 13.2.4.

 

7.3.10Hydrogeological

 

The hydrogeological data acquisition and testing regime is discussed in Section 13.3.1.

 

Page 101 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 7-1: Plan View of Kabanga Drillhole Locations Proximal to Mineral Resources (truncated UTM)

 

Page 102 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

7.4Density Measurements

 

The massive sulfide and mineralized ultramafic, which together comprise the mineralization within the Mineral Resource estimates at all Kabanga zones lie below the level of oxidation (nominally 90–100 m below surface) and are competent, unaltered rock units that have no notable porosity.

 

The upper limit of the North mineralization wireframes was trimmed to exclude all weathered/oxidized massive sulfide (based on visual examination of drill core/drill core photos and sulfur content). The massive sulfide horizon at Tembo Zone is more than 98% within fresh material, with minor oxidation present in the upper southern and northern parts of the mineralization.

 

Almost all Tembo assayed drillhole samples and 80% of North assayed drillhole samples have specific gravity (SG) measurements, which were obtained by pycnometry (i.e., by gravimetric method on pulverized pulp) as part of the assay batch submissions.

 

Measurement of SG by pycnometry started in 2003. Prior to this, during the BHP / Anglo exploration period, 4,831 water immersion density measurements (Archimedes method) were completed. In 2005, it was decided to exclude the immersion measurement data from the resource database as the technique as practiced at Kabanga by BHP / Anglo resulted in a subset of erroneous data in the massive sulfide samples (Figure 7-2), possibly due to issues with repeatability by various technicians, calibration problems, and/or errors in manual data entry into the database.

 

An additional theoretical mineralogical density check calculation was made using the quantitative mineralogical data of samples from the pilot plant product. This was applied to the averaged resource estimate grades for North and Tembo mineralized material to derive quantitative mineralogy profiles. The theoretical mineralogical density check values obtained for each material type fall within the expected limits.

 

Densities for pre-2003 drillhole samples (North and Main zones) were calculated using a regression equation based on sulfur (see below). In the mineralized zones, density is highly correlated with sulfur content, as shown in the scatter plots in Figure 7-3 for massive sulfide drillhole samples (MSSX) and Figure 7-4 for mineralized ultramafic drillhole samples (UMAF_1a).

 

The following density-to-sulfur linear equations were used to assign density values to North and Main mineralization intervals that had no pycnometry measurements:

 

●MSSX SG = 0.04 x S% + 2.93 based on 4,889 measurements, with R2 = 0.82

 

●UMIN SG = 0.04 x S% + 2.85 based on 1,325 measurements, with R2 = 0.80

 

With the exception of the upper part of North (which is not incorporated into the Mineral Resource estimates), all Tembo and North mineralized material comprises unweathered rock. The massive sulfide material, as shown by core photos, is a competent massive lithology, and it is considered that the pycnometer method is suited to density determination at Kabanga.

 

Page 103 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 7-2: Comparison of Water Immersion Density vs. Pycnometry SG for Massive Sulfide

 

7.5Planned Drilling Campaigns

 

In 2023, KNL planned a drilling program comprising 34 km of drilling across 62 holes in the Safari Link area, which is the 1.4 km along-strike area between the northeastern end of Tembo Zone to the northeastern extent of the Safari BHEM target. The purpose of this program was to demonstrate the presence and architecture (depth, width, orientation) of mineralization anticipated to occur between the known mineralization at Tembo and the show of similar mineralization in the three holes at Safari. The presence of mineralization at both along-strike ends of the Safari Link area provides a solid basis for the anticipated continuation of the mineralization in this area, further supported by surface geophysics.

 

The program commenced and halted in late-2023. There remains some 26 km of exploration drilling across 50 holes to complete this program.

 

Samples from the future Safari Link drilling will also be used for metallurgical testwork, as required.

 

Page 104 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 7-3: Pycnometer Specific Gravity Measurements for Massive Sulfide Mineralization in North and Tembo Drillhole Data

 

 

Figure 7-4: Pycnometer Specific Gravity Measurements for Ultramafic Mineralization in North and Tembo Drillhole Data

 

Page 105 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

7.6Exploration Targets

 

There are currently four zones of nickel mineralization at the Kabanga Nickel Project that, while having been shown through historical exploration work to be prospective, currently have insufficient data on which to base Mineral Resource estimates. These four zones – Sarari Link, Safari Extension, Rubona Hill, and Block 1 South – have been estimated as Exploration Targets, as discussed below.

 

7.6.1Safari Link Exploration Target

 

A Tembo-style high-conductance electromagnetic (EM) geophysical anomaly exists to the northeast of Tembo. This EM response is generally of similar caliber to, and contiguous and in alignment with, that of Tembo and is therefore considered to be a possible strike extension (continuation) of the Tembo mineralization.

 

Drilling in November 2007 tested for the presence of mineralization at the Safari zone, which is located approximately 1.4 km northeast of Tembo North. Massive sulfide mineralization was intersected in the Safari discovery hole (KR0713) grading 1.83% Ni over 10.1 m (as drilled width). Ultramafic mineralization was also intersected in this hole (3.78 m at 0.91% Ni). Two other holes drilled at Safari in 2007 (KR07-11 and KR07-14D) intersected mineralization, confirming that the architecture (depth, width, orientation) of the mineralization encountered at Safari shares similar characteristics with the mineralization encountered at Tembo.

 

No further drilling was undertaken at Safari until 2022, at which time KNL commenced a drilling campaign intended to test the gap between the existing drilling at Tembo North and Safari – this target area is known as Safari Link.

 

KNL’s Safari Link drilling campaign was designed to be completed in three phases:

 

●Phase 1: 22 holes for approximately 12,000 m – designed to confirm the presence and continuity of mineralization along the strike length between Tembo North and Safari and challenge the characteristics of that mineralization in the vertical plane.

 

●Phase 2: 24 holes for approximately 13,000 m – designed to infill Phase 1, with the aspiration of bringing interpreted mineralization up to Inferred status.

 

●Phase 3: 16 holes for approximately 9,000 m – designed to infill further, with the aspiration of bringing interpreted mineralization up to Indicated status.

 

Thirteen (13) Phase 1 holes were drilled in 2022–23, after which time drilling was put on hold to enable LZM to focus on studies related to the development of the existing Mineral Resources.

 

Ten (10) of these 13 holes were drilled between Tembo North and Safari, covering a strike length of approximately 675 m into the Safari Link area. The remaining three holes were drilled proximal to the 2007 Safari holes, covering a lateral extent of approximately 125 m. There is currently a strike length of approximately 850 m of the Safari Link geophysical anomaly that remains untested by drilling.

 

While geophysics data indicates that Tembo-style mineralization continues throughout Safari Link, constraining that mineralization in the vertical plane was considered to be an important goal in Phase 1 of the LZM drilling campaign, given the observed vertical undulation in the mineralization at Tembo (see Figure 6-4). Many of the Phase 1 drilled holes were designed to test and constrain the vertical extent of the mineralization to assist the targeting of the drillholes in the subsequent phases of infill drilling. As such, it was anticipated that some of the Phase 1 holes would overshoot (intersect above or below) the vertical extent of the mineralization, and this transpired to be the case. However, while mineralization was not intersected in all Phase 1 holes drilled to date, most of the holes that missed mineralization did intersect lithological markers that are indicative of the nearby presence of mineralization, such as sulfide banding and graphitic zones, thus supporting the likely presence of the mineralization above or below.

 

The Safari and Safari Link drilling was incorporated into the project-wide geological reinterpretation. Massive sulfide and ultramafic mineralization interpretations were developed, and these were used to extend the cell model from the northeastern extent of Tembo North through to the northeastern extent of Safari. This model of Safari Link was used to estimate an Exploration Target for this zone.

 

Page 106 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Grade estimation was conducted in the Safari Link model using the same methods as the Tembo Mineral Resource. Estimation parameters were similar to those applied to Tembo, however, the estimates in the Safari Link model were achieved using only the drillholes located in the Safari Link area; likewise, the estimates in the Tembo model were kept isolated from the Safari Link drillholes.

 

Because the Safari Link model is informed by fewer drillholes, the Safari Link estimates are at insufficient confidence level to define the estimates as a Mineral Resource and are therefore reported as an Exploration Target.

 

An Exploration Target of 4.5–5.5 Mt of mixed massive sulfide and ultramafic mineralization grading 2.1%–2.3% NiEq24 has been estimated at Safari Link (see Table 7-4). The potential quantity and grade are conceptual in nature, and there has been insufficient exploration at Safari Link to define the mineralization as a Mineral Resource. It is uncertain if further exploration will result in the Safari Link Exploration Target being delineated as a Mineral Resource in the future.

 

Completion of the remaining drilling in Phase 1 through Phase 3, as well as additional geophysical surveys, are part of the future exploration program at the Project.

 

Table 7-4: Safari Link Exploration Target Range Estimates

 

Mineralization Type

 Estimated Tonnage Range
(Mt)		 Estimated Grade Range
(NiEq24%)
From To From To
Ultramafic 1.5 2.0 1.2 1.4
Massive Sulfide 3.0 3.5 2.5 2.8
ALL COMBINED 4.5 5.5 2.1 2.3

 

7.6.2Safari Extension Exploration Target

 

The Safari Extension area consists of a 1.0 km-long, fault-bound strike length that is located directly to the north of Safari Link and is interpreted as a possible offset extension of Safari mineralization. One shallow drillhole, completed in 2007 (KR07-12), indicated sinistral movement of stratigraphy within this fault-bound block relative to Safari. BHEM interpretation from KR07-12 also detected a strong, off-hole conductor 55 m past the end of the hole. The airborne VTEM magnetic anomaly at Safari Extension appears stronger than the magnetic response observed at Safari Link. Potential mineralization at Safari Extension is interpreted to lie at least 300 m below surface (vertically).

 

An Exploration Target of 3–4 Mt of mixed massive sulfide and ultramafic mineralization grading 1.8%–2.0% NiEq24 has been estimated at Safari Extension. The potential quantity and grade are conceptual in nature, and there has been insufficient exploration to define the mineralization at Safari Extension as a Mineral Resource. It is uncertain if further exploration will result in the Safari Extension Exploration Target being delineated as a Mineral Resource in the future.

 

An exploration work program has been proposed to further test Safari Extension, consisting of three drillholes (2,000 m) at a nominal 250 m spacing and associated BHEM surveys to evaluate the potential for nickel sulfide mineralization. Hole KR07-12 will also be re-entered and extended approximately 100 m to test the off-hole BHEM target.

 

Page 107 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 7-5: Location of Safari Link and Safari Extension Exploration Targets with Airborne VTEM Background and Interpreted Major Faults

 

7.6.3Rubona Hill Exploration Target

 

The Rubona Hill area lies 2.5 km to the southwest of the current Main Zone Mineral Resource (see Figure 7-6) and consists of the only untested, probable near-surface, ultramafic intrusive on the SML (SML 651/2021). A total of five historical (UNDP, Anglo, and Barrick–Glencore) drillholes failed to intersect intrusives, due likely to inappropriate magnetic modeling. Definitive Magnetic Vector Inversion (MVI) modeling was conducted in late 2014 to outline the ultramafic (see Figure 7-7), following completion of a two-drillhole program. There were no modern EM surveys conducted in any of the drillholes.

 

The Rubona Hill ultramafic body is interpreted to intrude at or near the BNPU / LRPU contact in the same shear systems as the host of the Kabanga Mineral Resource. MVI modeling interprets the ultramafic body as having a principal strike length of approximately 400 m and plunging steeply to the southwest from 300 to 1,000 m vertical depth (see Figure 7-8). Surface fixed-loop EM surveying (1.5 km x 1.5 km) in 2012 outlined a strong conductor at 250 m vertical depth, interpreted from 2014 drilling to be related to sulfidic metasediments with enhanced conductivity in the hanging wall of the potential mineralized zone. No BHEM surveys were conducted in the 2014 drillholes.

 

Page 108 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

Figure 7-6: Location of Rubona Hill and Block 1 South Target Areas

 

 

Figure 7-7: Rubona Hill MVI Magnetic Contours at 1,200 m Elevation with Historical Holes and Proposed Priority Hole

 

Page 109 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

An Exploration Target of 8–10 Mt of ultramafic-style mineralization grading 1.8%–2.0% NiEq24 has been estimated at Rubona Hill. The potential quantity and grade are conceptual in nature, and there has been insufficient exploration to define the mineralization at Rubona Hill as a Mineral Resource. It is uncertain if further exploration will result in the Rubona Hill Exploration Target being delineated as a Mineral Resource in the future.

 

Further drilling (22 holes – 20,000 m) has been proposed to evaluate the economic potential of the untested ultramafic intrusive at Rubona Hill. BHEM surveys are proposed in conjunction with the drilling, including re-entry and surveying of 2014 holes KN14-01 and KN14-02.

 

 

Figure 7-8: Magnetic Vector Inversion (MVI) Model of Rubona Hill Target with Proposed Drillhole Intercepts, (long-section looking 320°)

 

7.6.4Block 1 South Exploration Target

 

The Block 1 South area lies 5 km to the southwest of Main Zone (see Figure 7-9). A total of 45 drillholes were completed in the Block 1 South area by the UNDP, BHP, and Anglo up until the late 1990s. This drilling targeted two separate ultramafic intrusives. Disseminated nickel sulfide mineralization was intersected within the eastern part of the northernmost ultramafic sill with the best intercept being 0.35% Ni over 47.6 m in hole KB1015 (see Figure 7-9). The Ni tenor in all intercepts in this area ranges from 4% to 9%. No near-surface indication of massive sulfide mineralization was detected by modern surface fixed-loop EM surveys.

 

An Exploration Target of 2–4 Mt of ultramafic style mineralization grading 1.8%–2.0% NiEq24 has been estimated at Block 1 South. The potential quantity and grade are conceptual in nature, and there has been insufficient exploration to define the mineralization at Block 1 South as a Mineral Resource. It is uncertain if further exploration will result in the Block 1 South Exploration Target being delineated as a Mineral Resource in the future.

 

An exploration work program has been proposed for Block 1 South, consisting of re-entry of several historical BHP / Anglo holes to conduct modern BHEM surveys with step response processing to detect potential zones of nickel sulfide mineralization, followed by drilling to test the target conductive plates and drilling of two holes to the east of all historical drilling.

 

Page 110 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 7-9: Block 1 South Target Potential

 

7.6.5Exploration Target Summary

 

The Exploration Targets at Kabanga Nickel Project are summarized in Table 7-5.

 

Table 7-5: Summary of Kabanga Nickel Project Exploration Target Estimates

 

Location

 Mineralization Type Estimated Tonnage Range
(Mt)		 Estimated Grade Range
(NiEq24%)
From To From To
Safari Link Ultramafic 1.5 2.0 1.2 1.4
Massive Sulfide 3.0 3.5 2.5 2.8
Total 4.5 5.5 2.1 2.3
Safari Extension Massive Sulfide plus Ultramafic 3.0 4.0 1.8 2.0
Rubona Hill Ultramafic 8.0 10.0 1.8 2.0
Block 1 South Ultramafic 2.0 4.0 1.8 2.0
TOTAL ALL   17.5 23.5 1.9 2.1

 

Page 111 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

8SAMPLE PREPARATION, ANALYSES, AND SECURITY

 

8.1Introduction

 

Kabanga sample preparation, assaying, QA/QC activities, and protocols can be summarized as follows:

 

●Sample preparation was completed in Tanzania at ALS-Chemex laboratory in Mwanza.

 

●All material was crushed to –2 mm and 2 x 250 g pulp bags were sent to ALS-Chemex Perth laboratory for analysis.

 

●Perth samples were pulverized to –75 µm and analyzed as follows:

 

‒4-acid digest / ICP for Ni, Cu, Co, Ag, Fe, Cr, Mg, Mg, Mn, As, Pb, Bi, Cd, and Sb.

 

‒Fire assay / ICP-MS for Au, Pd, and Pt.

 

‒Ni and Cu samples exceeding 10,000 ppm, and Au, Pd, and Pt samples exceeding 1.0 g/t were re-analyzed with a more accurate technique.

 

‒LECO method for the determination of S.

 

‒Gravimetric method for SG determination (pycnometry) on all samples.

 

●Not all samples have been assayed for the complete suite: only 66% for North (10,053 of 15,200 samples), and 95% for Tembo (6,422 of 6,717 samples).

 

●An industry standard QA/QC protocol was followed at Kabanga with the use of certified reference material (CRM) standards, blanks, check assays, and duplicates.

 

●ALS is an independent laboratory accredited by the NATA and complies with international standards such as ISO/IEC 17025 for testing and calibration in laboratories.

 

●SGS laboratory in Mwanza is an independent laboratory that is ISO/IEC 10725 accredited by the South African National Accreditation System (SANAS).

 

8.2Sample Preparation

 

From 2003 onwards, sample preparation was completed in Tanzania at ALS-Chemex laboratory in Mwanza. Drill core was crushed to –2 mm and 2 x 250 g pulps were nitrogen purged and vacuum sealed in plastic bags and sent to the ALS-Chemex Perth laboratory (with duplicate insertion at a rate of 1 in every 40 samples), where samples were pulverized to –75 µm prior to analysis.

 

Prior to February 2007, quarter core samples (NQ core) were sent for assaying (only North Zone), thereafter, half core samples (NQ core) were used for assaying.

 

All coarse rejects (–2 mm crusher rejects) were preserved in vacuum-sealed, nitrogen-purged bags, stored at the Kabanga site.

 

All unused pulverized pulp material was hermetically sealed in a cryovac bag for long-term storage in Perth.

 

8.3Assaying

 

The ALS-Chemex Perth laboratory was the primary analytical laboratory for the majority of the Tembo assay results available in the database. For North, all 1994–95, and 2001–09 assay results are from ALS-Chemex, but for the 42 holes drilled in this zone by Anglo in 1997–98, most of the results are from the Anglo American Research Laboratories (AARL) in Johannesburg using the ICP technique. The Anglo drillholes used for the North 2021 model update account for 11% of the total meters used to estimate the Mineral Resources.

 

A detailed list of the analytical laboratories and assaying techniques used by drilling campaign is given below, with details in Table 8-1:

 

●1991–92 Sutton – Cominco AA – Main Zone only

 

●1992–95 BHP – ALS-Chemex acid digest / ICP primarily – Main and North zones

 

Page 112 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

●1997–99 Anglo – AARL acid digest / ICP primarily – Main and North zones

 

●2001–04 Barrick – ALS-Chemex acid digest / ICP – Main, MNB, and North zones

 

●2005–14 KNCL JV – ALS-Chemex acid digest / ICP – Main, MNB, North and Tembo zones.

 

At the ALS-Chemex Perth laboratory, pulps were analyzed as follows:

 

‒4-acid digest / ICP for Ni, Cu, Co, Ag, Fe, Cr, Mg, Mn, As, Pb, Bi, Cd, and Sb

 

‒Fire assay / ICP-MS for Au, Pd, and Pt

 

‒Ni and Cu samples exceeding 10,000 ppm, and Au, Pd, and Pt samples exceeding 1.0 g/t, were re-analyzed by a 3-acid digest / ICP finish with a high degree of accuracy and precision.

 

‒All Au, Pd, and Pt analyses exceeding 1.0 g/t also were assayed by a more accurate fire assay / ICP-MS technique (see note below).

 

‒LECO method for S

 

‒Gravimetric method for SG (pycnometry) on all samples

 

●2021–24 KNL – primary assaying at SGS laboratory in Mwanza:

 

‒Ni, Cu, Co, As, Pb, Bi, Sb, Cd, Sn, Mn, Zn, Cr, Fe, Si, Mg, Al, Ca by Na peroxide fusion / ICP-MS / ICP-OES

 

‒Ag by 2-acid digest / Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (AAS)

 

‒Au, Pt, Pd by Fire Assay / ICP-OES

 

‒S by ICP and/ or combustion/ infrared detection

 

‒Specific gravity (SG) determination by Pycnometer on pulps

 

●2021–24 Check assaying undertaken at the Nesch Mintech laboratory in Mwanza:

 

‒Ni, Cu, Co by 4-acid digest ICP / MP-AES (2022 metallurgical drilling)

 

‒Ni, Cu, Co by microwave digestion with AAS / MP-AES finish (exploration drilling 2023 onwards)

 

‒S by Combustion/ Infrared detection

 

Notes:

 

 ●Not all samples were assayed for the complete suite, for example, only 66% for North (10,053 of 15,200 samples), and 95% for Tembo (6,422 of 6,717 samples).

 

 ●The acid digest / ICP method has very limited incorporation of Ni originating from silicate minerals. However, as demonstrated by the results obtained from umpire assays on Kabanga MSSX samples by SGS using the X-ray Fluorescence (XRF) technique, there are essentially no significant nickel-bearing silicates in Kabanga MSSX, and all nickel mineralization is present as sulfides. In the UMIN material, however, the SGS XRF results report clearly higher total Ni in comparison to the acid digest / ICP results due to the presence of nickel silicates in this material.

 

Table 8-1: Summary of Analytical Techniques for Mineral Resource Drilling

 

Years

 Campaign Number of: Analytical Techniques
Drillholes Analyses
1976–79 UNDP Regional Exploration 17 3,435 <unknown>
1991–92 Sutton Resources 34 3,897 Cominco low-level Ni assay (AA)
1993–95 Sutton–BHP JV 58 3,898 Acid digest / ICP, Na peroxide fusion / ICP
1997–98 Sutton–Anglo JV 81 3,903 Acid digest / AAS
1999 Sutton–Anglo JV 25 1,170 Acid digest / ICP
Na peroxide fusion / ICP

  

Page 113 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Years

 Campaign Number of: Analytical Techniques
Drillholes Analyses
2001–04 Barrick Gold Corporation 56 2,419 Acid digest / ICP
2005–06 Barrick–Glencore JV
Phase I Scoping Study		 78 6,046 Acid digest / ICP
2006 Barrick–Glencore JV
Phase II Scoping Study		 114 2,769 Acid digest / ICP
2006–08 Barrick–Glencore JV PFS 436 12,441 Acid digest / ICP
2008–13 Barrick–Glencore JV FS 74 2,277 Acid digest / ICP
2014 Barrick–Glencore JV Regional 6 73 Acid digest / ICP
2021–23 KNL infill and extension 75 1,556 Na peroxide fusion / ICP-OES
Total   1,054 43,884  

 

8.4Quality Assurance and Quality Control

 

8.4.1QA/QC Sample Frequency

 

An industry-standard QA/QC protocol was used at Kabanga with screen tests and the use of duplicates (coarse rejects, core), pulp check assays, certified CRMs, and blanks to monitor sample preparation and assaying quality.

 

Table 8-2 detailed QA/QC information and overall frequencies at which QA/QC samples were inserted in the sample batch stream from 2005 through 2009.

 

Notes:

 

 ●100% of the assays in the Project database from 2001–09 are from ALS-Chemex Perth. There are no Genalysis or SGS Lakefield results in the database used for the Mineral Resource estimation.

 

 ●Since routine QA/QC procedures started in 2005, 73% of the North data and 100% of the Tembo data has been subjected to standard QA/QC protocols.

 

Table 8-2: Frequency of QA/QC Samples 2005–09

 

QA/QC Laboratory Number of
Samples		 Frequency
(1 per …)
Screen Tests ALS-Chemex Mwanza 1,075 20
Coarse Reject Duplicates ALS-Chemex Perth 510 40
Quarter Core Replicate
(2005–07 only)		 ALS-Chemex Mwanza Perth 353 50
Pulp Check Analysis Genalysis
SGS Lakefield		 1,006
52		 20
CRMs
– KNCL
– ALS		 ALS-Chemex Perth
ALS-Chemex Perth		 872
1,593		 30
15
Blanks ALS-Chemex Perth 378 60

 

Page 114 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

8.4.2Sample Preparation QA/QC – Screen Test

 

From January through May 2005, Barrick requested that the ALS-Chemex sample preparation laboratory in Mwanza meet a p75 passing –2 mm criterion. Starting in May 2005, this was re-specified to p95 passing. This criterion was met by 99.9% of all crushed reject pulps from 2005 through 2009. The Barrick p75 screen criteria only affect samples prepared for Main Zone, not North or Tembo.

 

A total of 1,075 screen tests were performed on coarse pulp rejects (–2 mm crushed rejects) at ALS preparation laboratory in Mwanza from 2005 through 2009. Figure 8-1 shows the results of these screen tests.

 

  

Figure 8-1: Percent Reject Passing –2 mm Screen – 2005–09

 

8.4.3Duplicates and Check Assays – ALS-Chemex Coarse Reject Duplicates

 

KNCL routinely submitted coarse reject duplicate samples produced by splitting the –2 mm crusher product (crusher duplicates) from the Mwanza sample preparation laboratory at a rate of one duplicate in every 20 samples. The duplicates, destined to be analyzed by the primary laboratory ALS-Chemex Perth, were sent in the same batch as the original sample. The comparison between original samples and duplicates is charted as percent relative difference according to grade in Figure 8.2 through Figure 8.4 for Ni, Cu, and Co from 2005 through 2009. These results indicate adequate precision and an absence of bias within grade ranges.

 

Page 115 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

  

 

Figure 8-2: ALS-Chemex – Percent Relative Difference for Ni Duplicates – 2005–09

 

 

Figure 8-3: ALS-Chemex – Percent Relative Difference for Cu Duplicates – 2005–09

 

Page 116 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 8-4: ALS-Chemex – Percent Relative Difference for Co Duplicates – 2005–09

 

8.4.4Genalysis Pulp Check Assays

 

In addition to the primary laboratory coarse rejects duplicates, since May 2005, duplicate pulverized sample pulps (every 20th sample) were prepared by ALS-Chemex Perth and forwarded to Genalysis, Perth for analysis by the same method as ALS (4-acid digest / ICP). ALS-Chemex nitrogen-purged and sealed all check assay pulps at the same time as samples were prepared for analyses at their laboratory. Genalysis conducted analyses for the same suite of elements as ALS-Chemex, using the same techniques.

 

Figure 8-5 through Figure 8-8 compare the Genalysis and ALS-Chemex pulp results for Ni, Cu, and Co by charting percent relative difference (Figure 8.5 is Ni% charted as sequential over time, while the remaining three figures are Ni%, Cu ppm and Co ppm charted according to increasing grade).

 

In early-2008, 97 check analysis results indicated that for samples grading above 2.0% Ni (Figure 8-5), 74% displayed < 10% relative difference in Ni grade (over 60 comparative values). However, as highlighted on the chart, a reduction in Ni grade (increase in the negative difference between grades) was noted in the early-2008 Genalysis values in comparison to the ALS-Chemex results. This difference was subsequently explained by the effect of oxidation over time of the sample pulps on the liberation of Ni during assaying, as demonstrated in a small study in 2005 at the ALS-Chemex laboratory. In this study, 47 pulp samples were re-analyzed sequentially over time, with the results demonstrating that the oxidation of pulverized sample pulps causes the Ni assay result to decrease in a linear way over from the day of pulverization to the time of analysis. In the case of the Genalysis pulp checks, in early 2008, 27 pulps were prepared at ALS-Chemex but not immediately vacuum sealed, and therefore oxidized prior to their shipment to Genalysis, resulting in the low bias for Ni% highlighted on Figure 8-5.

 

When considering check analyses above 1% Ni, 94.7% of values displayed < 10% relative difference (34 comparative values) and for samples grading above 2% Ni (generally massive sulfide), 100% of values showed < 10% difference. For samples grading above 1% Ni, results from Genalysis averaged 2.2% (relative) higher overall than those from ALS-Chemex. A limited number (eight) of MSSX CRMs (average of 2.89% Ni) indicated that Genalysis was also high-biased for nickel by approximately 3.2% relative to ALS-Chemex during the FS phase; Correcting for the shifted CRM value indicates very close comparative values for massive sulfide during this time. This divergence between the ALS-Chemex and Genalysis results prompted KNCL to conduct additional assay tests using a different analysis method – a pyrosulfate fusion followed by XRF at SGS Lakefield.

 

Page 117 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The Genalysis check assays show that the Genalysis results presented a fairly consistent low bias of 0.02% Cu grade in comparison to ALS results (as shown in Figure 8-7), which corroborates the comparison Genalysis vs. ALS-Chemex for the CRM results.

 

For Co, both laboratories returned comparable results over the 2005 through 2009 period (Figure 8-8).

 

 

Figure 8-5: Genalysis vs. ALS-Chemex Pulp Check Assays Percent Relative Difference
for Ni Grades 2005–09 – Sequential Analysis for MSSX Ni > 2%

 

 

 

Figure 8-6: Genalysis vs. ALS-Chemex Pulp Check Assays Percent Relative Difference
for Ni Grades 2005–09

 

Page 118 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 8-7: Genalysis vs. ALS-Chemex Pulp Check Assays Percent Relative Difference for Cu Grades 2005–09

 

 

Figure 8-8: Genalysis vs. ALS-Chemex Pulp Check Assays Percent Relative Difference for Co Grades 2005–09

 

8.4.5SGS Lakefield Pulp Check Assays

 

For umpire checks on the primary ALS laboratory 4-acid digest / ICP analyses, a total of 52 pulp samples (in nitrogen-purged and vacuum-sealed bags) were sent to SGS Lakefield. Relative difference percentages are shown in Figure 8-9. Results for 25 MSSX samples grading > 2% Ni indicate that ALS was high-biased by 0.04% Ni relative to the SGS XRF technique. Note that the XRF technique results for Ni for UMIN are higher than ICP results because XRF assays total Ni, (i.e., contained in sulfides and silicates).

 

Page 119 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 8-9: SGS Lakefield vs. ALS-Chemex Pulp Check Assays Percent Relative Difference for Ni Grades

 

8.4.6Quarter Core Replicates

 

Quarter core replicates were prepared from April 2005 through February 2007 for a total of 353 samples. The charted percent relative differences vs. grades are shown in Figure 8-10 through Figure 8-12 for Ni, Cu, and Co, respectively.

 

 

Figure 8-10: ALS-Chemex – Percent Relative Difference for Ni Grades for Quarter Core Replicates – 2005–07

 

Page 120 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 8-11: ALS-Chemex – Percent Relative Difference for Cu Grades for Quarter Core Replicates – 2005–07

 

 

Figure 8-12: ALS-Chemex – Percent Relative Difference for Co Grades for Quarter Core Replicates – 2005–07

 

8.4.7Certified Reference Material Standards

 

CRMs for the Project were collected in 2004 by Barrick from North Zone. These were then shipped to the OREAS laboratory in Australia for certification using industry-accepted practice. A ‘round robin’ analytical exercise was conducted at seven laboratories worldwide using 4-acid digest / ICP finish for base metals, and fire assay / ICP for Au, Pd, and Pt. Two standards were certified: a massive sulfide standard and a disseminated (ultramafic-hosted) sulfide standard.

 

Page 121 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The massive sulfide and ultramafic material used to prepare the Kabanga CRMs was collected from North Zone at depths of 150 m and 400 m below the surface. The Ni, Cu, and Co accepted grades for the Kabanga CRMs are as shown in Table 8-3.

 

Table 8-3: Kabanga CRMs – Accepted Grades

 

CRM

 Ni% Cu% Co%
Kabanga MSSX 2.68 0.38 0.23
Kabanga UMIN 0.678 0.096 0.061

 

The two Kabanga CRMs were stored as nitrogen-purged aliquots at the ALS-Chemex laboratory in Perth and inserted into the sample sequence according to the overall frequency presented in Table 8-2, using the appropriate CRM to match the submitted samples, either MSSX material or UMIN material.

 

Following an audit of QA/QC procedures in May 2009, the Ni% value for the massive sulfide CRM was modified from 2.68% Ni to 2.71% Ni, with all scoping study and PFS CRM charts updated. There was no change to the UMIN accepted grade of 0.659% Ni. Results from the MSSX CRM analyses indicate 74% of all values lie within acceptable limits. Throughout the FS, however, there had been a consistent average elevated mean value for this CRM of 2.80% Ni (27 samples) vs. the (2009 revised) accepted mean value of 2.71% Ni. Figure 8-13 and Figure 8-14 show the Ni% analytical results for both Kabanga CRMs since the start of the scoping study in early 2005. Table 8-4 and Table 8-5 show the Kabanga CRMs Ni% average values from 2005 through 2009.

 

 

  

Figure 8-13: Kabanga MSSX CRM Ni Values 2005–09

 

Page 122 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

  

Figure 8-14: Kabanga UMIN CRM Ni Values 2005–09

 

Table 8-4: Kabanga CRMs – Tracking of Ni% Results 2005–09

  

CRM

 Accepted
Ni% Value		 Average Ni% No. of
Samples
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
MSSX 2.71 2.75 2.72 2.77 2.78 2.80 412
UMIN 0.68 0.66 0.64 0.64 0.66 0.67 429

 

Table 8-5: Kabanga MSSX CRM – Tracking of Ni% Results by Phase

 

Accepted Value 2.71% Ni

Phase Years Number of Analyses Average Ni% Values
Scoping Study 2005–06 173 2.74
Pre-feasibility Study 2006–08 212 2.77
Feasibility Study 2008–09 27 2.80
Total 2005–09 412 2.76

 

The observed elevated MSSX CRM values during the FS period were further investigated. Because the two Kabanga CRMs were inserted in all sample batches submitted to both the primary laboratory, ALS-Chemex, and the check laboratory, Genalysis, it is possible to follow over time the evolution of the reported CRM results from both laboratories. The overall rising trend in Ni% values for the MSSX CRM from 2005 is noted at both laboratories, as shown in Figure 8-15 for the sequential Genalysis chart.

 

Page 123 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 8-15: Kabanga MSSX CRM Ni% Values by Genalysis 2005–09

 

The cause of the overall rising trend of Ni% grade for the Kabanga MSSX CRM has not been definitively proven, but it is suspected that the Kabanga MSSX CRM may have lost its homogeneity during transport and handling of the pails of bulk material with the separation and settling of the denser nickel minerals (pentlandite has a density of 4.6–5.0 t/m3) from the pyrrhotite (which is the main nickel-bearing mineral in the Kabanga MSSX and has a density of 4.6 t/m3).

 

It was noted that the Kabanga UMIN CRM did not suffer the same issue over the period, and there was no appreciable variance during the FS for the UMIN CRM (0.01% Ni), as shown in Table 8-4. This further supports the theory that density separation is a potential cause of the overall rising trend of Ni% grade for the Kabanga MSSX CRM.

 

The statistical results, including accuracy and precision, for the Kabanga CRMs over the 2005–09 period are detailed in Table 8-6.

 

Table 8-6: Kabanga CRMs – Summary Statistics 2005–09

 

CRM

 MSSX UMIN

Ni

(%)

Cu

(ppm)

Co

(ppm)

Ni

(%)

Cu

(ppm)

Co

(ppm)

Number of Samples 443 443 443 429 429 429
Accepted Value 2.71 3,820 2,310 0.68 962 605
Mean 2.74 3,757 2,161 0.66 944 564
Median 2.76 3,770 2,160 0.65 939 563
Minimum 2.32 2,310 1,645 0.57 827 487
Maximum 3.06 4,960 2,590 0.74 1,080 647
Standard Deviation 0.12 274 134 0.03 41 29
Accuracy 1.03 –1.93 –6.87 –3.53 –2.04 –7.15
Precision (at 95%) 2.90 5.54 5.27 3.14 2.73 4.40

 

Notes: (1) Accuracy is calculated as the mean of the percent relative differences.
(2)Precision (at 95%) is calculated as 1.96 x standard deviation of the absolute percent relative differences / 2.

 

Page 124 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Results for the ALS-Chemex internal reference material standard (‘Forrest B’) are summarized in Table 8-7 and shown in Figure 8-16 with details for Forrest B in Table 8-8.

 

These results corroborate the fact that the high Ni bias issue observed on the Kabanga MSSX CRM for both ALS-Chemex and Genalysis is inherent to the Kabanga CRM itself rather than a drift of the ALS-Chemex laboratory results. Note that in 2005, ALS-Chemex results for the Forrest B standard show several occurrences outside of the acceptable limits. The quality of the results improves from 2006 onwards, likely due to a better calibration of ALS-Chemex’s analytical equipment to these grade ranges.

 

Table 8-7: ALS-Chemex Internal Reference Material Standards – Tracking of Ni% Results 2005–09

 

ALS-Chemex
Internal Standard

 Accepted
Ni% Value		 Average Ni% No. of
 Samples
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
Forrest B 4.52 4.61 4.51 4.53 4.58 4.54 452
BM-44 1.27 1.29 1.27 1.28 1.29 – 354
GBM306-12 0.95 – – – 0.96 0.94 150
BM-64 0.60 0.63 0.61 0.60 0.62 – 475
GBM398-4c 0.41 – – – 0.40 0.40 162

 

 

Figure 8-16: ALS-Chemex Internal Forrest B Standard – Results from 2005–09

 

Page 125 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 8-8: ALS-Chemex Internal Forrest B Standard – Summary Statistics 2005–09

 

Measure

 Ni%
Number of Samples 452
Accepted Value 4.515
Mean 4.56
Median 4.56
Minimum 4.35
Maximum 5.01
Standard Deviation 0.09
Accuracy 0.95
Precision (at 95%) 1.40

 

Note:Accuracy is calculated as the mean of the percent relative differences.
Precision(at 95%) is calculated as 1.96 x standard deviation of the absolute percent relative differences / 2.

 

A comparison between the ALS-Chemex MSSX CRM results and those obtained by Genalysis showed that the Genalysis results were consistently higher than the ALS-Chemex results.

 

The phenomenon observed on Ni grades on the MSSX CRM results did not occur for Cu results, as shown in Figure 8-17 and Figure 8-18 (MSSX and UMIN, respectively), which display the ALS-Chemex sequential results for the Kabanga CRMs for Cu from 2005 through 2009.

 

Co grades for the MSSX and UMIN CRMs are shown in Figure 8-19 and Figure 8-20 , respectively. These show that approximately half of the Co grade results are below the minimum acceptable value.

 

 

Figure 8-17: Kabanga MSSX CRM Cu Values 2005–09

 

Page 126 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

  

Figure 8-18: Kabanga UMIN CRM Cu Values 2005–09

 

 

Figure 8-19: Kabanga MSSX CRM Co Values 2005–09

 

Page 127 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 8-20: Kabanga UMIN CRM Co Values 2005–09

 

8.4.8Blanks

 

Pure quartzite blanks were prepared and pulverized on site, then inserted into the sample series to monitor possible contamination at the sample preparation stages in Tanzania and in Perth. A total of 378 blanks were analyzed from 2005 through 2009. Figure 8-21 shows the results for potential Ni contamination.

 

An increase (mainly to Warning Level) in contamination for Ni, Cu, and Co was noted in January and February 2009. This was addressed at the ALS laboratory in Perth through more thorough cleaning of the pulverizing machines between samples. The 2009 QA/QC audit report recommended a decrease of the acceptable level for Ni contamination to 25 ppm (approximately) from 300 ppm, which was based on the official Ni protocol of 1/20th of the cut-off grade. This discussion was deemed at the time to be largely academic, as there is no significant effect on the Kabanga samples due to nickel contamination.

 

 

Figure 8-21: Blanks – Ni Results 2005–09

 

Page 128 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

8.5Security

 

Standard operating procedures (SOPs) exist and are followed to ensure the appropriate collection, transportation and security of samples.

 

Sample collection from the drill core is undertaken on site by geotechnicians following mark-ups on the core that are made by the logging geologist. A senior geologist oversees these activities.

 

Assay registers are used to allocate sample numbers while keeping track of the origins of each sample. A sampling logbook ensures the consistent insertion of QA/QC samples.

 

Samples are packed into labeled plastic bags, nitrogen-purged, sealed, weighed, then placed into plastic pails on a hole-by-hole basis. The pails are transported to the laboratory in a Project-owned and operated light vehicle.

 

On arriving at the laboratory, the SOPs associated with sample receipt, sample preparation, and assaying are followed.

 

Data received from the laboratory is reviewed for acceptance by a senior geologist and uploaded into the on-site database.

 

The database is backed up on the company server. There are password limits on editorial access to the database, and all of the personnel permitted to edit data are experienced geologists and know the importance of data security.

 

8.6QP Opinion

 

In the opinion of the QP, the sample preparation, security, and analytical procedures meet industry standards for data quality and integrity. There are no factors related to sampling or sample preparation that would materially impact the accuracy or reliability of the samples or the assay results. Recent infill drilling results have corroborated historical results. The outcomes of the QA/QC procedures indicate that the assay results are within acceptable levels of accuracy and precision and the resulting database is sufficient to support the estimation of Mineral Resources.

 

Page 129 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

9DATA VERIFICATION

 

9.1Independent Verifications

 

9.1.1Site Visit

 

OreWin personnel visited the Project on October 20–21, 2022, March 21–30, 2023, and October 27–30, 2023. The site visits included briefings from the Project’s exploration and corporate personnel, and site inspections of the drill rigs, proposed mine, and plant and infrastructure locations.

 

The 2021-onwards primary laboratory, SGS Laboratories in Mwanza, Tanzania, was visited to inspect the facilities and discussions were held with SGS management.

 

9.1.2Verifications of Analytical Quality Control Data

 

All aspects of the data that could materially impact the integrity of the Mineral Resource estimates (core logging, sampling, analytical results, and database management) were reviewed with the Project’s staff. OreWin personnel met with staff to ascertain exploration and production procedures and protocols. Drill rigs were visited, and core was observed being obtained from diamond drillholes and logged at the exploration camp to confirm that the logging information accurately reflects actual core. The lithology contacts checked matched the information reported in the core logs.

 

Analytical quality control data typically comprises analyses from reference material standards, blank samples, and a variety of duplicate data. Analyses of data from reference material standards and blank samples typically involve time series plots to identify extreme values (outliers), or trends, which may indicate issues with the overall data quality. To assess the repeatability of assay data, several tests can be performed, most of which rely on statistical tools. The following charts for duplicate data are routinely assessed:

 

●Bias charts

 

●Quantile-quantile (Q-Q) charts

 

●Mean vs. relative difference charts

 

●Mean vs. absolute relative difference charts

 

●Ranked absolute relative difference charts

 

●From 2021-onwards, check assaying undertaken at the Nesch Mintech laboratory in Mwanza.

 

9.2QP Opinion

 

The QP’s review of results from recent drilling undertaken by the Project has corroborated the location of the mineralized zones and the tenor of the mineralization. The data is adequate and sufficient to support the estimation of Mineral Resources.

 

Page 130 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

10

MINERAL PROCESSING AND METALLURGICAL TESTING

 

10.1Background

 

The Project has a history of concentrator metallurgical testwork undertaken by various parties since the mid-1990s, with more extensive testing programs undertaken after 2005. The key metallurgical testwork programs included:

 

●Metallurgical flotation testwork undertaken by AARL as part of an appraisal study PFS in 1999.

 

●Metallurgical testwork for the February 2006 Scoping Study undertaken by the Falconbridge Technology Centre and included mineralogical, comminution testwork, bench-scale open-circuit and locked-cycle flotation testwork, concentrate dewatering testwork, and concentrate self-heating tests.

 

●Metallurgical testwork for the September 2008 PFS and October 2009 Kabanga 2.2 Mtpa Engineering Study undertaken by SNC Lavalin, and for the July 2011 FS and December 2013 Draft FS update (unpublished) both completed by Lycopodium Limited (Lycopodium). A series of testwork campaigns were undertaken for these studies, which included comminution testwork, bench-scale open-circuit flotation testwork, mini pilot plant (MPP) flotation testwork, settling, filtration and rheology testwork, feed oxidation tests, and concentrate self-heating tests. The majority of the test program was conducted at XPS with supporting testwork by SGS Lakefield, Larox Inc., Sudbury, Ontario and Outotec, Burlington, Ontario.

 

●Metallurgical testwork over the period 2022–25 as part of the current study program, under the management of technical teams from KNL, DRA, and LZM. The testwork program included both concentrator and hydrometallurgical testwork. The majority of the concentrator testwork program was undertaken at Bureau Veritas Minerals Pty Ltd (BV) in Perth, with support from ALS Global (ALS) in Perth for a small portion of the comminution testwork scope. Additionally, concentrate regrind testwork was conducted by Swiss Tower Mills Minerals AG (STM) at the ALS test facility, settling and filtration testwork was conducted by Metso in Perth, and tailings pumping, and rheological characterization tests were conducted by Paterson & Cooke Consulting Engineers (Pty) Ltd (P&C) in Cape Town. The concentrate characterization testwork was undertaken by Microanalysis Australia in Perth.

 

The current 2022–25 concentrator metallurgical testwork was performed on core samples originating from the Kabanga deposit. Samples were selected to represent the major lithology types and blends expected to be processed over the LoM. The aim of the testwork was to further characterize the flotation response, optimize the flowsheet, generate bulk concentrate samples for vendor and downstream testwork, and to evaluate the degree of variability that could be expected across the deposit. The historical concentrator metallurgical testwork has also been referenced and used in combination with the current FS testwork.

 

10.2Historical Concentrator Testwork

 

Extensive historical metallurgical testwork has been undertaken for the Kabanga Concentrator. This testwork included mineralogical, comminution, flotation, and dewatering testwork. The original testing was primarily focused on blends with a high proportion of massive sulfides (~81% to 84%) and minor amounts of mineralized ultramafic material (~2% to 5%) containing pentlandite, pyrrhotite and chalcopyrite (sulfides) with varying amounts of sedimentary and ultramafic gangue (~12% to 15%). The historical testwork was aimed at producing a flotation concentrate that was to be transported to the Port of Dar es Salaam for shipment to Glencore’s Sudbury smelter and to other concentrate customers.

 

Various metallurgical testwork campaigns were conducted at the Falconbridge Technology Centre, SGS Lakefield, XPS, and at vendor laboratories such as Larox and Metso, predominantly over the period 2005–10 but with initial appraisal testing dating back to the mid-1990s. The key findings from the historical testwork can be summarized as follows:

 

●The samples were reported to reflect a massive sulfide (MSSX) feed type, containing pentlandite, pyrrhotite and chalcopyrite with varying amounts of sedimentary and ultramafic gangue. The pentlandite grain sizes were reported to be coarse, averaging from 200 μm to 300 μm. The ratio of pyrrhotite to pentlandite ranged from 7 to 12. Pentlandite was identified as the predominant nickel and cobalt-bearing mineral. The nickel grade in solid solution in pyrrhotite was reported to average 0.2%. The dominant copper mineral was identified as chalcopyrite.

 

Page 131 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

●Bond ball mill work index (BWi) tests were performed at a 100 μm closing size with a reported BWi value of 9.1 kWh/t to 10.2 kWh/t for the MSSX samples and 15.5 kWh/t to 21.3 kWh/t for the sedimentary and ultramafic waste samples. The MSSX material was classified as being relatively soft compared to the harder mineralized ultramafic samples (UMAF_1a) and even harder waste samples.

 

●Soft SMC Test® ‘A × b’ values of between 169 to 330 were reported for the MSSX samples compared to hard values of 18 to 21 for the waste and UMAF_1a samples. Similarly, the MSSX sample’s ‘ta’ values ranged from 1.5 to 2.8 compared to 0.2 to 0.3 for the waste samples. This further supported the highly competent nature of the UMAF_1a and waste lithology types, and the comparatively soft nature of the MSSX feed types.

 

●The crushed MSSX samples were found to be reactive when left exposed under warm, humid conditions, resulting in oxidation which reduced flotation recovery within a period of one to four weeks.

 

●The optimum flotation feed grind size was found to be 80% passing 100 μm.

 

●The metallurgical performance of the North and Tembo blend composites containing > 80% MSSX was found to be similar. Differences in the flotation grade and recovery response were attributed to feed grade variances.

 

●The MPP results achieved nickel recoveries ranging from 83% to 90% at a concentrate nickel grade of 17% to 22%, as summarized in Table 10-1.

 

Table 10-1: Summary of Historical Mini Pilot Plant (MPP) Mass Balance Results

 

MPP Campaign

 Composite ID Blend (%) Nickel (%) Copper (%)
MSSX UMAF
_1a		 Dilution Feed Grade Conc. Grade Recovery Feed Grade Conc. Grade Recovery
MPP1 North 81 4 15 2.59 21.2 88.5 0.36 3.07 91.6
MPP1 North 81 4 15 2.51 21.3 86.6 0.36 3.20 90.7
MPP1 LoM 83 5 12 2.41 19.6 89.3 0.34 2.86 89.3
MPP2 Y1 to Y4 83 2 15 2.38 22.0 83.3 0.34 3.33 78.4
MPP2 LoM #2 84 2 14 2.39 17.4 90.5 0.35 2.47 90.5
MPP2 Tembo 83 3 14 2.16 19.6 88.6 0.31 3.02 93.6

 

As illustrated by the comparative grade-recovery curves in Figure 10-1, the historical MPP results showed improved grade and recovery responses relative to the bench-scale testing (High Confidence Flotation Test (HCFT)) results.

 

Page 132 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Source: Kabanga Nickel Project Draft Feasibility Study, Lycopodium (December 2013)

 

Figure 10-1: Summary of Historical MPP Testwork Grade Recovery Curves

 

●The historical flotation testwork demonstrated that a relatively simple, conventional flotation flowsheet, using a typical flotation reagent regime, could be used for the effective separation of pentlandite and chalcopyrite from the pyrrhotite and non-sulfide gangue, generating high nickel grade concentrates with payable cobalt and copper grades at high metal recoveries.

 

●The measurement of the dissolved oxygen levels and lime consumption to maintain the pH indicated the level of completeness of oxidation in the aeration stage.

 

●The recycling of flotation process water did not have a detrimental impact on flotation performance.

 

●The flotation testwork and Quantitative Evaluation of Minerals by Scanning Electron Microscopy (QEMSCAN) analysis conducted on the MPP products demonstrated that a high-grade concentrate with low levels of deleterious elements could be produced.

 

●The historical testwork procedure included heating the flotation feed slurry to 38 °C to reflect the expected ambient flotation feed conditions after milling. This was reportedly based on benchmarked flotation feed slurry temperature measurements for a nearby Tanzanian flotation operation. It was reported that the higher process water temperature improved the concentrate grade for the same recovery; however, the flotation kinetics were slower, requiring a longer rougher flotation residence time with increased xanthate collector addition.

 

●The results of the thickening testwork recommended an optimal thickening flux of 0.26 t/m2h for the concentrate duty and 1.12 t/m2h for the tailings duty. A thickener underflow solids concentration of > 75% (w/w) was achieved for both applications.

 

●The pressure filtration testwork on the concentrate achieved a lower product moisture of 8% (w/w) to 11% (w/w) with filtration fluxes ranging from 382 kg/m2h to 687 kg/m2h. The moisture values in testwork resulted in the selection of pressure filtration for concentrate dewatering.

 

●The tailings rheology testwork indicated that the tails samples exhibited similar slurry rheology and that the pumping of solids at densities of up to 60% (w/w) solids using centrifugal pumps was not expected to be problematic.

 

Page 133 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

●The concentrate was found to exhibit a degree of self-heating due to its high pyrrhotite content but was reported to be amenable to shipment to international smelters.

 

This historical testwork provided a basis for the metallurgical testwork and development undertaken as part of the current feasibility study program of work.

 

10.3Current Feasibility Study Concentrator Testwork

 

In support of the current Kabanga studies, additional metallurgical testwork was undertaken over the period March 2022 to July 2024 under the management of technical teams from DRA and KNL. The main program was completed in two phases and included flowsheet development and optimization testing as well as variability testing. Additionally, concentrate materials handling characterization testwork on concentrate product samples from the 2022–24 campaign was also completed in April 2025.

 

These testwork programs included comprehensive head grade analysis, mineralogy, comminution (physical crushing and grinding) tests, open-circuit and locked-cycle bench-scale flotation tests, open-circuit bulk flotation tests, feed oxidation assessments, concentrate regrind tests, concentrate thickening and filtration tests, tailings thickening and rheology testwork, and concentrate materials handling characterization testing. Tailings samples were also generated for tailings and paste geochemistry testwork by others.

 

The current metallurgical testwork program used the historical testwork as a basis with the aim of further characterizing the comminution and flotation response, optimizing the flowsheet, generating bulk concentrate samples for downstream testwork and evaluating the degree of variability that could be expected across the deposit.

 

10.3.1Analytical and Test Laboratories

 

The key laboratories involved in current concentrator FS testwork and sample analysis are described below.

 

10.3.1.1Bureau Veritas Minerals Pty Ltd (BV) in Perth

 

●Relationship to Registrant: Independent laboratory.

 

●Description: BV conducted the majority of the comminution and flotation testwork program.

 

●Certification: BV is certified to ISO 9001 by TÜV Nord.

 

●Scope of Work: Analysis, mineralogy, comminution tests, open-circuit and locked-cycle bench-scale flotation tests, open-circuit bulk flotation tests and feed oxidation assessments.

 

●Date of Work: March 2022 – August 2024.

 

10.3.1.2ALS Limited (ALS) in Perth

 

●Relationship to Registrant: Independent laboratory.

 

●Description: ALS conducted a small portion of the comminution testwork scope.

 

●Certification: ALS is certified to ISO9001, ISO45001, ISO14001 by Sustainable Certification Pty Ltd in Australia.

 

●Scope of Work: Grindmill and Bond ball mill work index (BWi) comminution tests.

 

●Date of Work: February – March 2023 and March – July 2024.

 

10.3.1.3Swiss Tower Mills Minerals AG (STM) – ALS Iron Ore technical test facility, Perth

 

●Relationship to Registrant: Independent laboratory.

 

●Description: STM conducted the flotation concentrate regrind testwork at the ALS Iron Ore technical test facility in Perth.

 

●Certification: ALS is certified to ISO9001, ISO45001, ISO14001 by Sustainable Certification Pty Ltd in Australia.

 

●Scope of Work: Flotation concentrate regrind testwork using a vertical regrind mill (VRM 5) laboratory-scale test unit.

 

●Date of Work: October 2023 – January 2024.

 

Page 134 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

10.3.1.4Metso Australia Pty Ltd (Metso) in Perth

 

●Relationship to Registrant: Independent laboratory.

 

●Description: Metso conducted settling and filtration testwork on flotation concentrate and tailings samples.

 

●Certification: Metso is certified to ISO9001, ISO45001, ISO14001.

 

●Scope of Work: Settling testwork included static flocculant screening tests, followed by dynamic tests in a 99 mm diameter high-rate thickener test rig. Filtration testwork included pressure filtration testwork on the final concentrate samples and an evaluation of pressure filtration, horizontal vacuum belt filtration and disk filtration technology for the non-pyrrhotite tailings samples.

 

●Date of Work: November 2023.

 

10.3.1.5Paterson & Cooke Consulting Engineers (Pty) Ltd (P&C) in Cape Town

 

●Relationship to Registrant: Independent laboratory.

 

●Description: P&C conducted tailings pumping, and rheological characterization tests.

 

●Certification: P&C is certified to ISO/ICE17025 by the South African National Accreditation System (SANAS).

 

●Scope of Work: Material characterization, flow behavior tests, vertical tube viscometer tests and pipe loop pumping tests.

 

●Date of Work: September 2023 – October 2023.

 

10.3.1.6Microanalysis Australia Pty Ltd (Microanalysis) in Perth

 

●Relationship to Registrant: Independent laboratory.

 

●Description: Microanalysis conducted flotation concentrate product characterization testwork

 

●Certification: Macroanalysis is certified to ISO/IEC 17025 by NATA (National Association of Testing Authorities, Australia).

 

●Scope of Work: Determination of the flow moisture point (FMP) and the associated transportable moisture limit (TML), angle of repose (AoR), compacted bulk density and self-heating characterization.

 

●Date of Work: March 2025 – April 2025.

 

10.3.1.7Simulus Group Pty Limited (Simulus) in Perth

 

●Relationship to Registrant: Non-independent laboratory (a wholly owned subsidiary of LZM).

 

●Description: Simulus conducted flotation concentrate product analysis on select samples which were allocated for downstream hydrometallurgical testwork.

 

●Certification: Simulus has no relevant certifications.

 

●Scope of Work: Concentrate analysis.

 

●Date of Work: January 2023 – March 2025.

 

Page 135 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

10.3.1.8SGS Australia Pty Ltd (SGS) in Perth

 

●Relationship to Registrant: Independent laboratory.

 

●Description: SGS conducted comparative flotation concentrate product analysis on select samples which were allocated for downstream hydrometallurgical testwork.

 

●Certification: SGS is certified to ISO/IEC 17025 by NATA (National Association of Testing Authorities, Australia).

 

●Scope of Work: Concentrate analysis.

 

●Date of Work: July 2023 – October 2023.

 

10.3.2Current Testwork Samples and Scope

 

The concentrator metallurgical testwork was conducted on 4,616 kg of quarter, half and full N-size (NQ) drill core sample intervals delivered to BV for testing. The drilled samples were nitrogen purged and sealed, before being delivered in six shipments over the period March 2022 to January 2024. Upon delivery to BV, the core sample intervals were placed in cold freezer storage to minimize the potential for oxidation.

 

The sample intervals included material from the North and Tembo zones representing the primary massive sulfide (MSSX), massive sulfide with xenoliths intrusions (MSXI), and mineralized ultramafic (UMAF_1a) comprising semi-massive to net- and reverse net-textured sulfides hosted within ultramafic bodies. Intervals of mining waste dilution reflecting lower pelite unit (LRPU), banded pelite unit (BNPU), hornblende (HORN), and unmineralized ultramafic (UMAF_KAB) above, below, and within the MSSX, MSXI, and UMAF_1a end member sample intervals were also provided. The MSSX, MSXI, and UMAF_1a samples comprised pentlandite, pyrrhotite, and chalcopyrite as the primary sulfide minerals.

 

An example of some of the drill core intervals used in the current testwork programs is presented in Figure 10-2.

 

 

 

Figure 10-2: Example of Concentrator Metallurgical Testwork Drill Core Intervals

 

Page 136 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The Tembo and North drill core sample intervals used in the FS testwork over the period 2022–25 are listed in Table 10-2 and Table 10-3, respectively.

 

Table 10-2: Concentrator Tembo Testwork Sample Intervals

 

Hole Number

 Phase Rock Unit

From

(m)

To

(m)

Width

(m)

Weight

(kg)

KL21-01 1 LRPU 367 370 3 11
KL21-01 1 MSSX 370 390 20 102
KL21-01 1 UMAF_1a 390 393 3 12
KL21-01 1 MSSX 393 394 1 4
KL21-01 1 LRPU 394 397 3 10
KL21-02 1 LRPU 573 576 3 10
KL21-02 1 MSSX 576 594 18 93
KL21-02 1 LRPU 594 596 2 7
KL22-01 1 LRPU 369 372 3 11
KL22-01 1 MSSX 372 392 21 108
KL22-01 1 LRPU 392 395 3 9
KL22-02 1 LRPU 313 316 3 10
KL22-02 1 MSSX 316 336 19 100
KL22-02 1 LRPU 336 338 2 7
KL22-03 1 LRPU 579 581 2 10
KL22-03 1 MSSX 581 585 5 37
KL22-03 1 UMAF_1a 585 591 6 39
KL22-03 1 MSSX/MSXI 592 593 1 8
KL22-03 1 UMAF_KAB 631 637 6 30
KL22-04 1 UMAF_1a 495 507 12 27
KL22-04 1 UMAF_KAB 507 510 3 3
KL22-05 1 UMAF_1a 435 442 7 16
KL22-05 1 UMAF_KAB 442 444 2 2
KL22-06 1 UMAF_1a 386 392 6 14
KL22-06 1 UMAF_KAB 392 394 2 2
KL22-08 1 UMAF_1a 228 237 9 22
KL22-08 1 UMAF_KAB 237 239 2 2
KL22-09 1 UMAF_1a 232 236 4 8
KL21-01A 1 LRPU 369 371 2 12
KL21-01A 1 MSSX 371 396 24 187
KL21-01A 1 LRPU 396 399 3 15
KL07-06A 1 LRPU 327 331 4 18
KL07-06A 1 MSSX 331 337 6 46
KL07-06A 1 UMAF_1a 337 349 12 74
KL07-06A 1 UMAF_KAB 349 352 3 16
KL23-10 2 LRPU 634 637 3 6
KL23-10 2 MSSX 637 646 9 28
KL23-10 2 UMAF_1a 646 650 4 10
KL23-10 2 UMAF_KAB 650 653 2 5
KL23-23 2 LRPU 645 647 2 5
KL23-23 2 MSSX 647 650 3 11
KL23-23 2 UMAF_1a 650 658 8 23
KL23-23 2 UMAF_KAB 658 660 2 5

 

Page 137 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Hole Number

 Phase Rock Unit

From

(m)

To

(m)

Width

(m)

Weight

(kg)

KL23-17A 2 LRPU 571 576 5 25
KL23-17A 2 MSSX 576 581 4 31
KL23-17A 2 UMAF_1a 581 589 8 49
KL23-17A 2 UMAF_KAB 589 594 5 28
KL23-21A 2 LRPU 673 678 5 24
KL23-21A 2 MSSX 678 680 2 13
KL23-21A 2 UMAF_1a 680 689 9 56
KL23-21A 2 UMAF_KAB 689 694 5 27
GT23-05 2 LRPU 216 217 1 5
GT23-05 2 UMAF_1a 231 237 6 35
GT23-05 2 UMAF_KAB 237 238 1 5
GT23-08 2 LRPU 282 284 2 2
GT23-08 2 MSSX 284 310 26 41
GT23-08 2 LRPU 310 312 2 2
GT23-06 2 LRPU 242 247 5 25
GT23-06 2 MSSX 247 255 8 60
GT23-06 2 UMAF_1a 255 269 14 95
GT23-06 2 UMAF_KAB 269 274 5 26
GT23-07 2 LRPU 302 307 5 24
GT23-07 2 MSSX 307 330 23 181
GT23-07 2 LRPU 330 335 5 24

 

Table 10-3: Concentrator North Testwork Sample Intervals

 

Hole Number

 Phase Rock Unit From
(m)		 To
(m)		 Width
(m)		 Weight
(kg)
KN22-01 1 BNPU 361 363 2 6
KN22-01 1 BNPU 368 369 1 4
KN22-01 1 MSSX 369 397 28 142
KN22-01 1 GAB 397 400 3 10
KN22-02 1 BNPU 435 437 2 6
KN22-02 1 MSSX 437 452 15 77
KN22-02 1 UMAF_KAB 452 458 6 24
KN22-03 1 BNPU 238 244 6 25
KN22-03 1 MSSX 244 284 40 198
KN22-03 1 LRPU 284 290 6 25
KN22-01A 1 MSSX 369 380 11 87
KN22-01A 1 MSSX 380 397 17 133
KN08-21A 1 BNPU 1,008 1,012 4 17
KN08-21A 1 MSSX 1,012 1,037 25 199
KN08-21A 1 LRPU 1,037 1,040 3 12
KN08-21B 1 BNPU 1,008 1,012 3 17

 

Page 138 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Hole Number

 Phase Rock Unit From
(m)		 To
(m)		 Width
(m)		 Weight
(kg)
KN08-21B 1 MSSX 1,012 1,036 25 197
KN08-21B 1 LRPU 1,036 1,039 2 12
KN08-61A 1 BNPU 911 916 4 16
KN08-61A 1 MSSX 916 958 42 312
KN08-61A 1 LRPU 958 961 3 12
KN08-61B 1 BNPU 911 914 3 16
KN08-61B 1 MSSX 929 954 25 192
KN08-61B 1 UMAF_1a 954 957 4 23
KN08-61B 1 MSSX 914 929 14 97
KN08-04A 1 BNPU 1,071 1,075 4 22
KN08-04A 1 MSSX 1,075 1,097 22 175
KN08-04A 1 LRPU 1,097 1,100 3 12
KN22-02 1 UMAF_KAB 458 466 9 44
KN23-02 2 BNPU 1,046 1,048 2 5
KN23-02 2 MSXI 1,048 1,056 8 23
KN23-02 2 BNPU 1,056 1,058 2 5
KN23-02 2 BNPU 1,067 1,068 1 3
KN23-02 2 MSSX 1,068 1,073 5 16
KN23-02 2 LRPU 1,073 1,077 4 4
KN23-04 2 BNPU 767 769 2 2
KN23-04 2 MSSX 769 783 13 21
KN23-04 2 UMAF_1a 783 790 7 10
KN23-04 2 UMAF_KAB 790 792 2 2
KN23-05 2 BNPU 798 800 2 2
KN23-05 2 MSSX 800 805 5 8
KN23-05 2 UMAF_1a 805 815 11 15
KN23-05 2 UMAF_KAB 815 817 2 3
KN23-06 2 BNPU 1,227 1,229 2 2
KN23-06 2 MSSX 1,229 1,245 16 24
KN23-06 2 LRPU 1,245 1,247 2 2
GT23-09 2 BNPU 311 313 2 5
GT23-09 2 MSSX 313 322 9 29
GT23-09 2 LRPU 322 324 2 5
GT23-10 2 BNPU 174 176 2 2
GT23-10 2 MSSX 176 186 9 15
GT23-10 2 UMAF_1a 186 196 10 13
GT23-10 2 UMAF_KAB 196 198 2 3
KN23-09 2 LSSC 1,224 1,226 2 2
KN23-09 2 MSSX 1,226 1,249 23 37
KN23-09 2 LRPU 1,249 1,251 2 2

 

Page 139 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Hole Number

 Phase Rock Unit From
(m)		 To
(m)		 Width
(m)		 Weight
(kg)
KN23-04A 2 BNPU 765 770 5 24
KN23-04A 2 MSSX 770 782 11 86
KN23-04A 2 UMAF_1a 782 790 8 55
KN23-04A 2 UMAF_KAB 790 794 5 26
GT23-11 2 BNPU 167 170 3 14
GT23-11 2 MSSX 170 172 2 16
GT23-11 2 UMAF_1a 172 181 9 57
GT23-11 2 UMAF_KAB 181 184 3 17

 

Note: LSSC/GAB reflects sediment dilution.

 

The sample selection was based on the zones and grade profiles indicated in the North and Tembo resource model. The locations of the MSSX and UMAF_1a FS sample intervals are shown in Figure 10-3 and Figure 10-4, respectively.

 

 

Figure 10-3: MSSX FS Metallurgical Testwork Sample Locations

 

 

Figure 10-4: UMAF_1a FS Metallurgical Testwork Sample Locations

 

Page 140 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The drill core intervals as presented in Table 10-2 and Table 10-3 were used to prepare various composites and point samples for the current study concentrator metallurgical testwork program as follows:

 

●Blend composites representing blends of end members from various drill core samples (for example, a blend of 73% MSSX, 12% UMAF_1a, and 15% dilution using sample intervals selected from a selection of drill core holes).

 

●Domain composites representing blends of individual end members from various drill core samples (for example, a blend of Tembo MSSX from the Tembo drill core holes).

 

●Domain point samples representing the individual end members from individual drill core samples (for example, a North MSSX interval from drill core hole KN22-01).

 

●Point sample blend composites representing the individual end members from individual drill core samples and inclusive of dilution (for example, a blend of 89% UMAF_1a and 11% UMAF_KAB dilution from drill core hole KN23-04).

 

The testwork samples were selected and prepared in consultation with the project team’s geology, metallurgy, and mining representatives and included suitable intervals of dilution (LRPU, BNPU, HORN, and UMAF_KAB) above, below and within the MSSX, MSXI, and UMAF_1a end member sample intervals.

 

Sample selection and composite preparation also considered grade ranges and expected LoM grades, spatial coverage including depth and along strike, appropriate levels of planned and unplanned mining dilution as advised by the relevant mining disciplines, the proportion of MSSX and UMAF_1a tonnage in the overall mine life at the time the samples were selected, and other factors.

 

The testwork samples covered a nickel feed grade ranging from 1.5% to 3.7% for the MSSX material, 0.7% to 1.7% for UMAF_1a, and 1.6% to 2.4% for blends of MSSX and UMAF_1a.

 

The comminution and flotation testwork samples and testwork scope are summarized in Table 10-4 and Table 10-5, respectively while the flotation concentrate and tailings samples submitted for further testwork are summarized in Table 10-6.

 

Page 141 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 10-4: Comminution Testwork Samples and Scope

 

Sample ID Type Zone Hole ID Nickel
Grade (%)		 End Member Composition (%) Testwork Scope
MSSX/
MSXI		 UMAF_1a LRPU/
BNPU		 UMAF_KAB BWi CWi Ai Grindmill
TC2 Domain Point Tembo KL23-17A 1.48 100       X   X  
TC14 Domain Point Tembo GT23-07 2.78 100       X   X  
TC10 Domain Point Tembo GT23-06 2.12 100       X   X  
NC2 Domain Point North KN23-04A 3.93 100       X   X  
NC6 Domain Point North GT23-11 COM 3.03 100       X   X  
NF2 Domain Point North KN23-02 2.63 100       X   X  
NF4 Domain Point North KN23-06 3.01 100       X   X  
TC17 Domain Point Tembo KL23-17A / GT23-07 / GT23-06 / KL23-21A 2.19 100         X   X
NC11 Domain Point North GT23-11 COM / KN23-04A 3.12 100         X   X
TC3 Domain Point Tembo KL23-17A 0.70   100     X   X  
TC7 Domain Point Tembo KL23-21A 1.21   100     X   X  
TC11 Domain Point Tembo GT23-06 1.44   100     X   X  
NC3 Domain Point North KN23-04A 1.92   100     X   X  
NC7 Domain Point North GT23-11 COM 1.27   100     X   X  
NF13 Domain Point North KN24-04A COM 1.34   100     X   X  
TC18 Domain Point Tembo KL23-21A /GT23-06 / KL23-17A 1.11   100       X   X
NC12 Domain Point North GT23-11 COM / KN23-04A 1.40   100       X   X
KL21-01A Point Blend Tembo KL21-01A 1.92 88   12          
KL07-06A Point Blend Tembo KL07-06A 1.25   88   12        
TC16 Domain Composite North KL23-21A / GT23-06 / KL23-17A 0.30       100 X   X  
NC10 Domain Composite North GT23-11 COM / KB23-04A 0.70       100 X   X  
TC15 Domain Composite Tembo KL23-21A / GT23-06 / GT23-07 0.11     100   X   X  
NC9 Domain Composite North GT23-11 COM / KN23-04A 0.17     100   X   X  
TC19 Blend Composite Tembo TC1 / 4 / 5 / 9 / 13 / 8 / 12 -     50 50        

 

Page 142 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Sample ID

 Type Zone Hole ID Nickel
Grade (%)		 End Member Composition (%) Testwork Scope
MSSX/
MSXI		 UMAF_1a LRPU/
BNPU		 UMAF_KAB BWi CWi Ai Grindmill
NC13 Blend Composite North NC 1 / 4 / 5 / 8 -     50 50        
TNC1 Blend Composite Tembo/North TC 1 / 4 / 5 / 9 / 13 / 8 / 12, NC 1 /4 / 5 / 8 -     55 45   X    
Design Blend Blend Composite Tembo/North TC 17 / 18 / 19, NC 11 / 12 / 13 2.00 60 22 13 5 X     X

 

Notes: CWi = Bond crusher work index; Ai = Bond abrasion index; ‘X’ indicates that testwork was conducted on this sample for the relevant testwork scope as indicated.

 

Page 143 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 10-5: Flotation Testwork Samples and Scope

 

Sample ID

 Type Zone End Member Composition (%) Head Assay (%) Testwork Scope
MSSX MSXI UMAF_1a Dilution Ni Cu Co Fe S Mg Mineralogy Open-
Circuit Bench		 Open-Circuit Bulk Locked-cycle Feed Oxidation
Comp1 Blend Composite Tembo 75   8 16 1.96 0.28 0.18 46.7 28.8 1.04 X X  X    
Comp2 Blend Composite North 84     16 1.98 0.30 0.17 45.3 28.4 1.00 X X X    
Comp3 Blend Composite North 81   3 16 2.26 0.34 0.17 47.1 27.1 0.49 X X X    
Comp4 Blend Composite North/Tembo 81   3 16 2.10 0.30 0.18 49.1 30.1 0.83 X X X X  
V10 Domain Composite North/Tembo 100       3.63 0.42 0.27 57.6 35.7 0.05   X   X  
V14 Blend Composite North/Tembo 57   32 11 1.78 0.28 0.16 41.7 25.6 1.82   X   X  
FC1 Blend Composite North 68   13 18 2.30 0.33 0.16 43.6 24.8 1.30 X X      
FC2 Blend Composite Tembo 37 20 34 10 1.67 0.21 0.13 39.7 21.3 3.70 X X      
FC4 Blend Composite North/Tembo 58 7 17 18 2.04 0.27 0.15 39.7 22.8 2.03 X X X    
V13 Domain Composite Tembo     100   1.29 0.19 0.10 31.1 16.1 7.27   X   X  
FC3 Blend Composite North     93 7 1.15 0.16 0.08 33.0 12.0 7.32 X X      
V1 Domain Composite North 100       3.02 0.39 0.24 57.7 35.0 0.03 X X      
V2 Blend Composite North 24 31   45 1.91 0.25 0.14 36.2 20.0 0.25 X X      
V3 Domain Composite North 100       4.13 0.47 0.28 58.6 35.8 0.06 X X      
V4 Domain Composite North 100       4.11 0.50 0.26 57.7 36.2 0.00 X X      
V5 Domain Composite Tembo 100       3.52 0.36 0.26 56.1 36.0 0.03 X X      
V6 Domain Composite Tembo 100       3.16 0.33 0.23 55.1 34.6 0.03 X X      
TF1 Point Blend Tembo   93   7 1.88 0.26 0.15 43.2 22.5 0.23 X X      
TF2 Point Blend Tembo 89     11 1.45 0.16 0.16 43.6 25.2 0.20 X X      
TF5 Point Blend Tembo 52 26 12 10 1.97 0.26 0.15 43.5 25.0 0.87   X      
NF1 Blend Composite North   84   16 2.06 0.24 0.14 37.3 17.5 0.25 X X      
TF7 Blend Composite Tembo     89 11 1.39 0.15 0.10 30.1 15.4 8.38   X      
V7 Domain Composite Tembo     100   0.84 0.11 0.08 24.6 12.1 9.07 X X      
V8 Domain Composite Tembo     100   1.67 0.20 0.13 35.2 20.4 5.42 X X      
V9 Domain Composite Tembo     100   1.35 0.26 0.10 33.5 15.9 7.24 X X      

 

Page 144 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Sample ID

 Type Zone End Member Composition (%) Head Assay (%) Testwork Scope
MSSX MSXI UMAF_1a Dilution Ni Cu Co Fe S Mg Mineralogy Open-
Circuit Bench		 Open-Circuit Bulk Locked-cycle Feed Oxidation
TF8 Point Blend Tembo     87 13 0.91 0.13 0.09 28.7 15.1 8.96   X      
NF12 Point Blend North     89 11 1.59 0.22 0.11 36.0 13.9 4.46   X      
NF13 Domain Point North     100   1.34 0.17 0.09 35.9 12.3 3.97 X X      
NF14 Point Blend North     91 9 0.95 0.14 0.09 34.9 12.8 9.25 X X      
OXA Blend Composite Tembo 75   25   2.40 0.30 0.19  48.9   28.1 -         X
NOX1 Domain Composite North 100       3.57 0.47 0.23 57.6 33.7 -         X
NOX2 Domain Composite North     100   1.00 0.13 0.09 33.8 12.8 -         X
TOX1 Domain Composite Tembo     100   1.13 0.14 0.11 33.8 17.5 -         X

 

Note: An ‘X’ indicates that testwork was conducted on this sample for the relevant testwork scope as indicated.

 

Page 145 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 10-6: Flotation Concentrate and Tailings Product Testwork Samples and Scope

 

Sample ID

 Zone Sample Source Testwork Scope
Tails Geo-
chemistry		 Backfill Settling and
Filtration		 Concentrate
Regrind		 Tails
Pumping		 Rheology Concentrate Characterization
Non-Sulfide Tails North/Tembo Comp 1, 2,3 and Phase 1 Variability Products X X X X        
Sulfide Tails/Pyrrhotite Concentrate North/Tembo Comp 1, 2,3 and Phase 1 Variability Products X X X X        
Concentrate – Comp 3 North Comp 3 Final Concentrate       X        
Concentrate – Comp 4/Early Years Blend (EYB) North/Tembo Comp 4 Final Concentrate       X        
BT74 Concentrate North Comp 3 Rougher Concentrate         X      
Sulfide Tails/Pyrrhotite Concentrate North/Tembo Comp 1, 3, 3 and 4 Products           X X  
Non-Sulfide Tails North/Tembo Comp 3, 4 and Phase 1 Variability Products             X  
Blend Tails North/Tembo Comp 3 BT 79             X  
Final Concentrate North/Tembo EYB, FC4 and Hydrometallurgical Pilot Plant Concentrate Blend Composite               X

 

Note: An ‘X’ indicates that testwork was conducted on this sample for the relevant testwork scope as indicated.

 

Page 146 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

10.3.3Feed Characterization and Mineralogy

 

In total, 21 feed samples, representing the end member units MSSX, MSXI, and UMAF_1a with varying amounts of dilution (0% to 18%), were sent for mineralogical analyses and characterization. The objective of the mineralogical investigation was to identify the minerals present, characterize the base metal sulfides with respect to grain sizes, liberation characteristics and mineral associations, and describe their mode of occurrence.

 

The feed samples were crushed and milled to 80% passing 100 µm, screened and de-slimed to produce separate +106 µm, −106 µm/+53 µm, −53 µm/+20 µm, and −20 µm/+5 µm size fractions for the QEMSCAN analysis.

 

A summary of the feed mineral abundance in these samples is presented in Figure 10-5 and the chemical analysis for the MSSX, UMAF_1a and Tembo, North and the LoM blend composites is presented in Table 10-7.

 

 

Notes: T = Tembo, N = North, LoM = Life of Mine.

 

Figure 10-5: Feed Sample Mineral Abundance

 

Table 10-7: Feed Sample Chemical Analysis

 

Sample Description

 Feed Analysis (%) Feed Analysis (ppm)
Ni Fe S Si Al Mg Cr Ca Hg As Bi Pb Cd Zn 3E + Au4
Tembo
MSSX 1.8 47 27 7.3 2.1 1.0 0.2 0.2 0.02 46 1.7 51 2.0 184 0.17
UMAF_1a 1.3 31 16 13 2.0 7.4 0.5 0.8 < 0.01 63 2.3 52 3.0 233 0.24
Blend1 1.7 40 21 10 2.2 3.7 0.2 0.4 0.01 61 1.9 49 1.5 136 –
North
MSSX 2.5 49 29 6.0 1.8 0.6 0.2 0.3 0.02 78 2.8 77 2.4 158 0.19
UMAF_1a 1.2 33 12 12 1.9 7.3 0.3 0.7 < 0.01 175 9.9 251 2.5 286 –
Blend2 2.3 44 25 7.7 2.0 1.3 0.1 0.3 0.01 95 4.0 106 3.0 242 –
LoM Blend3 2.0 40 23 9.4 2.3 2.0 0.1 0.3 0.01 78 3.3 87 2.0 210 –

 

Notes:

1 The Tembo blend comprised 57% MSSX/MSXI, 34% UMAF_1a and 10% dilution aligned to requirements at the time of testing.
2 The North blend comprised 68% MSSX/MSXI, 13% UMAF_1a and 18% dilution aligned to requirements at the time of testing.
3 The LoM blend comprised 65% MSSX/MSXI, 17% UMAF_1a and 18% dilution aligned to requirements at the time of testing.
4 3E+Au refers to the combined Pt, Pd, Rh and Au.

 

Page 147 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Overall, the mineralogy and feed characterization assessments were aligned to historical testwork findings, indicating the following:

 

●The primary lithologies reflect massive sulfides (MSSX containing 71% to 98% sulfides), massive sulfide with xenoliths of metasedimentary or gabbro/ultramafic rock (MSXI containing 55% to 61% sulfides), and semi-massive to net and reverse net-textured sulfides hosted within ultramafic bodies (UMAF_1a containing 36% to 63% sulfides).

 

●Samples were comprised of pentlandite, pyrrhotite, and chalcopyrite as the primary sulfide minerals in combination with varying amounts of sedimentary and ultramafic gangue.

 

●Nickel is predominantly present as pentlandite with some violarite.

 

●Copper is contained in the chalcopyrite.

 

●Cobalt deportment in the feed was not indicated; however, the mineralogical analysis of the flotation tailings and concentrate product streams determined that cobalt was deported within the pentlandite. This is aligned with the historical mineralogical findings, where pentlandite was reported to contain approximately 2.4% cobalt.

 

●Pyrrhotite is the predominant gangue mineral, particularly in the MSSX and MSXI lithologies.

 

●Nickel was well liberated at the feed grind size of 80% passing 100 µm, with the > 90% liberation class ranging from 92% to 95% for the MSSX samples, 83% to 93% for the MSXI samples, and 73% to 92% for the UMAF_1a samples. Poorly liberated nickel predominantly occurred as binary particles associated with pyrrhotite and silicates. Copper was also found to be well liberated. The samples also contained approximately 0.2 g/t of platinum-group elements (PGEs).

 

●The magnesium in the feed was low in the MSSX (< 1%) samples but elevated in the UMAF_1a samples (~7.5%) and increased relative to the proportion of UMAF_1a in the blend samples.

 

●These samples contained low levels of mercury (< 0.02 ppm), arsenic (46–175 ppm), bismuth (1.7–9.9 ppm), lead (49–251 ppm), zinc (136–286 ppm). These trace elements at the low levels detected are not expected to cause any issues in third party smelters and/or refineries.

 

●The mineralogical and chemical analysis data show that the massive and semi-massive sulfides (MSSX and MSXI) from both North and Tembo have a similar mineral abundance, nickel and iron deportment, and liberation characteristics. Similarly, the UMAF_1a samples from both North and Tembo also had similar mineralogical characteristics.

 

 ●Comparatively, the primary MSSX end member samples, the MSXI samples had a similar nickel mineralization; however, the MSXI samples were less liberated (~4% lower), had a marginally finer grain size and were of a lower grade, containing higher levels of impurities. The UMAF_1a samples also had a similar nickel mineralization to that of the MSSX samples; however, the UMAF_1a samples were less liberated (~8% lower), exhibited a finer grain size, and were of a lower grade, with higher levels of impurities.

 

Mineralogy has demonstrated the material characteristics of the Kabanga samples are amenable to processing using conventional comminution and flotation techniques.

 

10.3.4Comminution Testwork

 

Comminution testwork was undertaken on MSSX, MSXI, UMAF_1a, and waste dilution samples to characterize the competency of each material type. The comminution testwork included the Bond crusher work index (CWi), BWi, and Bond abrasion index (Ai) tests in combination with Grindmill batch milling tests. Additionally, concentrate regrind testwork was also conducted on a rougher concentrate sample to confirm the grinding energy requirements for the concentrate regrind duty.

 

The comminution testwork confirmed the previous testwork findings, demonstrating that:

 

●The MSSX samples can be classified as soft with respect to crushing, with an average CWi of 5.7 kWh/t to 6.5 kWh/t. In comparison, the UMAF_1a samples exhibited a significant variance in hardness, with the North sample classified as soft with a CWi of 11.6 kWh/t, while the Tembo UMAF_1a composite was classified as hard, with a CWi of 20.3 kWh/t. The waste composite was classified as medium hard, with a CWi of 17.7 kWh/t.

 

Page 148 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

●The MSSX samples were classified as soft to medium hard with respect to ball milling, with a BWi ranging from 8.4 kWh/t to 10.9 kWh/t. In comparison, the BWi ranged from 13.2 kWh/t to 16.9 kWh/t for the UMAF_1a samples, classifying them as medium to hard. The LRPU / BNPU waste composite had an average BWi of 14.3 kWh/t, which was similar to the BWi of the UMAF_1a samples, while an average BWi of 17.7 kWh/t was reported for the UMAF_KAB waste sample, classifying it as hard.

 

●All the samples had a low abrasion tendency, with an Ai ranging from 0.05 to 0.16 and averaging 0.061. For reference, an Ai of 0.2 to 0.5 is considered to reflect a medium abrasion tendency, while an Ai greater than 0.5 is considered abrasive.

 

●Concentrate regrind testwork by STM, using a vertical regrind mill (VRM) 5 test unit highlighted the relatively soft nature of the sulfide rougher concentrate, requiring a specific grinding energy of 3.9 kWh/t to reduce the 80% passing particle size from 55 µm to 35 µm.

 

The current comminution testwork, in combination with the historical testwork, provided sufficient data to derive comminution circuit design parameters for a flowsheet trade-off assessment, which resulted in the selection of a two-stage crushing circuit, and two identical 1.7 Mtpa ball milling trains for a combined capacity of 3.4 Mtpa.

 

10.3.5Ni-Cu-Co Flotation Testwork

 

In addition to the historical flotation testing, BV conducted extensive flotation testwork for the current program, which included 163 open-circuit bench-scale tests, 8 bench-scale locked-cycle tests, 124 open-circuit bulk flotation tests and 96 rougher kinetic feed oxidation tests.

 

The aim of the testwork was to further characterize the flotation response, optimize the flowsheet, evaluate the degree of variability and generate bulk concentrate and tailings samples for the downstream, dewatering, and other characterization testwork.

 

The flotation program included initial flowsheet development and optimization assessments, followed by open-circuit variability testing to quantify the expected metallurgical performance and highlight the degree of variability to be expected when processing blends of MSSX, MSXI, UMAF_1a, and waste dilution. Additionally, open-circuit bulk flotation testwork was conducted to generate bulk concentrate and tailings samples for the downstream, dewatering, and other characterization testwork.

 

The key results and findings from the current flotation testwork program are summarized in the following subsections.

 

10.3.5.1Flowsheet Development Testwork

 

The open-circuit bench-scale flotation flowsheet development testwork aimed to confirm the optimal grind size, reagent regime, operating conditions, and flowsheet configuration.

 

Primary Grind Size Optimization

 

During the flowsheet development testing, the primary grind size was varied for select samples as part of the optimization process. A summary of the rougher flotation nickel recovery grade as a function of grind size for these tests is shown in Figure 10-6.

 

Page 149 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 10-6: Bench-Scale Open-Circuit Grind Optimization Test Results

 

The key findings of the grind optimization testwork can be summarized as follows:

 

●The historical primary grind size of 80% passing 100 µm was confirmed as optimal for the FC4 LoM Blend Composite and the MSSX-rich North Deep and North Shallow composites.

 

●The tests however also showed the potential for an improved recovery when targeting a finer primary grind of 80 µm to 85 µm for the Tembo Blend (~34% UMAF_1a) and Tembo UMAF_1a composites.

 

Reagent Regime and Flowsheet Configuration

 

The historical nickel flotation feed solids concentration of 35% (w/w) and reagent regime comprising lime as a pH modifier, Potassium ethyl xanthate (PEX) collector, Aero 3477 promoter, sodium sulfite (Na2SO3) as a pyrrhotite depressant, Methyl isobutyl carbinol (MIBC) frother, and Carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC) as a silicate depressant was also confirmed with the following observations:

 

●The additional inclusion of Aerophine 3418A promoter in the rougher and cleaner circuit showed potential for improved nickel/iron selectivity and increased copper recovery.

 

●The addition of 500 g/t to 650 g/t of carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC) to depress magnesium silicate gangue minerals was found to be beneficial for the UMAF_1a and blend samples, which contained > 2% magnesium in the feed.

 

●The addition of 100 g/t to 300 g/t of sodium sulfite to depress iron in the cleaner circuit was found to be beneficial for the MSSX and MSXI samples. Sodium sulfite addition showed no benefit for the UMAF_1a samples.

 

Flowsheet development and optimization testing also showed that:

 

●Inclusion of rougher concentrate regrinding (P80 ~ 35–45 µm) improved the final concentrate nickel grade by approximately 1.0% to 2.0% when compared to tests with no regrind.

 

●A split cleaner configuration including a Jameson Cell in the final high-grade (HG) cleaner and medium-grade (MG) re-cleaner duties improved the nickel upgrade profile, also increasing the nickel grade by approximately 2% to 3%.

 

Page 150 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

10.3.5.2Open-circuit Bulk Flotation Testwork

 

A total of 124 open-circuit bulk flotation tests (13 kg each) were conducted. To meet the downstream, dewatering, characterizations and other testwork timelines, the bulk flotation testwork program was conducted early in the program, using the preliminary bench-scale flotation conditions derived from the historical testwork findings to produce approximately:

 

●173 kg of bulk concentrate with an average nickel grade typically ranging from 14% to 17% at an open-circuit nickel recovery of 82% to 88%.

 

●750 kg of pyrrhotite tailings with an iron grade of approximately 59% and a non-pyrrhotite rougher tailings stream with a sulfur content typically ranging from 5% to 10%.

 

10.3.5.3Open-circuit Flotation Variability Testwork

 

The flotation testwork program included a series of open-circuit cleaner variability tests on 26 MSSX, MSXI, UMAF_1a, and blend samples. A variable performance was observed as shown in Figure 10-7, where the MSSX samples (> 80% sulfides) achieved a superior upgrade profile in comparison to the MSXI samples, which in turn showed a superior upgrade profile relative to the UMAF_1a samples. For all the end member types, the final concentrate open-circuit test nickel recovery and grade increased as the head grade increased.

 

 

Figure 10-7: Optimized Bench-Scale Open-Circuit Cleaner Variability Test Nickel Grade-Recovery Curves

 

Examples of final cleaner concentrate from the open-circuit cleaner variability testwork are shown in Figure 10-8.

 

Page 151 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 10-8: Open-Circuit Cleaner Flotation Concentrate

 

The open-circuit flotation testwork also highlighted a difference in flotation performance between the bench-scale tests and the larger bulk-scale tests as summarized in Table 10-8. The bulk-scale tests typically achieved a higher nickel grade at a similar recovery. A similar observation was made in the historical testwork, where the MPP runs were able to achieve higher concentrate grades than the bench-scale flotation tests.

 

Table 10-8: Bulk-Scale versus Bench-Scale Performance

 

Sample ID

 Description Rougher Mass Pull (%) Rougher Nickel Recovery (%) Rougher Cobalt Recovery (%) Rougher Copper Recovery (%)
Bench Bulk Bench Bulk Bench Bulk Bench Bulk
Comp 4 Early Years Blend 19.2 17.6 89.3 90.5 92.7 94.1 96.5 98.4
Comp 3 North Deep 17.1 26.6 88.2 91.0 91.0 91.0 97.6 98.8
FC4 LoM Blend 24.4 31.0 87.9 90.4 90.9 91.9 96.7 96.8

 

10.3.5.4Locked-cycle Flotation Testwork

 

The flotation testwork program included eight bench-scale locked-cycle tests on four composite samples. The locked-cycle tests each included six cycles and incorporated the filtration and recycle of process water to the flotation circuit for cycles 2 to 6. The results of the locked-cycle tests are summarized in Figure 10-9.

 

 

Notes: LCT = locked-cycle test, OCT = open-circuit testwork, OPT = optimum operating point.

 

Figure 10-9: Locked-Cycle Testwork Nickel Grade-Recovery Curves

 

Page 152 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The locked-cycle test balance accountability for nickel ranged from 91% to 103% with fast flotation kinetics and low circulating loads (approximately 5% to 15%) for all the samples. The tests typically achieved stability within three to four cycles with the key findings summarized as follows:

 

●Two tests were conducted on each sample with each test falling on the same overall grade recovery curve; however, performance was strongly dependent on the mass pull.

 

●Aligned with the open-circuit variability test results, the MSSX samples containing > 80% sulfides achieved a superior upgrade profile in comparison to the UMAF_1a sample.

 

●A blend sample containing ~30% UMAF_1a achieved a result aligned with the expected performance based on the mathematical blend ratio of MSSX to UMAF_1a in the feed.

 

●The final concentrate nickel recovery and grade were found to increase as the head grade increased.

 

●Careful mass pull targeting was required during the test to achieve both high recovery and grade. The testwork indicated that the overall mass pull target and operating point could be adjusted by modifying air addition and scrape rates to increase/reduce the mass pull.

 

●There was no evidence of reduced rougher or cleaner flotation performance due to the recycle of process water (filtrate) during Cycles 2 to 6.

 

●Overall performance projections derived from the locked-cycle tests indicated the potential to achieve:

 

-A nickel recovery of 88.8% to 89.5% at a final concentrate nickel grade of 18% for the MSSX-rich samples. A nickel recovery of 74.2% at a final concentrate nickel grade of 12% for a UMAF_1a composite sample.

 

-A nickel recovery of 74.2% at a final concentrate nickel grade of 12% for a UMAF_1a composite sample.

 

-A nickel recovery of 84.4% at a final concentrate nickel grade of 15% for a blend sample (containing 57% MSSX, 32% UMAF_1a and 11% dilution). Based on the mine plan data at the time, this sample was expected to represent the upper extremity of UMAF_1a in the mill feed.

 

●Mineralogy was conducted on the concentrate and tailings test products from the locked-cycle test on variability sample V14 representing at the time the upper extremity of UMAF_1a in the mill feed blend. The key findings were as follows:

 

-The concentrate mineral and elemental deportment assessments confirmed that nickel in the concentrate was present as pentlandite and that it was well liberated (~97%). This is aligned with the historical testwork findings.

 

-Copper in concentrate was present as chalcopyrite, and cobalt was present in the pentlandite. The deportment of cobalt in the pentlandite is aligned with the historical mineralogical analysis and mineralogical interpretation provided by the site geologist.

 

-The liberation data analysis indicates that 97% of all the pentlandite in the concentrate is liberated, which reflects a high degree of liberation.

 

-Approximately 34% of the iron in the concentrate was present as pyrrhotite, with approximately 60% in the combined pentlandite and chalcopyrite minerals, while the remainder deported to the chlorite, silicate, pyroxene, and amphibole phases. The mineralogical data confirmed high pyrrhotite rejection in both the rougher and cleaner circuit, with ~2% recovery of pyrrhotite to the final concentrate.

 

-Tailings grain size data indicated that approximately 20% of the nickel (pentlandite) losses in the rougher tailings stream are coarse particles (+100 µm/−300 µm), 46% are in the +20 µm/−100 µm size fraction, and a further 35% were finer than 20 µm.

 

-Nickel (pentlandite) losses to the cleaner tailings stream were predominantly in the −10 µm size fraction (~66%), which is typically difficult to recover by flotation. The high pentlandite losses to the −10 µm fraction in the cleaner scavenger tails stream would also suggest that the design of the regrind circuit should aim to limit overgrinding and the generation of -10 µm fines with the inclusion of a pre-classification cyclone.

 

Page 153 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

●The locked-cycle test results were used in combination with the historical MPP and optimal FS bulk flotation tests to derive a correlation between the nickel upgrade ratio in the final cleaner concentrate relative to the rougher concentrate grade and the cleaner stage recovery (described as the ratio of the final cleaner concentrate recovery relative to the nickel recovery to the rougher concentrate). These correlations were used to derive a comparative closed-circuit performance projection for each sample based on the open-circuit test results with the following observations:

 

-Locked-cycle performance projections derived from open-circuit cleaner data were found to be in good agreement with the actual locked-cycle test results as summarized in Table 10-9.

 

-Similarly, it was found that the closed-circuit cobalt recovery could be modeled from the open-circuit data using the same stage recoveries as applied for nickel, while for copper, a fixed cleaner stage recovery of 98.9% for MSSX and 95% for UMAF_1a could be applied to the rougher recovery data.

 

Table 10-9: Comparative Locked-Cycle versus Open-Circuit Testwork Performance Projection 

 

Sample ID

 Locked-Cycle Test Projection Open-Circuit Testwork Modeled
Mass Pull
(%)		 Ni Grade
(%)		 Ni Recovery
(%)		 Mass Pull
(%)		 Ni Grade
(%)		 Ni Recovery
(%)
Comp 4 10.0 18.0 88.8 10.0 18.0 88.4
V10 16.8 18.5 89.5 16.9 18.5 89.9
V13 7.3 12.0 74.2 7.1 12.0 71.6
V14 9.8 15.0 84.4 9.8 15.0 84.4

 

It was also noted that the testwork on blend samples showed good agreement between the actual blend results and the modeled math blend results using the respective MSSX and UMAF_1a recovery and grade modeling correlations for blends containing up to 20% UMAF_1a with potential for a reduced concentrate grade and recovery for blends containing approximately 35% to 40% UMAF_1a and above. This finding is aligned with the historical testwork findings.

 

10.3.5.5Feed Oxidation Assessments

 

The feed oxidation tests reflecting simulated warm, humid conditions for the relatively finely crushed material (< 30 mm) with a high degree of surface exposure showed a reduction in rougher recovery after the first week for the MSSX samples and after two to six weeks for the UMAF_1a samples. It was, however, not possible to test the oxidation potential of the coarser material more reflective of the expected RoM material (< 800 mm) using the core samples.

 

10.3.5.6Ni-Cu-Co Flotation Testwork: Summary of Key Design Outcomes

 

Based on the flotation testwork findings, the Ni-Cu-Co flotation circuit flowsheet will incorporate a pre-aeration stage in a controlled alkaline environment to depress pyrrhotite ahead of the alkaline rougher and cleaner flotation circuits for the recovery of nickel, copper and cobalt sulfide minerals to the final concentrate. The cleaner flowsheet includes Jameson Cell dilution cleaning of the HG rougher concentrate in combination with regrind, cleaning, and Jameson Cell dilution re-cleaning of the medium-grade rougher concentrate. A cleaner scavenger circuit will treat the cleaner tailings to ensure optimal nickel recovery.

 

To ensure optimal flotation performance, the mine production will be managed to maintain the proportion of UMAF_1a in the concentrator feed nominally below 20% UMAF_1a and limited to a maximum of 30%, with a design allowance for stockpiling and blending of the UMAF_1a material ahead of the Concentrator to ensure a consistent blend ratio of ≤ 20% UMAF_1a in the concentrator feed.

 

The potential for feed oxidation will also be mitigated by adopting a coarse blast fragmentation particle size distribution (PSD), limit the time between blasting and processing, limit the storage time of the crushed RoM material ahead of the milling circuit and the use covered concrete silos for crusher circuit product storage ahead of the mills.

 

Page 154 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The optimized flotation circuit testwork flowsheet, inclusive of Jameson Cell dilution cleaning for the final cleaner duties is presented in Figure 10-10. This flowsheet has been used as the basis of design for the current FS.

 

 

Note: In the flows depicted above, the flotation cell underflow streams refer to the flotation products in all cases.

 

Figure 10-10: Flowsheet Development Testwork – Optimal Nickel-Copper-Cobalt Flotation Circuit Flowsheet (Locked-cycle Variation)

 

10.3.6Pyrrhotite Flotation Testwork

 

The testwork program also included pyrrhotite flotation testwork, which aimed to evaluate the potential for the recovery of pyrrhotite from the nickel-copper-cobalt flotation tailings. The testwork was conducted on nickel-copper-cobalt rougher tailings samples generated from the main Ni-Cu-Co flotation program.

 

The pyrrhotite rougher flotation variability tests achieved an iron stage recovery of 67% to 94%, averaging 83%. Testing on blend samples achieved a pyrrhotite rougher flotation stage recovery of 89% to 90% at an average concentrate iron grade of 60%, producing a non-pyrrhotite tails stream with an iron grade ranging from 16% to 20% and a sulfur grade of 3% to 5%. The pyrrhotite recovery potential was also confirmed in the bulk flotation testwork, which produced approximately 750 kg of pyrrhotite flotation tailings containing approximately 59% iron (theoretical ~62%) and a non-pyrrhotite rougher tailings stream with a sulfur content typically ranging from 5% to 10%.

 

10.3.7Concentrate and Tailings Settling and Filtration Testwork

 

Settling and filtration testwork on concentration and tailings was conducted by Metso in Perth.

 

10.3.7.1Settling Testwork

 

The concentrate and tailings settling testwork was in good agreement with historical testing by equipment vendors, showing the concentrate and tailings to readily thicken to high density (> 65% solids (w/w)) with a summary of the optimal test results and operating conditions presented in Table 10-10.

 

Page 155 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 10-10: Concentrate and Tailings Settling Testwork Results

 

Parameter

 Unit Final
Concentrate		 Pyrrhotite
 Tailings		 Non-Pyrrhotite
Tailings
Flocculant Type   Magnafloc M155 Magnafloc M155 Magnafloc M155
Flocculant Dosage Rate g/t 2 to 4 6 15
Feed Solids Concentration % w/w 10 10 10
Settling Flux t/m2h 0.25 0.25 to 2.0 0.5 to 1.5
Solution Rise Rate m/h 2.6 1.2 to 9.6 2.4 to 7.3
Overflow Clarity mg/L < 100 < 100 < 100
Underflow Solids Concentration % w/w 75 to 77 80 to 85 67 to 74
Underflow Yield Stress Pa 70 to 105 > 600 48 to 114

 

10.3.7.2Filtration Testwork

 

Filtration testwork on the non-pyrrhotite tailings sample included an evaluation of pressure filtration, horizontal vacuum belt filtration and disk filtration technology. The results can be summarized as follows:

 

●The horizontal vacuum belt filtration tests achieved an instantaneous filtration rate of 1,649–1,758 kg D.S/m2h (kilograms dry solids per square meter per hour) to produce a filter cake with 10.4% w/w to 13.8% w/w moisture. A flocculant addition rate of < 3 g/t was required. This result gives an indication of the mass range of dry solids (kg D.S.) processed per unit area of filter medium (per m2) per hour of filtration time.

 

●The pressure filtration tests achieved an instantaneous filtration rate of 555 kg D.S./m2h, producing a filtrate cake with 10.8% w/w moisture.

 

●The preliminary vacuum disk filtration scouting tests were able to generate a filter cake with a moisture content of 17.5% w/w.

 

Pressure filtration testwork on the North Deep concentrate sample achieved a final concentrate moisture of < 10% w/w at a filtration rate of approximately 700–860 kg D.S./m2h for a filter feed solids concentration of 60% w/w as summarized in Figure 10-11. Based on this testwork, a filter feed solids concentration of 60% w/w to 65% w/w, a target filter cake product moisture of 9% w/w and a filtration flux of 500 kg D.S./m2h have been recommended as the basis of design.

 

 

Source: Metso 2023; Note: kg D.S./m2h =kilogram (dry solids) per square meter per hour.

 

Figure 10-11: Concentrate Moisture as a Function of Filtration Capacity

 

Page 156 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

10.3.8Tailings Rheological Characterization Testwork

 

P&C conducted flow behavior tests on three tailings samples which included a pyrrhotite tailings (sulfide tailings), non-pyrrhotite tailings (reduced sulfide tailings) and tailings blend composite, comprising 72% pyrrhotite tailings and 28% non-pyrrhotite tailings. Material characterization and vertical tube viscometer tests were conducted on all three samples. In addition, 100 nominal bore (NB) pipe loop tests were conducted on the pyrrhotite tailings sample.

 

The vertical tube viscometer testwork indicated that rheology plays an insignificant role at the tailings disposal design solids concentration of 40% w/w to 55% w/w and that rheology only becomes significant at a solids concentration of > 65% w/w.

 

The pipe loop tests confirmed that the tailings material is settling in nature. The pipe loop test data was used to model the pipeline pressure gradients and deposition velocity for the full-scale tailings transfer design.

 

10.3.9Concentrate Characterization Testwork

 

Concentrate characterization testwork was undertaken at Microanalysis in April 2025. The tests included determination of the Flow Moisture Point (FMP) and the associated Transportable Moisture Limit (TML), Angle of Repose (AoR), compacted bulk density, and self-heating characterization.

 

The testwork was conducted on four different Ni-Cu-Co final flotation concentrate product samples namely, a Pilot Plant (PP) concentrate feed sample from downstream hydrometallurgical testing, two concentrate samples from flotation testwork on the Early Years Blend (EYB) composite, and a concentrate sample from flotation testing on the LoM blend composite sample (FC4).

 

The concentrate TML was reported to range from 9.0% to 9.7%. The range reported is similar to historical testwork by SGS Lakefield which reported a TML of 8.9%.

 

The angle of repose ranged from 41˚ to 46˚ and the compacted bulk density ranged from 2.2–2.4 t/m3. It is possible that the bulk density may be marginally understated as the tests were done on small < 1 kg samples and the laboratory procedure did not incorporate tapping for compaction.

 

The current self-heating tests were undertaken to augment the work done historically. The historical work at both batch and bulk scale did not use the standard classification test method as used in these tests and was focused on characterizing the self-heating properties of bagged bulk samples. This testwork reported that the concentrate exhibited a degree of self-heating due to its high pyrrhotite content.

 

The current 2025 self-heating tests were limited by the sample available, resulting in the requirement to use a modified version of the standard self-heating test method which utilizes a smaller 25 mm sample cube rather than 100 mm sample cube. For all four samples, the results indicated that the concentrate sample material can be classified as packing group III (low danger) or “exempted”.

 

The Kabanga concentrate will be bagged in Flexible Bulk Containers (FBC). The current FS testwork and historical testwork indicated that the bagged concentrate can be transported by road and rail and shipped using conventional shipping management practices used for concentrates, including those such as the Kabanga concentrate that exhibits a level of self-heating. Further characterization testwork on larger samples is recommended to confirm this finding.

 

In addition to the characterization work completed, additional concentrate characterization testing is needed to prepare and support the required concentrate shipping documentation. This will include Transformation/Dissolution (TD), Dust Extinction Moisture (DEM), corrosion testing and toxicology testing required for an SDS (Safety Data Sheet) in combination with further confirmatory self-heating tests. This supports the hazard assessment and subsequent classification of concentrate for handling, packing, and transport, and will be conducted as part of the next phase of the Project.

 

10.3.10Testwork Quality Assurance and Quality Control

 

During Phase 1 of the current FS metallurgical test campaign, the geological core log interval assay data was compared to the BV assay data to assess whether any major bias or analytical deviation existed. No discernible bias was noted between the nickel, copper, cobalt, and sulfur assay values in comparison to the core log data. In addition, the feed sample comparisons fell within a 10% variance between the assay data and the core log data. The geological core log interval assay data did not report the iron assay values.

 

Page 157 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

For the duration of the BV flotation testwork program, the assayed and calculated grade for nickel, copper, cobalt, sulfur, and iron was monitored. The optimized test result data set reflects a nickel balance accountability of ±10% for 23 tests, ±14% for three tests, and ±20% for the remaining two tests. Similar trends were observed for copper, cobalt, iron, and sulfur. The balance accountability was deemed acceptable given over 80% of the tests fell within a ±10% accountability range and 90% of the test data set was within 15%. All the recovery data has been derived based on the calculated head grades derived from the test balances.

 

Comparative repeat assays were performed at BV on two of the bulk flotation tests and the final concentrate products from Locked-Cycle Test 2. The variance in nickel grade ranged from −1.9% to +5.0% (absolute), averaging +1.2% for the final concentrate product (12% to 20% nickel). A variance of +0.01% to +0.12% (absolute), averaging +0.05% was observed for the tails samples containing < 0.4% nickel.

 

The QA/QC assaying of select concentrate samples from the Phase 1 and Phase 2 testwork programs was conducted at three Perth-based laboratories (BV, SGS, and ALS) plus Simulus for a total of four laboratories. The standard deviation in nickel grade averaged 1.1% for the Simulus Laboratories/BV assay data set and 0.9% for the four-laboratory data set.

 

10.4Concentrator Metallurgical Performance Projection

 

10.4.1Summary of Testwork Data Used

 

Closed-circuit performance projections derived from the open-circuit bench and bulk flotation testwork data were used in combination with the locked-cycle test results and historical MPP test results to derive a metallurgical performance projection for the Kabanga Concentrator.

 

A summary of all the test data used for Concentrator metallurgical performance modeling is presented in Table 10-11.

 

Table 10-11: Summary of Test Data Used for Concentrator Recovery Modeling

 

Sample ID

 Test Type1 Feed Blend Ratio Feed (%) Concentrate (%)
MSSX MSXI UMAF_1a Diln. Ni
Grade		 Mass
Pull		 Ni
Grade		 Ni
Rec.		 Co
Rec.		 Cu
Rec.
V6 OCP 100 – – – 2.78 11.9 20.9 89.5 94.1 97.0
V5 OCP 100 – – – 3.08 13.8 20.1 90.0 94.8 97.2
V1 OCP 100 – – – 3.05 15.7 17.6 90.4 91.2 97.5
V3 OCP 100 – – – 3.74 17.5 19.5 91.2 92.1 97.2
V4 OCP 100 – – – 3.73 18.9 18.2 92.4 93.1 97.6
V10 LCT 100 – – – 3.47 16.8 18.5 89.5 91.7 99.3
TF2 OCP 89 – – 11 1.46 10.7 11.0 80.1 87.7 92.0
NF4 OCP 92 – – 8 2.89 16.0 16.0 88.8 91.9 96.9
Comp 3 OCP 81 – 3 16 2.66 13.3 17.5 87.3 87.4 97.6
Comp 4 LCT 81 – 3 16 2.03 10.0 18.0 88.8 91.8 98.5
TF1 OCP – 93 – 7 1.70 10.1 14.0 83.6 87.7 97.1
NF1 OCP – 84 – 16 2.08 11.3 15.4 84.2 90.1 93.3
V7 OCP – – 100 – 0.66 3.2 11.2 55.1 57.7 82.5
V8 OCP – – 100 – 1.45 7.4 14.7 75.0 78.7 83.2

 

Page 158 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Sample ID

 Test Type1 Feed Blend Ratio Feed (%) Concentrate (%)
MSSX MSXI UMAF_1a Diln. Ni
Grade		 Mass
Pull		 Ni
Grade		 Ni
Rec.		 Co
Rec.		 Cu
Rec.
V9 OCP – – 100 – 1.36 7.2 14.1 74.6 76.1 83.8
V13 LCT – – 100 – 1.18 6.4 13.1 71.3 73.8 80.5
NF13 OCP – – 100 – 1.30 7.2 13.0 72.4 69.6 87.0
NF14 OCP – – 91 9 0.91 4.8 11.7 62.1 61.4 85.3
FC3 OCP – – 93 7 1.11 5.8 12.9 68.0 65.7 86.1
TF7 OCP – – 89 11 1.40 9.2 11.5 75.2 76.7 78.6
TF8 OCP – – 87 13 0.86 4.7 11.8 63.7 65.6 78.9
NF12 OCP – – 89 11 1.56 8.4 13.6 73.1 72.5 87.9
V14 LCT 57 – 32 11 1.75 9.8 15.0 84.4 88.2 94.4
FC1 OCP 68 – 13 18 2.35 12.0 17.2 87.8 89.8 96.6
FC2 OCP 37 20 34 10 1.62 9.6 13.0 76.7 81.3 92.3
FC4 OCP 58 7 17 18 2.04 10.4 16.8 85.8 88.9 94.2
V2 OCP 24 31 – 45 1.65 10.7 13.2 85.5 85.3 96.7
TF5 OCP 52 26 12 10 1.83 11.3 13.7 84.8 88.9 96.6
North Comp MPP 81 – 4 15 2.55 10.5 21.3 87.6 – 90.2
Tembo Blend MPP 83 – 3 14 2.16 9.8 19.6 88.6 – 93.6
LoM Blend MPP 83 – 5 12 2.41 11.0 19.6 89.3 – 91.6
Year 1-4 Blend MPP 83 – 2 15 2.38 9.0 22.0 83.3 – 78.4
LoM
Comp 2		 MPP 84 – 2 14 2.39 11.3 18.8 88.9 – 88.2

 

Note: OCP = open-circuit projection, LCT = locked-cycle test, MPP = mini pilot plant projection; Diln. = Dilution.

 

10.4.2Nickel Recovery Model Development

 

The testwork showed a strong relationship between the nickel feed grade, the concentrate mass pull, the concentrate nickel upgrade ratio (concentrate grade to feed grade), and recovery for all the samples. The nickel upgrade ratio (the percentage of nickel in the concentrate to the percentage of nickel in the feed) decreased with an increase in feed grade, while the concentrate mass pull increased as the upgrade ratio decreased.

 

Correlations were developed to describe the relationship between mass pull, upgrade ratio, and nickel recovery. The combination of these mass pull, grade, and recovery correlations result in a nickel recovery projection as a function of the nickel feed grade and concentrate upgrade ratio for the respective MSSX and UMAF_1a feed types as shown in Figure 10-12 and Figure 10-13 respectively.

 

Page 159 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 10-12: Nickel Recovery as a Function of Feed Grade: Modeling Output versus Testwork Performance

 

 

Figure 10-13: Nickel Recovery as a Function of Concentrate Upgrade Ratio: Modeling Output versus Testwork Performance

 

The modeling outcomes highlighted a difference in nickel recovery and concentrate grade performance between the MSSX and UMAF_1a material. The MSXI results were aligned with the MSSX performance curves, while the blend sample results were dependent on the proportion of UMAF_1a in the feed.

 

Further analysis was undertaken to confirm the accuracy of the blend performance projections of the weighted mathematical average math blend when applying the respective MSSX and UMAF_1a correlations to the individual end members in the composite.

 

A comparison of the actual versus modeled math blend nickel recovery relative to the percentage of UMAF_1a in the blend is shown in Figure 10-14, while the concentrate upgrade ratio comparison is shown in Figure 10-15.

 

Page 160 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 10-14: Nickel Flotation Recovery as a Function of the Percentage of UMAF_1a in the Feed Blend

 

 

Figure 10-15: Concentrate Nickel Upgrade Ratio as a Function of the Percentage of UMAF_1a in the Feed Blend

 

These curves illustrate that there is good agreement between the actual blend results and the modeled math blend using the respective MSSX and UMAF_1a recovery and grade modeling correlations for blends containing up to 20% UMAF_1a.

 

There was evidence of a divergence in performance with the actual test results, showing the potential for a reduced concentrate grade and recovery for blends containing approximately 35% to 40% UMAF_1a. This finding is aligned with the historical XPS flotation testwork findings, which indicated that blend processing achieved a result aligned with the expected math blend for a blend containing 10% UMAF_1a; however, a reduced performance was achieved for a blend containing 30% UMAF_1a.

 

To ensure optimal flotation performance, the mine production will be managed to maintain the proportion of UMAF_1a in the concentrator feed nominally below 20% UMAF_1a and limited to a maximum of 30%.

 

Page 161 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The final flotation concentrates produced for a range of feed blends are shown in Figure 10-16. The images show that there is no visually discernible difference in the concentrates for the feed blends comprising 3% to 100% UMAF_1a.

 

 

Figure 10-16: Final Concentrates Produced from Blend Processing Tests

 

The nickel recovery and concentrate grade predicted by the FS recovery correlations were compared to actual test results to verify the model. The modeled recovery compared to the actual test recoveries is shown in Figure 10-17, while the concentrate grade comparisons are shown in Figure 10-18.

 

The modeled nickel recovery and grade were found to fit the actual test data well, with a variance of ±2.0% (absolute) in the majority of instances.

 

 

Figure 10-17: Nickel Recovery Model Verification

 

Page 162 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 10-18: Nickel Concentrate Grade Model Verification

 

10.4.3Copper and Cobalt Recovery Model Development

 

The flotation testwork showed a strong relationship between cobalt recovery and nickel recovery, as shown in Figure 10-19. This is aligned with the expectations based on the mineralogy, which showed the cobalt in the concentrate to be deported within the pentlandite.

 

 

Figure 10-19: Cobalt Flotation Recovery as a Function of Nickel Recovery

 

The copper recovery was dependent on the copper feed grade, as shown in Figure 10-20.

 

Page 163 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 10-20: Copper Flotation Recovery as a Function of Copper Feed Grade

 

There is some uncertainty with respect to the UMAF_1a copper recovery, where the testwork showed the potential for a higher copper recovery than the modeled values for 50% of the samples tested. A conservative approach was adopted by modeling the lower recovery band. Note that there is the potential for a copper recovery upside for the UMAF_1a material during operations. This will not have a material impact on the economic modeling, as copper is not the key value driver and the UMAF_1a ore type accounts for only 8.6% of the total copper in the feed.

 

The cobalt and copper recovery correlations were also compared to the actual test results to verify the models, as shown in Figure 10-21 and Figure 10-22, respectively.

 

 

Figure 10-21: Cobalt Recovery Model Verification

 

Page 164 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

Figure 10-22: Copper Recovery Model Verification

 

The modeled cobalt and copper recovery was found to fit the actual test data well, with a variance of ±2.0% (absolute) in the majority of instances. As previously noted, a higher variance was evidenced for the UMAF_1a copper recovery, with the modeled recovery being noted as conservative.

 

10.4.4Ni-Cu-Co Concentrate Product

 

For the duration of the BV flotation testwork program, detailed chemical analysis was conducted on select concentrate product samples at BV and Simulus. This concentrate analysis is summarized in Table 10-12 below which also provides a summary of the concentrate analysis for concentrate produced during the historical MPP campaign.

 

The concentrate analysis reflects a range of different concentrates produced from the flotation testwork on a range of feed samples. The concentrate samples contained 14.5%–19.3% Ni, 1.2%–1.6% Co, 2.2%–4.0% Cu, 34%–42% Fe, and 29%–34% S. An indicative concentrate benchmarking comparison by CRU International Ltd (CRU) indicated that the concentrate can be regarded as a “clean” product with low penalty elements such as magnesium, chloride, lead and arsenic as detailed in Section16.

 

Page 165 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 10-12: Ni-Cu-Co Concentrate Chemical Analysis Summary

 

Feed Sample for Concentrate Production

 Value
Ni Co Cu Fe S MgO SiO2 Al Ca Mn Cr As Bi Sb Pb Zn Cd Cl + F Pt Pd Au Ag
% ppm
Comp 1: Tembo 14.5 1.38 2.74 37.1 29.3 1.19 7.22 0.85 0.30 0.03 0.10 71.2 5.10 6.70 242 180 17.4  - 0.06 0.31 0.08 6.60
Comp 1: Tembo 17.9 1.60 2.82 39.5 31.3 1.16 7.10 0.55 0.21 0.03 0.10 61.6 4.10 < LOD 143 72.0 12.8  -  -  -  -  -
Comp 2: North Shallow 16.6 1.49 2.69 36.8 30.1 1.37 6.83 0.64 0.30 0.03 0.10 41.2 4.00 5.80 182 155 11.9  - 0.45 0.32 0.18 6.60
Comp 2: North Shallow 18.6 1.59 2.59 38.2 30.7 1.45 7.71 0.48 0.24 0.03 0.09 40.1 3.20 < LOD 137 73.6 10.9 - -  - -  -
Comp 3: North Deep 19.2 1.51 3.96 40.0 32.4 0.39 4.06 0.31 0.12 0.02 0.05 38.6 6.00 < LOD 358 69.3 16.6  -  - -  -  -
Comp 4: EYB 15.5 1.49 2.47 37.9 30.7 1.11 6.78 0.69 0.21 0.00 - - - - - - - < 200 0.23 0.36 1.67  -
Comp 4: EYB 17.5 1.50 2.17 42.2 29.6 1.55 4.06 0.40 0.25 0.03 0.10 42.7 4.70 < LOD 138 95.0 8.80 -  -  - -  -
FC4: Mine Blend 17.4 1.39 2.23 33.6 33.6 2.35 14.0 0.50 0.10 0.03 0.05 132 11.4 13.5 302 104 5.85 -  -  - - -
V13: UMAF_1a 15.4 1.23 2.23 38.4 33.6 5.58 14.0 0.5 0.10 0.03 0.05 50.9 5.19 < LOD 143 77.9 5.85  -  -  - - -
Refinery PP Comp 17.1 1.34 3.01 41.9 32.9 1.78 6.02 0.53 0.18 0.03 0.11 39.0 1.20 < LOD 340 72.5 11.7 - - - - -
Historical MPP 19.3 - 2.81 40.1 33.0 0.57 2.31 - - - - 14.0 6.00 6.00 340 - -   0.25 0.4 0.13 8.00

 

Note: LOD = Level of detection.

 

Page 166 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

10.4.5Mill Scats

 

The comminution circuit modeling indicated an increase in scats production for the harder, lower-grade feed material (UMAF_1a and waste dilution) compared to the higher-grade MSSX material, which is comparatively less competent. The Concentrator recovery modeling thus incorporates provision for mill scats aligned with the comminution circuit design and modeling outcomes.

 

The modeled mill scats proportion relative to the nickel feed grade is shown in Figure 10-23.

 

 

Figure 10-23: Mill Scats as a Function of Nickel Feed Grade

 

Based on the comminution circuit modeling, the mill scats are expected to comprise low-grade silicate (non-sulfide) material, which is more competent than the massive and semi-massive sulfides. It has thus been assumed that the mill scats nickel grade will be similar to the residue grade of the non-sulfide pyrrhotite rougher tailings stream, as evidenced in the testwork. The resulting estimate for the mill scats nickel grade relative to the nickel feed grade is shown in Figure 10-24.

 

 

Figure 10-24: Estimated Nickel Grade in the Mill Scats

 

Page 167 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Similarly, the copper, cobalt, iron and sulfur grades in the mill scats have also been estimated based on the grade correlations evidenced in the testwork for the pyrrhotite rougher tailings, as follows:

  

●Scats cobalt grade = 0.0708 × scats Ni grade

 

●Scats copper grade (MSSX) = 0.0227 × Cu feed grade

 

●Scats copper grade (UMAF_1a) = 0.1317 × Cu feed grade

 

●Scats iron grade (MSSX)= 0.899e0.0609 x Fe feed grade

 

●Scats iron grade (UMAF_1a) = 7.3451e(0.0253 × Fe feed grade)

 

●Scats sulfur grade (MSSX) = 0.6272 × (Ni+Co+Cu+Fe) grade in scats-5.275

 

●Scats sulfur grade (UMAF_1a )= 0.1582 × (Ni+Co+Cu+Fe) grade in scats

 

10.4.6Pyrrhotite Concentrate Grade and Recovery

 

The Concentrator flowsheet includes a pyrrhotite rougher flotation circuit, which will aim to recover and upgrade pyrrhotite to the pyrrhotite concentrate stream. The separation of pyrrhotite allows it to be stored separately from the non-pyrrhotite tailings, which will be used for mine pastefill. It also allows for the pyrrhotite concentrate to be potentially repurposed in the future.

 

The pyrrhotite flotation testwork results were used to derive pyrrhotite rougher flotation concentrate iron grade and mass pull correlations for the MSSX and UMAF_1a samples as shown in Figure 10-25 and Figure 10-26.

 

 

Figure 10-25: Pyrrhotite Concentrate Iron Grade as a Function of Iron in Feed

 

Page 168 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 10-26: Pyrrhotite Concentrate Mass Pull as a Function of Iron in Feed

 

10.4.7Main Zone Metallurgical Behavior and Recovery Estimation

 

The historical testwork included limited mineralogical and flotation testwork on the MSSX samples from Main Zone, completed at the Falconbridge Technology Centre as part of the 2006 Scoping Study. No additional testwork was conducted on material from Main Zone as part of the FS.

 

A review of the historical mineralogical and flotation testwork resulted in a preliminary estimate of the potential recovery upside for the Main material at a finer primary grind (P80 of ~75 µm) and including concentrate regrinding. This review indicated that after optimization, the metallurgical response of the Main material could potentially be similar to that of the North and Tembo zones’ massive sulfides.

 

Considering that Main Zone is anticipated to be included in the mill feed blend from production in the later stages of the mine schedule (from Year 10) and constitutes 10% of the concentrator feed, it has been assumed that the North and Tembo MSSX and UMAF_1a recovery assumptions can be applied to Main Zone. Future testwork during implementation is required to validate this assumption.

 

10.4.8Summary of Recovery Algorithms

 

The recovery and grade algorithms for MSSX and UAMF_1a feed material are summarized in Table 10-13 and Table 10-14 respectively. The algorithms include simplified modeling parameters to account for the mill scats.

 

Table 10-13: MSSX Recovery Algorithms Based on Mill Feed

 

Page 169 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

ln = natural logarithm

 

Table 10-14: UMAF_1a Recovery Algorithms Based on Mill Feed

 

 

ln = natural logarithm

 

Page 170 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

10.4.9Production Ramp-Up, Commissioning, and Optimization

 

The modeled production profile used in the economic modeling includes a throughput ramp-up and recovery discount to cater for start-up, commissioning, and ramp-up as summarized in Table 10-15.

 

Table 10-15: Concentrator Throughput and Recovery Ramp-up

 

Production
Month

Throughput,

% of Design Capacity

 Recovery Ramp-up Reduction
(%, absolute)
Ni Co Cu
1 75 6.0 Calculated from Ni 6.0
2 85 5.0 Calculated from Ni 5.0
3 100 5.0 Calculated from Ni 5.0
4 100 2.5 Calculated from Ni 2.5
5 100 2.5 Calculated from Ni 2.5
6 100 2.0 Calculated from Ni 2.0
7 100 2.0 Calculated from Ni 2.0
8 100 1.0 Calculated from Ni 1.0
9 100 1.0 Calculated from Ni 1.0
10 100 – – –

 

The throughput ramp-up and recovery discount factors were based on benchmarked, actual data for a large copper concentrator in the Central African Copperbelt, which DRA implemented. The first phase of the benchmark concentrator plant was commissioned in 2021, and the second phase was commissioned in 2022. This project was deemed to reflect an appropriate benchmark due to its location, flowsheet, and recent commissioning and corresponds with the broader benchmarking of ramp-ups for simple, conventional flotation style concentrators.

 

With a single-phase execution strategy, the construction of both Concentrator 1.7 Mtpa trains will occur simultaneously, with the commissioning of these trains undertaken sequentially. This approach allows for best use of the commissioning team, and flexibility in ramping up the concentrator operations’ throughput. The first train will be commissioned initially, with the ability to turn down (reduce) its capacity by approximately 30% as per typical experience. This adjustment provides the plant with a wide continuous throughput window during commissioning and the initial years of operation, nominally from 1.2 Mtpa with one train operating at 70% design throughput, to 3.4 Mtpa with both trains operational.

 

The flexibility in capacity and dual train design will help accommodate any variances in ore quality or other operational factors particularly during the early stages. Given that the mine will experience a natural ramp-up in the initial months, in the short term, the Concentrator also has the ability to operate on a campaign basis for the first months of operation if required. The campaign approach can be tailored to best meet the production rate of the underground mine and manage any potential for sulfide oxidation of the feed.

 

Overall, the ability to adjust the operating schedule and capacity of the Concentrator during the commissioning phase and early production is designed to align with the mining ramp-up, and at the same time, help smooth the transition to full-scale operations. This strategy will be beneficial for the process plant and also allow the mine to ramp-up naturally without being a constraint on mining.

 

10.4.10Concentrator Performance Estimate

 

The Concentrator metallurgical performance projection was derived based on the FS mine plan in combination with the recovery algorithms as presented in Table 10-12 and Table 10-13 accounting for scats. The resulting weighted average mass balance for the Concentrator is summarized in Table 10-16.

 

Table 10-16: LoM Concentrator Summary Mass Balance

 

Description

 Mass Grade (%) Recovery (%)
Mt % Ni Co Cu Fe S Ni Co Cu Fe S
Concentrator Balance:
RoM Feed 52.2 100 1.98 0.15 0.27 35.0 24.0 100 100 100 100 100
Mill Scats 3.34 6.4 0.11 0.01 0.01 11.5 2.2 0.34 0.33 0.22 2.10 0.58
Ni-Cu-Co Concentrate 5.17 9.9 17.5 1.33 2.59 38.9 32.1 87.3 89.6 95.6 11.0 13.2
Pyrrhotite Tailings 25.1 48.0 0.43 0.02 0.02 57.0 30.7 10.3 7.6 3.1 78.2 61.3
Non-Pyrrhotite Tailings 18.7 35.7 0.11 0.01 0.01 8.51 16.7 2.00 1.80 1.00 8.7 24.9

 

Note: Values have been rounded.

 

Page 171 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The scheduled Concentrator throughput and nickel recovery profile over the LoM are summarized in Figure 10-27. The concentrate tonnage and contained nickel profile is presented in Figure 10-28.

 

 

Figure 10-27: LoM Concentrator Production Profile

 

 

Figure 10-28: LoM Concentrator Nickel Concentrate Production Profile

 

The modeled recovery and concentrate tonnage and grade profiles were based on the concentrator feed type and feed grade profiles in the FS mine schedule and include provision for ramp-up, commissioning, and optimization. They reflect the steady-state performance and do not consider any transient operations.

 

Page 172 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The Concentrator production profile ramps up to 3.4 Mtpa at steady state over a two-and-a-half-year period and will process a feed blend comprising predominantly MSSX, with UMAF_1a ranging from 4% to 28% and averaging 13% over the LoM.

 

The Concentrator will produce approximately 350 ktpa (dry) nickel-copper-cobalt flotation concentrate, containing 17.7% nickel at the steady-state 3.4 Mtpa production rate. The concentrate will contain approximately 2.6% copper, 1.3% cobalt, 32% sulfur, and an average of 0.6% magnesium oxide (MgO) over the LoM.

 

10.5QP Opinion – Concentrator

 

The metallurgical testwork has again demonstrated that a relatively simple, conventional crushing, grinding and flotation flowsheet, using a typical flotation reagent regime, could be used for the effective separation of pentlandite and chalcopyrite from the pyrrhotite and non-sulfide gangue.

 

Overall, the testwork provided sufficient data for process design, cost estimation, recovery modelling, and production forecasting. A conventional crushing, grinding, and flotation circuit is suitable for the proposed ore types to produce a concentrate product which is considered by CRU to be marketable with no expectation of incurring adverse pricing penalties due to excess impurities.

 

It is the opinion of DRA, responsible and acting as the QP for the Kabanga Concentrator, that the mineral processing and metallurgical testing undertaken in support of the Concentrator design is at a level that meets that required for an FS and represents good industry practice.

 

Page 173 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

11MINERAL RESOURCE ESTIMATE

 

The December 2024 Mineral Resource estimates for the Project are based on industry best practices, conform to the requirements of S-K 1300, and are suitable for reporting as current estimates of Mineral Resources. The Mineral Resource estimates discussed in this section are those prepared for the Project by the QP in December 2024.

 

11.1Mineral Resource Modeling

 

Mineral Resources for the Project have been estimated using industry best practices and conform to the requirements of S-K 1300 for reporting as Mineral Resource estimates.

 

The 2024 Mineral Resource estimate was completed by OreWin using Datamine software, with macros developed to estimate the full suite of component elements and density for each zone. All zones were estimated using the ordinary kriging method, with domain specific search and estimation parameters determined by variography and statistical analyses.

 

The estimate was completed on a truncated UTM grid (MG09 grid), with the following conversions:

 

●Subtract 200,000 from the easting

 

●Subtract 9,600,000 from the northing

 

●Add 10,000 to the elevation

 

Model cell size of 5 m x 15 m x 10 m (X x Y x Z), with sub-celling permitted, is the same as in previous models. The analysis used to determine the cell sizes was reviewed and is still considered valid.

 

11.22024 Mineral Resource Drillhole Database

 

The cut-off date for geological and analytical data for the 2024 Mineral Resource estimates was June 4, 2024.

 

Holes that had been drilled up to this date, but for which there remained outstanding assays or downhole survey information, were excluded. Prior to importing and desurveying drillhole data, the raw data was checked for any notable inconsistencies or errors.

 

Once imported into Datamine, drillholes were viewed in conjunction with surface topography to visually inspect and validate collar locations, hole traces, lithology, and mineralization.

 

11.3Mineral Resource Domain Interpretations

 

The Project host stratigraphy comprises an alternating sequence of three schists and two interbedded quartzites, which is chronologically overlain by two distinct pelite units, (the stratigraphic sequence at Kabanga is overturned, therefore, while it dips to the west–northwest, the younging direction is towards the east–southeast; hence the younger units are overlain by the older units).

 

Several mafic-ultramafic intrusion events have subsequently occurred within this sedimentary environment, sometimes along contacts between the pelite units, and at other times discordant with these contacts, bringing sulfide mineralization into the sequence.

 

Lithology and mineralization contacts were interpreted interactively on-screen using strings that were ’snapped’ (attached) to drillhole intercepts. This interpretation was undertaken on cross-sections that were spaced 5–10 m apart and were aligned perpendicular to the strike of mineralization. Owing to the gradual change in strike from south to north (i.e., Main Zone strikes approximately 005° while Tembo Zone strikes approximately 045°), the cross-section plane was adjusted along strike to remain perpendicular to mineralization, therefore, the cross-section plane is not always exactly parallel to the adjacent cross-section plane/s.

 

11.3.1Sedimentary Stratigraphic Interpretations

 

A robust model of the sequence of units within the sedimentary stratigraphy was achievable as a result of the plentiful drillhole intercepts available in the logging database.

 

Page 174 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Logged contacts between the schists, quartzites, and pelites were used to develop a Project-wide stratigraphy interpretation that is represented by detailed 3D surface wireframes for each stratigraphic unit.

 

11.3.2Intrusive Interpretations

 

Three distinct intrusive units were interpreted separately for the Main, MNB, Kima, North, and Tembo zones:

 

●Undifferentiated mafic-ultramafic intrusives, which are predominantly represented by the drillhole intervals logged as Kabanga Ultramafic (UMAF_KAB) lithology, but also serve as an ‘umbrella’ categorization for drillhole intervals logged as undifferentiated mafic (MAF) and Kabanga Gabbro (GAB_KAB),

 

●Mineralised ultramafic with > 30% sulfide component, which is represented by drillhole intervals logged as UMAF_1a, and

 

●Massive sulfide mineralization, which is a combination of drillhole intervals logged as massive sulfide (MSSX = > 80% sulfides), and massive sulfide with xenoliths (MSXI = ≥ 50% and < 80% sulfides).

 

Within these three intrusive units, separate mineralization interpretations were developed to represent discrete domains based on spatial continuity, intersecting geological structures, and geochemical characteristics and variability.

 

Solid wireframes were constructed to represent the various intrusive domains at each zone.

 

The logged stratigraphic contacts between the Banded Pelite (BNPU) and the Lower Pelite (LRPU) were used to interpret folding structures and unconformities to help orient and guide the mineralization interpretations.

 

Interpretation of discrete higher grade massive sulfide mineralization was undertaken, targeting logged MSSX and MSXI in combination for each zone. Lower grade mineralization (disseminated sulfides) in the adjacent ultramafic rocks was interpreted separately for the semi-massive nickel mineralization hosted in the logged UMAF_1a unit for each zone.

 

No nominal grade cut-off was used in the interpretation phase. Interpretations were initially based on logged lithology. These first-pass interpretations were then refined to exclude, where possible, drillhole intervals with disparate nickel tenor or absent assays. MSSX interpretations were at times permitted to capture logged BNPU or LRPU intervals of notable nickel grade (> 0.6% Ni) where these were in direct contact with MSSX or MSXI. For the ultramafic-hosted mineralization, intervals logged as any intrusive lithology with greater than 0.6% Ni were also considered for inclusion within the mineralization boundary.

 

At the peripheries of the drillhole dataset, end plate interpretation strings were created by projecting the last cross-section interpretation string past the extent of the drilling to distances of half the nominal drillhole spacing in the local area, with consideration for the vertical behavior of the mineralized zone by locating the end plate up-dip or down-dip (as appropriate) from the last drilled cross-section.

 

Because of the vertical undulation evident along strike in the Tembo mineralization, this domain was split into four domains to isolate southwesterly plunging and northeasterly plunging sub-zones (identified from southwest to northeast as Tembo South (TS), Tembo Central South (TCS), Tembo Central North (TCN), and Tembo North (TN) (see Figure 11-1)). Samples in each of these sub-zones were kept separate from the other sub-zones during all the resource estimation work.

 

The basal contact of the oxidized weathering zone was interpreted from the drillhole data and used to trim the top of the mineralized domains at Main Zone and the southern end of North Zone. Almost the entirety (98%) of the mineralization at Tembo is below the level of oxidation. Figure 11-1 is a 3D schematic long-section of the modeled mineralized zones.

 

A multivariate statistical analysis was completed for all domains within each zone. Some individual domains were combined where they were found to be statistically similar and could be plausibly related in a geological and spatial sense.

 

Page 175 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Note: Topography and oxidation wireframes are sliced on the long-section plane, whereas the drillholes and model are projected onto the plane (hence some drillholes appear to collar above topography).

 

Figure 11-1: Schematic Projected Long-section of the Kabanga Mineralized Zones (truncated UTM; looking northwest)

 

Page 176 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

11.3.3Grade and Lithology

 

The primary mineralized lithologies encountered in the Kabanga drilling logs are:

 

●Massive sulfide (MSSX) and a massive sulfide with xenoliths (MSXI).

 

●Ultramafic with disseminated sulfides (UMAF_1a).

 

●Contact pelites: sedimentary country rock at the contact with the massive sulfides or ultramafics. There are two types of pelite: the Banded Pelite (BNPU), and the Lower Pelite (LRPU).

 

Other lithologies, (gabbro, quartzite, etc.), for which samples have been assayed, are not significant in terms of mineralization tenor and frequency.

 

The Ni% box plot in Figure 11-2 shows all the represented lithologies across the Project.

 

 

Figure 11-2: Ni Box Plot for all Assayed Lithologies – All Zones

 

Subsequent discussion in this section will generally focus on the specifics of the North and Tembo zones, which collectively provide the most significant contribution to the overall Mineral Resource inventory.

 

11.3.3.1North Zone

 

The pie chart in Figure 11-3 shows that the main lithology of interest, in terms of number of assayed samples, is MSSX.

 

The grade characteristics of the mineralization types at North are shown in the box plots in Figure 11-4.

 

Page 177 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 11-3: Pie Chart of Assayed Lithologies – North Zone

 

Page 178 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

     
 

 

Figure 11-4: Box Plots for a Suite of Elements for the Three Predominant Mineralization Types – North Zone

 

Page 179 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

11.3.3.2Tembo Zone

 

For Tembo, a pie chart and box plots are shown in Figure 11-5 and Figure 11-6 respectively. Again, the main lithology of interest, in terms of number of assayed samples, is MSSX.

 

 

Figure 11-5: Pie Chart of Assayed Lithologies – Tembo Zone

 

The box and whisker plots in Figure 11-7 and Figure 11-8 summarize the grades for the main elements of interest in all mineralization types combined for North and Tembo respectively. A comparison of these plots shows clearly that North has higher tenor mineralization than Tembo.

 

Page 180 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

     
 

 

Figure 11-6: Box Plots for a Suite of Elements for the Three Predominant Mineralization Types – Tembo Zone

 

Page 181 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 11-7: Box Plot of Grades (Co, Cu, Ni, and S) for North Zone

 

 

Figure 11-8: Box Plot of Grades (Co, Cu, Ni, and S) for Tembo Zone

 

Page 182 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

11.3.4Drillhole Compositing

 

The purpose of compositing drillhole samples is to ensure that all samples have the same sample support. The term ’sample support’ is a geostatistical concept that relates to the space on which an observation is defined (i.e., length of a sample interval, volume of sampled material, percentage recovery, etc.).

 

While an analysis of drillhole sample lengths should always be undertaken, the act of compositing is not necessarily an essential step in the resource modeling and estimation process; it is only warranted in cases where sample support is disrupted by high variability of raw sample lengths in the dataset. The decision to composite or not, and what composite length to use if proceeding, (i.e., in the case where compositing is considered necessary), should therefore be based on statistical analysis of the particular dataset in question.

 

A review was undertaken of the raw sample lengths of the samples in the data from each zone. Sample length statistics examined for the 2024 work for North are shown in Figure 11-9 and for Tembo in Figure 11-10. The histograms show that the most prevalent sample length is 1 m. There is a second population of samples less than 1 m in length at all zones, and a population of samples of 2 m length at North.

 

Because of the large number of 1 m samples relative to any other length of sample, it was felt that compositing the 1 m samples to a coarser sample length would result in a statistically significant reduction in variance of the overall assay data, which is undesirable. Furthermore, the splitting of larger samples into smaller (1 m) samples would also result in an artificial reduction in variance by creating exact duplicate intervals from the larger original sample interval.

 

It was therefore decided to not composite the dataset to a common length on the basis that sample support was already reasonable, and the negative ramifications of compositing may, in this instance, outweigh any potential benefit from making the dataset more consistent in length.

 

 

Figure 11-9: Histograms of Sample Lengths –North Zone (where assayed)

 

Page 183 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 11-10: Histograms of Sample Lengths – Tembo Zone (where assayed)

 

11.3.5Top Cutting

 

Top cutting is a strategy used in grade estimation to limit the influence of anomalously high values, which may otherwise cause the overestimation of grades, by cutting their value back to a ceiling value determined using statistics or eliminating the data completely if the result is considered invalid.

 

Anomalously high values are generally readily observable on a log probability plot as being ‘off-trend’ of the lower grade values in the same domain (an inflection in the probability plot).

 

While an analysis of population statistics to determine the presence of anomalous values should always be undertaken, the act of top cutting is not necessarily an essential step in the resource modeling and estimation process; it is only warranted in cases where (a) influential anomalous populations exist, and (b) these occur in a spatial configuration that renders them unsuitable for segregation into separate domains (i.e. scattered pervasively, rather than co-located). The decision to top cut or not, and which data to cut (i.e., in the case where cutting is considered necessary), should therefore be based on statistical analysis of the dataset in question.

 

A statistical analysis was undertaken of the Ni, Cu, Co, and S grades within each mineralization type at each zone. While several high grades were identified, these were able to be constrained throughout the grade estimation process, therefore, no top cutting was applied.

 

One drillhole (P60-12) was removed from the dataset on the basis that it appears to be incongruent with the surrounding information. This hole has no survey data and is therefore assumed to be vertical – this could be the cause of the disparity in grade characteristics down the hole. This hole also has no lithological log, rendering it unable to be compared lithologically to surrounding holes.

 

11.3.6Boundary Treatment

 

Contact analysis was undertaken on all major component elements in each zone to determine the optimal treatment of samples at the boundaries of different zones of mineralization. Some examples of the contact plots are shown for Ni% across the INTR:UMIN boundary at North and Tembo (Figure 11-11) and across the UMIN:MSSX boundary (Figure 11-12).

 

Page 184 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

This analysis showed that the contrast between samples on either side of a mineralization boundary was definitive. This is not an unexpected finding given the differential in tenor of grade that was clearly evident at the time of interpretating the boundaries between the different mineralization types.

 

As a result, the decision was taken to treat all boundaries between different mineralization types as ‘hard’ boundaries that do not allow the intermingling of samples from adjacent domains.

 

 

Figure 11-11: Contact Plots for Ni% Across INTRUSIV:UMIN Boundary

 

 

Figure 11-12: Contact Plots for Ni% Across UMIN:MSSX Boundary

 

11.3.7Variography

 

Where sufficient samples existed, variograms were generated for all estimated constituents, including density, for all mineralization domains (MSSX, UMIN, and INTRUSIV), in all zones.

 

For the MSSX, it was often the case that the variograms were erratic from one lag to the next. It is considered that this reflects the narrow nature of the MSSX domains, resulting in small pair counts at any given lag, which can magnify the variability. Despite this, continuity was invariably able to be modeled where sufficient samples occur to form the variogram. Downhole variograms were generally robust.

 

Page 185 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Estimation of grades for all elements was undertaken by ordinary kriging using the variogram parameters that had been obtained for each component. Where a component / domain had insufficient samples to develop standalone variogram parameters, alternative parameters were assigned from a comparable domain that was selected following review of the statistical and geometrical characteristics of the domains in question.

 

11.3.8Search Parameters

 

Each mineralization type and zone combination had its own search strategy based on the learnings from the preceding statistical analyses and from visual observation or the characteristics of each.

 

The search strategy used is based on a four-pass approach to maximize the number of cells receiving estimates, while maintaining reasonably tight search ellipses in the first three passes.

 

The first search volume is an ellipse generally of the order of 120 x 120 x 40 m. Cells that fail to receive an estimate in the first search pass are then processed through a second search volume, which has a dimension multiplier generally (but not always) 2.5-times the initial volume. Likewise, cells that remain un-estimated are processed through a third search pass, with a search volume multiplier set to 5 times the initial volume. The fourth search volume is set to 20-times the initial volume in an effort to populate as many cells as possible.

 

Each search pass has its own minimum and maximum numbers of samples parameters. While the maximum rarely changed, the minimum number reduced slightly in each subsequent pass to permit estimation to succeed with slightly fewer samples thereby moderating the search distances within the larger search volumes of the second and third passes.

 

The maximum number of samples per drillhole criterion was utilized to help assure that estimates were based on more than one drillhole.

 

For some domains (not all), octant restrictions were imposed to force selection of samples from a variety of directions. For select domains, the process of ‘Dynamic Anisotropy’ was used to orient the search ellipse used to estimate each cell based on local variations in the interpreted mineralization boundaries. This process enables better capture of relevant samples for estimation, resulting in estimates that are locally appropriate.

 

Search parameters used for grade estimation are shown in Table 11-1.

 

Page 186 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 11-1: Grade Estimation Search Parameters

 

Zone Domain Description (and Domain No. where required) Search Pass
No.		 Search Distances Search Angles Octant Searching Min. No. Samp’s Search Vol. 2 Search Vol. 3 Max. No. 
Samp’s		 Dynamic Aniso-
      1 2 3 1 2 3 Used
(Y/–)		 Min.
No.
Octants		 Min.
Samp’s
per
Octant		 Max.
Samp’s
per
Octant		   Vol. Factor Min. No. Samp’s Vol. Factor Min. No. Samp’s per Hole tropy
Used
(Y/–)
MAIN MSSX 1/2/3 60 60 10 095 65 15 Y 2 2 6 8 2.5 7 5 6 5 Y
MAIN MSSX #3 1/2/3 60 60 20 095 -25 0 Y 2 2 6 6 5.0 5 10 4 5 Y
MAIN UMIN 1/2/3 60 40 20 095 60 15 Y 2 1 6 8 2.5 7 5 6 5 –
MAIN UMIN 16/17/18 1/2/3 60 40 20 095 60 15 – – – – 2 2.5 2 5 2 5 –
MAIN INTR 1/2/3 100 80 20 095 60 15 Y 2 1 6 8 2.5 7 5 6 5 –
MAIN MSSX 4 1,200 1,200 400 095 65 15 – 2 – – 6 – – – – 8 Y
MAIN MSSX #3 4 2,400 2,400 800 095 -25 0 – 2 – – 6 – – – – 8 Y
MAIN UMIN 4 1,200 1,200 400 095 60 15 – 2 – – 6 – – – – 8 –
MAIN UMIN 16/17/18 4 1,200 1,200 400 095 60 15 – 0 – – 2 – – – – 8 –
MAIN INTR 4 1,200 1,200 400 095 60 15 – 2 – – 6 – – – – 8 –
MNB MSSX 1/2/3 60 40 20 105 -75 -35 – – – – 6 2.5 5 5 4 5 Y
MNB UMIN 1/2/3 60 40 20 105 -75 -35 – – – – 6 2.5 5 5 4 5 –
MNB INTR 1/2/3 40 60 10 115 -45 45 – – – – 8 5.0 8 10 6 5 –
MNB MSSX 4 1,200 1,200 400 105 -75 -35 – – – – 6 – – – – 8 Y
MNB UMIN 4 2,400 2,400 800 105 -75 -35 – – – – 6 – – – – 8 –
MNB INTR 4 1,200 1,200 400 115 -45 45 – – – – 4 – – – – 8 –
NORTH MSSX 1/2/3 60 60 10 130 -65 -15 – – – – 8 2.5 8 5 6 5 Y
NORTH UMIN 1/2/3 60 60 10 130 -65 -15 – – – – 8 2.5 8 5 6 5 –
NORTH INTR 1/2/3 60 60 10 130 -85 -15 – – – – 8 2.5 8 5 6 5 –
NORTH MSSX 4 1,200 1,200 400 130 -65 -15 – – – – 6 – – – – 8 Y
NORTH UMIN 4 2,400 2,400 800 130 -65 -15 – – – – 6 – – – – 8 –
NORTH INTR 4 1,200 1,200 400 130 -85 -15 – – – – 6 – – – – 8 –
KIMA MSSX 1/2/3 60 60 10 130 -65 -15 – – – – 8 2.5 8 5 6 5 Y

 

Page 187 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

  

Zone Domain Description (and Domain No. where required) Search Pass
No.		 Search Distances Search Angles Octant Searching Min. No. Samp’s Search Vol. 2 Search Vol. 3 Max. No. 
Samp’s		 Dynamic Aniso-
      1 2 3 1 2 3 Used
(Y/–)		 Min.
No.
Octants		 Min.
Samp’s
per
Octant		 Max.
Samp’s
per
Octant		   Vol. Factor Min. No. Samp’s Vol. Factor Min. No. Samp’s per Hole tropy
Used
(Y/–)
KIMA UMIN/INTR 1/2/3 60 60 10 130 -65 -15 – – – – 8 2.5 8 5 6 5 –
KIMA MSSX 4 1,200 1,200 400 130 -65 -15 – – – – 4 – – – – 8 Y
KIMA UMIN/INTR 4 1,200 1,200 400 130 -65 -15 – – – – 4 – – – – 8 –
TEMBO TS & TCN UMIN/INTR 1/2/3 60 60 20 145 -80 20 – – – – 8 2.5 8 5 6 5 –
TEMBO TCS & TN UMIN/INTR 1/2/3 60 60 20 145 -75 -30 – – – – 6 2.5 8 5 6 5 –
TEMBO TS & TCN MSSX 1/2/3 60 60 20 145 -80 20 – – – – 8 2.5 8 5 6 5 Y
TEMBO TCS & TN MSSX 1/2/3 60 60 20 145 -75 -30 – – – – 6 2.5 8 5 6 5 Y
TEMBO TS & TCN UMIN/INTR 4 1,200 1,200 400 145 -80 20 – – – – 4 – – – – 8 –
TEMBO TCS & TN UMIN/INTR 4 1,200 1,200 400 145 -75 -30 – – – – 6 – – – – 8 –
TEMBO TS & TCN MSSX 4 1,200 1,200 400 145 -80 20 – – – – 4 – – – – 8 Y
TEMBO TCS & TN MSSX 4 1,200 1,200 400 145 -75 -30 – – – – 6 – – – – 8 Y

 

Notes:

 

1.The maximum number of samples permitted in each Search Volume = 14.
2.The rotation of the Search Angles occurs around axes 3 : 1 : 3.
3.UMIN’ is the domain field name incorporated into the cell model and drillhole files used to denote the presence (Code 1) or absence (Code 0) of ultramafic mineralization (corresponds to ‘UMAF_1a’ logging code in drillhole samples).
4.‘INTR’ in this table is a shortening of ‘INTRUSIV’, which is the domain field name in the cell model and drillhole files to denote the presence or absence of intrusive lithology.

 

Page 188 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

11.3.9Grade Estimation

 

Estimation was completed separately for each of the mineralized domains at each of the zones, and these zone models were then combined into one model representing the mineralization of the entire Project.

 

Grade (and density) estimation was undertaken using ordinary kriging for each domain.

 

Inverse distance weighting to the power of 2 (ID2) was used to estimate a select group of components in each domain for validation purposes. The global tonnes and grades were compared for each estimation method, as a check for gross errors in the kriging parameters.

 

An example cross-section showing Ni% grade estimates at North Zone is shown in Figure 11-13 and at Tembo Zone in Figure 11-14.

 

11.3.10Model Validation

 

The models were validated visually and statistically for all grade elements estimated and the density. Visually, the models were reviewed on cross-sections against the input drilling data to ensure that the models honor the grade profiles and continuity. The following specific verification steps were taken:

 

●Cross-sections of the estimated grades were reviewed to ensure the estimates honor drillhole data and the geological interpretation.

 

●Histograms of the drillhole data were overlain with the estimated model Ni grades to assess grade distribution.

 

●Cumulative frequency plots for each of the estimation methods and the drillhole grades illustrate a modest grade distribution distortion.

 

●Swath plots were generated for each of the domains within each zone to review and assess the grade distributions. Some example swath plots along strike are shown for North in Figure 11-15 and Tembo in Figure 11-16.

 

Page 189 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Note: * Oblique cross-section looking 030°, +/- 15 m projection.

 

Figure 11-13: Example Cross-section* of Ni% Grade Estimates at North Zone
(shows Kima) (truncated UTM)

 

Page 190 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Note: * Oblique cross-section looking 038°, +/- 15 m projection.

 

Figure 11-14: Example Cross-section* of Ni% Grade Estimates at Tembo Zone
(truncated UTM)

 

Page 191 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

Figure 11-15: Example Swath Plots – Ni% Along Strike for North Zone MSSX and UMIN

 

Page 192 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

Figure 11-16: Example Swath Plots – Ni% Along Strike for Tembo Zone MSSX and UMIN

 

Page 193 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

11.3.11Classification

 

The 2024MRU was classified after reviewing the previous classification criteria and is based on a variety of factors, including the geometry and spatial and geochemical continuity of the Mineral Resource, as well as the success rate at predicting mineralization locations and thicknesses when intersecting the interpreted mineralization with recent (2021–23) drilling. Manually defined wireframe solids were produced to enclose areas to be defined as Inferred, Indicated, or Measured.

 

Significant emphasis and time were given to ‘tightening’ the geological and mineralogical interpretation throughout the entire Project area in the 2024 work. This tightening was achieved through:

 

●The development of a sedimentary host strata model. The host sedimentary stratigraphy comprises a reliably predictable sequence of known strata on a whole-Project scale that is very well supported by the drillhole logging database. The robust strata model helps to guide and control the interpreted extent and shape of the later intrusives.

 

●A full and comprehensive reinterpretation of the mineralization in all mineralized zones.

 

●Smaller subcelling along the boundaries of the mineralized units (MSSX and UMIN), forcing tighter constraint of the volumes within these domains (note: ‘UMIN’ is the domain field name in the cell model and drillhole files to denote the presence or absence of ultramafic mineralization (corresponds to the UMAF_1a logging code in drillhole samples).

 

The tightened geological and mineralogical interpretation achieved in 2024 had the downside effect of slightly reducing the overall mineralization tonnage but positively influenced confidence in the interpretation at a local and deposit scale, resulting in an upgrade in classification in several locations and an overall increase in the tonnages in the Measured + Indicated inventory.

 

A schematic of the classification is shown in Figure 11-17.

 

Page 194 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

Note: Topography and oxidation wireframes are sliced on the long-section plane, whereas the model is projected onto the plane.

 

Figure 11-17: Schematic Projected Long-section of the Kabanga Classification (truncated UTM, looking northwest)

 

Page 195 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

11.4Mineral Resource Cut-off Grade

 

As the Kabanga mineralized zones contain multi-element mineralization, a grade-equivalent formula has been used for reporting from the Mineral Resource estimates.

 

DRA reviewed the grade equivalent formulas and the cut-off grade assumptions that were used for the Kabanga 2024MRU dated December 4, 2024. It was determined through this review that the assumptions remain appropriate for informing the grade-equivalence strategy and Mineral Resource cut-off in this FS TRS.

 

The metal prices recommended by DRA for the Mineral Resource estimate are based on its assessment of recent market prices, long-term forward curve prices, and consensus prices from analysts and institutions. The metal prices selected are at the upper range of long-term consensus price forecasts over the last 10 years; this is an optimistic view of prices for use in the cut-off grade analysis to ensure that the reasonable prospect of economic extraction considerations does not exclude material that may be able to be included in future studies for defining Mineral Reserves. For the Mineral Resource estimate in the FS TRS, the recommended metal prices are the same as those used in the 2024MRU and the 2025 IA TRS; these are presented in Table 11-2.

 

Table 11-2: Kabanga Metal Prices

 

Metal

Long-term Price

(USD/lb)

Nickel 9.50
Copper 4.50
Cobalt 23.00

 

With nickel being the primary payable metal, a formula was used to convert other payable metals in each model cell, to a nickel-equivalent (NiEq) value, by using the individual metal prices and expected recoveries, compared to those of nickel. This results in a total NiEq grade for each model cell.

 

The 2024 nickel-equivalent (NiEq24) formulas are as follows:

 

●MSSX NiEq24 = Ni + (Cu x 0.454) + (Co x 2.497)

 

●UMIN NiEq24 = Ni + (Cu x 0.547) + (Co x 2.480)

 

The 2024 NiEq cut-off grades are:

 

●MSSX = 0.73% NiEq24

 

●UMIN = 0.77% NiEq24

 

Metal price and recovery assumptions used for the NiEq24 and cut-off grade determination are shown for MSSX and UMIN in Table 11-3 and Table 11-4 respectively.

 

Table 11-3: NiEq24 MSSX Input Parameters

 

Metals

Metal Prices

(USD/lb)

 Recoveries (%)

Net Recovered

(USD/lb)

 NiEq Ratio
Concentrator Refinery
Nickel 9.50 66.6 96.5 6.11 1.000
Copper 4.50 63.4 97.2 2.77 0.454
Cobalt 23.00 68.2 97.3 15.26 2.497

 

Page 196 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 11-4: NiEq24 UMIN Input Parameters

 

 Metals

Metal Prices

(USD/lb)

 Recoveries (%)

Net Recovered

(USD/lb)

 NiEq Ratio
Concentrator Refinery
Nickel 9.50 64.0 96.5 5.87 1.000
Copper 4.50 76.9 97.2 3.36 0.547
Cobalt 23.00 65.0 97.3 14.55 2.480

  

11.4.1NiEq24 Cut-off Grade

 

The NiEq24 cut-off grade used is a ‘break-even cut-off grade’. It is defined as the Ni grade of a model cell in the resource model at which the net sales return (NSR) is equal to the cost for producing nickel cathode (Cost).

 

The 2024MRU is based on the following key assumptions:

 

●Mining rate: an underground mining rate of 3.4 Mtpa.

 

●Mining method: underground stoping with backfill, feeding an on-site concentrator.

 

●Processing rate: a concentrator located on-site at Kabanga with a capacity of 3.4 Mtpa feed.

 

●Concentrate was assumed to be transported to a hydrometallurgical refining facility at Kahama to produce final LME grade nickel, copper, and cobalt metals. The refinery capacities were assumed to be: concentrate feed 347 ktpa and total metal production 77.7 ktpa (63.0 ktpa nickel, 9.0 ktpa copper, and 5.7 ktpa cobalt).

 

●Transport of nickel and copper cathode and cobalt rounds to the Port of Dar es Salaam for sale locally or for export.

 

●All power requirements are assumed to be supplied from the national grid.

 

Modifying factors were estimated using the above Project scenario and comparisons with studies of similar projects. The cost accuracy level is approximately ±50% with a contingency level of 25%.

 

Table 11–6 details the input assumptions used for determination of the cut-off grade.

 

NiEq24 has been calculated in the resource model to account for the grades of all three payable metals. In the cut-off grade calculation, only the revenue from nickel is considered for the Net Sales Return. In model cells where there are no Cu and Co grades, the NSR calculated from Ni only can then be applied to the NiEq24.

 

A description of the formulas for calculating NSR and Cost follows.

 

11.4.1.1Net Sales Return

 

●Mass Pull = Ni Grade * Concentrator Recovery / Concentrate Ni Grade

 

●

NSR 

= ((Nickel Price* Concentrate Ni Grade * Refinery Recovery) * (1 - Royalties)

- (Transport + Insurance)) * Mass Pull

 

11.4.1.2Concentrator Recoveries, Mass Pull and Concentrate Grades

 

Concentrator recoveries, mass pull, and concentrate grades formulas were estimated using the testwork results and other assumptions for the production scenario. The assumptions are shown in Table 11-5. The Concentrator recoveries, when plotted with the relevant feed grades, are curves where the lower feed grades have lower recoveries. The recoveries at the cut-off grades have been used in the cut-off grade calculations. For example, the nickel grade of 0.77% Ni has an MSSX concentrator recovery of 66.6%, a grade of 2.0% Ni would have a recovery of 89.2% for MSSX and 76.1% Ni for UMIN.

 

Page 197 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The Concentrator Recovery and Mass Pull relationships are presented in Table 11-5. The Concentrator recoveries for nickel, copper, and cobalt for both MSSX and UMIN as a function of feed grades are shown in Figure 11-18 to Figure 11-20. The nickel concentrate grades as a function of feed grade are shown in Figure 11-21, and the mass pull as a function of nickel grade is shown in Figure 11-22.

 

Table 11-5: Concentrator Recoveries and Mass Pull Assumptions

 

MSSX Nickel Recovery %

(–1.77+36.658 * (Mass Pull)0.3864) * (–0.022 * ln(Ni Feed Grade) + 1.0277) + 0.63
UMIN Nickel Recovery %
(–3.77+36.658 * (Mass Pull)0.3864) * (–0.022 * ln(Ni Feed Grade) + 1.0215) - 0.68
MSSX Copper Recovery %
e(4.601495 - 0.0022253/(Cu Feed Grade * Cu Feed Grade)) * 1.0025
UMIN Copper Recovery %
(75.35 + 39.508272 * Cu Feed Grade) * 0.991
MSSX Cobalt Recovery %
1 / (0.0061895713 + 37.653048 / (Ni Recovery * Ni Recovery))
UMIN Cobalt Recovery %
1 / (0.0061895713 + 37.653048 / (Ni Recovery * Ni Recovery))
MSSX and UMIN Mass Pull %
–1.67933 + 117.056 * ((12.31 * (Ni Feed Grade)-0.603)-1.093) * (0.0009 * ln(Ni Feed Grade) + 0.982)

 

 

Figure 11-18: MSSX and UMIN Concentrator Nickel Recoveries

 

Page 198 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 11-19: MSSX and UMIN Concentrator Copper Recoveries

 

 

Figure 11-20: MSSX and UMIN Concentrator Cobalt Recoveries

 

Page 199 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 11-21: MSSX and UMIN Concentrate Nickel Grade

 

 

Figure 11-22: MSSX and UMIN Mass Pull

 

Page 200 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

11.4.1.3Cost

 

●Refinery Cost = (Refinery Cost per lb) * (lb/t) * Concentrate Ni Grade * Mass Pull

 

●Break-even Cost = Mining + Process + Refining + G&A

 

11.4.1.4Break-even Cut-off Grade

 

●Cut-off Grade is the Ni Grade when Net Sales Return = Cost.

 

Table 11-6: 2024 Cut-off Grade Assumptions

 

Description

 Unit Value
Metal Prices
Nickel USD/lb 9.50
Copper USD/lb 4.50
Cobalt USD/lb 23.00
Refinery Recovery
Nickel % 96.50
Copper % 97.20
Cobalt % 97.30
Concentrate
Moisture Content % 9
Transport Cost USD/t.km conc. (wet). 0.08
Royalties and Fees
Royalties and Fees % 6.47
Refining
Refinery to Port Transport Cost USD/t.km Metal 0.05
Port and Sea Freight Cost USD/t Metal 102.02
Insurance Cost % freight value 0.40
Refining Cost USD/lb recovered metal 0.99
Mine Operating Costs
Underground Mining USD/t Mined 50.07
Processing USD/t Processed 12.64
General and Administration USD/t Processed 8.69

 

11.4.2Cut-off Grade Sensitivity

 

As part of the 2025 IA, and revalidated within the FS, a sensitivity assessment to changes in the key assumptions to the cut-off grades was undertaken based on the updated project scenario and most recent cost estimates. Changes included selling nickel and cobalt sulfates and copper cathode instead of exclusively metal cathode products.

 

The latest costs from recent project studies were used in this sensitivity, with all the assumptions that changed captured in Table 11-7.

 

Page 201 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 11-7: 2025 IA Sensitivity Assumptions

 

Description

 Unit Value
Refinery Recovery
Nickel % 97.20
Copper % 93.00
Cobalt % 97.70
Refining
Refinery to Port Transport Cost USD/t 51.41
Sea Freight Cost USD/t 50.00
Port Handling Costs USD/t 27.22
Refining Cost USD/t feed 18.57
Mine Operating Costs
Underground Mining USD/t Mined 54.24
Processing USD/t Processed 12.37
General and Administration USD/t Processed 4.88

 

After updating the assumptions as detailed in Table 11-7, it was observed that the NiEq break-even cut-off grade was very similar to those calculated for the 2024MRU.

 

The 2025 IA NiEq cut-off grades were:

 

●MSSX = 0.75% NiEq24

 

●UMIN = 0.78% NiEq24

 

This represents a 0.02% and 0.01% nickel-equivalent grade difference from the respective MSSX and UMIN cut-off grades used in the 2024MRU. The cut-off grade assumptions and methodology used in Section 11.4 are reasonable, technically sound, and appropriate for the declaration of Mineral Resources in this Feasibility Study. It is the opinion of DRA, responsible and acting as the QP for the Kabanga Project, that there is no requirement to change the cut-off grades applied to the 2024MRU and that the 2024 Mineral Resource estimate remains current.

 

11.5Reasonable Prospects of Economic Extraction

 

The Mineral Resource estimate used in this FS is based on the 2024MRU and the 2025 IA, which were both prepared in accordance with S-K 1300. The Mineral Resource estimate was supported by a cut-off grade analysis that incorporated conceptual assumptions including underground mining at a rate of 3.4 Mtpa using stoping with backfill, processing at an on-site concentrator, and transport of concentrate to an off-site hydrometallurgical refinery producing nickel, cobalt, and copper metals. These assumptions were used to evaluate reasonable prospects for economic extraction at the effective date of the Mineral Resource estimate and remain the basis for the Mineral Resource estimate carried forward into the FS.

 

To support the determination of reasonable prospects for economic extraction, a preliminary cash flow analysis was completed as part of the IA. The IA incorporated updated assumptions, including the production of nickel and cobalt sulfate as final products. A cut-off grade sensitivity analysis was also conducted to evaluate the robustness of the 2024MRU under the revised economic framework.

 

Based on this review, DRA, responsible and acting as the QP for the Kabanga Project concluded that the assumptions underlying the 2024MRU remain appropriate for the purposes of this FS. No changes to the reported cut-off grades were required, and the existing Mineral Resource estimate is considered to continue to demonstrate reasonable prospects for economic extraction under the updated scenario.

 

Page 202 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

All Mineral Resources are reported in accordance with Item 1302(d) of Regulation S-K 1300 and use economic parameters appropriate for an FS. These Mineral Resources do not represent Mineral Reserves.

 

11.6Mineral Resource Statement – Kabanga 2024

 

The Mineral Resource estimates, exclusive of Mineral Reserves, are shown in Table 11-8. The point of reference for the Mineral Resources is the point of feed into the concentrator.

 

The subset of the Mineral Resource estimates that relates to the massive sulfide mineralization, exclusive of Mineral Reserves, is shown in Table 11-9.

 

The subset of the Mineral Resource estimates that relates to the ultramafic mineralization, exclusive of Mineral Reserves, is shown in Table 11-10. Reporting of contained nickel-equivalent metal is shown in Table 11-11. Only the portion of the total mineralization that is attributable to LZM’s interest in the property and exclusive of Mineral Reserves is shown in Table 11-8 through Table 11-11.

 

The IA Mineral Resources were reported in June 2025, prior to the estimation of Mineral Reserves. The tables of Mineral Resources in the IA TRS are therefore the entire LZM-attributable Mineral Resources.

 

The Mineral Resource estimates have an effective date of December 4, 2024. Mineral Resource estimates have been reported in accordance with S-K 1300.

 

Page 203 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 11-8: Kabanga Mineral Resource Estimates, Exclusive of Mineral Reserves, as at December 4, 2024

 

Mineral Resource
Classification		 LZM Tonnage3 (Mt) Grades (%) Metallurgical Recovery (%)
NiEq24 Ni Cu Co Ni Cu Co
MAIN – MSSX plus UMIN
Measured – – – – – – – –
Indicated 6.7 1.25 0.94 0.17 0.09 66.5 82.5 69.0
Measured + Indicated 6.7 1.25 0.94 0.17 0.09 66.5 82.5 69.0
Inferred – – – – – – – –
MNB – MSSX plus UMIN
Measured – – – – – – – –
Indicated – – – – – – – –
Measured + Indicated – – – – – – – –
Inferred 2.1 1.59 1.25 0.18 0.10 75.3 88.8 78.6
KIMA – MSSX plus UMIN
Measured – – – – – – – –
Indicated – – – – – – – –
Measured + Indicated – – – – – – – –
Inferred 4.1 2.01 1.60 0.24 0.12 81.3 92.3 84.2
NORTH – MSSX plus UMIN
Measured 3.5 1.67 1.33 0.17 0.10 75.2 85.7 77.5
Indicated 4.1 2.01 1.62 0.22 0.11 78.5 89.2 81.1
Measured + Indicated 7.6 1.85 1.48 0.19 0.11 77.2 87.8 79.5
Inferred 7.0 3.25 2.62 0.35 0.19 85.7 95.1 88.6
TEMBO – MSSX plus UMIN
Measured 2.4 1.36 1.05 0.15 0.09 69.6 81.3 71.6
Indicated 1.7 1.53 1.19 0.17 0.10 73.3 84.2 75.8
Measured + Indicated 4.1 1.43 1.11 0.16 0.10 71.2 82.5 73.4
Inferred 0.3 2.49 2.01 0.23 0.15 84.2 90.3 87.0
MINERAL RESOURCE ALL ZONES – MSSX plus UMIN
Measured 5.9 1.54 1.21 0.16 0.10 73.2 84.1 75.3
Indicated 12.4 1.54 1.20 0.19 0.10 72.7 85.2 74.5
Measured + Indicated 18.3 1.54 1.20 0.18 0.10 72.9 84.9 74.7
Inferred 13.5 2.59 2.08 0.28 0.15 83.7 93.7 86.5

 

Notes:

 

1.Table 11-8 reports the Mineral Resources for the combined MSSX and UMIN mineralization types.

 

2.Mineral Resources are reported exclusive of Mineral Reserves.

 

3.Mineral Resources are reported showing only the LZM-attributable tonnage portion, which is 84.0% of the total.

 

4.Cut-off applies to NiEq24, which is derived using a nickel price of USD 9.50/lb, copper price of USD 4.50/lb, and cobalt price of USD 23.00/lb with allowances for recoveries, payability, deductions, transport, and royalties.

 

5.NiEq24 formulas are: MSSX NiEq24 = Ni + (Cu x 0.454) + (Co x 2.497) and UMIN NiEq24 = Ni + (Cu x 0.547) + (Co x 2.480).

 

6.The point of reference for Mineral Resources is the point of feed into a concentrator.

 

7.All Mineral Resources in the 2024MRU were assessed for reasonable prospects for eventual economic extraction by reporting only material above cut-off grades of: MSSX NiEq24 > 0.73% and UMIN NiEq24 > 0.77%.

 

8.Totals may vary due to rounding.

 

Page 204 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 11-9: Kabanga Mineral Resource Estimates, Exclusive of Mineral Reserves – MSSX Only (subset of Table 11-8) as at December 4, 2024

 

Mineral Resource
Classification		 LZM Tonnage3 (Mt) Grades (%) Metallurgical Recovery (%)
NiEq24 Ni Cu Co Nickel Copper Cobalt
MAIN – MSSX Only
Measured – – – – – – – –
Indicated 1.0 1.89 1.40 0.29 0.15 77.6 94.5 81.0
Measured + Indicated 1.0 1.89 1.40 0.29 0.15 77.6 94.5 81.0
Inferred – – – – – – – –
MNB – MSSX Only
Measured – – – – – – – –
Indicated – – – – – – – –
Measured + Indicated – – – – – – – –
Inferred 1.4 1.90 1.49 0.21 0.13 79.1 92.2 82.5
KIMA – MSSX Only
Measured – – – – – – – –
Indicated – – – – – – – –
Measured + Indicated – – – – – – – –
Inferred 3.1 2.31 1.84 0.28 0.13 84.1 94.4 87.3
NORTH – MSSX Only
Measured 0.9 3.07 2.46 0.31 0.19 86.2 94.9 89.2
Indicated 1.5 3.55 2.87 0.38 0.20 86.2 95.6 89.2
Measured + Indicated 2.4 3.37 2.72 0.35 0.20 86.2 95.3 89.2
Inferred 6.5 3.39 2.74 0.36 0.20 86.2 95.4 89.2
TEMBO – MSSX Only
Measured 0.3 2.66 2.09 0.27 0.18 86.2 94.2 89.2
Indicated 0.5 2.37 1.87 0.25 0.16 84.4 93.7 87.6
Measured + Indicated 0.7 2.48 1.95 0.26 0.16 85.1 93.9 88.2
Inferred 0.2 2.76 2.25 0.23 0.16 86.2 93.0 89.2
MINERAL RESOURCE ALL ZONES – MSSX Only
Measured 1.2 2.98 2.38 0.30 0.19 86.2 94.7 89.2
Indicated 3.0 2.80 2.21 0.33 0.18 84.1 95.0 86.6
Measured + Indicated 4.2 2.85 2.26 0.32 0.18 84.7 94.9 87.4
Inferred 11.3 2.89 2.32 0.32 0.17 85.2 94.9 88.1

 

Notes:

 

1.Table 11-9 reports the Mineral Resources for the MSSX mineralization only.

 

2.Mineral Resources are reported exclusive of Mineral Reserves.

 

3.Mineral Resources are reported showing only the LZM-attributable tonnage portion, which is 84.0% of the total.

 

4.Cut-off applies to NiEq24, which is derived using a nickel price of USD 9.50/lb, copper price of USD 4.50/lb, and cobalt price of USD 23.00/lb with allowances for recoveries, payability, deductions, transport, and royalties.

 

5.NiEq24 formulas are: MSSX NiEq24 = Ni + (Cu x 0.454) + (Co x 2.497) and UMIN NiEq24 = Ni + (Cu x 0.547) + (Co x 2.480).

 

6.The point of reference for Mineral Resources is the point of feed into a concentrator.

 

7.All Mineral Resources in the 2024MRU were assessed for reasonable prospects for eventual economic extraction by reporting only material above cut-off grades of: MSSX NiEq24 > 0.73% and UMIN NiEq24 > 0.77%.

 

8.Totals may vary due to rounding.

 

Page 205 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 11-10: Kabanga Mineral Resource Estimates, Exclusive of Mineral Reserves – UMIN Only (subset of Table 11-9) as at December 4, 2024

 

Mineral Resource
Classification		 LZM Tonnage3 (Mt) Grades (%) Metallurgical Recovery (%)
NiEq24 Ni Cu Co Nickel Copper Cobalt
MAIN – UMIN Only
Measured – – – – – – – –
Indicated 5.6 1.13 0.86 0.15 0.08 63.1 78.2 64.9
Measured + Indicated 5.6 1.13 0.86 0.15 0.08 63.1 78.2 64.9
Inferred – – – – – – – –
MNB – UMIN Only
Measured – – – – – – – –
Indicated – – – – – – – –
Measured + Indicated – – – – – – – –
Inferred 0.7 0.99 0.78 0.11 0.06 61.1 77.0 62.5
KIMA – UMIN Only
Measured – – – – – – – –
Indicated – – – – – – – –
Measured + Indicated – – – – – – – –
Inferred 1.0 1.09 0.85 0.12 0.07 63.1 77.1 64.8
NORTH – UMIN Only
Measured 2.6 1.16 0.91 0.12 0.07 64.5 77.1 66.6
Indicated 2.5 1.10 0.88 0.12 0.06 63.6 77.1 65.5
Measured + Indicated 5.1 1.13 0.90 0.12 0.07 64.1 77.1 66.1
Inferred 0.4 1.01 0.80 0.10 0.06 61.6 76.3 63.1
TEMBO – UMIN Only
Measured 2.1 1.18 0.91 0.13 0.08 64.4 77.7 66.4
Indicated 1.2 1.22 0.94 0.14 0.08 65.2 78.0 67.4
Measured + Indicated 3.3 1.20 0.92 0.14 0.08 64.7 77.8 66.8
Inferred 0.1 1.50 1.15 0.23 0.09 69.5 80.3 72.4
MINERAL RESOURCE ALL ZONES – UMIN Only
Measured 4.7 1.17 0.91 0.13 0.08 64.5 77.4 66.5
Indicated 9.4 1.14 0.87 0.14 0.08 63.5 77.9 65.4
Measured + Indicated 14.1 1.15 0.89 0.14 0.08 63.9 77.8 65.8
Inferred 2.2 1.05 0.83 0.12 0.06 62.5 77.1 64.1

 

Notes:

 

1.Table 11-10 reports the Mineral Resources for the UMIN mineralization only.

 

2.Mineral Resources are reported exclusive of Mineral Reserves.

 

3.Mineral Resources are reported showing only the LZM-attributable tonnage portion, which is 84.0% of the total.

 

4.Cut-off applies to NiEq24, which is derived using a nickel price of USD 9.50/lb, copper price of USD 4.50/lb, and cobalt price of USD 23.00/lb with allowances for recoveries, payability, deductions, transport, and royalties.

 

5.NiEq24 formulas are: MSSX NiEq24 = Ni + (Cu x 0.454) + (Co x 2.497) and UMIN NiEq24 = Ni + (Cu x 0.547) + (Co x 2.480).

 

6.The point of reference for Mineral Resources is the point of feed into a concentrator.

 

7.All Mineral Resources in the 2024MRU were assessed for reasonable prospects for eventual economic extraction by reporting only material above cut-off grades of: MSSX NiEq24 > 0.73% and UMIN NiEq24 > 0.77%.

 

8.Totals may vary due to rounding.

 

Page 206 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 11-11: Kabanga Mineral Resource Estimates, Exclusive of Mineral Reserves – Showing Contained Metals as at December 4, 2024

 

Mineral Resource Classification LZM Tonnage3 (Mt) Grades (%) Contained Metals (kt)
NiEq24 Ni Cu Co Nickel
Equiv.		 Nickel Copper Cobalt
MSSX Only
Measured 1.2 2.98 2.38 0.30 0.19 36 29 4 2
Indicated 3.0 2.80 2.21 0.33 0.18 84 66 10 5
Measured + Indicated 4.2 2.85 2.26 0.32 0.18 120 95 13 8
Inferred 11.3 2.89 2.32 0.32 0.17 327 263 36 19
UMIN Only
Measured 4.7 1.17 0.91 0.13 0.08 55 43 6 4
Indicated 9.4 1.14 0.87 0.14 0.08 107 82 13 7
Measured + Indicated 14.1 1.15 0.89 0.14 0.08 162 125 19 11
Inferred 2.2 1.05 0.83 0.12 0.06 24 19 3 1
Total MINERAL RESOURCE – MSSX plus UMIN
Measured 5.9 1.54 1.21 0.16 0.10 91 72 10 6
Indicated 12.4 1.54 1.20 0.19 0.10 191 148 23 12
Measured + Indicated 18.3 1.54 1.20 0.18 0.10 282 220 33 18
Inferred 13.5 2.59 2.08 0.28 0.15 351 281 39 21

 

Notes:

 

1.Table 11-11 reports the Mineral Resources for the MSSX and UMIN mineralization types.

 

2.Mineral Resources are reported exclusive of Mineral Reserves.

 

3.Mineral Resources are reported showing only the LZM-attributable tonnage portion, which is 84.0% of the total.

 

4.Cut-off applies to NiEq24, which is derived using a nickel price of USD 9.50/lb, copper price of USD 4.50/lb, and cobalt price of USD 23.00/lb with allowances for recoveries, payability, deductions, transport, and royalties.

 

5.NiEq24 formulas are: MSSX NiEq24 = Ni + (Cu x 0.454) + (Co x 2.497) and UMIN NiEq24 = Ni + (Cu x 0.547) + (Co x 2.480).

 

6.The point of reference for Mineral Resources is the point of feed into a concentrator.

 

7.All Mineral Resources in the 2024MRU were assessed for reasonable prospects for eventual economic extraction by reporting only material above cut-off grades of: MSSX NiEq24 > 0.73% and UMIN NiEq24 > 0.77%.

 

8.Totals may vary due to rounding.

 

Page 207 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

11.6.1Comparison to Previous Mineral Resource Estimates – All Mineralization Types

 

The following comparison is undertaken on the entire Mineral Resource inclusive of Mineral Reserves to enable direct comparison to the November 2023 Mineral Resource estimates, which were not put through mine planning processes therefore did not convert to Mineral Reserves at that time.

 

The comparison relates to the LZM-attributable component of the Mineral Resource estimates.

 

Comparison of the previous Mineral Resource estimate (which was effective as at November 30, 2023) to the updated December 2024 Mineral Resource estimate shows an increase of 3.3 Mt (+7% relative) in Measured + Indicated (Table 11-12). The additional Measured + Indicated tonnage is associated with an increase in grade (+2% relative NiEq24%), making more metal available to the mine planning process (+9% NiEq24 metal) (Table 11-13).

 

There is a decrease of 6.2 Mt (–35%) in the Inferred category, (Table 11-12).

 

Upgrade of Measured and Indicated classification is evident, with an overall total (LZM-attributable) of 46.8 Mt of Measured + Indicated reported in December 2024, versus 43.6 Mt Measured + Indicated in the previous estimates (+7% tonnage increase).

 

These outcomes are the product of significant emphasis in the 2024 work on ‘tightening’ the interpretation throughout the entire Project area. This tightening has been achieved through:

 

●The development of a sedimentary host strata model. The host sedimentary stratigraphy comprises a reliably predictable sequence of known strata on a whole-Project scale that is very well supported by the drillhole logging database. The robust strata model helps to guide and control the interpreted extent and shape of the later intrusives.

 

●A full and comprehensive reinterpretation of the mineralization in all mineralized zones.

 

●Smaller subcelling along the boundaries of the mineralized units (MSSX and UMIN), forcing tighter constraint of the volumes within these domains (note: ‘UMIN’ is the domain field name in the cell model and drillhole files used to denote the presence or absence of UMIN mineralization (corresponds to UMAF_1a logging code in drillhole samples).

 

●Re-evaluation of classification considerations in light of the more robust geological and mineralogical interpretation.

 

Changes to the NiEq formulas and increases in the cut-off grades have slightly reduced the quantities that report through to all categories of Mineral Resource. The revised NiEq24 formulas and cut-off grades account for a loss of only 0.6% of the metal in Measured + Indicated, and 0.66% loss of NiEq24 metal overall.

 

Page 208 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 11-12: Kabanga Mineral Resource Estimates Comparison, Inclusive of Mineral Reserves – Tonnes and Grades

 

Mineral Resource
Classification		 LZM
 Tonnage2
 (Mt)		 Grades (%)
NiEq24 Ni Cu Co
December 2024 – MSSX plus UMIN
Measured 19.1 2.48 1.95 0.26 0.16
Indicated 37.3 2.69 2.16 0.30 0.16
Measured + Indicated 56.4 2.62 2.09 0.29 0.16
Inferred 13.6 2.59 2.08 0.28 0.15
November 2023 – MSSX plus UMIN
Measured 17.0 2.61 2.03 0.28 0.17
Indicated 35.6 2.55 2.02 0.28 0.15
Measured + Indicated 52.5 2.57 2.02 0.28 0.16
Inferred 21.1 2.79 2.23 0.31 0.16
ABSOLUTE DIFFERENCE (Dec’24 minus Nov’23)
Measured 2.2 –0.14 –0.08 –0.02 –0.01
Indicated 1.7 0.14 0.14 0.02 0.01
Measured + Indicated 3.9 0.05 0.07 0.01 0.00
Inferred –7.4 –0.20 –0.16 –0.03 0.00
RELATIVE DIFFERENCE (Dec’24 minus Nov’23)
Measured 13% –5% –4% –7% –6%
Indicated 5% 5% 7% 7% 7%
Measured + Indicated 7% 2% 3% 4% 0%
Inferred –35% –7% –7% –10% –6%

 

Notes:

 

1.Table 11-12 reports the Mineral Resources for the combined MSSX and UMIN mineralization types.

 

2.Mineral Resources are reported showing only the LZM-attributable tonnage portion, which is 84.0% of the total.

 

3.The Comparison is undertaken on the entire Mineral Resource inclusive of Mineral Reserves to enable direct comparison to the November 2023 estimates, which were not put through mine planning processes therefore did not convert to Mineral Reserves at that time.

 

4.Totals may vary due to rounding.

 

The key differences between the penultimate and the current Mineral Resource estimates are (a) the increase in Measured and Indicated tonnages in 2024, which is associated with an increase in grade, and (b) the reduction in Inferred Mineral Resource (tonnage and grade) in 2024. These outcomes are the product of significant emphasis on ‘tightening’ the interpretation throughout the entire Project area.

 

Page 209 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 11-13: Kabanga Mineral Resource Estimates Comparison, Inclusive of Mineral Reserves – Contained Metals

 

Mineral Resource
Classification		 LZM
Tonnage2
 (Mt)		 Contained Metals (kt)
Nickel
Equiv.		 Nickel Copper Cobalt
December 2024 – MSSX plus UMIN
Measured 19.1 474 374 50 31
Indicated 37.3 1,004 805 112 59
Measured + Indicated 56.4 1,479 1,180 162 89
Inferred 13.6 353 283 39 21
November 2023 – MSSX plus UMIN
Measured 17.0 444 345 47 29
Indicated 35.6 907 717 100 54
Measured + Indicated 52.5 1,351 1,062 147 83
Inferred 21.1 589 471 65 33
ABSOLUTE DIFFERENCE (Dec’24 minus Nov’23)
Measured 2.2 31 30 3 2
Indicated 1.7 97 88 12 5
Measured + Indicated 3.9 128 118 15 7
Inferred –7.4 –236 –188 –26 –12
PERCENTAGE DIFFERENCE (Dec’24 minus Nov’23/ Nov’23)
Measured 13% 7% 9% 6% 6%
Indicated 5% 11% 12% 12% 9%
Measured + Indicated 7% 9% 11% 10% 8%
Inferred –35% –40% –40% –41% –37%

 

Notes:

 

1.Table 11-13 reports the Mineral Resources for the combined MSSX and UMIN mineralization types.

 

2.Mineral Resources are reported showing only the LZM-attributable tonnage portion, which is 84.0% of the total.

 

3.The Comparison is undertaken on the entire Mineral Resource inclusive of Mineral Reserves to enable direct comparison to the November 2023 estimates, which were not put through mine planning processes therefore did not convert to Mineral Reserves at that time.

 

4.Totals may vary due to rounding.

 

Page 210 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

11.7Mineral Resource Risks and Opportunities

 

11.7.1Specific Identified Risks

 

Risk factors that could materially impact the Mineral Resource estimates and cost/revenue assumptions, and therefore the reporting cut-off grade include:

 

●Metal price and exchange rate assumptions.

 

●Changes in the interpretations of mineralization geometry and continuity of mineralized zones as additional information becomes available.

 

●Changes to geotechnical, mining, and metallurgical recovery assumptions.

 

●Changes to the assumptions related to the continued ability to access the site, retain mineral and surface right titles, maintain environment and other regulatory permits, and maintain the license to operate.

 

The classification of the estimate of Mineral Resources may be materially affected by environmental, permitting, legal, title, taxation, socio-political, marketing, or other relevant issues. At present there are no known environmental, permitting, legal, title, taxation, socio-economic, marketing, or political issues that would adversely affect the Project Mineral Resource estimates presented in this FS TRS. However, Mineral Resources, which are not Mineral Reserves, do not have demonstrated economic viability. There is no assurance that the Project will be successful in obtaining any or all of the requisite consents, permits or approvals, regulatory or otherwise, for the Project.

 

11.7.2Mineral Resource Opportunities

 

In terms of discovery, the mineralization has not yet been closed off between the North and Tembo zones, and between the Tembo and Safari zones. There remains opportunity to identify extensions of the mineralization in these areas and at depth. Regional targets, including the Exploration Targets discussed in Section 7.6, also provide opportunities for potential additional mineralization.

 

11.8QP Opinion

 

11.8.1Opinion – Geology and Mineral Resources

 

The Mineral Resource estimates in the FS TRS are based on resource modeling completed in 2024. The QP has prepared the updated modeling and reviewed supplied data and considers the estimates to be acceptable.

 

Mineral Resource estimates in the FS TRS are reported in accordance with subpart 1300 of U.S. Regulation S-K subpart 1300 rules for Property Disclosures for Mining Registrants (S-K 1300).

 

The FS TRS Mineral Resource estimates are shown to meet reasonable prospects for eventual economic extraction through an IA prepared by DRA’s QP. The IA has been prepared to demonstrate reasonable prospects of economic extraction, not the economic viability of the Mineral Resource estimates. The IA is preliminary in nature, it includes Inferred Mineral Resources that are considered too speculative geologically to have modifying factors applied to them that would enable them to be categorized as Mineral Reserves, and there is no certainty that this economic assessment will be realized.

 

11.8.2QP Opinion – Other

 

A variety of factors may affect the Mineral Resource estimate, including, but not limited to: changes in nickel price assumptions; re-interpretation of the geology; geometry and continuity of mineralized zones; updates to mining and metallurgical recovery factors; and results from future infill or step-out drilling campaigns. The cut-off grades used remain valid and no changes are required to the 2024 Mineral Resource estimate.

 

It is the opinion of DRA, as the QP for the Project, that all material technical and economic factors that could reasonably be expected to affect the prospect of economic extraction have been identified, and that any outstanding matters can be addressed through additional technical work during subsequent study phases.

 

Page 211 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

12MINERAL RESERVE ESTIMATES

 

12.1Introduction

 

The Mineral Reserve estimate was completed by the LZM technical department. The QP reviewed the assumptions, parameters, and methods used to prepare the Mineral Reserve statement and is of the opinion that the Mineral Reserve is estimated and prepared in accordance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (US SEC) Regulation S-K subpart 1300 rules for Property Disclosures for Mining Registrants (S-K 1300).

 

12.2Cut-Off Value Calculation

 

The Kabanga Nickel Project Feasibility Study (FS) analyzes a production case with a throughput of 3.4 Mtpa, involving three underground mines (Main, North, and Tembo), a concentrator (processing facility), and associated infrastructure located at Kabanga.

 

The associated capital and operating costs, which were developed specifically for the FS, are categorized into pre-production capital, sustaining capital, operating costs and closure costs. The majority of the costs are based on tenders, quotations and first-principles estimates.

 

The Mineral Reserve has been developed based on the mine plan prepared for the FS and informed by the December 2024 Mineral Resource Update (2024MRU). The mining method will be longhole stoping with paste backfill.

 

12.2.1NSR Cut-Off Value Calculations per Mining Area

 

Economic cut-offs were calculated for the Mineral Reserve on the basis of NSR. The cut-off values for the MSSX and UMIN material were calculated separately and included estimates of the operating and sustaining costs for mining, processing (concentrator), and general and administration (G&A).

 

The NSR break-even cut-off value was determined for MSSX and UMIN as USD 75.57/t feed and USD 76.89/t feed, respectively. Table 12-1 shows the input parameters used to calculate the NSR cut-offs.

 

Table 12-1: NSR Calculation Assumptions

 

Parameter Unit Value
Revenue
Nickel Price USD/lb 8.50
Copper Price USD/lb 4.24
Cobalt Price USD/lb 18.34
Concentrate Payabilities % as per market analysis, including
 discussions with offtakers
Concentrator Recovery % Formula
Transport USD/t conc. (wet) 209.75
Royalties % 7.30
Costs MSSX UMIN
Mining USD/t 52.18 52.18
Processing USD/t 10.38 11.69
G&A USD/t 8.18 8.18
Tailings Storage Facility USD/t 2.21 2.21
Surface Infrastructure USD/t 1.60 1.60
Total Costs USD/t 75.57 76.89
Cut-Off MSSX UMIN
NSR USD/t 75.57 76.89

 

Page 212 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Cut-off optimization study work in 2025 demonstrated that higher cut-off grades/values can improve the project economics. For the Mineral Reserve, the NSR cut-offs selected for each zone were USD 170/t at North Upper, USD 100/t at North Lower and Tembo, and USD 85/t at Main. Applying the higher cut-offs has increased the ore head grade, reduced the payback period, and increased the Project net present value (NPV).

 

An economic cut-off grade of 0.5% NiEq grade was applied to all lateral operating development in the mine plan.

 

The NSR cut-off values applied to the various mining blocks are shown in Figure 12-1.

 

 

Figure 12-1: Projected Long-section showing NSR Cut-Off per Mining Area

 

Metal prices were selected after consideration of the pricing information described in Section 16, which includes a description of the time frame used for the selection of the price and the reasons for selection of such a time frame. The metal prices selected are representative of the range of price estimates publicly reported for Mineral Reserve cut-offs.

 

12.3Modifying Factors

 

The modifying factors that have been used to convert Mineral Resources to Mineral Reserves are listed below.

 

12.3.1Mining Dilution

 

12.3.1.1Planned Mining Dilution

 

Stope designs were generated using the stope optimization module. The automated stope shapes generated are simplistic and can include material from outside the mineralization wireframes that has no grade in the resource model. For the purposes of the FS, this material is termed ‘planned dilution’ and comprises 16.1% of the mining inventory.

 

As geological confidence increases with further mine-definition drilling and tunnel development during mining operations, a greater resolution can be applied in the stope design process to reduce the amount of planned dilution in the stope designs.

 

12.3.1.2Unplanned Mining Dilution

 

Stopes will experience varying degrees of overbreak during mining activities for several reasons, including drill and blast damage, presence of rock defects, pastefill overbreak, hanging wall (HW) dips and spans. For the FS, this overbreak is termed “unplanned dilution”. A dilution factor has been applied to each stope design separately in the mining inventory to account for unplanned dilution. The unplanned dilution estimate for each stope has been developed based on the stope width and HW dip.

 

Due to the geometrical uniformity of Tembo Zone, all the stopes were assigned an unplanned dilution factor of 10.0%. Table 12-2 summarizes the unplanned dilution factors applied to the North and Main stopes in Deswik based on dip and width.

 

In summary, the unplanned dilution (tonnage) at each mine is estimated at 9.3% for North, 10.0% for Tembo, and 11.4% for Main.

 

Page 213 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 12-2: Unplanned Dilution Factors Applied to the North and Main Stopes

 

Stope Geometry Stope Dilution (%) per Stope Width (m)
North and Main 0–8 m 8–12.5 m 12.5–17 m 17–21 m 21+ m
Hanging wall Dip 60°+ 13% 9% 8% 6% 6%
Hanging wall Dip 45°-60⁰ 18% 13% 10% 8% 7%
Hanging wall Dip 30°-45⁰ 27% 19% 14% 12% 10%

 

Unplanned dilution is factored into the lateral tunnel development designs to account for drill and blast overbreak, areas of poor ground, etc. An additional 0.2 m is applied to the drive width (W) and 0.2 m in height (H) in the design. For example, a 5.0 m W × 5.0 m H drive, as reported, will have a digitized design in the mine planning software of 5.2 m W × 5.2 m H. Using this approach, the dilution is assigned a grade from the resource model interrogation process.

 

12.3.2Mining Recovery

 

A mining recovery factor has been applied to the mine design as follows:

 

●For all the development activities, a mining recovery of 100% has been applied.

 

●For all the stopes, a mining recovery of 90% has been applied to account for the following:

 

‒Blasted ore that cannot be accessed by the loader.

 

‒Unbroken ore after blasting (bridges).

 

‒Human error in ore categorization and materials handling.

 

12.3.3Production Schedule Tail Cutting

 

The last two years of production were removed from the production schedule (uneconomic tail) and resulted in a net loss of 389 kt of ore from the mining inventory.

 

12.4Mineral Reserve Classification

 

Measured Mineral Resources were converted to Proven Mineral Reserves, and Indicated Mineral Resources were converted to Probable Mineral Reserves. The Inferred Mineral Resources were treated as waste and were not converted to Mineral Reserves. However, the Inferred Mineral Resources that intersected with the stopes or development are included in the Mineral Reserves as internal waste dilution with zero grade to the stopes or development.

 

Mineral Resource classifications, like metal grades, are assigned to all the stope and development section designs in the mine plan during the Mineral Resource model interrogation process.

 

A portion of the mining inventory (stope and development design sections) comprises material with multiple resource classifications (e.g. Measured and Indicated). For the purposes of reporting Mineral Reserves, the dominant resource classification has been determined and assigned to each stope and development design section. Therefore, a stope with 60% Measured and 40% Indicated material would be assigned a 100% Measured classification. Similarly, a stope with 40% Measured and 60% Indicated material would be assigned a 100% Indicated classification.

 

Unclassified planned dilution (with zero grade) in the design shape (for stopes) would also be assigned the dominant resource classification (e.g. Indicated) and thus be included in the Mineral Reserves, increasing the ore tonnes and reducing the head grade. If this approach had not been taken, the Mineral Reserve (Proven and Probable) grades would be reported substantially higher than the grades that are planned to be mined.

 

This approach generates a more realistic account of the grade and tonnage of the material planned to be mined and can be used to inform the reported Project economics in the FS.

 

Page 214 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

A total Inferred Mineral Resource inventory of 18.3 kt at 0.97% NiEq (0.79% Ni) are included in the mining inventory, mainly due to planned development tonnes that will report to the concentrator. The grade of this material was zeroed for the purposes of inclusion in the mine plan and hence the Project’s financial evaluation. The 18.3 kt of Inferred classified material (representing 0.035% of total tonnes mined) was omitted from the Mineral Reserve statement due to its Inferred classification. This explains the 18.3 kt difference between the stated Mineral Reserve and the mined tonnage in the financial model.

 

Mineral Resource classifications that were applied in the mine design process for the Mineral Reserve classification are shown in Figure 12-2.

 

 

 

Figure 12-2: Projected Long-section showing Mineral Reserve Classifications

 

12.5Mineral Reserve Estimate

 

The Mineral Reserve estimate was completed by the LZM technical department. The QP has reviewed and accepted this information for use in the FS TRS. The QP has reviewed the assumptions, parameters, and methods used to prepare the Mineral Reserve statement and is of the opinion that the Mineral Reserve has been prepared in accordance with S-K 1300.

 

The Mineral Reserve estimate is shown in Table 12-3, presented on an LZM-attributable share 84.0% basis, including tonnage, grades, contained metal, and metallurgical recoveries, broken down by mine. The Mineral Reserve estimate shown in Table 12-4 , presented on an LZM-attributable share basis but only reflecting MSSX by mine. Table 12-5. The reference point at which the Mineral Reserve is identified is where ore is delivered to the processing plant (i.e., mill feed).

 

The QP is unaware of any environmental, permitting, legal, title, taxation, socio-economic, marketing, political, or other relevant issues that may materially affect the Mineral Reserve estimate. However, the Mineral Reserve may be affected by further infill and exploration drilling that may result in increases or decreases in subsequent Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates. The Mineral Reserve may also be affected by subsequent assessments of mining, environmental, processing, permitting, taxation, socio-economic, and other factors. The effective date of the Mineral Reserve is July 18, 2025.

 

Table 12-3 shows the summary of the LZM-attributable share (84.0%) of the Project Mineral Reserve, split by Mine. Table 12-4 shows the summary of the LZM-attributable share (84.0%) of the Project Mineral Reserve – MSSX only, split by Mine. Table 12-5 shows the summary of the LZM-attributable share (84.0%) of the Project Mineral Reserve – UMIN only, split by Mine. Table 12-6 shows the summary of the LZM-attributable share (84.0%) of the Mineral Reserve estimate – UMIN only, split by Mine. Table 12-6 shows the summary of the Project Mineral Reserve, on a 100% basis and LZM-attributable share (84.0%), split by ore type.

 

Page 215 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 12-3: Project Mineral Reserve Estimate by Mine, as at July 18, 2025

 

Mineral Reserve
Classification 		 LZM Tonnage3
(Mt)		 Grades (%) Contained Metals (kt) Metallurgical Recovery (%)
Ni Cu Co Ni Cu Co Ni Cu Co
North Upper – MSSX plus UMIN
Proven 6.4 2.10 0.28 0.16 135 18 11 88.9 96.7 91.3
Probable 0.9 2.03 0.27 0.14 17 2 1 89.0 96.6 91.4
Proven + Probable 7.3 2.09 0.28 0.16 152 20 12 88.9 96.7 91.3
North Lower – MSSX plus UMIN
Proven  0.3 1.66 0.21 0.12 6 1 0 82.1 89.5 84.8
Probable 18.0 2.42 0.33 0.16 435 58 30 89.0 97.5 91.4
Proven + Probable 18.3 2.41 0.32 0.16 441 59 30 88.9 97.4 91.3
Tembo – MSSX plus UMIN
Proven 8.1 1.64 0.23 0.14 133 18 11 83.8 93.5 86.5
Probable 5.7 1.50 0.20 0.12 86 12 7 81.5 92.1 84.3
Proven + Probable 13.8 1.58 0.22 0.13 219 30 18 82.9 93.0 85.6
Main – MSSX plus UMIN
Proven - - - - - - - - - -
Probable 4.4 1.25 0.18 0.09 55 8 4 77.3 90.6 79.7
Proven + Probable 4.4 1.25 0.18 0.09 55 7 4 77.3 90.6 79.7
Total – MSSX plus UMIN
Proven 14.9 1.84 0.25 0.15 273 37 22 87.0 94.9 89.4
Probable 29.0 2.05 0.28 0.14 594 81 42 87.5 96.0 89.7
Proven + Probable 43.9 1.98 0.27 0.15 868 118 64 87.3 95.6 89.6

 

Notes:

 

1.The effective date of the Mineral Reserves is July 18, 2025.

 

2.Mineral Reserves are reported based on the December 2024 Mineral Resource model.

 

3.Mineral Reserves are reported showing the LZM-attributable tonnage portion, which is 84.0% of the total Project Mineral Reserves.

 

4.Mineral Reserve cut-offs grades are based on a USD 8.50/lb nickel price, USD 4.24/lb copper price and USD 18.34/lb cobalt price; the overall average nickel, copper and cobalt metallurgical recoveries are 81%, 89%, and 84%, respectively.

 

5.Elevated NSR cut-off values were selected for each mine namely, USD 170/t at North (upper), USD 100/t at North (lower) and Tembo, and USD 85/t at Main.

 

6.All the cut-off values include allowances for metallurgical recoveries, payability, deductions, transport and royalties.

 

7.An economic analysis has been conducted using a long-term nickel price of USD 8.49/lb, copper price of USD 4.30/lb and cobalt price of USD 18.31/lb.

 

8.The point of reference for the Mineral Reserves is the point of feed into the processing facility.

 

9.Totals may vary due to rounding.

 

10.The Ni, Cu, and Co recovery estimates for the respective MSSX and UMIN categories have been calculated using the metallurgical recovery algorithm formulas detailed in Section 10 (Table 10-12 and Table 10-13) and the combined Proven and Probable recovery for each reflects the weighted average recovery based on the tonnage and grade. The total combined recovery for the blend (MSSX+UMIN) reflects the outputs of the same recovery formula applied to the FS mine and processing schedule.

 

Page 216 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 12-4: Project Mineral Reserve Estimate by Mine – MSSX only, as at July 18, 2025

 

Mineral Reserve Classification LZM Tonnage3
 (Mt)		 Grades (%) Contained Metals (kt) Metallurgical Recovery (%)
Ni Cu Co Ni Cu Co Ni Cu Co
North Upper – MSSX Only
Proven 6.2 2.12 0.28 0.16 131 17 10 89.3 97.1 91.7
Probable 0.8 2.04 0.28 0.15 17 2 1 89.3 97.0 91.7
Proven + Probable 7.0 2.11 0.28 0.16 148 20 11 89.3 97.1 91.7
North Lower – MSSX Only
Proven  0.2 1.86 0.24 0.13 3 0 0 87.6 96.2 90.1
Probable 17.3 2.46 0.33 0.17 426 57 29 89.3 97.9 91.7
Proven + Probable 17.5 2.45 0.33 0.17 429 58 29 89.3 97.9 91.6
Tembo – MSSX Only
Proven 6.3 1.72 0.24 0.15 108 15 9 85.6 96.1 88.3
Probable 4.2 1.56 0.21 0.13 66 9 5 83.1 95.2 85.9
Proven + Probable 10.5 1.66 0.23 0.14 174 24 15 84.7 95.7 87.4
Main – MSSX Only
Proven - - - - - - - - - -
Probable 3.1 1.35 0.19 0.10 42 6 3 79.8 94.0 82.6
Proven + Probable 3.1 1.35 0.19 0.10 42 6 3 79.8 94.0 82.6
Total – MSSX Only
Proven 12.6 1.92 0.26 0.16 242 33 20 88.3 96.6 90.8
Probable 25.5 2.16 0.29 0.15 551 75 39 88.5 97.1 90.9
Proven + Probable 38.1 2.08 0.28 0.15 793 107 58 88.5 97.0 90.8

 

Notes:

 

1.The effective date of the Mineral Reserves is July 18, 2025.

 

2.Mineral Reserves are reported based on the December 2024 Mineral Resource model.

 

3.Mineral Reserves are reported showing the LZM-attributable tonnage portion, which is 84.0% of the total.

 

4.Mineral Reserve cut-offs grades are based on a USD 8.50/lb nickel price, USD 4.24/lb copper price and USD 18.34/lb cobalt price; the overall average nickel, copper and cobalt metallurgical recoveries are 81%, 89%, and 84%, respectively.

 

5.Elevated NSR cut-off values were selected for each mine, namely, USD 170/t at North (upper), USD 100/t at North Lower and Tembo, and USD 85/t at Main.

 

6.All the cut-off values include allowances for metallurgical recoveries, payability, deductions, transport and royalties.

 

7.An economic analysis has been conducted using a long-term nickel price of USD 8.49/lb, copper price of USD 4.30/lb and cobalt price of USD 18.31/lb.

 

8.The point of reference for the Mineral Reserves is the point of feed into the processing facility.

 

9.Totals may vary due to rounding.

 

10.Ni, Cu, and Co recovery estimates for MSSX have been calculated using the metallurgical recovery algorithm formulas detailed in Section 10 (Table 10-12 and Table 10-13) and the combined Proven and Probable recovery for each reflects the weighted average recovery based on the tonnage and grade.

 

Page 217 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 12-5: Project Mineral Reserve Estimate by Mine – UMIN only, as at July 18, 2025

 

Mineral Reserve Classification LZM Tonnage3(Mt) Grades (%) Contained Metals (kt) Metallurgical Recovery (%)
Ni Cu Co Ni Cu Co Ni Cu Co
North Upper – UMIN Only
Proven 0.2 1.65 0.22 0.13 4 0 0 76.1 82.6 78.8
Probable 0.0 1.80 0.25 0.12 0 0 0 76.1 82.6 78.8
Proven + Probable 0.2 1.67 0.22 0.13 4 1 0 76.1 82.6 78.8
North Lower – UMIN Only
Proven  0.2 1.48 0.18 0.10 3 0 0 76.1 81.6 78.8
Probable 0.6 1.41 0.19 0.09 9 1 1 76.1 82.1 78.8
Proven + Probable 0.8 1.43 0.19 0.09 12 2 1 76.1 82.0 78.8
Tembo – UMIN Only
Proven 1.8 1.36 0.18 0.12 25 3 2 76.1 81.7 78.8
Probable 1.5 1.36 0.18 0.11 20 3 2 76.1 81.6 78.8
Proven + Probable 3.3 1.36 0.18 0.12 45 6 4 76.1 81.7 78.8
Main – UMIN Only
Proven - - - - - - - - - -
Probable 1.3 1.01 0.16 0.08 13 2 1 69.3 80.9 71.3
Proven + Probable 1.3 1.01 0.16 0.08 13 2 1 69.3 80.9 71.3
Total – UMIN Only
Proven 2.2 1.40 0.18 0.12 31 4 3 76.3 81.7 79.2
Probable 3.5 1.24 0.17 0.10 43 6 3 74.2 81.4 76.7
Proven + Probable 5.7 1.30 0.18 0.11 74 10 6 75.1 81.5 77.8

 

Notes:

 

1.The effective date of the Mineral Reserves is July 18, 2025.

 

2.Mineral Reserves are reported based on the December 2024 Mineral Resource model.

 

3.Mineral Reserves are reported showing the LZM-attributable tonnage portion, which is 84.0% of the total.

 

4.Mineral Reserve cut-offs grades are based on a USD8.50/lb nickel price, USD4.24/lb copper price and USD18.34/lb cobalt price; the overall average nickel, copper and cobalt metallurgical recoveries are 81%, 89%, and 84%, respectively.

 

5.Elevated NSR cut-off values were selected for each mine, namely, USD 170/t at North (upper), USD 100/t at North Lower and Tembo, and USD 85/t at Main.

 

6.All the cut-off values include allowances for metallurgical recoveries, payability, deductions, transport and royalties.

 

7.An economic analysis has been conducted using a long-term nickel price of USD 8.49/lb, copper price of USD 4.30/lb and cobalt price of USD 18.31/lb.

 

8.The point of reference for the Mineral Reserves is the point of feed into the processing facility.

 

9.Totals may vary due to rounding.

 

10.Ni, Cu, and Co recovery estimates for UMIN have been calculated using the metallurgical recovery algorithm formulas detailed in Section 10 (Table 10-12 and Table 10-13) and the combined Proven and Probable recovery for each reflects the weighted average recovery based on the tonnage and grade.

 

Page 218 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 12-6: Project Mineral Reserve Estimate with Tonnage on a 100% and LZM-attributable Basis (84.0%), as at July 18, 2025

 

Mineral Reserve Classification Tonnage (Mt) Grades (%) Metallurgical Recovery (%)
100% Basis LZM-attributable Ni Cu Co Ni Cu Co
MSSX Only
Proven 15.1 12.6 1.92 0.26 0.16 88.3 96.6 90.8
Probable 30.4 25.5 2.16 0.29 0.15 89.3 97.3 91.7
Proven + Probable 45.4 38.1 2.08 0.28 0.15 89.0 97.1 91.3
UMIN Only
Proven 2.7 2.2 1.40 0.18 0.12 76.1 81.7 78.8
Probable 4.2 3.5 1.24 0.17 0.10 74.0 81.3 76.5
Proven + Probable 6.8 5.7 1.30 0.18 0.11 74.9 81.5 77.5
Total – MSSX plus UMIN
Proven 17.7 14.9 1.84 0.25 0.15 86.4 94.9 88.9
Probable 34.5 29.0 2.05 0.28 0.14 87.7 96.0 90.0
Proven + Probable 52.2 43.9 1.98 0.27 0.15 87.3 95.6 89.6

 

Notes:

 

1.The effective date of the Mineral Reserves is July 18, 2025.

 

2.Mineral Reserves are reported based on the December 2024 Mineral Resource model.

 

3.Mineral Reserves are reported showing 100% of the total and the LZM-attributable tonnage portion, which is 84.0% of the total.

 

4.Mineral Reserve cut-off grades are based on a USD 8.50/lb nickel price, USD 4.24/lb copper price and USD 18.34/lb cobalt price; the overall average nickel, copper and cobalt recoveries are 81%, 89% and 84%, respectively.

 

5.Elevated NSR cut-off values were selected for each mine, namely, USD 170/t at North (upper), USD 100/t at North Lower and Tembo, and USD 85/t at Main.

 

6.All the cut-off values include allowances for processing recoveries, payability, deductions, transport and royalties.

 

7.An economic analysis has been conducted using a long-term nickel price of USD 8.49/lb, copper price of USD 4.30/lb and cobalt price of USD 18.31/lb.

 

8.The point of reference for the Mineral Reserves is the point of feed into the processing facility.

 

9.Totals may vary due to rounding.

 

10.Ni, Cu, and Co recovery estimates for the respective MSSX and UMIN categories have been calculated using the processing recovery algorithm formulas detailed in Section 10 (Table 10-12 and Table 10-13) and the combined Proven and Probable recovery for each reflects the weighted average recovery based on the tonnage and grade. The total combined recovery for the blend (MSSX+UMIN) reflects the outputs of the same recovery formula applied to the FS mine and processing schedule.

 

The following factors could materially affect the Mineral Reserves:

 

●Environmental, permitting, social and community – The Project is subject to the laws and regulations of Tanzania, and there are several local communities near the mine. To operate the mine, LZM must maintain appropriate relations with all the authorities and stakeholders. Social, community and government relations are managed by LZM and include programs and engagement with the local communities and local and national governments.

 

Page 219 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

●Concentrate export permit approval – With the phased development plan for the Project an export permit from the Tanzania Mining Commission is required to be obtained for future concentrate production and export until a potential future beneficiation facility is commissioned and can meet the Project full production.

 

●Metal price impacts – Nickel is the primary revenue element, with copper and cobalt being the secondary revenue elements. The ore is mined at an elevated cut-off grade, which serves to mitigate the risks from periods of lower metal prices.

 

●Health and safety impacts – LZM will need to maintain best practice systems and procedures to operate the Project efficiently and mitigate risks to health and safety. This will mean continuously modifying and adapting the systems and procedures to suit the conditions at the time.

 

●Mining impacts – LZM will need to manage changes in the Mineral Resource, geotechnical and mining assumptions and continuity of mineralized zones as additional information becomes available.

 

●Processing impacts – LZM will need to manage changes in metallurgical recovery assumptions for the Concentrator.

 

12.5.1Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve Conversion

 

The key steps to convert the total Project Mineral Resources to Mineral Reserves are summarized as follows:

 

●Produce resource model and Mineral Resource estimate.

 

●Generate in situ economic stoping inventory.

 

●Create in situ mine design based on optimized cut-off grade.

 

●Apply mining dilution and recovery factors.

 

●Apply production schedule tail cutting.

 

●Complete Mineral Reserve conversion (including removal of any Inferred classification grades).

 

This FS is based on the Project Mineral Resource from December 2024, which featured a total Measured plus Indicated inventory of 67.2 Mt at a 2.09% Ni grade on a 100% Project basis.

 

Stope designs were then generated using Deswik Stope Optimizer. The cut-off grade applied to generate the original economic stoping inventory was based on the break-even NSR value of USD 77/t (approximately 0.9% NiEq). The mining inventory created from this process is summarized as in situ material, thus excluding dilution and recovery factors. The Project in situ mining inventory above a USD 77/t cut-off was estimated at 57.9 Mt at 2.07% Ni.

 

A mine design was completed using the above mining inventory and included the engineering for all the mine access development, mine ventilation infrastructure, materials haulage systems, etc. During this process, a cut-off grade optimization study was undertaken, leading to increases in the selected cut-offs for the Project. Based on the mine design and increased cut-offs, but without applying dilution and recovery factors, the Project mining inventory was 52.7 Mt at 2.20% Ni.

 

Applying modifying factors for mining dilution and mining recovery then generated the mining inventory informing the Project Mineral Reserve. The unplanned mining dilution was 4.6 Mt and reduced the head grade by 0.23%. A mining recovery of 90% was applied to the stopes, reducing the mining inventory by 4.7 Mt.

 

Production schedule tail cutting resulted in a net loss of 389 kt ore from the mining inventory.

 

As described in Section 12.4, each stope and tunnel development section in the design is assigned the dominant resource classification to better account for the planned dilution (unclassified) material.

 

Figure 12-3 shows the conversion of tonnage from the Mineral Resources to the Mineral Reserves.

 

Page 220 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

Notes: BECO = Break-even Cut-off; COG = Cut-off Grade.

 

Figure 12-3: Total Project Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve Tonnage Waterfall Graph

 

Figure 12-4 shows the influence of the modifying factors on the nickel grade in the Mineral Resource to the Mineral Reserve conversion process.

 

 

 

Notes: BECO = Break-even Cut-off; COG = Cut-off Grade.

 

Figure 12-4: Total Project Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve Nickel Grade Waterfall Graph

 

12.6Comparison with Previous Estimates

 

There have been no previous Mineral Reserve estimates for the Project.

 

12.7QP Opinion

 

It is the opinion of DRA, responsible and acting as the QP for the Mineral Reserve, that the Mineral Reserve has been estimated using industry best practice, and in accordance with S-K 1300 guidelines. No material risks were identified that would affect the Mineral Reserve and the QP is unaware of any mining, metallurgical, infrastructure, or other factors that might materially affect the Mineral Reserve, aside from those mentioned in this section.

 

The Mineral Reserve estimates have been shown to meet reasonable prospects for economic extraction through a detailed mine plan prepared by LZM.

 

Page 221 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

13MINING

 

13.1Summary

 

The Feasibility Study (FS) mine plan has been prepared using the 2024MRU. The total planned production for the FS case is 52 Mt at 1.98% Ni, 0.27% Cu, and 0.15% Co. The Mineral Reserve produces from the North, Tembo, and Main zones. The relative locations of the zones are shown in Figure 13-1. The mining method for all mines is longhole stoping with paste backfill. The mine plan reflects four years of construction and ramp-up, with steady-state production at 3.4 Mtpa achieved in Year 4. This production rate continues to Year 15, after which there is a three-year ramp-down period.

 

 

 

Figure 13-1: Long-section of the FS Mine Design

 

North and Tembo are accessed from declines at the surface. North Mine includes a second decline for the majority of the depth of the mineralization; lower North Zone is accessed by a single decline only. This second decline assists in traffic management by allowing one-way travel from the surface and back. Main Mine is accessed via a decline from North and is mined in the later years of the mine life. The ore production and proportions of the mining tonnages by zone, from each mine, are shown in Table 13-1.

 

Table 13-1: Ore Mined by Zone

 

Zone  Ore Mined (Mt)  Ore Proportion (%)  Ni (%) Cu (%) Co (%)
North 30.5 58% 2.32 0.31 0.16
Tembo  16.5 32% 1.58 0.22 0.13
Main  5.3 10% 1.25 0.18 0.09
Total  52.2 100% 1.98 0.27 0.15

 

13.2Mine Geotechnical

 

MineGeoTech (MGT) completed the geotechnical component of the FS for the Project, focusing on the Main, North, and Tembo mining areas. The study incorporated geotechnical data from both historical and recent diamond drilling campaigns. A targeted data collection program was implemented to validate historical datasets and ensure adequate coverage of critical infrastructure zones.

 

The collected data supported the following key areas of analysis:

 

●Structural environment definition

 

●Geotechnical design domain characterization

 

●In situ stress environment

 

●Rock mass quality assessments

 

Using the data collected, geotechnical analyses informed the determination of:

 

●Ground support requirements

 

●Maximum unsupported stope spans

 

●Paste fill strength parameters

 

Page 222 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

●Vertical development design

 

●Suitability of the global extraction sequence

 

13.2.1RMR89 Geotechnical Data

 

All drillholes during the 2022 and 2023 program were overseen by on-site contractors Pejuni, who were engaged by TNCL to manage drill rig contractors and undertake geotechnical logging of the drill core.

 

Pejuni used the client’s RMR89 (Bieniawski 1989) log sheet template with additional columns requested by MGT to close data gaps that were identified from the review of the historical RMR89 dataset (MineGeoTech, 2025). The additional columns included main stratigraphic unit, structure type and joint infill thickness. MGT specified that the logging interval of consistency could range between 0.3 m and 3 m governed by lithology, material strength, and fracture frequency.

 

These logged gaps were used to verify assumptions made to convert the historical RMR89 database into Q-system (NGI, 2015) classification parameters. Table 13-2 summarizes the total number of holes and rock mass quality meters per zone from the historical RMR (rock mass rating) dataset.

 

Table 13-2: Summary of Filtered Historical Rock Mass Rating Datasets

 

Zone Number of Holes Total Rock Mass Quality Data (m)
North 424 48,850
Tembo 364 66,031
Main 56 13,466

 

13.2.2Ground Support

 

The development drive dimensions used in the FS mine plan were evaluated using empirical, kinematic, and numerical modeling methods to inform ground support design. Empirical analysis considered rock mass quality, while kinematic modeling determined bolt length and spacing requirements down to approximately 600 m below surface (mBS). At greater depths, where stress effects become more significant, numerical modeling was used to refine support requirements.

 

Based on these analyses, ground support schemes were developed for varying drive profiles and divided into four depth-based domains to reflect changes in weathering and stress conditions as the mine depth increases.

 

The recommended support elements are summarized in Table 13-3, with detailed schemes outlined for the typical decline profile in Table 13-4 and or drive development in Table 13-5.

 

Table 13-3: Details of Ground Support Scheme Elements Used

 

Ground Support
Scheme Element		 Description
Weld Mesh Australian standard - 5.6 mm diameter galvanized weld mesh – 100 * 100 mm, 2.4 mW *4.5 mL
Fibercrete Australian standard - fiber-reinforced, 50 mm thick
Friction Stabilizer (FS) 47 mm diameter Friction Stabilizer (Spilt Set) - length as indicated. Standard accessories:
300 * 280 mm Combi domed plate
Solid Rebar Resin Bolt (SRR) Length as indicated. Standard accessories: Resin cartridge Med/Slow set resin with
300 * 280 mm Combi domed plate
Friction Stabilizer - Stubby 39 mm diameter, 0.9 m Friction Stabilizer (Stubby). Standard accessories – 150 * 150 mm domed plate - for insert into 47 mm FS as required
Friction Stabilizer - Chubby 47 mm diameter, 0.9 m Friction Stabilizer (Chubby). Standard Accessories: 300 * 280 mm Combi domed plate - for pinning mesh as required
Cable - Production Drives 17.8 mm Single Plain Strand Cable - 6.3 m long. Standard Accessories: 300 * 300 * 12 mm plate, barrel and wedge
Cable - Intersections 15.2 mm Twin-Strand, Bulbed Cable - 6.3 m long. Standard Accessories: 300 * 300 * 12 mm plate, barrel and wedge for both strands.

 

Page 223 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 13-4: Ground Support Scheme for Decline (5.5 mW x 5.8 mH)

 

Depth (mBS) Weathering Surface Reinforcement
Type		 Length (m) Wall Coverage No. bolts per row Bolt Pattern
(m) (in plane *
row spacing)		 GSS Pattern
From To
Surface 100 Transitional and Fresh 1) Fibercrete in weathered rock
2) Weld mesh in fresh rock		 SRR 2 to 1.5–2 m off floor 13 1.1 x 1.2 GS1
GS1.1
100 350 Fresh Weld mesh FS 2 to 1.5–2 m off floor 13 1.1 x 1.2 GS2
350 600 Fresh Weld mesh FS 2 to 1.5– 2 m off floor 13 1.1 x 1.05 GS3
600 1,350 Fresh Fiber reinforced shotcrete +Weld mesh SRR 2 to 1.5 to 2 m off floor 13 1.1 x 1.05 GS4

 

Notes: GSS: Ground Support Scheme, FS: Friction Stabilizer, SRR: Solid Rebar Resin Bolt.

 

Table 13-5: Ground Support Scheme for Ore Drives (5.0 mW x 5.0 mH)

 

Depth (mBS) Weathering Surface Reinforcement
Type		 Length (m) Wall Coverage No. bolts
per row		 Bolt Pattern
(m) (in plane *
row spacing)		 GSS
Pattern
From To
Surface 100 Transitional
and Fresh		 1) Fibercrete in weathered rock
2) Weld mesh in fresh rock		 SRR 2 to 1.5–2 m off floor 11 1.1 x 1.2 GS1
100 350 Fresh Weld mesh FS 2 to 2 m off floor 11 1.1 x 1.2 GS2
350 600 Fresh Weld mesh FS 2 to 2 m off floor 11 1.1 x 1.05 GS3
600 1,350 Fresh Fiber reinforced shotcrete +Weld mesh SRR 2 to 1.5 m off floor 11 1.1 x 1.05 GS4.1
Plain strand cable 17.8 mm with
300 mm plate		 6 backs 4 ~1.5 x 2  

 

Notes: GSS: Ground Support Scheme, FS: Friction Stabilizer, SRR: Solid Rebar Resin Bolt.

 

Page 224 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

13.2.3Stress Environment

 

The in-situ stress environment at Kabanga was examined through two approaches. An initial desktop study was conducted to support early geotechnical analysis for mine planning, and the second approach includes Acoustic Emission (AE) stress measurements on core samples (Windsor et al., 2010). The main geotechnical analysis is based on the AE stress measurements on core samples, which were carried out by the Western Australian School of Mines (WASM) at Curtin University. These samples, comprising three samples for Tembo Mine and three sample for North Mine were sent to the WASM laboratory in Kalgoorlie, Western Australia. Of the six samples collected, four were tested (three from Tembo and one from North) after laboratory QA/QC assessment for testing compliance.

 

Reviewing these results against the WASM dataset (Figure 13 2) indicates that the Kabanga stress environment is lower than many other mines and is appropriate for mines near the Great Rift valley.

 

 

 

Figure 13-2: Kabanga AE Measurement Results Compared to WASM Dataset (a) Ratio of Average Horizontal to Vertical Stress (b) Principal Stress Magnitude Chart Comparison

 

It is recommended that that a stress assessment from core (AE or similar) is carried for the Main Zone once the project has been established and it is practical to include in future surface drill programs.

 

13.2.4Material Strength Testwork

 

Laboratory testing was completed on rock samples with the objective of achieving a spatial and statistical representation of each of the geotechnical domains across the project area. The collated data set includes 197 single-stage Hoek Triaxial tests and 68 Brazilian tests. The following objectives were achieved:

 

●Target samples to investigate intact material strength of sedimentary stratigraphy units, intrusives and mineralization.

 

●Target samples to investigate the strength of the foliation in the stratigraphy units.

 

Page 225 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

●Sample and test similar units at North to determine whether results are within the same data population.

 

●Some of the samples were sub cored to achieve intact failure mode. When compared to the whole core samples tested, the sub core results were higher. The increase due to the smaller core diameter was in the range of ratios from Hoek, 2023. The sub cored intact strength was reduced by the ratio from Hoek, 2023 for inclusion with the whole core results.

 

●Hoek and Brown, 2019 recommend single stage Hoek cell testing to determine material strength properties.

 

The resulting intact material strength properties are summarized in Table 13-6. These tests have been undertaken at E-Precision laboratory in Western Australia and is to International Society of Rock Mechanics standards. This standard defines the length, flatness, parallelism, loading rate and data sample rate.

 

MGT reviewed the results and classified as intact and structure failure mode on a per sample basis against the entire population of samples by lithology defining the intact strength and fabric strengths. All results are plotted.

 

It is recommended that core samples be collected from the Main Zone once the project has been established and it is practical to include in future surface drill programs. Samples should be used to conduct materials strength testwork to uplift the Main Zone to the same level as North and Tembo.

 

Page 226 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 13-6: Material Strength Results from Laboratory Testing – North and Tembo

 

Geotechnical
Design
Domain		 Total No.
of HTRX
Tests		 No. of
Valid
HTRX		 Average
Density
(t/m3)		 Std Dev
Density		 Ave Valid
Modulus		 Std. Dev.
Modulus
(MPa)		 UCSci Intact
Rock
Strength
(MPa)		 UCSci
Intact Rock
Strength
Std Dev		 Average
Tensile
(MPa)		 Hoek-
Brown
(mi)		 Cohesion
(MPa)		 Friction
Angle (°  )
BNPU 24 24 3.07 0.63 26,228 5,298 90 15.2 -12.0 10 12.4 37.4
LRPU 85 50 2.83 0.18 30,354 7,545 105 16.1 -10.6 11.75 9.5 33.8
LSSC 6 0 2.90 0.02 - - - - - - 7.1 39.5
MSSX 13 11 4.31 0.54 27,984 7,478 65 19.1 -10.6 18 - -
UMIN 14 11 3.67 0.33 50,858 6,962 275 9.8 -21.7 13.5 - -
Intrusive 31 43 3.14 0.57 29,045 10,443 110 42.1 -14.2 13 - -

 

Notes:

 

1.HTRX = Hoek Triaxial.

 

2.UCSci = derived or estimated value of the uniaxial compressive strength (UCS) based on regression analysis of multiple test datasets—specifically, triaxial compression tests and Brazilian tensile strength tests (indirect tensile strength), obtained as the y-intercept of a fitted line.

 

3.mi = A constant in the Hoek-Brown criterion, a fundamental parameter required for determining the compressive strength of rock.

 

4.Friction angle and cohesions are based on the strength of samples that failed on structures.

 

5.A valid HTRX is one where the sample has intact failure mode, rather than fabric or structural control. Only valid results are used for the Hoek-Brown assessment.

 

Page 227 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

13.2.5Structural Setting

 

The major fault structural model was developed by Golder in 2009. The model was reviewed by MGT using 2022–23 diamond drilling to identify drillhole intercepts and, where possible, inspect core photos, rock mass quality and structural logging to verify characterization and extent of the individual fault wireframes.

 

This review validated the Golder model with recent drilling and confirmed the appropriateness of use for the study. These outcomes enabled identification of which major faults warranted inclusion in three-dimensional numerical modeling.

 

In future drill programs, there should be attention given to Main Zone to ensure the structural knowledge is uplifted to the same level of confidence as North and Tembo in advance of mining commencing at Main, which is currently planned to start in Year 10.

 

13.2.6Empirical Stope Span Analysis

 

An empirical stope stability assessment was conducted to determine stable strike lengths for stope design, forming a key input to mine planning and numerical modeling. The analysis employed the Modified Stability Graph method, initially developed by Mathews et al. (1981) and subsequently refined by Potvin (1988) and others. This method uses the Modified Stability Number (N’) to assess the stability of unsupported stope spans based on rock mass and geometric parameters.

 

The N’ value was calculated using the formula:

 

N’ = Q’ × A × B × C

 

where:

 

●Q’ represents the rock mass quality, determined using the Q-System (NGI, 2015),

 

●A is a stress adjustment factor (Villaescusa, 1996),

 

●B accounts for the orientation of discontinuities relative to stope walls (Potvin, 1988), and

 

●C reflects the influence of gravity and wall orientation on stope stability (Potvin, 1988).

 

Rock mass quality values (Q’) were determined using the lower quartile and mean Q’ values for key lithological units exposed during stoping. These included LRPU, UMAF_KAB, and the mineralized zone at Tembo, and additionally BNPU and LSSC units at North. Stress inputs for Factor A were derived from site-specific stress measurements, while structural data used in Factors B and C were sourced from the structural analysis completed.

 

Stope geometry was evaluated using the hydraulic radius, defined as the ratio of wall area to perimeter. Hydraulic radius was applied to assess maximum stable stope dimensions for both single (25 m) and double (50 m) lift scenarios. The results provide stope span recommendations, guiding mine planners in selecting appropriate stope dimensions for subsequent detailed modeling and mine design refinement.

 

13.2.6.1North Mine Stope Span Analysis

 

North Mine has been divided into two depth ranges to account for predicted changes in stress conditions. This decision is informed by AE stress measurements collected on site and the depth extent of North Mine. The depth-based zoning enables more accurate geotechnical design and mine planning by reflecting the increase of stress with depth. The results are summarized in Table 13-7. These are also supported by the numerical modeling discussed in Section 13.2.8.

 

Page 228 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 13-7: North Mine Unsupported Stope Span Configuration

 

Depth From (mBS) Depth To (mBS) Weathering zone 25th % Q’ Mean Q’
Single/Double
Option		 Strike (m) Width (m) Single/Double Option Strike (m) Width (m)
0 600 Fresh single 40 20 single 60 20
double 30 20 double 40 20
600 1150 Fresh single 40 20 single 60 20
double 25 20 double 25 20

 

Notes:

 

1.mBS meters below surface.

 

2.Q’ is a modified version of the Q-System rock mass classification that excludes the Stress Reduction Factor (SRF) during logging and represents the rock mass quality based on core logging before stress conditions are considered.

 

13.2.6.2Tembo Mine Stope Span Analysis

 

Tembo Mine has been assessed as three discrete areas (southwest, middle, and northeast), due to the strike length of the mine as shown in Figure 13-3. Given that Tembo Mine has such similar stope geometry, each area was assessed at different depths to decipher if any changes occurred. The results from the stope span analysis across these areas at Tembo are very consistent and therefore have been presented in a single table, applicable to all areas and depth intervals at Tembo, as shown in Table 13-8.

 

 

 

Figure 13-3: Tembo Mine Long-section Overview (looking northwest)

 

Table 13-8: Tembo Unsupported Stope Span Configuration

 

Depth From (mBS) Depth To (mBS) Weathering Zone Single/Double Option 25th % Q’ Mean Q’
Strike (m) Width (m) Strike (m) Width (m)
0 575 Fresh Single 45 20 60 20
Double 30 20 35 20

 

Note: Q’ is a modified version of the Q-System rock mass classification that excludes the Stress Reduction Factor (SRF) during logging and represents the rock mass quality based on core logging before stress conditions are considered.

 

Page 229 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

13.2.6.3Main Mine Stope Span Analysis

 

Main Mine unsupported stope span recommendations for the lower quartile and the mean are presented in Table 13-9. Spans were derived considering results from all the Geotechnical Design Domains. Both single (25 m) and double (50 m) lifts were assessed, however not all rock mass quality supported a double lift option.

 

Table 13-9: Main Mine Unsupported Stope Span Recommendations

 

Depth From (mBS) Depth To (mBS) Weathering Zone Single/Double Option 25th % Q Mean Q’
Strike (m) Width (m) Strike (m) Width (m)
Variable zones Transitional Single only 20 20 20 20
0 400 Fresh   Single 25 20 35 20
Double 20 20 25 20

 

Note: Q’ is a modified version of the Q-System rock mass classification that excludes the Stress Reduction Factor (SRF) during logging and represents the rock mass quality based on core logging before stress conditions are considered.

 

13.2.7Empirical Paste Strength Assessment

 

Paste fill (PF) strength estimates were determined using Mitchell et al. (1982). Using this method required some assumptions which are discussed further below.

 

Two mining methods were considered for PF strength:

 

1.Longitudinal retreat – stopes are extracted one at a time along an ore drive, retreating to an access.

 

2.Transverse retreat – stopes are extracted together moving back to a common access. Two sequences for this method are assessed.

 

Parameters that were used for preliminary PF strength calculations were derived using MGT’s internal engineering experience and datasets. These include:

 

●Density – 2.1 t/m3

 

●Elastic Modulus – 400 MPa

 

●Poisson’s ratio – 0.25

 

●Friction angle – 30°

 

●Factor Safety – 1.0 (no adjustment made to strengths)

 

●Constant Closure Model – 10 mm

 

Final strength requirements will depend on several operational factors, including the particle size distribution of the tailings feed, binder type and dosage, mixing conditions, and the target mechanical performance (e.g., compressive or tensile strength), aligned with the expected failure mechanisms. This has been covered in detailed testing and under the backfill study completed by MineFill).

 

Mostly, stopes will be retreated longitudinally resulting in a single wall fill mass exposure and undercut. However, North will have some areas of transverse retreat, where consideration is required for backfill strength since more than one side wall is exposed to the fill mass.

 

13.2.7.1Longitudinal Retreat Exposure

 

Where stopes are being extracted and only exposing the side wall, the strength requirements are shown in Table 13-10, based on various stope widths.

 

Page 230 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 13-10: Side Wall Exposure Backfill Strengths

 

Stope Width (m) PF Strength - End Wall Exposure
Single Lift – 25 m Height (kPa)		 PF Strength - End Wall Exposure
Double Lift – 50 m Height (kPa)
5 85 94
10 147 172
15 193 238
20 229 294
25 258 343
30 281 386

 

Undercut strength requirements were assessed for three volumes:

 

3.Plug height of 15 m

 

4.Single lift height of 25 m

 

5.Double lift height of 50 m

 

Table 13-11 summarizes the results showing failure mechanism influencing the strength requirement of the fill mass. Where yellow highlights crushing, orange caving and blue flexural.

 

Page 231 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 13-11: Results Summary for PF Undercut Backfill Strength (kPA) Assessment

 

  PF Strength - Undercut (kPa)
Single Lift - 15m plug Paste Column Single Lift - 25m backfill column Double Lift - 50 m backfill column
Width (m) 30m Strike 20m Strike 10m Strike 30m Strike 20m Strike 10m Strike 30m Strike 20m Strike 10m Strike
  1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000
10 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
15 742 742 500 742 742 500 742 742 500
20 989 989 500 989 989 500 989 989 500
25 1,375 989 500 1,236 989 500 1,236 989 500
30 2,708 989 500 1,483 989 500 1,483 989 500
Key:                  
Crushing Flexural Caving  

 

Page 232 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The recommendation for backfill strength targets is informed by the fill strategy show in Figure 13-4 and is summarized in Table 13-12 and Table 13-13.

 

 

 

Figure 13-4: Longitudinal Retreat Backfill Strategy

 

Table 13-12: Longitudinal Retreat Plug Strength

 

Undercut Strength Plug (15m) (kPa)
Width (m) 20 m Stope Length 30 m Stope Length
10 500 500
20 989 989
30 989 2,708

 

Table 13-13: Longitudinal Retreat Lift 2 Strength

 

Width (m) Single Lift (kPa) Double Lift (kPa)
10 147 172
20 229 294
30 281 386

 

13.2.7.2Transverse Retreat Exposure

 

Where transverse retreat is required, this may result in more than one backfilled wall being exposed at the same time. Where this occurs, an increase of backfill strength will be needed. Two scenarios that may eventuate are shown in Figure 13-5 and Figure 13-6.

 

Scenario One (Figure 13-5) is a typical primary/secondary retreat. In this scenario while “three” paste faces of the fill mass are exposed, only one wall of each backfilled stope, so therefore, the previous longitudinal retreat strengths apply as summarized in Table 13-14.

 

Scenario Two (Figure 13-6), two faces of lift two might be exposed. In this case, strength requirements have been assessed for two face exposures of either 20 m or 30 m.

 

These strengths are summarized in Table 13-14. Undercut strengths for transverse retreat are the same as for the longitudinal summarized in Table 13-12.

 

Page 233 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

Figure 13-5: Plan View of a Typical Primary/Secondary Transverse Retreat

 

 

 

Figure 13-6: Plan View Showing a Possible Transverse Retreat Highlighting Two Face Exposure

 

Table 13-14: Transverse Retreat – Two Face Wall Exposure

 

Exposure 1 – Strike (m) Exposure 2 – Width (m) Single Lift -
Height 25m (kPa)		 Double Lift -
Height 50 m (kPa)
20 20 330 481
20 30 376 589
30 20 363 555

 

Page 234 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

13.2.8Infrastructure

 

13.2.8.1Vertical Development

 

An empirical assessment was completed to determine possible stable unsupported diameters in the LRPU.

 

To provide guidance to enable mine design and budgeting, a range of possible diameters was investigated with this empirical method using variations of the rock mass quality. For this, the mean and the 10th, 25th, 75th, and 90th percentile Q’ values for the LRPU for each mine were assessed.

 

The results indicate that a 5 m to 5.5 m diameter raisebore is possible in the LRPU.

 

13.2.8.2Boxcut and Portal

 

A dedicated geotechnical drilling program was completed in 2023 to support final design of the boxcuts and portal excavations for the North and Tembo mining areas. A total of ten geotechnical holes were drilled (six at North and four at Tembo) specifically targeting planned portal locations. These drillholes were planned in alignment with the mine design and are shown in Figure 13-7 and Figure 13-8.

 

At the North area, three potential boxcut locations were evaluated. The drilling program was designed to include near-horizontal pilot holes aligned with the planned decline orientations, supported by moderately dipping holes targeting future boxcut walls. While site conditions, including terrain and drill rig capabilities, imposed some limitations on execution, all critical geotechnical objectives were achieved. Drillhole designs were successfully adapted in the field to ensure collection of the necessary geotechnical data to support final portal and boxcut design. The boxcut designs and geotechnical drillholes can be seen in Figure 13-7 and Figure 13-8.

 

 

 

Figure 13-7: Plan View of North Boxcut and Mine Design

 

Page 235 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

Figure 13-8: Plan View of Tembo Boxcut and Initial Decline

 

The weathering profile in the vicinity of the boxcuts has been reviewed to investigate potential exposure of weathered rock mass for budgeting purposes. Core photos were inspected by MGT to check the current regolith wireframe interpretation.

 

North boxcut will be cut in weathered rock, potentially the top 1.5 benches will be made up of soil and the remainder strong to transitional oxide. The decline is expected to intercept fresh rock after approximately 180 m of development, as shown in Figure 13-9.

 

Page 236 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

Figure 13-9: Cross-section of North Boxcut Design Looking North

 

Tembo boxcut is designed to expose mostly strong oxide material. Geotechnical drillholes have not intercepted ‘fresh’ rock mass, and the current oxide wireframe interpretation suggests that the decline will develop approximately 250 m in oxide and weathered rock until intercepting fresh rock. This is illustrated in Figure 13-10.

 

 

 

Figure 13-10: Cross-section of Tembo Boxcut Design (looking northwest)

 

For budgeting purposes, MGT provided preliminary ground support recommendations for the Tembo and North boxcuts based on visual core logging and engineering experience in similar geological conditions. Ground support schemes include both surface treatments (such as fiber-reinforced shotcrete and TECCO mesh for rockfall protection) and reinforcement elements (e.g., 6 m T32 threadbar anchors). Similar support strategies were outlined for the initial 50–100 m of decline development.

 

Page 237 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Initial drill and blast guidance was also developed to minimize blast-induced damage and support early excavation stability. Recommendations include staged firing sequences, tight perimeter control, and conservative advance rates (~2 m per round) until ground response is confirmed.

 

13.2.8.3Underground Infrastructure

 

The 2022–23 geotechnical drill program was designed to target areas of planned mine infrastructure, early decline placement with the objective to identify any adverse geological features. Figure 13-11 and Figure 13-12 display the drilling at Tembo and North with Q’ results along the drillhole traces.

 

 

 

Figure 13-11: Geotechnical Drillholes Intercepting Tembo Southwest (including portal) –
Long-section (looking northwest) showing Q’

 

Drillholes targeting Tembo decline infrastructure indicates that the rock mass quality can vary. At Tembo Southwest, good to very good quality rock mass (Barton Q’ classification) with some intervals of poor quality.

 

Page 238 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

Figure 13-12: Geotechnical Logged Holes at North Targeting Early Decline Placement Showing Q’ Classification

 

Drillholes targeting the early stages of the North decline are shown in Figure 13-12 and display similar Q’ results with mostly classification of good to very good rock mass with some intervals of poorer quality mixed in.

 

Ground support strategies have accounted for both rock mass quality and the minor structural setting for the declines. Placement compared to the mining front has been assessed using three-dimensional numerical modeling. Model outcomes show that mining is not having an adverse effect on the decline and therefore placement is appropriate.

 

13.2.9Numerical Modeling

 

Three-dimensional finite element modeling was conducted for North and Tembo mines using a preliminary version of the mine plan, to assess global stability based on rock mass quality, material strength, faults, and foliation, using the planned mine geometry and extraction sequence. The models included annually sequenced development and stoping voids over 20 stages, with geologically defined wireframes. Figure 13-13 and Figure 13-14 show the North and Tembo models built up with the mine plan and geology wireframes. The mine design shapes used in the numerical modeling was compared to the final mine design and no geotechnically significant difference was identified and therefore wasn’t required to be updated.

 

Additional numerical model inputs included Rock Mass Strength, Far-field Stress and Fault Strength.

 

Page 239 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

Figure 13-13: Perspective View (from Southeast) showing the Geological Units Included in the North Model

 

 

 

Figure 13-14: Perspective View (from South) showing the Geological Units Included in the Tembo Model

 

Page 240 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

13.2.9.1Model Results

 

Inelastic modeling provides the means to identify areas of rock mass damage, by means of inelastic strain forecasts. The degree of damage is related to volumetric strain as shown in Figure 13-15. A strain threshold of 1% typically indicates the onset of cracking that would require ground support to maintain excavation stability.

 

 

 

Figure 13-15: Visual Representation of Rock Mass Damage for a Range in Volumetric Strain (reproduced from Vakili et al., 2014)

 

North Mine Stope Stability

 

The numerical modeling predicts 1% and some 2% strain isosurface at North Mine at the end of North Mine life, indicating cracking in stope hanging walls and footwall. However, due to the stopes being grouped in annual stages (rather than by individual stopes), the forecast damage appears worse than the actual case. More detailed analysis of specific areas, with stope-by-stope sequencing, is required to investigate further as the progresses into execution and development.

 

Tembo Mine Stope Stability

 

Numerical modeling for Tembo Mine indicates that no strain levels exceed 1%, suggesting that hanging wall and footwall cracking is unlikely to pose any stability concerns. This outcome is primarily attributed to the shallow mining depth, low stress environment, the long strike length of the orebody, and the presence of a competent rock mass.

 

Numerical Modeling Conclusions

 

Numerical modeling results from the preliminary version of the mine plan were evaluated against those from the final mine plan to assess completeness and consistency. The analysis confirmed that the modeling outcomes are consistent across both versions, primarily due to the similarity in mine design and production sequencing between the two plans. The results are as follows: numerical modeling shows that North Mine may experience localized stope and development damage, foliation slip, and potential fault slip, all manageable with appropriate ground support and monitoring. Tembo Mine is more stable, with minor development issues and expected foliation and fault slip, also manageable with planned support measures. Tembo’s current mine plane does not show a transition into a high stress environment.

 

Page 241 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The model has forecasted hanging wall and footwall damage at North Mine, however, this damage is most likely due to the number of stopes “open” at once due to the yearly time step. In reality, not all of these stopes will be opened as backfill will be used. It is recommended that a detailed, localized model to assess the void-to-fill ratio and forecasted damage in these areas is commenced as part of the underground mine implementation. It is also recommended that Main Mine be included in future numerical modeling to ensure that Main is in-line with the work completed for North and Tembo.

 

Overall, the global extraction strategy for both mines is appropriate. No issues were identified with the extraction sequence, placement of levels and capital infrastructure.

 

13.3Hydrogeology

 

Water inflow values used to determine the mine’s dewatering requirements were sourced from WSP (SA)’s Water and Salt Balance Report (WSP 2025). Groundwater ingress to the underground mine is expected to be relatively low due to the low permeability of the surrounding rock, and it is not considered a ‘wet mine’.

 

Figure 13-16 describes the expected groundwater ingress for both mines. North Mine is expected to reach a maximum ingress of 6,100 m3/d and Tembo Mine is expected to reach a maximum ingress of 2,400 m3/d, totaling a maximum groundwater ingress of 8,500 m3/d.

 

 

 

Figure 13-16: North Mine and Tembo Mine Groundwater Ingress

 

Mine service water is calculated at 0.4 m3 per tonne of production. The water balance for both mines, along with the daily flows per underground pump stations have been designed to account for the inflows indicated by the hydrogeology study, with additional capacity built into the underground dewatering network to ensure any excess rainfalls or inflows can be managed.

 

Page 242 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

13.3.1Hydrogeological Data Acquisition

 

Groundwater studies were undertaken to establish baseline hydrogeological conditions across the project area, with the aim of supporting water supply planning, site-wide monitoring, and impact assessments. Key objectives included characterizing:

 

●Aquifer properties, water levels, and flow directions near key infrastructure.

 

●The location and use of existing boreholes, springs, and community water sources.

 

●Groundwater quality and potential sources of contamination.

 

A desktop review and hydrocensus survey of existing data and infrastructure were conducted, identifying key data gaps. As a result, 21 new investigation boreholes were sited across the project area to support both water supply development and long-term groundwater monitoring. Borehole siting was guided by:

 

●Strategic placement upgradient and downgradient of potential contamination sources.

 

●Identified data gaps.

 

●The need to assess structural influences on groundwater flow.

 

Each borehole was logged with lithological data, construction details, water strike depths, and yield measurements. Aquifer tests (including test pumping and falling head tests) were conducted to determine transmissivity, hydraulic conductivity, and storativity.

 

●A numerical groundwater flow model was developed using Feflow®, supporting the following assessments:

 

‒Forecasting groundwater inflows to the proposed Tembo and North mines.

 

‒Predicting drawdown (cone of depression) from dewatering activities.

 

‒Evaluating impacts on baseflows to local rivers and drainage lines.

 

‒Assessing potential seepage plumes from the Tailings Storage Facility (TSF), including liner performance.

 

‒Estimating changes in groundwater quality and their potential impact on nearby environmental receptors.

 

13.4Mining Design

 

13.4.1Stope Optimization

 

The work for determining the stope optimization was completed in March 2025 when cost, payability and transport assumptions were at a level of confidence suitable for mine planning. Assumptions used to calculate the Net Sales Return (NSR) of each block in the 2024 Mineral Resource Model and the stope optimization are summarized in Table 13-15, which is based on 100% concentrate sales. Estimates for recovery and mass pull of Ni, Cu, Co, S, and Fe to nickel concentrate and pyrrhotite concentrate were used, based on metallurgical testwork.

 

Page 243 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 13-15: NSR and Stope Optimization Assumptions

 

Parameter Unit Value
Revenue
Nickel Price USD/lb 8.50
Copper Price USD/lb 4.24
Cobalt Price USD/lb 18.34
Concentrate Payabilities % as per market analysis including discussions with offtakers

Concentrator Recovery % Formula
Transport USD/t Conc. (wet) 209.75
Royalties % 7.30
Costs MSSX UMIN
Mining USD/t 53.20 53.20
Processing USD/t 10.38 11.69
G&A USD/t 8.18 8.18
TSF USD/t 2.21 2.21
Surface Infrastructure USD/t 1.60 1.60
Total Costs USD/t 75.57 76.89
Cut-off MSSX UMIN
NSR USD/t 75.57 76.89

 

The NSR break-even cut-off value was determined for MSSX and UMIN as USD 75.57/t feed and USD 76.89/t feed, respectively.

 

An elevated cut-off value was applied to each zone to improve payback and project economics. An elevated cut-off grade strategy will also protect against fluctuations in metal prices and costs to ensure the inventory being mined is robust. The NSR cut-off applied to each zone is USD 170/t at North Upper, USD 100/t at North Lower and Tembo, and USD 85/t at Main. These cut-off values are shown in Figure 13-17.

 

 

 

Note: 1) North Upper and North Lower are differentiated at approximately 600 mBS.

 

Figure 13-17: Stope Optimizer NSR Cut-off Grade by Zone

 

Deswik Stope Optimizer was used to generate the stope shapes for the mine design. All stopes used six-point resolution, controlled by mineralization wireframes, and have a 45° maximum change between adjacent stopes. The stope parameters are summarized by mining areas in Table 13-16.

 

Page 244 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 13-16: Stope Parameters

 

Parameter Unit North Upper North Lower Tembo Main
Stope Strike m 30 20 30 20
Minimum Stope Width m 3 3 3 3
Minimum Pillar Length m 8 8 8 8
Stope Height (floor to floor) m 25 20–25 25 25
Hanging Wall and Footwall minimum angle ˚ 45 45 45 45

 

13.4.2Mining Method

 

Several underground mining methods have been evaluated over the project life by previous owners and in multiple studies. Ultimately, longhole stoping with paste backfill was chosen due to its suitability for the mineralized area’s geometry and dip, as well as its advantages in selectivity, operational flexibility, and recovery. Level spacing is typically 25 m floor-to-floor, except for a section at North Mine where the mineralized area dip is flatter and level spacing has been reduced to 20 m. A combination of top-down and bottom-up sequencing is used at micro and macro levels, with the preference leaning towards the top-down center-out sequence due to its favorable geotechnical characteristics. Stope strike lengths will vary between 20 m and 30 m, depending on depth and mineralization thickness. Most stopes are to be extracted via longitudinal retreat stoping, except in thicker mineralized areas at North Mine, where transverse retreat stoping from hanging wall drives will be implemented. Figure 13-18 depicts a typical mine design for North Mine, while Figure 13-19 shows both longitudinal and transverse stoping methods at North Mine.

 

 

 

Figure 13-18: Typical Mine Design at North Mine

 

 

 

Figure 13-19: Longitudinal and Transverse Stoping at North (Oblique 3D)

 

13.4.3Development

 

Development profiles are summarized in Table 13-17. Drift dimensions were dictated by ventilation requirements in conjunction with minimum clearances required for the selected mobile mining equipment. Typical layouts for stoping levels are shown in Figure 13-20, Figure 13-21, and Figure 13-22 for North, Tembo, and Main mines, respectively.

 

Page 245 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 13-17: Development Profiles

 

Development Type Design Size (m)
(width x height)
Decline 5.5 x 5.8
Trucking Decline 5.5 x 5.8
Access 5.5 x 5.5
Vent drives 5.5 x 5.5
Pump stations 5.5 x 6.0
Footwall drives 5.0 x 5.5
Escapeway drives 4.5 x 4.5
Crosscut drives 5.0 x 5.0
FAR access drives 5.0 x 5.0
Secondary RAR drives 4.5 x 4.5
Infra drive (paste cuddy) 5.0 x 5.0
UG magazine 5.0 x 5.0
Production Drives 5.0 x 5.0
Stockpiles 5.0 x 6.0
Sumps 4.5 x 5.0
Decline Passing bays 10.0 x 5.8

 

Notes: FAR = fresh air raise, RAR = return air raise.

 

 

 

Figure 13-20: Typical Level Plan – North Mine

 

Page 246 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

Figure 13-21: Typical Level Plan – Tembo Mine

 

 

 

Figure 13-22: Typical Level Plan – Main Mine

 

13.4.4Dilution and Recovery

 

Unplanned (external) dilution has been included in the stoping as an overbreak allowance. This is included as a total amount of overbreak and varies based on the width and height of the stopes. The external dilution at North Mine averages 9.4% of tonnes, at Tembo 10.0%, and at Main 11.5%. The average expected external dilution for the Project is 9.8%.

 

Page 247 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Several dilution figures were applied to the stopes at North Mine and Main Mine given that the geometry changes much more compared with Tembo Mine (all Tembo stopes have an allowance for 10% unplanned dilution). Table 13-18 summarizes the unplanned dilution values applied to the North and Main stopes in Deswik based on stope dip and width.

 

Table 13-18: Unplanned Dilution Values Applied to North and Main Stopes

 

Stope Geometry Stope Dilution (%)
North and Main 0–8 m 8–12.5 m 12.5–17 m 17–21 m 21+m
Hanging wall Dip 60°+ 13% 9% 8% 6% 6%
Hanging wall Dip 45°-60⁰ 18% 13% 10% 8% 7%
Hanging wall Dip 30°-45⁰ 27% 19% 14% 12% 10%

 

As a result of the dip and geometry of the mineralized zones, there is some internal dilution within the Stope Optimizer shapes generated in Deswik, which can be referred to as ‘planned dilution’. This planned dilution at North Mine is 16.1%, at Tembo 15.1%, and at Main 19.1%. and the average project planned dilution is 16.1%. It is predicted that this planned dilution could be reduced in the operational phase of the project when the technical and operating teams have the ability to apply learning and experience to refining the final mined stopes shapes.

 

All stopes have a mining recovery of 90%.

 

13.4.5Mining Sequence

 

In the upper section of North Mine, where the stress environment is relatively low, it is planned that higher-value stopes will be mined preferentially. This approach is feasible because multiple working faces across North Mine can be established during the construction period of the processing plant. Generally, the mining sequence will follow a top-down approach, with some localized bottom-up mining as required.

 

In the deeper sections of North Mine, the mining sequence will be a conventional center-out sequence, as shown in Figure 13-23. Geotechnical modeling has indicated that this approach can be adapted based on favorable results, providing flexibility in the sequence.

 

 

 

Figure 13-23: Schematic of North Mining Sequence

 

The planned Tembo Mine sequencing employs similar mining principles, utilizing a center-out approach combined with top-down mining where feasible. Due to the extensive three-kilometer strike length of the Tembo mineralized zone, multiple mining fronts will be established, allowing efficient management across the strike. Higher-value stopes will be accessed and mined early where possible. Notably, Tembo Mine’s operations would commence seven months after those at North Mine. Since the Tembo mineralized zone does not extend below a depth of 700 m, sequence-induced sterilization is not anticipated. The sequence of mine development for Tembo is illustrated in Figure 13-24.

 

Page 248 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

Figure 13-24: Schematic of Tembo Mining Sequence

 

The planned access for Main will be via a decline that will be mined off the North decline in the later years of the mine life. Appropriate ventilation and escapeways will be established that service Main Mine from both the North Mine access, and access to the surface as Main is relatively shallow. The mining sequence at Main will follow a mostly top-down echelon retreat with longitudinal stopes exclusively, as shown below in Figure 13-25.

 

 

 

Figure 13-25: Schematic of Main Mining Sequence

 

13.4.6Equipment

 

It is proposed that an experienced mining contractor be engaged for the initial five years to be responsible for the procuring, operating, and maintaining of all underground equipment.

 

Conventional trucking is the selected method of haulage from underground, with the haulage analysis completed based on defined assumptions. Fleet hours were used to estimate equipment requirements and cumulative usage, supporting maintenance, rebuilding, and replacement planning and these were finalized by checking mine physicals.

 

Page 249 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Drill numbers were based on scheduled development and advance rates. Equipment estimates for the mine life and the first five years were aligned with contractor estimates. Equipment quantities were rounded up with an extra unit added for availability, and replacement schedules were derived from equipment life.

 

The anticipated mobile equipment list, along with peak requirements, is shown in Table 13-19.

 

Table 13-19: Mobile Equipment List

 

Description Example Max Qty.
Production Drill CAT Raptor 7X 7
Development Jumbo CAT Troidon 66XL 10
Large LHD CAT R2900XE 16
Underground Truck CAT AD63 24
Charge Rig Epiroc AARD UV100 6
Spraymec Normet SF 050 D 4
Agitator Normet LF 700 5
ITC Medium CAT 930 6
ITC Large CAT 962 5
Grader CAT 140 3
Workshop Telehandler Kanu Equipment Kemach 50H130 3
Workshop Forklift Kanu Equipment Kemach D3.5 3
Utility / Delivery Truck Epiroc AARD UV100 3
LV (Light Vehicle) Toyota Landcruiser 79 Double Cab 37
Camp Transit Bus Toyota Coaster Bus 6
Tembo Surface Loader CAT 962 1
Tembo Surface Trucks CAT 740 6

 

Note: ITC = Integrated Tool Carrier.

 

13.5Backfill

 

MineFill has completed the backfill component of the FS for the Kabanga Nickel Project, focusing on evaluating all potential paste recipes using materials available on-site at Kabanga. The study included an extensive testwork program to define and deliver a robust backfill strategy aligned with the selected mining method and operational requirements. In addition, MineFill has designed and costed the surface backfill plants, which will produce paste and deliver it to underground stopes through a backbone distribution network. This network design has been validated through detailed flow modeling.

 

13.5.1Backfill Demand

 

The anticipated annual backfill requirement for each zone is summarized in Table 13-20 , which contains the LoM and average annual fill requirements during peak demand in cubic meters (m3). The annual demand in Table 13-20 has been used to evaluate the system requirements.

 

Table 13-20: Kabanga Backfill Requirements

 

Mineralized Zone Backfill Requirements (m3)
LoM demand Average Annual Design Peak Annual Design
North 6,924,864 480,000 562,605
Tembo 3,822,012 250,000 250,000
Main 1,237,555 234,000 234,000
North + Main 8,162,419 - 605,868

 

Page 250 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

13.5.2Testwork and Paste Recipe

 

MineFill has conducted a testwork program, covering 41 tests based on various recipes and products made and available at Kabanga. Testwork included the use of:

 

●Non-pyrrhotite tailings (waste steam from the Concentrator)

 

●Stockpiled non-pyrrhotite tailings

 

●Crushed and screened waste rock from underground mining

 

●General purpose (GP) cement

 

●Tanzanian low heat (LH) cement

 

Based on the testwork results and process mass balance, the basis of design is to use non-pyrrhotite tails from the Kabanga Concentrator and waste rock from underground development, crushed and screened to < 5 mm. This is to enable the use of a positive displacement paste pump to ensure all stopes can be backfilled. Backfill will be referred to as a Paste Aggregate Fill (PAF). The PAF blend is 55% non-pyrrhotite and 45% waste rock combined with LH cement.

 

Testwork results indicate the strengths required for vertical and horizontal exposure are achieved using this planned recipe. Analysis of the backfill exposures show that, due to the significant size of some horizontal exposure spans, to limit horizontal exposure dilution quantities to less than 5%, by volume, significant binder addition (90 kg/m3 (5.2%) at North and 70 kg/m3 (4.1%) at Tembo) is required. This high binder content, combined with the crushing costs results in a relatively high operating cost for each system.

 

13.5.3PAF Plant Design

 

13.5.3.1PAF Plant Location

 

At Kabanga, PAF is required for filling activities in North/Main and Tembo mines. The distance from the upper level of North Zone (southwest end) to that in Tembo Zone (northeast end) is 4,500 m, while that from Tembo Zone to the center of Main Zone is 6,000 m. Furthermore, the terrain between Main Zone and Tembo Zone is mountainous. Transportation of PAF with conventional pumps from a single plant to these extremities would require PAF to be placed at yield stresses (and densities) less than 200 Pa, which is low relative to other operations. In addition to any increase in binder requirements that may arise because of operating at low densities, the presence of aggregate (which is required to achieve the mass balance requirements) means sustained operation at low yield stress would almost certainly result in settlement of aggregates within the reticulation pipework and potential blockages.

 

To overcome this, two PAF plants will be implemented at the Kabanga Site. Given the similar backfill duties (at North and Tembo mines) these PAF plants are identical, and the locations are presented in Figure 13-26.

 

Page 251 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

Figure 13-26: Schematic of Kabanga Site showing PAF Plant Locations

 

13.5.3.2PAF Plant Overview

 

PAF is manufactured at two separate plants. One plant is located at North Mine (feeding both North and Main mines) while the other is located at Tembo Mine. PAF delivery from both plants requires high pressure pumping. The PAF pump selected for the duty is a hydraulic piston pump with a pulsation dampening system to prevent surging of PAF throughout the system. The pump has a “poppet valve” or “cone valve” “wet end” as this is more appropriate for the high fines content of the Kabanga PAF and results in a far lower maintenance requirement relative to s-tube style wet ends more common in concrete pumping applications. The drawback with this pump is that the piston opening is relatively small and consequently the feed material must be limited to a maximum particle size of 5 mm. To account for this constraint, underground waste rock is crushed to a top size of 5 mm. This crushing activity is undertaken at North Mine’s waste rock stockpile area, before hauling crushed rock to each plant.

 

Given the relatively shallow depth and large lateral extent of the mineralization, even after positioning the plants directly above, a pump is still required (at each PAF plant) to deliver PAF to the extremities of the mines.

 

The planned route for delivery of tailings, process water and return of wastewater is a single delivery system to transport these materials between the concentrator and North plant and then from North to Tembo plant. The plan with this infrastructure is to deliver tailings slurry, at nominally 55% solids, to an agitated 2,000 m3 tailings storage tank at the North plant. From this tank tailings slurry is drawn to feed both the filter and mixer at the North plant, as well as feeding a 1,000 m3 tailings storage tank at Tembo Mine’s PAF plant. Waste water from the Tembo plant is returned to the waste return hopper at the North plant, where it is combined with waste from the North PAF and returned to the tailings thickener at the concentrator. Waste items include spillage, belt cloth washing and general hose up water.

 

Page 252 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The two PAF plants are effectively identical, both designed for instantaneous production rate of 95 m3/h. At this production rate the backfill requirements at North and Tembo can be satisfied with a system utilization of 64% and 31%, respectively. The plants are fitted with a combined tailings storage capacity of 3,000 m3 and are configured to enable a higher portion of tailings addition where appropriate. This provides an upside opportunity to reduce operating costs associated with aggregate crushing. Testing shows that, over the design range, the tailings/aggregate ratio in the PAF has little impact on the binder requirements necessary to achieve the required strengths.

 

In 2039, Main Mine requires backfill and North Mine’s PAF plant will service both North and Main mines. The design approach is to ensure the system has sufficient “sprint capacity” to support the peak demand in 2042. At the planned fill rate of 95 m3/h, to meet the extra PAF requirement in 2042, North Mine’s plant utilization increases from 64% up to 69%. Costs associated with overland piping, pumping upgrades and infrastructure are incorporated into Main Mine’s operating costs.

 

A 3D view of the PAF plant for North Mine is presented in Figure 13-27. The plant for Tembo Mine is similar.

 

 

 

Figure 13-27:3D View of North PAF Plant

 

13.5.4Reticulation

 

While a considerable pumping duty is required to feed the upper sections of North Mine, this reticulation system is relatively direct and only requires a maximum pump discharge pressure of 50 bar. After taking this pressure into account, the reticulation system has been designed with a combination of 150NB steel borehole casing and elbows and 160OD PN120 steel wire reinforced composite polyethylene (SRCP). SRCP is relatively new technology that is replacing traditional streel 3pipe throughout the mining industry due to its light weight, flexibility and wear resistant characteristics and is considered ideal for North Mine. SRCP allows much faster and safer pipe installation, resulting in a lower overall operating cost.

 

Page 253 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

At Tembo a design pump discharge pressure of 150 bar is required, to distribute paste throughout the mine. To accommodate this high pressure, the reticulation system incorporates 150NB Schedule 120 pipe with Victaulic 809N weld ring couplings.

 

Surface borehole(s) at both mines are lined with 150NB Schedule 120 flush thread steel pipe installed within a grouted 250NB Schedule 40 outer casing, within a 350 mm diameter borehole. Filling activities for the Main mineralized area would be undertaken through a 1.7 km overland pipe from North Mine’s PAF plant to a surface borehole located above Main Mine. To reticulate paste to this area, North Mine’s PAF pump is upgraded to discharge pressure of 150 bar.

 

13.5.5Fill Strategy

 

Two options are possible for the filling of stopes from underground. These are typically referred to as in-level filling and tight filling. Narrower stopes can adopt the in-level strategy, illustrated in Figure 13-28, whereas tight-fill will be used in large stopes, as shown in Figure 13-29, to manage span stability.

 

 

Figure 13-28: In-level Filling Arrangement

 

Page 254 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 13-29: Typical Cross-section Showing the Proposed Tight Filling Strategy

 

13.6Ventilation

 

Ventilation and cooling requirements have been calculated considering climatic conditions, mining depth, surrounding rock, diesel, and electrical equipment. Design criteria and production assumptions are then applied to estimate heat loads and ventilation requirements based on best practices that comply with Tanzanian legislation. Ventsim ventilation models were constructed to validate calculations.

 

The current work includes ventilation and heat load modeling to confirm the following points:

 

●Workplace environmental conditions

 

●Positioning of intake and return raises

 

●Ventilation layout and controls

 

●Design and phase-in of the major ventilation and cooling infrastructure

 

●Capital estimates and profiles

 

Page 255 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

13.6.1Airflow Requirements

 

Peak airflow requirements to meet and balance the air demand for North, Tembo, and Main mines have been summarized in Table 13-21 and Table 13-22.

 

Table 13-21: Primary Fesh Air Requirements

 

North Mine Volume (kg/s) Tembo Mine Volume (kg/s) Main Mine Volume (kg/s)
South decline * 66 South decline * 148 Main Decline 70
North decline ** 68 North decline ** 140 Main FAR1 162
South FAR 88 South FAR 298 Main FAR2 145
Central FAR 426 Central FAR 256 Escape raise 15
North FAR 434        
Total 1,082 Total 842 Total 392

 

Notes: FAR = fresh air raise, RAR = return air raise; * Primary; ** Secondary.

 

Table 13-22: Primary Return Air Requirements

 

North Mine Volume (kg/s) Tembo Mine Volume (kg/s) Main Mine Volume (kg/s)
South RAR 356 South RAR 244 Main RAR 1 392
North RAR 1 346 Central RAR 306    
North RAR 2 380 North RAR 292    
Total 1,082 Total 842 Total 392

 

FAR and RAR locations are illustrated in Figure 13-30.

 

 

Figure 13-30: Ventilation Infrastructure for Tembo, North and Main Mines

 

Page 256 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

13.6.2Ventilation Infrastructure

 

It is planned to use bifurcated centrifugal and axial fans, as summarized in Table 13-23. This will result in three primary fan stations at North, one at Main, and three at Tembo as a result of the extensive strike of the mineralized area at Tembo.

  

Table 13-23: Ventilation Infrastructure

 

Mine Location Operational Equipment
North South Fan Station Bifurcation with 2 centrifugal fans
North Fan Station 1 Bifurcation with 2 centrifugal fans
North Fan Station 2 Bifurcation with 2 centrifugal fans
Central BAC 5.0 MWc BAC
North BAC 5.0 MWc BAC
Tembo South Fan Station Bifurcation with 2 x Axial fans
Central Fan Station Bifurcation with 2 x Axial fans
North Fan Station Bifurcation with 2 x Axial fans
South BAC 5.0 MWc BAC
Main Main RAR 1 Bifurcation with 2 centrifugal fans

 

Note: BAC = bulk air cooler.

 

13.6.2.1Primary Ventilation Fans

 

Primary ventilation will be provided using an exhaust-type system whereby air will be drawn through the mine using exhaust fans on all Return Air Rises (RAR). Fan types and arrangements have been selected to suit the application, and where possible and practical, the commonality of equipment will be maximized. The following surface fans are planned:

 

●North Mine South RAR fan station (bifurcated, each fan providing 235 m³/s at 3.7 kPa SP)

 

●North Mine North RAR 1 fan station (bifurcated, each fan providing 223 m³/s at 3.4 kPa SP)

 

●North Mine North RAR 2 fan station (bifurcated, each fan providing 180 m³/s at 3.8 kPa SP)

 

●Main Mine Main RAR 1 fan station ((bifurcated, each fan providing 203 m³/s at 1.5 kPa SP)

 

●Tembo Mine South RAR fan station (bifurcated, each fan providing 230 m³/s at 2.1 kPa SP)

 

●Tembo Mine Central RAR fan station (bifurcated, each fan providing 204 m³/s at 2.3 kPa SP)

 

●Tembo Mine North RAR fan station (bifurcated, each fan providing 230 m³/s at 1.1 kPa SP)

 

At North, the South, North 1, and North 2 RARs share an identical design, each featuring a 5.0 m upcast shaft with a bifurcated fan station as shown in Figure 13-31. Centrifugal fans, selected for their suitability under high-pressure conditions, are used with inlet guide vanes (IGVs) for dynamic duty modulation. Each station includes two identical fans for flow capacity and redundancy. Surface ductwork incorporates non-return doors, flexible connections, safety screens, and structural stiffening to ensure operational safety and stability.

 

Page 257 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 13-31: Typical Bifurcated Centrifugal Exhaust Fan Arrangement (North)

 

The South, Central, and North RARs at Tembo Mine are identical, each featuring a 5.0 m upcast shaft with a bifurcated fan station, as illustrated in Figure 13-32. Axial fans are selected due to their efficiency, cost-effectiveness, and suitability for low-pressure operation. These fans, with standard cast aluminum blades, can handle moderate dust and water levels. However, centrifugal fans are recommended for improved long-term reliability if water ingress into the shaft is expected, due to their greater durability in handling entrained air contaminants.

 

 

Figure 13-32: Typical Bifurcated Axial Exhaust Fan Arrangement (Tembo)

 

Page 258 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

13.6.2.2Refrigeration and Cooling

 

Surface air cooling is required to supplement the cooling potential of ambient air to maintain workplace temperatures. Therefore, air entering the mine at the FARs will be cooled in surface air coolers before being sent underground. The independent surface air cooling and refrigeration systems are planned as follows:

 

●North Mine - Central FAR: One 5.3 MWc BAC served by a 6.0 MWr refrigeration plant

 

●North Mine - North FAR: One 5.3 MWc BAC served by a 6.0 MWr refrigeration plant

 

●Tembo Mine - South FAR: One 5.3 MWc BAC served by a 6.0 MWr refrigeration plant

 

The air cooler is supplied with chilled water from a refrigeration plant comprising refrigeration machines, condenser cooling towers (CCTs), chilled water, and CCT water circuits. The air-coolers are mechanical, induced-draft type air-coolers. Axial-flow fans draw air through each air-cooler and push the cooled air down the rises. Tembo Mine will require cooling from Year 5, and North Mine from Year 7.

 

13.6.3Secondary Ventilation

 

All development ends would be force-ventilated using dual stage 110 kW fans with 1,400 mm ventilation bags. The production level ends would be force-ventilated using dual stage dual speed 75 kW fans and will be installed in ‘in-level’ and off the decline where possible to ensure shorter ventilation runs and utilizing fresh air rises that are on-level where possible.

 

The distribution of secondary ventilation fans across North, Tembo, and Main mines is illustrated in Figure 13-33. The total number of secondary fans reaches a peak of 37 units, with individual area maximums as follows: North – 24, Tembo – 18, and Main – 9 units.

 

The allocation of secondary fans correlates directly with the number of active production and development work areas. In addition, some levels may retain secondary ventilation despite being temporarily inactive, due to the presence of remaining ore reserves or pending completion of final extraction activities prior to level closure.

 

 

Figure 13-33: Secondary Ventilation Fan Allocation

 

13.7Secondary Egress

 

The Project will implement the Safescape Escapeway System across all underground workings due to its proven global performance and numerous safety and operational advantages. The system is corrosion-resistant, quick to install with minimal excavation, and designed for enhanced stability, visibility, and ease of use. Its ergonomic, low-maintenance design includes a fall arrest system and allows for removal and reuse up to 100 m installations. It can be installed in various excavation types without the need for airleg bolting. An example of the system is shown in Figure 13-34, with the escapeway raise locations shown in Figure 13-35.

 

Page 259 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 13-34: Example of Safescape Ladder System

 

 

Figure 13-35: Escapeway Raise Locations

 

13.8Mining Underground Infrastructure

 

DRA has prepared designs for the underground infrastructure including pumping, mine services, workshops, electrical, explosives storage, and instrumentation and control, which have been used to inform pricing and schedule and have been incorporated into the project studies.

 

13.8.1Materials Handling

 

Blasted material will be loaded by load-haul-dump (LHD) units onto haul trucks, which will transport the material via decline access to the surface RoM stockpile or waste rock dumps (WRDs).

 

The Main and Tembo mines are each serviced by a single decline, which will be sufficient for both access and haulage requirements due to the relatively lower proportion of total ore tonnage sourced from these areas.

 

In contrast, the North Mine will require a higher volume of material movement. To support the planned trucking activity and to mitigate the risk of haulage congestion or material handling bottlenecks, a second decline is designed at North. This will establish a dedicated trucking loop, improving traffic flow and operational efficiency during sustained periods of production.

 

13.8.2Dewatering

 

The dewatering system will consist of transfer pump stations and Gravity Transfer Systems (GTS) and North, Tembo, and Main mines. The GTS system will drain the water to the lower levels where the transfer pump stations will be installed. Water will cascade from one pump station to the next. As the mine is dewatered, the lowest pump station will have the lowest volumetric dewatering duty, whilst the one nearest to the surface will have the greatest.

 

Page 260 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

From the working face, water will be collected in a sump and pumped to the nearest GTS. The water will then gravity feed down to the next transfer dam and pump station. From the transfer dam and pump station, the water will be pumped to the next cascading dam and pump station, until it is pumped to the surface settler. Figure 13-36 visually represents the flow of water from the working face to the surface.

 

 

Figure 13-36: Dewatering Schematic (3D View looking south)

 

13.8.3Workshops

 

The main underground workshop is designed to support routine maintenance and service requirements for the underground mobile equipment fleet. The area has been designed to accommodate additional underground infrastructure, including:

 

●Stores

 

●Lunchroom

 

●Hose repair bay

 

●Welding/cutting bay

 

●Medium ramp service bay

 

●Large ramp service bay

 

●Minor repairs workshop

 

●Lube storage

 

●Wash bay

 

Figure 13-37 shows the workshop layout. Facilities are positioned such that 4-way intersections are avoided. A separate entrance is provided for the wash-bay to reduce traffic in the workshop. The elevations are such that the lowest point is at the wash bay, which is equipped with an oil and water separator. The fleet maintenance philosophy is that the workshop will be used for routine interval services (weeklies) and non-major services.

 

Service bays have also been designed, costed, and included at North and Tembo underground to support with general breakdowns in locations to avoid long trams to the surface or underground workshop.

 

Page 261 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 13-37: Plan view of Underground Workshop

 

13.8.4Explosives Storage

 

13.8.4.1Surface Explosives Magazine

 

A centrally located surface explosive magazine will be provided. This magazine will service both North and Tembo mines. Storage regulations as per the Tanzanian Explosive Act 56 of 1963, detonators and relays can be stored together but separate from other explosives (boosters). Detonators will be stored on one side of the compound, with boosters on the opposite side. The area is provided with a 500 m clearance radius to other infrastructure. The area is also fenced, with access control to the area.

 

Emulsion storage facilities will be installed at both North and Tembo mines, each consisting of two 28-ton silos. These facilities will handle the receipt, storage, and dispensing of emulsion and sensitizer.

 

13.8.4.2Underground Explosives Magazine

 

Both North and Tembo mines will have an underground magazine for detonators and explosives to be stored. The design is presented in Figure 13-38. An additional area for emulsion cassettes is also provided within the design footprint.

 

The entire area is provided with ventilation into a return air way. Fire doors are provided, along with access control at both entry points.

 

Page 262 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 13-38: Underground Explosives Magazine and Emulsion Storage

 

13.8.5Refuge Chambers

 

Kabanga will implement refuge chambers as a critical component of underground safety infrastructure to protect personnel during emergencies such as fires, explosions, or gas releases, as well as management of potential entrapment scenarios. Small mobile chambers (4–8 person capacity) will be strategically located to address potential entrapment scenarios, while larger, fixed chambers (20–30 person capacity) will be installed at intervals not exceeding 1,400 m. This configuration ensures timely access to secure shelter, supporting safe refuge and minimizing evacuation risk.

 

It is proposed that Kabanga utilize MineARC refuge chambers, a proven solution widely adopted in the mining sector, including in Tanzania. These units are low maintenance, relocatable, and suitable for evolving underground layouts, offering flexibility as mining progresses. A summary of the number of chambers at each mine is in Table 13-24.

 

Table 13-24: Refuge Chambers at each Mine

 

Area Number
North 15
Tembo 13
Main 6
Total 34

 

Page 263 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

13.9Mining Labor

 

Workforce requirements have been estimated using the equipment fleet requirements as well as estimates of the required supervision and technical personnel. A summary of the peak labor demand across the mining departments is summarized in Table 13-25.

 

During the initial five-year ramp-up period, mining operations will be undertaken by a mining contractor, with the Project retaining responsibility for key management and technical functions. The mining contractor will determine the workforce required to deliver their scope of work. Personnel estimates provided by prospective contractors have been used to inform planning for camp capacity and project infrastructure.

 

Table 13-25: Maximum Mining Labor Requirements

 

Mining Department

 Maximum Number
Management 25
Supervision 4
Mine Technical Services 30
Engineering/Maintenance 171
Mining Operations 574
Total 804

 

Consideration has been given to the mining method and the need for successful planning, backfill and drill and blast practices when determining the labor estimated. The Mining Technical Services human resources structure has been established considering the level of technical support required at Kabanga.

 

Key mining positions for specific underground roles that have been identified as challenging to source or retain in Tanzania, have been considered in the labor estimate.

 

13.10Mine Schedule

 

The mine schedule has been developed in Deswik by using the activity rate, productivity rates, quantity limits and geotechnical sequencing discussed earlier in this section. Development meters have been limited by applying equipment build-up as the mine grows and more work areas are available in Figure 13-39.

 

The primary scheduling constraint in the mining sequence involves the pastefill links between stopes. These links are essential for ensuring the stability of the mine and are dictated by the backfill testwork conducted by MineFill, which aligns with geotechnical strength requirements. The schedule is impacted by the need to observe delays between adjacent stopes that are horizontally and vertically exposed. Typically, there is a 7-day delay required for side-exposure to allow the pastefill to gain sufficient strength before the next stope can be fired. For undercutting, a more extended delay of 28 days is necessary to ensure that the backfill has fully cured and achieved the required strength. These constraints are crucial for maintaining safety and structural integrity within the Kabanga Mine, but can affect the overall pace of extraction. An example of the schedule sequence is shown in Figure 13-39 where each stope follows the required production cycle.

 

Page 264 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 13-39: Production Cycle Example

 

The first period of underground mining is focused on development, while the Concentrator is under construction. This gives the mine time to prepare production areas, while also establishing critical infrastructure such as primary ventilation rises, power, dewatering and backfill systems. Following the preparation of mineable stopes, a reasonable ramp-up is possible.

 

In the mine plan, priority was given to higher grade areas and stopes, particularly in North Mine, which allows for targeting of higher value stopes in the shallow portion of the mine.

 

As the mines progress, a center out retreat sequence is applied, as illustrated in Figure 13-23, particularly in the deep areas of North Mine, to ensure stress and deformation can be managed.

 

13.10.1Scheduling

 

The mine schedule has been designed to follow geotechnical guidelines, maintain safe and efficient mining rates, and ensure a consistent feed of 3.4 Mtpa to the processing plant. To minimize the risk of mineralized material oxidation, stockpiles are kept to a minimum during normal operation and the schedule process.

 

The scheduling of both mine development (such as tunnel creation) and mineralized material extraction (stoping) was built using planning tools in Deswik software. Schedule productivity rates are summarized in Table 13-26 and Table 13-27. Vertical development activities are scheduled at rates between 2 m/d and 3 m/d depending on the type and size.

 

Table 13-26: Lateral Development Productivity Rates

 

Lateral Development Description Single Heading Rate
(m/month)
Access Drive 90
Crosscut Drive 90
Decline 120
Footwall Drive 90
Production Drive 60

 

A benchmarking exercise was conducted to verify the development rates used for Kabanga, specifically the Jumbo development productivity rate used in mine scheduling. Information was gathered from projects with similar ground conditions, locations, contractor/owner mining arrangements, and project phases.

 

Page 265 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

A summary of the development benchmarking data is provided in Table 13-27.

 

Table 13-27: Development Productivity Benchmarking

 

 Mine Country Monthly Comments
Jumbo Advance
Av per Rig (Multi)		 Decline Face (Single) Ore Drive (Single)  
Mine A East Africa 270 120 80  
Mine B West Africa 350 190 120  
Mine C West Africa 175   80 Challenging circumstances / conditions
Mine D Southern Africa 230 125 100  
Mine E West Africa 225 120 60  
Mine F West Africa 255 180 120  
Mine G Australia 240      
Mine H Australia 275      
Mine I Australia 300      
Mine J Southern Africa   180   Single Decline Only
Mine K Southern Africa   180   Single Decline Only
Mine L Central Africa 254     Contractor Established Crews
Mine L Central Africa 233     Owner operated local workforce
Mine M Central Africa 221     Limited heading availability (New Mine)
Mine N Central Africa   178   Decline Only Twin heading 7 m x 6 m
Mine L Central Africa 256.6     Established crews average greater than 6 months
Mine L West Africa 256.6     Same Crews average minus less the first 6 months
Mine L West Africa 169.1     Crews with less than 6 months Experience
Minimum   175 120 60 Minimum
Average   253 159 93 Average
Maximum   350 190 120 Maximum
Kabanga Tanzania 230– 255 120 60 DFS

 

Benchmarking was undertaken to verify the development rates used, specifically the Jumbo development productivity rate. Information was gathered from 16 mines with similar ground conditions, locations, contractor/owner mining arrangements and project phases. It was confirmed that the Project development rate assumptions are appropriate.

 

To capture the range of difference stopes sizes and geometry (tonnage, dip and thickness), different stope activity rates have been used. These have been applied based on the stope tonnage and are summarized in Table 13-28.

 

Page 266 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 13-28: Stope Tonnage and Associated Productivity Rate

 

Stope Tonnage Mucking/Bogging Rates
(mined t/month)		 Backfill
(m3/day)		 Production Drilling (m/day)
> 50,000 t 40,000 1,000 240
> 30,000 t 30,000 1,000 240
> 20,000 t 22,000 850 200
> 15,000 t 18,000 750 180
< 15,000 t 15,000 750 180

 

13.10.2Development Schedule

 

The mine plan development schedule by year is shown in Figure 13-40 for lateral development and Figure 13-41 for vertical development.

 

 

Figure 13-40: Lateral Development by Year

 

 

Figure 13-41: Vertical Development by Year

 

Page 267 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

13.10.3Production Schedule

 

Quantity limits have been applied to the global mineralized material tonnage, while also governing the tonnage from each mine to achieve the 3.4 Mtpa target rate. The production split by mine is provided in Table 13-1 and by Mineral Reserve category in Table 13-29. Figure 13-42 displays the mine design sequence shaded by color gradient on a yearly basis.

 

Table 13-29: Mine Plan by Mineral Reserve Category

 

Classification Tonnes (kt) Ni (%) Cu (%) Co (%)
Proven 17,700 1.84 0.25 0.15
Probable 34,507 2.05 0.28 0.14
Waste 18 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total  52,225 1.98 0.27 0.15

 

Note: The Total tonnage includes 18.3kt of Inferred material. The grade of this material was zeroed for the purposes of inclusion in the mine plan and hence the Project’s financial evaluation.

 

 

Figure 13-42: Mining Sequence by Year

 

The mine plan for the FS includes a small amount of Inferred material which is contained inside the mining shapes, i.e., internal dilution. Inferred Mineral Resources were treated as waste and were not converted to Mineral Reserves. This was actioned by applying a zero grade attributed to any Inferred Mineral Resources that intersect stopes or development. A long-section of the mine plan by Mineral Resource category can be seen in Figure 13-43. The production schedule shown by Mineral Reserve category is shown Figure 13-44.

 

 

Figure 13-43: Kabanga Long-section by Mineral Reserve Category

 

Page 268 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 13-44: Production Schedule by Mineral Reserve Category

 

The production schedule showing the stoping and development split is shown Figure 13-45.

 

 

Figure 13-45: Mineral Reserve Production Schedule by Mining Type

 

The production schedule shown by source is shown in Figure 13-46.

 

Page 269 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 13-46: Mineral Reserve Production Schedule by Source

 

13.11Mining Contact

 

The Project initiated a tendering process for the underground mine by advertising locally and engaging in industry networking. Expressions of interest were invited from tier-1 contractors with relevant experience in Africa and expertise in the mining methods and skills required for the Project, as listed below. The contract term is set for five years, with an option to extend for an additional three years, subject to mutual agreement between the principal and the contractor.

 

The scope of work includes:

 

●Underground Development

 

●Longhole Drilling

 

●Mucking/Bogging

 

●Pastefill Activities

 

●Raisebore Activities

 

●Mine Infrastructure

 

●Explosive Management

 

The process involved evaluating the capabilities of eight contractors who submitted expressions of interest. Of these, five were identified as having the necessary capabilities to be successful at Kabanga. These four contractors were then provided with tender packages, which included:

 

●Contractors Management Systems (CMS)

 

●Scope of Work (SOW)

 

●Specifications and Mining Physicals

 

●Responsibilities Matrixes

 

●Returnable Schedules

 

All five contractors submitted their returnable schedules, which will be used as the basis for the next stage of contractor selection and negotiations. This will ensure timely procurement and mobilization ahead of the commencement of underground activities. These contractor costs have been used to inform the first five years of the underground mining costs.

 

Page 270 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

13.12Waste Rock

 

There will be two waste rock dumps at Kabanga, one at North and the second at Tembo. North Mine’s waste rock dump (WRD) will stockpile waste from North and Main mines, while the Tembo stockpile will service Tembo Mine’s waste only. Over the LoM, there will be 8.0 Mt of waste rock generated from North and Main mines, while Tembo will generate 4.5 Mt of waste rock. The waste production profile by source is shown below in Figure 13-47.

 

 

Figure 13-47: Waste Rock Schedule by Source

 

As the backfill recipe is a blend of 55% non-pyrrhotite tailings and 45% crushed waste rock, there is a large portion of the waste rock from the surface WRDs that will be used in the PAF reverting underground. North and Main will use 6.2 Mt of waste rock in PAF over the mine life, resulting in final waste dump size of only 1.8 Mt at North. Tembo will use 2.9 Mt of waste rock in PAF over the mine life, resulting in a final waste dump size at Tembo of only 1.6 Mt.

 

Because the waste rock is potentially acid-forming, the WRDs on the surface will need to be lined and contact water will be captured and treated appropriately. The location of the WRDs can be seen in Figure 15-2.

 

13.13QP Opinion

 

The mining study discussed in Section 13 demonstrates that the mining strategy is technically sound and appropriate for an FS under S-K 1300. Supporting studies, including geotechnical, ventilation, and backfilling have contributed to the development of feasibility-level mine plans. The mining method, dilution, recovery and scheduling parameters are appropriate for the deposit. It is recommended that the Project continue with development beyond the Feasibility Study.

 

In the opinion of DRA, responsible and acting as the QP for the Kabanga Mine, the mining studies completed to date meet the requirements for an FS under S-K 1300 and are based on sound engineering, consistent with industry best practices, and are adequate to inform the quantification of Mineral Reserves.

 

Page 271 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

14PROCESSING AND RECOVERY METHODS

 

14.1Process Overview and Description

 

The planned Concentrator will be built at the Kabanga Site and has been sized to process 3.4 Mtpa of RoM feed to match the steady-state underground mining production rate. The Concentrator will treat the MSSX (massive and semi-massive sulfides) and UMIN (disseminated ultramafic-mafic intrusive lithology sulfides) feed types in the mine production profile, for recovery of nickel, copper, and cobalt sulfide minerals. Iron sulfide minerals are expected to be recovered as a byproduct of processing but are not considered in this FS as a Mineral Resource or in the economic analysis.

 

The flowsheet consists of crushing, wet grinding, and flotation to produce a Ni-Cu-Co sulfide concentrate, and separate pyrrhotite flotation concentrate and non-pyrrhotite tailings streams. The Concentrator will produce approximately 350 ktpa (dry) nickel-copper-cobalt flotation concentrate, containing 17.7% nickel at the steady-state 3.4 Mtpa production rate. The concentrate will contain approximately 2.6% copper, 1.3% cobalt, 32% sulfur and averaging 0.6% magnesium oxide (MgO) over the LoM.

 

The concentrate will be loaded into FBCs before being trucked and railed to the Port of Dar Es Salaam for sale to international customers. The non-pyrrhotite tailings stream will be used in the underground pastefill mix, and the pyrrhotite tailings stream will be disposed of in the TSF. The flowsheet is conventional and well-known, uses common reagents, and has been commercially established as a suitable processing route for base metal sulfide ores.

 

14.2Process Flowsheet and Design Basis

 

The Concentrator feed will contain Ni, Cu, Co, and Fe sulfide minerals along with non-sulfide gangue. This will be processed to produce a Ni-Cu-Co concentrate, a separate pyrrhotite flotation concentrate, and a non-pyrrhotite tailings stream. The Ni-Cu-Co concentrate produced will be filtered, bagged in FBCs, and then dispatched by truck to the Isaka rail freight terminal, where it will be railed on the new standard gauge rail (SGR) to the Port of Dar es Salaam. The pyrrhotite concentrate will be stored in a TSF, and the non-pyrrhotite tailings stream will predominantly be used as underground backfill along with the crushed mine waste.

 

The process design has been developed based on historical studies, testwork findings and assessments, various desktop-level trade-off studies, relevant DRA design information, and standard engineering and operational practices.

 

14.2.1Concentrator Flowsheet

 

The flowsheet is based on a conventional two-stage crushing and ball milling circuit followed by flotation and dewatering and includes the following conventional size reduction and mineral beneficiation unit processes:

 

●Primary and Secondary Crushing and Screening

 

●Milling and Classification

 

●Aeration and Conditioning

 

●Ni-Cu-Co Rougher Flotation

 

●Ni-Cu-Co Rougher Flotation Concentrate Regrind

 

●Ni-Cu-Co Cleaner, Re-Cleaner and Cleaner Scavenger Flotation

 

●Ni-Cu-Co Concentrate Dewatering, bagging, and dispatch

 

●Pyrrhotite Rougher Flotation

 

●Pyrrhotite Tailings Dewatering and Pumping

 

●Non-Pyrrhotite Tailings Dewatering and Pumping

 

●Reagent Delivery, Make-up, and Dosing Facilities

 

●Services: Air and Water Supply and Distribution

 

Page 272 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The design is based on a facility, executed in a single phase, comprising two 1.7 Mtpa milling and flotation modules to achieve the full 3.4 Mtpa production rate. The milling and flotation modules share a common primary and secondary crushing circuit, tailings pumping circuit, and concentrate handling circuit, as well as shared utilities and services.

 

The modular design philosophy was selected based on the mine production ramp-up profile, the feed characteristics of the different lithology types, and a comminution circuit options trade-off study. This approach allows for variations and flexibility in feed types, competency, and rates and caters for a wide throughput operating window, which provides increased processing flexibility and introduces redundancy.

 

A simplified Concentrator block flow diagram is presented in Figure 14-1.

 

 

Figure 14-1: Simplified Concentrator Process Flowsheet

 

14.2.2Concentrator Production Profile

 

The FS mine production schedule was developed by the Project team and used to confirm the required Concentrator throughput and ramp-up requirements as illustrated in the Concentrator FS processing production schedule in Figure 14-2.

 

Page 273 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 14-2: Concentrator Production Profile

 

The concentrator will process 52.2 Mt over the total LoM with 58% of the feed comprising material from North Mine, 32% of the feed will come from Tembo Mine, and the remaining 10% will come from Main Mine, which will be processed from Year 10 onwards. As previously detailed in Section 10, future testwork during implementation is required to validate the metallurgical performance assumptions for Main Zone.

 

The Concentrator production profile ramps up to 3.4 Mtpa at steady state over a two-and-a-half-year period. The concentrator will process a feed blend comprising predominantly MSSX with UMIN ranging from 4% to 28% and averaging 13% over the 18-year LoM.

 

14.2.3Concentrator Design Basis

 

The Concentrator will operate 24 hours per day, seven days per week, and 52 weeks per year. The Concentrator design overall run time will be 6,000 hours per annum for the primary and secondary crushing circuit and 8,000 hours per annum for the milling and flotation circuits reflecting an overall run time (inclusive of all the combined availability and utilization factors) of 68.5% and 91.3% respectively. The Concentrator run time is based on typical design values for similar African concentrator operations and reflects conventional engineering norms for mineral processing and flotation style concentrators internationally.

 

The Concentrator design is based on a mill feed blend comprised of 70% MSSX and 30% UMIN and contains dilution ranging from 12% to 18% by mass and ranging up to a maximum of 25% for design purposes. This is considered a conservative approach, particularly for the comminution circuit design given the LoM percentage of the more competent UMIN ranges from 4% to 28% at steady state and averages 13% over LoM.

 

Based on the testwork findings, the mine production will be managed to maintain the proportion of UMIN in the concentrator feed nominally below 20% UMIN and limited to a maximum of 30% to ensure optimal flotation performance. The design thus includes allowance to stockpile and selectively blend ahead of the Concentrator in instances when the RoM contains a high proportion of UMIN-rich material.

 

A high-level summary of the Concentrator design basis is presented in Table 14-1.

 

Page 274 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 14-1: Key Concentrator Process Design Criteria

 

Parameter

 Unit Value1
Design Throughput Mtpa (dry) 3.4
Nickel feed grade (range/average) % 1.17–2.39 1.98
Cobalt feed grade (range/average) % 0.09– 0.17 0.15
Copper feed grade (range/average) % 0.17–0.32 0.27
Sulfur feed grade (range/average) % 18.5–27.5 24.0
Iron feed grade (range/average) % 29.9–41.2 35.0
Iron design feed grade % 42.0
Design feed blend – MSSX:UMIN % 70.30
Design feed blend dilution % 25
RoM feed moisture %w/w 5
Design solids specific gravity t/m3 4.26
Crusher circuit annual run time h 6,000
Design primary crushing throughput tph 567
Milling and flotation annual run time h 8,000
Number of milling and flotation trains No. 2.0
Design milling and flotation throughput tph (dry) 425
Design milling and flotation throughput per train tph (dry) 212.5
RoM feed size (F95/F100) mm 600 / 800
Flotation feed size (F80) µm 100
Target nickel concentrate grade % > 16
Design nickel concentrate mass pull   9.7–11.0
Target nickel concentrate moisture % 9

 

1Values have been rounded

 

Key aspects of the Concentrator process design for each processing area are discussed in more detail in the process design and processing descriptions in Section 14.3.

 

14.2.4Comminution Circuit Trade-Off

 

A comminution (crushing and grinding) trade-off study was undertaken to select the preferred circuit for the Concentrator. At the time this assessment was undertaken, the potential for a slower mining production ramp-up and phased execution of the grinding and flotation modules to defer capital were also under consideration and was based on a design throughput rate of 212.5 tph (dry) for Module 1 increasing to 425 tph (dry) with the addition of Module 2, while achieving a target grind of 80% passing 100 µm.

 

The trade-off considered two-stage crushing and ball milling as well as autogenous grinding (AG), semi-autogenous grinding (SAG) and semi-autogenous grinding and ball milling with in-circuit pebble crushing (SABC) flowsheet configurations as follows:

 

●Two-stage crushing and ball milling, which considered both series and parallel ball milling options as follows:

 

‒Two-stage crushing and ball mill for Module 1 with the addition of a second identical ball mill module operating in parallel for the Module 2 capacity increase.

 

‒Two-stage crushing and ball mill for Module 1 with the addition of a second ball mill operating in series for the Module 2 capacity increase.

 

Page 275 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

●AG milling with phased expansion to SAG milling. This option considered an AG mill, ball mill, and pebble crusher (ABC) in Module 1 with a conversion of the AG mill to a SAG mill, ball mill, and pebble crusher (SABC) circuit to expand capacity.

 

●SAG milling with the addition of a new ball mill and pebble crusher for increased capacity. This option considered SAG milling for Module 1 with the addition of a new ball mill and pebble crusher for conversion to an SABC circuit for a Module 2 capacity increase.

 

The trade-off was conducted early in the study utilizing the available test data to derive breakage parameters for a design mill feed blend comprised of 30% UMIN and 70% MSSX, as an estimate of the maximum proportion of the harder feed type. The analysis also assumed a conservative 85th percentile of the ore hardness tested, which is a typical engineering design standard.

 

Alongside accommodating a design throughput of 1.7 Mtpa (Module 1) and 3.4 Mtpa (Combined Module 1 and 2), this trade-off study also compared the operating cost (Opex), capital cost (Capex), throughput ramp-up strategies, and available grinding circuit capacity turndown flexibility and robustness to the significant difference in hardness between the MSSX and UMIN feed types. Additional considerations included downtime required during expansion tie-ins if the deferred module approach was selected, operability and maintenance, technical risk, potential for additional throughput for each option, and an evaluation of environmental, social, and governance (ESG) factors, including carbon footprint.

 

Each of the options were assessed based on scoring criteria using a ranking of 1 to 5 for a number of different criteria (where 5 is the best score). The outcome of this assessment is summarized in Table 14-2.

 

Table 14-2: Comminution Circuit Trade-Off Assessment Outcome

 

 

Ranking Matrix

 Weight Option 1A
2C + Parallel
Ball Mills		 Option 1B
2C + Series
Ball Mills		 Option 2:
ABC Phased
to SABC		 Option 3:
SAG Phased
to SABC
Capex 20 3 4 4 4
Opex 20 4 3 4 3

Ease of Ramp-Up / Scale-Down

(1.7 Mtpa /3.4 Mtpa)

 10 5 4 3 3
Downtime for Expansion Tie-Ins 10 5 4 3 3
Operability and Maintenance 10 4 4 3 3
Technical Risk 10 4 4 2 2
Additional Throughput Potential 10 4 4 4 4
ESG / Carbon Footprint 10 4 3 3 3
Overall Ranking 100 4.0 3.7 3.4 3.2

 

The trade-off study recommended proceeding with Option 1A, i.e., a two-stage crushing and two identical 1.7 Mtpa ball milling circuits operating in parallel with a combined capacity of 3.4 Mtpa. In this case, two parallel ball milling circuits were considered a lower risk option with the highest overall ranking. This comminution circuit is also considered the most robust given the variability in the feed types and blends expected, particularly the large variance in comminution characteristics for the MSSX (relatively soft) and UMIN (hard) feed types, the need for a consistent grind size for flotation, and the requirement for appropriate turndown of the circuit during early operations as underground mine production ramps up.

 

Given the variability in the feed blends expected, and the large variance in comminution characteristics for the MSSX (soft to medium hard) and UMIN (medium to hard) feed types, the AG and SAG circuits were deemed unsuitable for the Project. In comparison to an SABC circuit, the parallel ball milling circuits are expected to be more consistent in terms of throughput and are expected to produce a more consistent grind, targeting an 80% passing 100 µm as required for the flotation circuit.

 

Page 276 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The findings of the FS comminution circuit trade-off are consistent with historical comminution trade-off and value engineering studies for a lower 0.6 Mtpa throughput option, which concluded that ball milling and SAG milling capital costs were approximately equal; however, the ball mill circuit offered opportunity for lower operating cost in combination with potential for improved metallurgical performance and reduced operational risk.

 

14.3Process Design Description

 

14.3.1Run of Mine Receiving

 

RoM material will be transported from the underground mining operation to the Concentrator using articulated dump trucks (ADTs). The trucks will deposit the ore directly into the crushing and screening circuit via the primary crusher tip bin (i.e., direct tip). Alternatively, the RoM can be placed onto blending stockpiles, located on the RoM pad in close proximity to the primary crusher tip bin.

 

A front-end loader (FEL) will be used to reclaim and blend the ore. RoM pad management will be under the supervision of mining, while the RoM feed blend will be determined by the metallurgical group. As previously discussed, the processing strategy will employ direct tipping and processing of MSSX material with an allowance to stockpile and selectively blend ahead of the Concentrator, when the RoM contains a high proportion of UMIN-rich material.

 

Key aspects of the design can be summarized as follows:

 

●The RoM bin has a nominal capacity of 240 tonnes, sufficient to receive up to eight loads from 30-tonne ADTs.

 

●Benchmarked blast fragmentation data from the mining consultant specified an expected RoM F80 and F100 size of approximately 250-450 mm and 800 mm respectively. Based on this information the RoM tip bin design incorporates a 500 mm static grizzly and rock breaker for top size control to target a primary crusher feed top size of 600 mm.

 

●In addition to the adoption of a coarse blast fragmentation particle size distribution (PSD), the design and operations will aim to limit the time between blasting and ore processing, i.e., the RoM and crushed ore storage and crushed ore will be stored in a covered concrete silo ahead of the mill.

 

●Since the MSSX material exhibits a faster rate of oxidation, the processing strategy employs direct tipping and processing of MSSX material with allowance to stockpile and selectively blend ahead of the Concentrator when the RoM contains a high proportion of UMIN-rich material.

 

●UMIN rich ore blends stockpiled onto the surface RoM pad ahead of the crushing circuit will be dumped and arranged to create four finger stockpiles with a capacity of roughly 35 kt. This provides approximately three-and-a-half days of production surge capacity. The size of the fingers will be managed in conjunction with mining to limit the ore blasted, hauled to surface and stockpiled. There is space to expand the size of the RoM pad if required.

 

14.3.2Crushing, Screening and Mill Feed Storage

 

A two-stage crushing circuit has been selected based on the comminution circuit trade-off findings previously detailed in Section 14.2.4.

 

The crushing circuit will treat RoM material withdrawn from the RoM tip bin, with a maximum (top) feed size (F100) of 800 mm, at a design throughput rate of 567 tph (dry). The circuit comprises a crusher tip bin, static grizzly, rock breaker, vibrating grizzly feeder, primary jaw crusher, overhead belt magnet and two secondary cone crushers in parallel, which will be operated in closed circuit with a double deck classification screen to produce a crusher product of 100% passing (P100) 30 mm.

 

The crusher circuit classification screen undersize material will be conveyed to the covered concrete mill feed silos. Two silos will be constructed with each milling module being supplied by a dedicated silo.

 

Page 277 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Key aspects of the crushing circuit design can be summarized as follows:

 

●The crushing equipment sizing and selection has been based on crushing circuit simulations utilizing both the Metso Bruno and Sandvik PlantDesigner simulation software using the 85th percentile weighted mine blend CWi of 11.3 kWh/t. This resulted in the selection of a 160 kW primary jaw crusher and two 315 kW secondary cone crushers for the crushing duty.

 

●The design uses open steel structures to enable mobile crane access for maintenance purposes and the secondary crusher building is fitted with hoist to facilitate the regular relining of the cone crushers.

 

●The covered concrete mill feed silos cater for 12 hours storage, which has been selected to minimize the risk of oxidation of the crushed material.

 

14.3.3Milling

 

Based on the comminution circuit trade-off findings previously detailed in Section 14.2.4, two identical ball milling circuits will be installed. Each circuit will have a capacity of 1.7 Mtpa and will operate in parallel to achieve a combined throughput of 3.4 Mtpa.

 

Crushed ore will be withdrawn from the silo using one or two vibrating feeders controlled by variable speed drives (VSD) and discharged onto a mill feed conveyor, grinding media will be added to this belt from a dedicated system after the mill feed weightometer.

 

Each milling circuit will consist of a single 4.88 m diameter (Ø) x 7.16 m effective grinding length ball mill, with a 15 mm grate discharge arrangement and 3.5 MW VSD. Each ball mill will operate in closed circuit with a classification cyclone cluster to achieve a throughput rate of 212.5 tph (dry) while targeting a cyclone overflow product stream of 80% passing 100 µm. Process water will be added in the mill feed hopper to achieve an in-mill solids concentration of 72%–75% (w/w). Lime will also be added into the mill feed hopper to achieve a target pH of 9.0–9.5.

 

The +8 mm mill scats will be removed by trommel screen and deposited onto a scats stockpile, which will be reclaimed via FEL. Depending on the assayed metal content, the scats will be transported to the waste rock stockpile or get reprocessed if the grade is high enough to warrant this.

 

The sizing and selection of the mills were based on the comminution testwork data, using an energy-based population balance modeling methodology. The modeling was based on a mill feed F80 of 22 mm and target a flotation feed F80 of 100 µm. A summary of the comminution circuit modeling outcomes for a range of feed blends, at the 1.7 Mtpa throughput for each grinding module, is provided in Table 14-3.

 

Table 14-3: Summary of the Comminution Circuit Modeling Outcomes

 

Scenario Feed Blend % Ni
Feed		 Feed
(tph(dry))		 Steel
Charge
(%v/v)		 Mill Nc,
(%)		 Est. Gross
Power
(kW)		 EFF
(kWh/t)
Design P85 70% MSSX ~1.6 212 28 76 2 980 13.2
MSSX Rich 82% MSSX ~1.8 212 20 70 2 372 10.4
MSSX 100% MSSX ~2.0 238 20 70 2 378 9.3
UMIN 100% UMIN ~1.3 199 30 80 3 118 14.8
UMIN 100% UMIN ~1.0 177 30 80 3 104 16.6

 

The mill simulations indicate an effective pinion power requirement (Eff) of 10.4 kWh/t for an MSSX rich blend containing 82% MSSX and 18% UMIN and grading approximately 1.8% Ni. When treating a higher grade MSSX feed containing 2.0% Ni, there is potential for an approximate 12% increase in throughput. However, when treating low-grade UMIN material, throughput is reduced by approximately 7%-16% dependent on the amount of dilution as indicated by the Ni grade. The FS mine and processing schedule reflects an average LoM blend containing 87% MSSX and 13% UMIN at an average Ni feed grade of 1.98% for which the milling circuit is conservatively sized.

 

Page 278 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Key aspects of the mill circuit design can be summarized as follows:

 

●Dependent on the feed blend, a mill gross power draw of 2.4-3.0 MW is expected. The larger 3.5 MW motor requirement is driven by the design requirement to cater for a 35% v/v ball charge, whereas for normal operation the ball charge is expected to be lower at between 20%-28% v/v. The range of the ball charge, together with the variable speed motor capability installed on the mill, allows the Concentrator design to cater for the expected variation in the feed material, required grind size and mill throughput.

 

●Load cells will be installed on each mill to measure total mill load, and mill power will also be measured to assist with the process control strategy and speed variation. The mill operating parameters will be controlled using an advanced mill control system, to optimize throughput and grind while catering for feed hardness and/or changes in the feed PSD. Additionally, the design includes allowance for a particle size analyzer (PSA) to continuously measure the mill cyclone overflow product size. Provision has been made for ball loading systems to load grinding media into the mills.

 

●To cater for feed blends containing varying amounts of MSSX, UAMF_1a and waste, and to ensure consistent product size, the design incorporates a variable speed motor for each ball mill in combination with an advanced mill control system and continuous online particle size analysis of the mill product stream.

 

●Hydrocyclones (cyclones) have been selected for the mill circuit product classification duty. Due to the relatively high material SG of 4.26, the cyclone operation and performance must be monitored and optimized to ensure that the target grind size is maintained. The cyclones will operate at a solids feed concentration of 55%-60% w/w solids allowing for a coarser cut point, and sizing for the cyclone feed pumps and cyclone cluster caters for a mill circulating load of 140%-250% in the cyclone underflow stream. It has also been recommended by the vendor that the cyclones be installed at a 45° angle to cater for the expected operating range.

 

●The comminution circuit modeling has indicated that the mill circuit will generate a scats stream. The mill grate discharge product (< 15 mm) will discharge into a trommel screen with an 8 mm aperture for scats removal. Mill scats from each mill will be deposited into a scats bunker via a discharge chute. Scats from the bunkers will be removed via a front-end loader (FEL) and sampled as required for assay.

 

●The waste component of the mill feed is the most competent material. As a result, the scats are expected to be low grade. Dependent on the assayed metal content, the scats will be transported to the WRD or reclaimed for reprocessing if the grade is high enough. Subject to geochemical testing, there is also potential for the low-grade scats material to be used in road building and/or backfill applications.

 

●Mill liner installation and replacement is supported by liner bolt removal machines fitted over the mill platform. The liner bolt removal machines will be supported off a dedicated crawl beam next to each mill to optimize mill relining time and improve safety. The elevated concrete deck at the mill feed end also provides space for the placement of the new liners prior to installation.

 

14.3.4Flotation

 

The flotation circuit is used to separate the valuable nickel, cobalt, and copper sulfide minerals from the sulfide gangue, predominantly pyrrhotite, and from the non-sulfide gangue, to produce a high-grade saleable Ni-Cu-Co sulfide concentrate.

 

The flowsheet includes a Ni-Cu-Co flotation circuit, consisting of pre-aeration and conditioning, rougher flotation, high-grade cleaner flotation, rougher concentrate regrinding, medium-grade cleaner, and re-cleaner flotation and cleaner scavenger flotation. The Ni-Cu-Co flotation tailings will be thickened before treatment through a pyrrhotite rougher flotation circuit for recovery of pyrrhotite from these tailings.

 

Two Ni-Cu-Co flotation circuits will be installed, both of which will be sized for a throughput of 1.7 Mtpa each, allowing for a total capacity of 3.4 Mtpa. The two modules provide sufficient operating flexibility to meet the requirements of the mine production ramp-up and full-scale steady-state operational requirements.

 

Page 279 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The design is based on a flotation circuit feed size of 80% passing 100 µm, a feed solids concentration of 35% w/w.

 

The Ni-Cu-Co flotation reagent regime comprises lime as a pH modifier, Potassium Ethyl Xanthate (PEX) collector, Aero 3477 promoter (A3477), Aerophine 3418A promoter (A3418), Sodium sulfite (Na2SO3) as a pyrrhotite depressant, Methyl isobutyl carbinol (MIBC) frother, and Carboxy methyl cellulose (CMC) to depress magnesium silicate gangue minerals.

 

The pyrrhotite flotation circuit reflects a simple rougher flotation circuit employing a reagent regime which uses sulfuric acid (H2SO4) as a pH modifier to target the lower pH of approximately 8 required to float pyrrhotite, copper sulfate (CuSO4) as an activator, PEX collector, and MIBC frother.

 

The flotation equipment technology selections are based on testwork where mechanically agitated, forced-air flotation tank cells were selected for the aeration, rougher, cleaner, and cleaner scavenger duties. Jameson flotation cells have been selected for the HG cleaner and MG re-cleaner duties based on their superior cleaning performance in testwork.

 

The basis for the flotation circuit sizing for each flotation module is summarized in Table 14-4.

 

Table 14-4: Flotation Equipment Sizing Basis

 

Description Design Basis
Residence time (min) Mass pull (%) Equipment Selection per Flotation Module
Aeration 35.0 - 5 x 70 m3 mechanically agitated forced air tank cells
Ni-Cu-Co Rougher 48.2 15–25 6 x 70 m3 mechanically agitated forced air tank cells
Ni-Cu-Co Cleaner 25.0 12.5 5 x 30 m3 mechanically agitated forced air tank cells
Ni-Cu-Co Cleaner Scavenger 31.3 2–3 4 x 30 m3 mechanically agitated forced air tank cells
Ni-Cu-Co HG Cleaner - 4–8 E1732/4 Jameson flotation cell
Ni-Cu-Co MG Re-Cleaner - 3–8 E2532/6 Jameson flotation cell
Pyrrhotite Rougher 35 55–65 5 x 70 m3 mechanically agitated forced air tank cells

 

Key aspects of the flotation circuit design can be summarized as follows:

 

●The design residence times are based on the bench-scale testwork to which a scale-up factor of 2.5 has been applied to reflect the residence times applied in the optimized flotation testing which is also aligned with the design residence times derived from the historical MPP testwork campaigns.

 

●The sizing of the aeration circuit is based on the residence time requirement and aims to achieve a slurry dissolved oxygen (DO) concentration of approximately 6 ppm aligned to the measured values in testwork. Forced air mechanical flotation cells were selected for this duty aligned to the testwork procedure. Instrumentation will be installed to monitor DO levels.

 

●The sizing of the mechanically agitated flotation cells is based on the residence time requirements while also considering the froth carry rate (FCR) and lip loading (LL) to ensure that both of these design parameters do not exceed 1.5 t/m2/h. This is particularly relevant to the pyrrhotite flotation circuit which will operate under a high mass pull regime.

 

●Due to the relatively high material SG of 4.26 t/m3 and high settling nature of the slurry, the flotation cell sizes have been limited to 70 m3 or smaller and the layout caters for a suitable step height for each flotation cell. An installed power of > 2.0 kW/m3 has been specified for all agitated flotation cells.

 

●The flotation cell selections also aim to cater for common equipment sizing, where practical.

 

●The Jameson cells for the final cleaning duties are sized based on bench scale open-circuit testwork and are expected to produce a final concentrate with an average Ni grade of > 17% for the LoM feed blend. Based on the testwork, the design makes adequate provision for staged collector and promoter additions throughout the flotation circuit.

 

Page 280 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

●The concentrate regrind circuit will treat the MG rougher flotation concentrate. The design allows for optional routing of the HG Jameson cleaner tails and cleaner scavenger concentrate to the regrind circuit but is not incorporated into the base case flotation circuit configuration.

 

●To avoid overgrinding, the regrind circuit includes cyclones to remove fines ahead of the vertical type regrind mill which will be operated in open-circuit to achieve a target grind of 80% passing 35-45 µm for the combined mill product and cyclone overflow. The concentrate regrind mill is sized based on testwork undertaken by Swiss Tower Mills for a maximum throughput of 31 tph (dry) and caters for a specific grinding energy of 3.9 kWh per tonne of mill feed. The mill will have a minimum installed power of 185 kW and will operate with 2-6 mm ceramic grinding.

 

●A froth factor of 3.0 has been applied to all pumps handling flotation concentrate products.

 

The flotation circuit process design is described in more detail in Sections 14.3.4.1 to 14.3.4.3 below.

 

14.3.4.1Pre-Aeration and Conditioning

 

Pre-aeration and conditioning in a controlled alkaline environment aims to preferentially partially oxidize and depress the pyrrhotite and condition the slurry with reagents and provide appropriate residence time conducive to separating the valuable sulfides from the gangue sulfides and non-sulfides using flotation.

 

Two identical pre-aeration and conditioning modules will be installed. In each circuit, the flotation feed slurry, at 35% solids (w/w) will be pumped to a single bank of five 70 m3, forced air, flotation tank cells in series with a total residence time of 35 minutes. Lime will be added to achieve a target pH of 9.0–10.0. Low-pressure blower air will be introduced into the aeration tank cells to selectively partially oxidize the pyrrhotite surface to suppress its flotation properties.

 

The aeration circuit product will gravitate to an agitated pH adjustment and conditioning tank, where lime is added to achieve a target pH of 9.0–10.0. The pH adjustment tank overflows to an agitated reagent conditioning tank where collector and promoter are added and feed is conditioned prior to flotation.

 

14.3.4.2Ni-Cu-Co Flotation

 

The valuable sulfides are separated from the gangue sulfides and non-sulfides using a series of rougher flotation, regrinding and cleaner, re-cleaner and cleaner scavenger flotation stages to produce a high-grade saleable Ni-Cu-Co sulfide concentrate. The cleaner flowsheet includes Jameson Cell dilution cleaning of the HG rougher concentrate from the first rougher cell, in combination with regrind, cleaning, and dilution re-cleaning of the MG rougher concentrate from the remaining rougher cells. A cleaner scavenger circuit will treat the cleaner tailings to ensure optimal Ni recovery.

 

Two identical Ni-Cu-Co flotation modules will be installed. Each Ni-Cu-Co rougher flotation circuit comprises six 70 m3, forced air, tank cells operating in series to achieve a residence time of 48 minutes. Two Ni-Cu-Co rougher concentrates will be produced, namely a high-grade and medium-grade concentrate. The HG rougher concentrate from the first rougher cell in each circuit will report directly to a HG Jameson cleaner flotation cell for recovery of a final HG cleaner concentrate to the froth phase. The tailings slurry will be recycled to the MG Jameson re-cleaner, or the concentrate regrind circuit.

 

The MG rougher concentrate from each circuit will be pumped to the concentrate regrind circuit, which includes feed classification cyclones followed by regrind of the coarse cyclone underflow stream in a vertical type stirred regrind mill for each module. The regrind mill will use ceramic grinding media and be operated in open-circuit (to avoid overgrinding) to achieve a target grind of 80% passing 35–45 µm for the combined mill product and cyclone overflow.

 

Each concentrate regrind circuit product slurry will be pumped to the MG cleaner flotation circuit, comprising five 30 m3, forced air, tank cells per module to achieve a residence time of 25 minutes. The MG cleaner concentrate will be collected to the froth phase and pumped to the MG re-cleaner flotation circuit, comprising a single Jameson flotation cell for each module.

 

Page 281 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The HG Jameson cleaner concentrate and MG Jameson re-cleaner concentrate from each module, will be combined and pumped to the concentrate product dewatering circuit. The MG cleaner flotation tailings will flow by gravity to a cleaner scavenger flotation circuit, which comprises four 30 m3, forced air, tank cells per module to achieve a residence time of 31 minutes. Cleaner scavenger concentrate will be collected to the froth phase and pumped to the MG cleaner. Alternatively, this stream can be optionally routed to the concentrate regrind circuit feed tank.

 

The design caters for staged addition of collector, promoter, lime, sodium sulfite, and frother throughout the Ni-Cu-Co flotation circuit. Carboxymethyl cellulose will also be dosed in the roughers to depress carbonate and talcaceous gangue when processing feed blends with a magnesium level > 2% in the feed. Lime addition will be controlled by online pH meters.

 

14.3.4.3Pyrrhotite Flotation

 

Pyrrhotite flotation is used to separate the pyrrhotite from the non-pyrrhotite components of the tailings. This allows the non-pyrrhotite stream to be re-purposed in the underground pastefill. The separate pyrrhotite stream is then stored in a TSF, where it can potentially be re-purposed in the future to recover sulfur credits and/or metal values.

 

The Ni-Cu-Co rougher and cleaner scavenger flotation tailings will be pumped to a thickener, which will treat the combined Ni-Cu-Co flotation tailings from both modules for recovery of water for reuse in the milling and Ni-Cu-Co flotation circuits. Flocculant will be dosed at a controlled rate to aid solids settling. A single Ø30 m thickener has been selected. The sizing was conservatively based on the full steady-state mill feed tonnage of 425 tph (dry) and a unit area thickening rate of 0.6 t/h/m2 to target an underflow solids concentration of 65% (w/w).

 

The pyrrhotite flotation circuit thickener underflow, at approximately 65% solids (w/w), will undergo pH adjustment, repulping and reagent conditioning ahead of the pyrrhotite rougher flotation circuit, which comprises two banks of five 70 m3, forced air, tank cells to achieve a residence time of 35 minutes at the full 3.4 Mtpa production rate.

 

The pyrrhotite rich, rougher concentrate will be pumped to a pyrrhotite tails thickener and the pyrrhotite rougher flotation tailings will report to the non-pyrrhotite tailings thickener. The design caters for staged addition of collector, activator, sulfuric acid, and frother in the pyrrhotite flotation circuit.

 

14.3.5Concentrate Dewatering, Storage, Loading, and Dispatch

 

The final Ni-Cu-Co concentrate handling circuit includes thickening and filtration to dewater the concentrate prior to bagging in FBCs and dispatch to the Port of Dar es Salaam. This circuit will treat the combined final concentrate stream from the Module 1 and Module 2 milling and flotation circuits.

 

The combined Ni-Cu-Co flotation concentrate will be pumped to a thickener where flocculant will be dosed at a controlled rate to aid settling. The thickener overflow water will be filtered and utilized as gland seal water (GSW) and launder/spray water in the flotation circuit. The thickened concentrate slurry will be stored in two agitated concentrate storage / filter feed tanks before being pumped to a Larox pressure filter. The concentrate filter is a vendor package consisting of a Larox pressure filter, and associated high-pressure compressors, air receivers, wash water tanks, and pumps.

 

The concentrate filter cake product will be loaded into FBCs, large, reinforced bags, each containing approximately 9.4 t of wet concentrate, using a loading frame. These will be loaded onto flatbed trucks for transport. Prior to departure, the loaded concentrate will be sampled by an auger sampler and the load of each bag and overall truck load will be measured using a weighbridge.

 

Key aspect of the concentrate handling circuit design can be summarized as follows:

 

●The circuit has been sized based on a concentrate tonnage at a design mass pull of 11% equivalent to 47 tph (dry). The nominal concentrate mass pull over LoM is expected to be lower, averaging approximately 9.9% of the feed tonnage over the LoM.

 

●A Ø25 m concentrate thickener was selected for the thickening duty. The sizing is based on a unit area thickening rate of 0.15 t/h/m2 to target an underflow solids concentration of 65% w/w. The design has thus adopted a lower (more conservative) unit area thickening rate than the 0.25 t/h/m2 achieved in testwork. This is based on operational experience, which has shown that, typically, base metal concentrate froth does not de-aerate and break down well (i.e., classified as a tenacious froth). This often results in froth/scum build-up on top of the thickener, increasing the opportunity for fines losses to the overflow. To mitigate this, the design adopted a conservative thickening rate, and it is recommended that the inclusion of a froth collection system should be investigated during the implementation phase once vendor selections have been finalized.

 

Page 282 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

●The concentrate filter has been sized based on a filtration rate of 500 kg dry solids (D.S) /m2/h and a concentrate moisture content of 9% (w/w) based on the testwork findings. This resulted in the selection of a single 132 m2 Larox Pressure Filter (vertical type) with the flexibility to expand capacity to 156 m2 by installing additional filter plates. The early operational performance will be assessed to determine if any additional filtration capacity is required. Space allocation has been made the layout for a second filter. Testwork has, however, indicated that this should not be required.

 

●Based on operational experience, the concentrate filtration circuit is sized based on a lower annual run time of 6 800 hours equivalent to 85% of the milling and flotation circuit run time. The design thus incorporates a filter feed surge tank catering for 8 hours residence time (based on thickener underflow) and the concentrate filter has been sized for a higher peak processing rate of 55 tph (dry).

 

●TML testing results on concentrates generated during the current FS testwork campaign ranged from 9.0% to 9.7% w/w resulting in the decision to adopt a filtered concentrate target moisture level of 9% w/w for the current FS. During previous study phases, conducted by others, historical TML testwork on Kabanga concentrate samples indicated a TML of approximately 9% w/w, which is aligned to the current findings. Further materials handling verification testwork and concentrate classification will be undertaken during the detailed design.

 

●The concentrate filter cake will be stored in concrete storage bunkers in a covered shed to minimize fugitive dust and concentrate losses.

 

●The sealed FBC bags will mitigate the potential for any product loss during transport. The concentrate adhering to the outside and bags and tires of the trucks can be washed off using manual high-pressure washers installed in the loading area. The wash water and concentrate will be recovered to the thickener via the spillage handling system, preventing concentrate loss.

 

●Seven days of concentrate production can be accommodated in the covered storage area of the filter building. Additional storage for the weather-proof FBCs is available outside the building.

 

●Historical and current testwork shows that the concentrate exhibits some self-heating properties, and while manageable, excessively large or long storage is not advisable, and the filter cake should be stored and transported wet and not allowed to completely dry out.

 

14.3.6Tailings Handling

 

The tailings handling system comprises separate pyrrhotite and non-pyrrhotite tailings dewatering and slurry pumping systems. The pyrrhotite flotation concentrate (pyrrhotite tailings) is pumped to the TSF, while non-pyrrhotite tailings is pumped to the nearby North backfill plant. From here, it can also be pumped to Tembo Mine’s backfill plant. The design includes the option to combine the excess non-pyrrhotite tailings with the pyrrhotite tailings and pump it to the TSF.

 

Although the slurry to the backfill plants is described as non-pyrrhotite tailings, it still contains an appreciable level of pyrrhotite, but not to the extent of the pyrrhotite tailings.

 

The Concentrator design for the FS caters for an average LoM Fe feed grade of 35% and a design value of up to 42 % as a conservative basis of design. The Fe feed grade range is aligned to the metallurgical testwork (current and historical) and reflects an appropriate design approach for sizing of the pyrrhotite flotation circuit, as well as the pyrrhotite and non-pyrrhotite tailings dewatering and pumping duties. It ensures that adequate storage capacity is incorporated into the TSF design for the LoM. It is considered a robust and conservative approach to the tailings dewatering and pumping design requirements.

 

Page 283 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

14.3.6.1Non-Pyrrhotite Tailings Handling

 

The non-pyrrhotite tailings handling circuit is designed to treat the combined pyrrhotite rougher tailings stream at the full 3.4 Mtpa RoM feed rate and incorporates a thickener and slurry transfer pumping system, which will deliver the thickened non-pyrrhotite tailings slurry to the North backfill plant.

 

The pyrrhotite rougher flotation tailings will be pumped to a thickener where flocculant will be dosed at a controlled rate to aid settling. The thickener overflow water will be collected in the pyrrhotite flotation process water tank and recycled to the pyrrhotite flotation circuit. The thickener underflow at 55%–65% solids (w/w) will be pumped to the agitated non-pyrrhotite tailings disposal tank before being pumped to the North paste backfill plant.

 

Key aspects of the non-pyrrhotite tailings handling circuit design can be summarized as follows:

 

●A Ø25 m non-pyrrhotite tailings thickener was selected to cater for a feed surge tonnage of up to 239 tph (dry) while the throughput is expected to be nominally lower, ranging from approximately 120 to 185 tph (dry). The sizing is based on a unit area thickening rate of 0.5 t/m2h aligned to the lower range achieved in testwork. The conservative approach, using a 30% design factor, as adopted for the thickener sizing is deemed appropriate considering the uncertainty associated with the tailings mass split. Additionally, operational variability is expected during transient flotation operating conditions where the mass recovery to the pyrrhotite flotation concentrate may be significantly lower than at steady state. Capacity constraints in the tailings handling system will quickly result in mill stoppages and production losses, while, in contrast, allowance for spare thickening capacity does not significantly increase the capital cost.

 

●Two non-pyrrhotite tailings transfer lines will be installed. Each line will have a capacity of 84 m3/h, with two lines normally operational at the 3.4 Mtpa throughput with a shared common standby pump set. Each of the three pump sets will consist of two centrifugal pumps in series, with a variable speed motor installed on the second pump in each train. This arrangement allows for a wide range of operating flows.

 

●The non-pyrrhotite tailings tank will overflow directly into the pyrrhotite tailings transfer tank, when full. This allows for pumping the combined non-pyrrhotite and pyrrhotite tailings to the TSF when the Concentrator is producing more non-pyrrhotite tailings than required in the paste mix or the paste backfill plants are down for maintenance.

 

14.3.6.2Pyrrhotite Tailings

 

The design caters for the installation of a single pyrrhotite tailings thickening circuit designed to treat the pyrrhotite rougher concentrate stream at the full 3.4 Mtpa RoM feed rate. The design incorporates a thickener and slurry transfer pumping system, which will deliver the thickened pyrrhotite tailings slurry to the TSF. As previously discussed, the design includes the option to pump the combined pyrrhotite and non-pyrrhotite tailings to the TSF.

 

The pyrrhotite rougher flotation concentrate slurry will be pumped to a thickener where flocculant will be dosed at a controlled rate to aid settling. The thickener overflow water will be collected in the pyrrhotite flotation process water tank and recycled to the pyrrhotite flotation circuit. The thickener underflow at 55%–65% solids (w/w) will be pumped to an agitated pyrrhotite tailings disposal tank and combined with high-density sludge plant sludge, reverse osmosis (RO) plant brine, and excess non-pyrrhotite tailings before being pumped to the subaqueous TSF. A small amount of lime may also be added to the pyrrhotite tailings disposal tank to provide additional alkalinity as required to neutralize potential acidity associated with thiosalts in the tailings water and TSF water cover.

 

Key aspects of the pyrrhotite tailings handling circuit design can be summarized as follows:

 

●A Ø30 m pyrrhotite tailings thickener was selected to cater for a tonnage of up to 262 tph (dry) based on a unit area thickening rate of 0.5 t/h/m2 aligned to the lower range achieved in testwork. Similarly to the non-pyrrhotite tailings circuit, a conservative design approach has been adopted to ensure that the tailings handling system has sufficient capacity and can accommodate large variances in the pyrrhotite flotation circuit mass split ratio between concentrate and tailings.

 

Page 284 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

●Two pyrrhotite tailings transfer lines will be installed to accommodate the range of flows from the two milling and flotation modules. Each line will have a capacity of 220 m3/h, with two lines normally operational at the 3.4 Mtpa design throughput with a shared common standby pump set. The pumping system will target a fixed flow regime, and the pumped slurry solids concentration may vary between 35% and 50% w/w, depending on the solids throughput requirement.

 

●Centrifugal pumps in series were selected for pumping duty based on the outcome of a trade-off assessment, which considered centrifugal and positive displacement (PD) pumps.

 

14.3.7Sampling, Analysis, and Process Control

 

The plant will have a central control room from where mechanical equipment will be controlled and monitored. The design also makes provision for advanced mill and flotation control systems. Metal accounting slurry samples will be collected via a primary cross-cut and secondary sampler arrangement. The mill feed will be sampled via manual belt cut samples and each final concentrate truck shipment will be sampled via a manual auger sampler for QA/QC purposes.

 

For metal accounting purposes, weightometers will be located on the primary jaw crusher discharge conveyor, secondary crushing circuit feed conveyor, and both mill feed conveyors. All concentrate shipments will also be recorded on the Concentrator plant weighbridge. Tailings mass reconciliation will be determined by density gauges and flowmeters.

 

In addition to the primary metal accounting samples, the design provides process control sampling via inline pressure pipe samplers in combination with continuous online analysis via Courier® and Blue Cube® online analyzers. The online continuous assay values will be used to derive an instantaneous metallurgical balance, which will be continuously measured and displayed on the process automation system to facilitate grade and recovery optimization during operation.

 

Mining, geology and concentrator samples, as well as some environmental monitoring samples, will be processed through an on-site laboratory. An owner-operated laboratory has been allowed for in the FS.

 

14.3.8Concentrator Engineering Design and Layout

 

The Concentrator design considers appropriate engineering practice, regulatory compliance, ergonomics, and health and safety. Structural and civil engineering designs follow the requirements of the mechanical engineering layouts, while the electrical design is based on the electrical needs of the mechanical equipment.

 

The Concentrator location has been selected to be close to the North Mine boxcut where over 68% of the ore production will be brought to surface, minimizing haulage cost, on a relatively gentle slope, allowing for optimized terrace design and cost-effective road access.

 

The proximity of the Concentrator to the North Mine Infrastructure Area (MIA) allows for optimization of the infrastructure and common services, like raw water, potable water supplies and construction laydown facilities.

 

Page 285 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

A snapshot of the Concentrator 3D model output is presented in Figure 14-3.

 

 

 

Figure 14-3: Concentrator 3D Model Layout

 

14.3.9Reagents and Consumables

 

The design includes reagent make-up and dosing systems for the PEX, CMC, CuSO4, frother, lime, Aero 3477, Aero 3418A, Na2SO3, flocculant, and H2SO4. The design basis for each reagent system is summarized in Table 14-5. The reagent suite reflects conventional reagents, which are widely used in flotation concentrator applications.

 

Table 14-5: Reagent Make-Up and Dosing System Design Summary

 

Reagent Delivery Form Dosing
Strength		 Consumption (g/t) Dosing System Storage1
    (%w/v) Average Design   (days)
Lime Bulk Truck or
1,250 kg bag		 20 2,047 3,000 Ring main 7
PEX Collector 25 or 1,000 kg Bag 15 138 250 VSD Dosing Pumps 30
Aero 3477 Liquid IBC 100 58 145 VSD Dosing Pumps 30
Aero 3418A Liquid IBC 100 22 50 VSD Dosing Pumps 30
Na2SO3 1,250 kg Bag 15 189 300 VSD Dosing Pumps 30
CMC Depressant 1,000 kg Bag 1.0 68 650 VSD Dosing Pumps 30
H2SO4 Bulk Tanker / Liquid IBC 100 274 400 VSD Dosing Pumps 30
CuSO4 1,250 kg Bag 15 39 50 VSD Dosing Pumps 30
Frother Liquid IBC 100 30 60 VSD Dosing Pumps 30
Flocculant 25 or 850/
1,000 kg Bag		 0.1 23 30 VSD Dosing Pumps 30

 

Note: 1Storage Capacity based on nominal consumption rate while reagent dosing systems cater for the design dosage rate.

 

Page 286 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Additionally, grinding media will be required for the primary ball mills (steel media) and concentrate regrind mills (ceramic media) as summarized in Table 14-6.

 

Table 14-6: Grinding Media Storage and Consumption Design Summary

 

Application Delivery Form Specification Consumption (g/tmilled) Storage1
(days)
Nominal Design
Primary Mill Bulk Bag / Drum 850 – 1,250 kg 80 or 90 mm High Chrome 202 300 30
Regrind Mill Bulk Bag 1,000 / 1,250 kg 2–6 mm
Ceramic Media		 32 50 30

 

Note: 1Storage Capacity based on nominal consumption rate.

 

Reagents and consumables will be stored in a warehouse inside the plant and transported to the respective make-up and dosing area via a forklift as required. A storage capacity of seven days has been allowed for local supply items and 30 days for imported supply items based on supply chain risk assessments and African operational norms.

 

14.3.10Air and Water Services

 

14.3.10.1Air Services

 

The Concentrator air supply system makes provision for the supply of low-pressure flotation air, which will be generated by rotary lobe blowers and introduced down the flotation cell agitator shafts at a controlled rate. High-pressure air for the filtration, instrument and plant air systems will be supplied by rotary screw compressors.

 

Air required in the aeration and flotation circuits will be supplied at a pressure of 0.8 bar at a design supply rate of 324 m3/min at standard temperature and pressure (STP). The air supply rate was based on typical vendor specifications for tank cell design air supply requirements at STP.

 

The blower sizing and selection for each module considered a range of options, which included positive displacement rotary lobe blowers (four duty, one standby), multistage centrifugal blowers (two duty, two standby), and single-stage integrated motor-type blower (two duty, one standby). Rotary Lobe PD blowers were selected due to site conditions (altitude and design temperatures for the Project), complexity, spares holding (motors) equipment availability/redundancy and cost.

 

High-pressure compressed air will be supplied to the concentrate filter for pressing and drying. The filtration air requirements were specified by the filter vendor and include a drying air duty compressor with a design capacity of 43.6 m3 / min free air delivery (FAD) and a maximum working pressure of 13 bar (g) with a dedicated 50 m3 air receiver. The pressing duty air compressor has a rated capacity of 12.7 m3 / min FAD and a maximum working pressure of 20 bar (g) with a dedicated 15 m3 air receiver.

 

The design includes a high-pressure air supply system to cater for the plant and instrument air requirements. Instrument air is used for operating instrumentation, while process air will be intermittently used across various operations like the Concentrator workshop and air-driven spillage pumps. The system has a total rated capacity of 60 m3 / min FAD. The capacity was estimated based on preliminary estimates for the instrumentation requirements in combination with benchmarked data for similar projects. The design incorporates three rotary screw compressors (two duty and one standby). A 10 m3 air receiver has been allowed for each of the instrument and plant air supply systems.

 

14.3.10.2Water Services

 

The design includes provision for the supply of raw water from underground mine dewatering. This will provide the majority of the raw water demand, but will be supplemented, when necessary, with water abstracted from the Ruvubu River using a dedicated pumping and pipeline system. Within the milling and flotation circuits, process water will be recovered and recycled and water will also be recycled from the TSF.

 

Page 287 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The water supply system design requirements for the Concentrator were derived from the mass and water balance in combination with the WSP Kabanga site-wide water balance modeling outputs based on the FS mine plan with key aspects of the design for each circuit detailed below.

 

Fresh / Raw Water Supply

 

Fresh / raw water is supplied to the Concentrator via the fresh water tank, which receives water from the Ruvubu River in combination with treated water product from the Kabanga water treatment plant (WTP) which is included in the infrastructure scope. The primary source of make-up water will come from the WTP which treats TSF return water and the water from underground mine dewatering.

 

Within the Concentrator, fresh / raw water is required only for specific process requirements like reagent mixing, mill seal water, dust suppression and potable water. Additionally, fresh / raw water will be used to meet the water make-up requirements for the Ni-Cu-Co flotation process water circuit.

 

Based on the water balance outputs, a nominal Concentrator plant raw water make-up of 317 m3/h is required at the steady-state 3.4 Mtpa throughput. The design includes a duty / standby pumping system and supply line to supply raw water from the fresh water tanks to the Concentrator raw water supply tank, at a maximum design flowrate of 367 m3/h. In the Concentrator, the raw water will be distributed via pressurized supply header with a capacity of 320 m3/h.

 

At the design throughput of 3.4 Mtpa, the 1,000 m³ raw water tank at the concentrator provides approximately three hours of operational capacity. An additional 24 hours of production capacity is supported by two fresh water storage tanks, each with a capacity of 4,000 m³.

 

Concentrator Process Water Supply Systems

 

The Concentrator design incorporates the following four process water reticulation systems:

 

●Ni-Cu-Co flotation process water system which receives recycled process water from the pyrrhotite flotation feed thickener overflow in combination with raw water make-up. The reticulation system includes a common supply tank and pumped, supply lines for process water and wash water.

 

●GSW and flotation spray water system which receives recycled process water from the Ni-Cu-Co concentrate thickener overflow (filtration), in combination with raw water make-up. The reticulation system includes a common supply tank and pumped supply lines for low-pressure GSW, high-pressure GSW, and flotation spray water.

 

●Pyrrhotite flotation process water system which receives recycled process water from the pyrrhotite flotation concentrate thickener and non-pyrrhotite tailings thickener overflows in combination with TSF return water make-up. The reticulation system includes a common supply tank and pumped, supply lines for process water and wash water.

 

●TSF return water system which receives recycled TSF return water into the process water tanks at the Concentrator (two off 4 000 m3 tanks) which caters for approximately 27 hours of TSF return water capacity. This water is recycled to the pyrrhotite flotation process water system and the excess is treated in the WTP included in the infrastructure scope.

 

The flotation circuit has adopted a split process water circuit, catering for separate process water supply systems for the respective Ni-Cu-Co and pyrrhotite flotation circuits. This is based on the requirement for different reagent regimes in each of these circuits. The pyrrhotite flotation circuit operates at a lower pH (~8) and uses CuSO4 as an activator. In testwork, it was found that even at starvation addition rates of ~2 g/t, the presence of CuSO4 in the Ni-Cu-Co flotation circuits had a negative effect on Ni/Fe separation efficiency. A conservative design approach, using separate water circuits has thus been adopted. This is widely practiced in differential flotation circuits and has been found to be more efficient while allowing for reduced reagent consumption due to the optimal recycle of reagents in the respective circuits.

 

Potable Water

 

The design includes provision for potable water distribution in the Concentrator with a design supply capacity of 5 m3/h. Potable water is supplied from outside the Concentrator battery limit as detailed in Chapter 15 (Infrastructure and Logistics).

 

Page 288 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Water Treatment

 

Provision has also been made for a water treatment circuit, which is included in the infrastructure scope and comprises:

 

●High-density sludge (HDS) processing circuit for the treatment of excess mine water reclaimed from the contact water pond. The HDS product water will be transferred to the Concentrator TSF return process water tanks where it will be combined with TSF return water. The HDS plant sludge will be combined with the Concentrator pyrrhotite tailings and pumped to the TSF. The HDS plant has a design capacity of up to 8,000 m3/day based on the requirement to treat volumes ranging from approximately 4,000 m3/day in the early years increasing to approximately 8,000 m3/day from year 16 onwards as detailed in the WSP overall site wide water balance.

 

●The RO plant which will treat excess water from the Concentrator TSF return process water circuit (combined HDS product and TSF return water) to achieve a product water stream that is suitable for discharge into the Ruvubu River. The RO plant sludge/brine will be combined with the Concentrator pyrrhotite tailings and pumped to the TSF. The RO plant has a modular design permitting a variable treatment rate of approximately 2,800–4,000 m3/day in the first year increasing to approximately 10,500–13,500 m3/day thereafter as detailed in the WSP overall site wide water.

 

14.3.11Electrical Reticulation

 

The Project’s electrical reticulation system is designed to ensure reliable power supply across the site. Bulk power will be provided by TANESCO via a new 220 kV overhead line terminating at a TANESCO-owned substation outside the mine. From there, the Project will construct a 220 kV line to a Mine Consumer Substation, where power will be stepped down to 33 kV for site-wide distribution.

 

Electrical distribution will utilize a 33 kV ring-fed overhead network. Emergency power will be supplied by generators to critical equipment, supported by an automated load control system and 60-minute battery backup for lighting to enable safe evacuation if needed.

 

The system operates across standard voltage levels—from 220 kV bulk supply to 400 V low-voltage distribution—with equipment and motors sized accordingly. Earthing and lightning protection systems are implemented throughout, with separate provisions for medium- and low-voltage systems.

 

Low-voltage power is supplied through standardized 1,600 kVA transformers feeding the motor control centers (MCCs), which in turn distribute 400 V power to equipment. Intelligent motor protection and VSDs are applied based on load requirements.

 

14.4QP Opinion Concentrator

 

The Concentrator design and supporting engineering has planned a conventional crushing, grinding and flotation flowsheet, using a typical flotation reagent regime, and based on testwork, demonstrated its suitability for the effective production of a high-grade nickel concentrate.

 

It is the opinion of DRA, responsible and acting as the QP for the Kabanga Concentrator, that the design undertaken for the processing and recovery methods for the Concentrator is at a level that meets the requirements for an FS and represents good industry practice.

 

Page 289 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

15INFRASTRUCTURE

 

15.1Kabanga Site

 

Kabanga is an established site with some existing infrastructure, but more is required for the full operation. The Project scope includes the design and development of the necessary temporary construction facilities and permanent infrastructure to support the construction and operation of the Kabanga Mine and Concentrator. This includes site access and internal roads, earthworks, electrical power supply and reticulation, water supply and associated water systems, accommodation and messing facilities, site buildings, waste rock dumps, a tailings storage facility, waste and sewage management, fuel services, laydown areas, security, laboratory, surface mining infrastructure, and other miscellaneous requirements.

 

Logistics systems during construction and operation have also been developed for the FS. Further discussion is provided in the sections below.

 

15.1.1Existing Infrastructure

 

The Kabanga site has an existing exploration camp, which is well-maintained, enclosed by a perimeter fence, and includes office buildings, security access control, and facilities for geological assessment, technical services, and community relations. Additional amenities include a canteen, clinic, workshops, staff housing, and space for sample and drill core storage. The exploration camp will be expanded to 300 beds and will facilitate all personnel during initial construction activities, while the permanent camp is constructed.

 

The Kabanga Site is equipped with mobile telephone networks and video conferencing facilities for communication. Cell phone reception via Vodacom and Simba network services providers is well established.

 

The exploration camp is currently serviced by a newly upgraded 33 kV electrical supply from TANESCO. This supply is limited to 9 MVA of electrical power which is suitable for construction and initial mine development. However, this capacity is insufficient for steady-state operation and consequently requires an upgrade.

 

Water to the exploration camp is currently sourced from a borehole located 900 m to the northwest of the exploration camp. For the operation of the Concentrator and Mine, the primary source of water would be from mine dewatering, with supplementary water supply to be extracted from the Ruvubu River at a point within the SML. The Kabanga Site is mostly water positive, and as such treated water will be discharged back to the Ruvubu River. The Ruvubu River flows from south to north, approximately 14 km southwest of the Kabanga Site, along the border with Burundi. 

 

15.1.2External and Internal Site Access Roads

 

15.1.2.1External Access Roads and Regional Infrastructure

 

The Kabanga Project site is accessible via two unpaved roads: a northern and a southern access route, both linking to the sealed B3 highway. The northern route connects to the B3 near Nyabisindu, approximately 55 km from site, and is currently used for heavy vehicle traffic. The southern route, a 77 km gravel road connecting at Muzani, provides the most direct access to the Isaka Dry Port, Dar es Salaam, and inland markets. This southern route will be upgraded during construction to support equipment transport and general site access, with only minor improvements required for operational readiness. The Kabanga Site access roads are shown in Figure 15-1.

 

The northern route also provides access to Ngara Airport (89 km from site) for charter and emergency flights. Kahama Airport (KBH), located 320 km away, is the nearest commercial airport with direct flights to Dar es Salaam. Recently upgraded in January 2024, KBH can accommodate 200 passengers and small cargo, and will support personnel movements during construction and operations.

 

There is no direct rail connection to site. However, the Isaka Dry Port, 347 km away, serves as the nearest inland container terminal and is undergoing upgrades to improve logistics capacity.

 

Page 290 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 15-1: Kabanga Site External Access Roads 

 

15.1.2.2Internal Site Roads

 

All roads within the Kabanga Site perimeter have natural gravel-wearing course surfaces. Concrete surfacing will be applied on surface haul road sections with steep inclines to improve safety and production. Parking areas and pedestrian walkways are covered by interlocking concrete paving blocks.

 

Main access roads make up approximately 20 km of the total roads, with haul roads comprising approximately 4 km and service roads approximately 7 km. The existing northern access road will provide initial construction access to the Concentrator for daily heavy vehicle deliveries until the southern access road has been upgraded to acceptable standards. Existing access tracks will be used for early construction of the North boxcut and mine infrastructure area, Tembo boxcut, and Concentrator. The main internal access road to the Concentrator and TSF is required prior to commissioning of the Concentrator.

 

15.1.3Power Supply

 

A new 220 kV OHL to supply power to the Kabanga Site will be constructed. The planned 220 kV Nyakanazi–Kabanga transmission line will be approximately 87.6 km in length, originating from the Nyakanazi substation from where it will be constructed within a 35 m wide corridor to a metering point at the Kabanga Site boundary.

 

The metering point will consist of a substation managed by TANESCO. The Project will complete the last section of the 220 kV transmission line to the consumer substation located at the Kabanga Site. The Project will install 2 x 60 MVA transformers with space allocation for an additional two transformers if required. The notified maximum demand for the Project site is 58 MVA.

 

The main areas that require medium voltage feeds are the Concentrator, North Mine, Tembo Mine, permanent camp, construction camp, ventilation shafts, pastefill plants, and the Ruvubu pump station.

 

The 33 kV power distribution will be stepped down to 400 VAC, three-phase electrical power at the various areas by a mix of distribution transformers, minisubs, and pole-mounted transformers.

 

Page 291 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Back-up power for emergency loads will be provided by three generators (3.5 MVA each) and ancillary equipment that will connect to the grid in the event of a TANESCO grid power failure. The back-up power plant will be equipped with fuel tanks, switchgear, and transformers to provide emergency power at 33 kV.

 

15.1.4Water Supply

 

Water is required for a number of water systems, namely:

 

●Potable water for on-site personnel; drinking and domestic use, including cooking and sanitation.

 

●Construction water for construction contractors; dust suppression, earthworks construction, and concrete mixing.

 

●Service water for the mining contractor and the Owners’ mining operations; drilling and other mining activities.

 

●Concentrator raw water make-up for use in the Concentrator.

 

●Fire water system consisting of tanks and pumps to provide a store of water for the suppression of fires should they arise.

 

Four sources of water are available to meet the Project demand:

 

●Underground mine dewatering

 

●The Ruvubu River

 

●Groundwater

 

●Rainwater capture

 

The existing exploration camp is currently supplied with groundwater extracted from existing, equipped boreholes. Water from the boreholes is stored in HDPE storage tanks at the exploration camp. This water is used to supply the current potable water needs of the camp and was also used for exploration drilling activities.

 

Four production boreholes have been drilled and pump-tested on the Kabanga Site. The recommended extraction capacity for the boreholes is 635 m3/day. During operations, the balance of the service water requirements in excess of that from the underground dewatering will be extracted from the Ruvubu River.

 

A modular potable WTP will treat water from the boreholes and the Ruvubu River once the Ruvubu pipeline and pump station are installed, to produce drinking-quality water. The central WTP, with a capacity is 320 m3/day, will be installed during construction on the ridge next to the existing drilling camp. Potable water will be reticulated from the WTP to the North MIA, Concentrator, Tembo MIA, drilling camp, contractor’s camps, and the exploration camp. The permanent camp will have a dedicated WTP with a capacity of 125 m3/day.

 

The total water requirement during construction (potable water and raw water) is estimated to peak at 1,300 m3/day. The potable water demand, which includes potable drinking water, and concrete mixing water, is estimated to peak at 360 m3/day and will be supplied from the existing borehole supply. The construction raw water requirement for dust suppression, earthworks, washdown, and service water is estimated to peak at 940 m3/day. This water will also initially be supplied from boreholes and will then be supplemented by the groundwater ingress into the boxcuts, which will be captured in the waste rock dump pollution control dams (PCDs).

 

The net operational water demand is estimated to ramp up from 3,400 m³/day at the start-up of the operation to an average of 8,700 m³/day during the full capacity of the Project, when the mine and Concentrator reach steady-state production of 3.4 Mtpa feed. The bulk of this water will be provided by recycling of process and TSF water, and the underground mine dewatering requirements, but will initially be supplemented by the Ruvubu River during the TSF first fill and early production.

 

The WSP SA site-wide water balance concluded that a maximum extraction rate of 2,000 m3/day will be required from the Ruvubu River during production ramp-up. Thereafter, the treated water from the RO plant can supply the raw water requirements, with occasional supply required from the Ruvubu River. Excess treated water will be discharged to the Ruvubu River along the same supply pipeline.

 

The Ruvubu supply will also provide security of supply for upset conditions on site, such as a breakdown in the RO plant. The permit application allows abstraction from the Ruvubu River up to a maximum of 9,000 m3/day. This is less than half of one percent of the river flow during the dry season.

 

Page 292 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

15.1.5Plot Plan Development

 

The development of the Kabanga Site will take place in a single construction phase. Construction will commence with the development of the North Mine boxcut and infrastructure, along with the permanent camp, WRDs, and PCDs. This would be followed by the construction of the Tembo boxcut, Concentrator, and TSF. These facilities will be linked by roads and service roads of various specifications. The Kabanga Site layout is presented in Figure 15-2.

 

 

Figure 15-2: Kabanga Site Layout (including TSF)

 

Page 293 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

15.1.5.1Bulk Earthworks

 

The undulating landscape necessitates the creation of flat terraces for Mine and Concentrator infrastructure, buildings and structures, as well as stormwater management purposes. Various historical geotechnical investigation reports are available for the Kabanga Site with information on 47 historical geotechnical boreholes (BH) and 151 historical test pits (TPs). A new geotechnical investigation was completed by WSP (SA) for the FS, which included an additional 34 geotechnical BHs and 56 TPs.

 

There are no heavy dynamic structures located on the North MIA terraces and normal cut-and-fill construction is allowed for in the design. The North Mine terraces include around 666,543 m3 of bulk earthworks. The Concentrator beneficiation circuit includes a primary crusher, secondary crusher and screening structures, two concrete mill feed silos, and two ball mills. These are all classified as heavy dynamic structures with deep raft foundations. Most of the Concentrator terraces are in-cut, to reach the suitable in situ bearing pressures and include 871,250 m3 of bulk earthworks. There are no heavy dynamic structures located on the Tembo MIA terrace and normal cut-and-fill construction is allowed, including 267,856 m3 of bulk earthworks.

 

15.1.5.2Stormwater Management

 

The surface stormwater run-off flows as sheet flow from the top of the ridge into defined natural drainage valleys down to the Nyamwongo River. The Nyamwongo River merges with and becomes the Muruhamba River forming the Burundi border. The Muruhamba River flows south into the Ruvubu River at the southern extent of the Kabanga Site. Most of the infrastructure is positioned on the ridge to minimize upstream catchment areas and avoid influencing natural drainage lines. The 1:100-year flood line levels were modeled by WSP (SA) as part of the TSF dam breach assessment (DBA). The total length of stormwater contact and non-contact drains is approximately 50 km.

 

15.1.6Permanent Accommodation Camp

 

The permanent camp will provide accommodation for the operational staff working at the mine and Concentrator and will accommodate 636 persons. The development of the permanent camp is planned as one of the early site activities to enable the available rooms to be used for construction accommodation.

 

The permanent camp will be located southwest of the existing drilling camp and will be constructed using modular prefabricated units. Combined with the existing exploration camp facilities, 936 beds will be available for permanent operations accommodation.

 

The permanent camp includes the following facilities:

 

●Single ensuite accommodation units for management personnel

 

●Shared accommodation units with shared ablution facilities for general personnel and staff

 

●Kitchen and communal mess facilities

 

●Laundry facilities

 

●Offices and induction center

 

●Medical center

 

●Recreational facilities, including a gymnasium, sports fields, and a clubhouse

 

●Bus drop-off and parking

 

15.1.7Concentrator and General Infrastructure

 

Building infrastructure layouts were developed to support the Kabanga Mine and Concentrator operations. The main buildings associated with the Concentrator and general access include:

 

●Concentrator office

 

●Concentrator changehouse

 

Page 294 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

●Concentrator stores

 

●Security and access control

 

●Concentrator canteen

 

●Concentrator workshop

 

●Metallurgical laboratory

 

●Concentrator control room

 

●Electrical MCCs and transformer bays

 

●Main access gate house

 

15.1.8Mining Surface Infrastructure

 

In addition to the underground infrastructure, including the boxcuts, portals, declines, ventilation and paste plants, mining surface infrastructure includes:

 

●North Mine offices

 

●North Mine clinic

 

●North Mine boxcut gate house

 

●North Mine lamp room

 

●Tembo Mine lamp room

 

●Engineering and light vehicle workshop

 

●North Mine capital stores, canteen, mine terrace access control

 

●Explosives magazine

 

●Wash bay

 

Additional details relating to the mining infrastructure are provided in Section 15.

 

15.1.9Fuel Services

 

A new fuel storage and dispensing system will be installed at the drilling camp. The new fuel storage system would include fuel storage tanks, loading and dispensing units, fuel management systems, lubrication storage and dispensing units, and waste oil management units.

 

15.1.10Waste Rock Dumps

 

The Kabanga North and Tembo WRDs were sized and optimized according to the material balance between the mine production schedule, waste rock development, and the backfill plant requirements. Additional geotechnical information will be required to complete the detailed designs on the WRDs as geotechnical fieldwork investigations were not completed during the study. The North and Tembo WRD capacities are designed for the peak tonnage with additional buffer storage. A significant portion of the waste rock is reused over time in the pastefill for the underground. At the end of the LoM, the remaining waste rock will be used as part of the TSF closure bulk fill material used beneath the impervious capping.

 

15.1.11Sewage Treatment

 

A centrally located sewage treatment plant with a capacity of 200 m3/day will be installed at the North Mine area to service the North and Tembo boxcuts and MIAs, drilling camp, contractor’s camps, exploration camp, and the Concentrator. A dedicated sewage treatment plant of 100 m3/day will be installed at the permanent accommodation camp.

 

Page 295 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

15.1.12Waste Handling

 

A central recyclable waste segregation and community reclaim facility is planned at the existing drilling camp. The central waste facility will consist of concrete bunded areas, hydrocarbon storage, skip bins, a baler, and refuse bins for sorting recyclable waste. Separate smaller satellite waste segregation and reclaim facilities are allowed at the individual areas, including the North MIA, Concentrator, Tembo MIA, and permanent camp.

 

15.1.13Construction Facilities

 

The Project will provide construction laydown areas for the earthworks; infrastructure; mining contractors; civils and buildings contractors; steel, mechanical, plate work and piping (SMPP) contractor; and electrical control and instrumentation contractors. It is estimated that 13.6 ha of laydown areas are required for the construction phase. The available laydown areas on the Kabanga Site total 21.3 ha.

 

Peak construction labor is estimated at 2,586 people (including mining, Owners’ team, administration and security) and peak construction labor requiring accommodation is estimated at 1,950 including all Owners’ team, mining contractors, construction contractors, security and the Engineering, Procurement and Construction Management (EPCM) team. It is assumed that only expatriate and national workers will require accommodation in the construction camps and that the local un-skilled labor will stay in surrounding villages.

 

During construction the existing exploration camp will be used, along with the completed permanent camp housing units as they become available. The existing exploration camp will be expanded to 300 beds in the initial stages of construction and will serve to accommodate the initial Client’s management team, EPCM team, and the contractors constructing the permanent camp. As the permanent camp units become available, the increased accommodation capacity will cater for the earthworks, buildings, and EC&I contractors. The construction accommodation will be supplemented by temporary accommodation provided by the contractors not accommodated in the exploration and permanent camps. 

 

15.1.14Other

 

In addition to the site infrastructure described above, the Project will be supported by other new infrastructure typical of this type of facility, including expanded site fencing, augmented security and access control, laydown areas, IT and communications, borrow pits, truck staging area, landfill, and other minor services.

 

15.1.15Hydrology and Water Balance

 

A site-wide stochastic water and salt balance model (GoldSim) using the mine plan was developed to determine raw water requirements, size water storage and pumping systems, assess water treatment needs, and evaluate reuse potential. The model confirmed that groundwater ingress into the underground workings and run-off largely meet site demand, with intermittent top-up from the Ruvubu River (maximum 1,800 m³/day), and a 7,000 m³/day abstraction capacity was recommended for reliability. The construction phase water needs will be met from boreholes, WRD PCDs, and groundwater inflows. Post-treatment water is reused across the site or discharged to the Ruvubu River.

 

The water balance incorporates climate data (1992–22). This shows a mean annual precipitation (MAP) of 1,016 mm and evaporation of 1,580 mm, with seasonal variations considered in the stormwater design. A 12%–15% increase in rainfall Intensity-Duration-Frequency (IDF) curves was adopted for climate change resilience. Stormwater infrastructure separates clean and contact water, with PCDs and sediment control structures managing storage and discharge for a 1:100-year event.

 

Water management supports subaqueous tailings deposition and includes high-density-sludge and RO treatment plants for contact and process water. Treatment reliability is key, with modular designs and 24-hour contingency storage in place.

 

At the end of the LoM, treated water will be used to accelerate underground void filling, reducing the closure duration. An extended duration for post-closure water treatment has been catered for in the closure cost estimates to ensure environmental compliance and best practice.

 

Page 296 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

15.1.16Tailings Storage Facility

 

The Project proposes to construct and operate a TSF at the Kabanga Site, adhering to a number of national and international guidelines. The TSF, designed by WSP (AUS), will be constructed in the southern tributary valley of the Nyamwongo River. The TSF will be formed by the construction of a cross-valley embankment (main embankment) and in later raises, supported by a smaller saddle dam (saddle embankment). The TSF will commence with a starter embankment and up to five raises, for a design capacity of 50 Mt. This is in excess of the FS tailings storage requirement of approximately 32.5 Mt but allows for the potential future conversion of Inferred tonnes (42.5 Mt) and further additional contingency (50 Mt) to future proof the TSF location if additional feed is brought into the mine life.

 

At the FS design tailings storage capacity of 32.5 Mt, the full Raise 4 height will be 66.3 m, but the tailings elevation would be closer to 58 m with an impoundment area of approximately 70 ha. At the full 50 Mt design capacity, the Raise 5 maximum height will be approximately 72 m and the main embankment will have a crest elevation of 1517.1 mAMSL with an impoundment area of approximately 120 ha. The embankments will be constructed using materials borrowed from areas around the TSF.

 

Due to the oxidation characteristics of the pyrrhotite component of the tailings and the geochemical assessment, subaqueous deposition is planned for the TSF. The TSF will be fully lined to minimize seepage and further reduce the geochemical risk. A liner leakage collection system (LLCS) has been included in the design to intercept the potential leakage from the TSF and return it to the TSF. Two springs have been identified in the valley of the TSF. A spring water transfer system is planned to collect and transfer the spring water downstream of the TSF to maintain the water flow downstream of the TSF as far as practically possible.

 

To support the TSF design, WSP (SA) conducted a dam breach study, water balance, geochemical assessments, groundwater response, and contaminant transport modeling. Design analyses were also undertaken for the TSF, including seepage and stability analyses, a tailings consolidation assessment, simplified deformation assessment, freeboard assessment, and piping erosion assessment. In addition, WSP (NZ) undertook a site-specific SHA for the TSF to support the design.

 

As a result of the dam breach study, the planned TSF has been classified as an ‘Extreme’ consequence classification dam in accordance with the Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management (GISTM) and has a rating of ‘Very High “A”’ in accordance with the requirements of the Tanzanian Dam Safety Guidelines. The elements with the highest category were the environmental impacts and potential loss of life. Cognizant of these outcomes, as a requirement of the GISTM, the TSF will have stormwater holding capacity of a 1:10,000 AEP, 72 h storm event, and the emergency spillways have been designed to manage the critical duration of a probable maximum flood (PMF). These requirements have been incorporated into the basis of design and stability modeling.

 

A simplified deformation assessment was undertaken for the main embankment, considering the liquefaction potential of the foundation and embankment materials, together with the expected 1:10,000 AEP earthquake loading of the site. The necessary allowances, factors of safety, contingency, and appropriate conservatism have been incorporated into the design.

 

Supplementary investigations (geophysical and geotechnical) were conducted for the TSF in 2023, following on from extensive historical assessments and studies conducted on the Kabanga tailings storage. The geophysical investigation included electrical resistivity imaging (ERI), seismic refraction, a multichannel analysis of surface waves (MASW), and a vertical seismic profiling (VSP) survey. The geotechnical investigation comprised drilling BHs, in situ standard penetration testing, tube sampling, TP excavation, bulk sampling, and laboratory testing of foundation and construction materials.

 

Cognizant of the outcomes of the geochemical assessment and subsequent recommendations, the closure of the TSF includes the development of a water-shedding structure to reduce the surface water infiltration into the tailings. The final landform will be gently graded towards a closure spillway to be located adjacent to the saddle embankment. For closure, a cover layer will be placed above the tailings, comprising general fill (to facilitate grading the final surface), a low-permeability layer (to reduce surface water infiltration), and topsoil (for vegetation growth).

 

The risks associated with the TSF have been identified throughout the design process. A Safety in Design (SiD) assessment was conducted to identify the potential health and safety hazards and to propose controls to manage the hazards with an unacceptable risk. A quantitative risk assessment was also conducted to determine whether the risks are as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP). Applying an ALARP approach requires that all reasonable measures be taken with respect to tolerable or acceptable risks to reduce them until the cost or other impacts of additional risk reduction become grossly disproportionate to the benefit. The risks identified during the current stage of the TSF design are within the limits of tolerability defined by the Australian National Committee on Large Dams (ANCOLD) when individual failure and overall collective risk modes are considered. The quantification of risk for each failure mode is contingent on the design defenses being installed as designed and functioning as expected, and on the TSF design intent being met throughout the TSF life cycle, including construction and operations.

 

Page 297 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The TSF remains a key Project focus. Reviews of the TSF design have been conducted by an Independent Tailings Review Board (ITRB), a Tanzanian Ministry of Water Approved Professional Person (APP), and other subject matter experts. ITRB and other recommendations and actions are documented in a register, and this review and engagement process will continue throughout the detailed design phases of the Project. Adherence to GISTM principles will continue and will be implemented at the appropriate time during detailed design and operation.

 

15.2Logistics

 

Tanzania has a well-established national network of roads, rail and ports which support the construction and operational logistics. Further details of the national and regional infrastructure are provided in Section 4.4.

 

15.2.1Construction Logistics

 

A logistics study evaluated the Project’s requirements for construction and operational logistics. A primary focus was the movement of all construction-related equipment and loads from points of origin globally to the Kabanga Site. The report evaluated four transport methodologies that were considered optimal:

 

●Importation via road freight: for goods manufactured/procured from South Africa or the East African Community (EAC).

 

●Importation via ocean freight: for goods sourced internationally outside the Southern African Development Community or EAC.

 

●Air freight: for emergency procurement deliveries during construction.

 

●Domestic rail/road freight: for inland transport of goods from ports/Tanzanian sources to the Kabanga Site.

 

The report includes route surveys to determine the requirements and constraints related to the transport of abnormal loads from the Port of Dar es Salaam to the Kabanga Site. Additional studies to evaluate bridge capacities along the proposed routes confirmed that no remedial works or temporary supports would be required for the Kabanga equipment transport.

 

For the purpose of the FS, it was assumed that road freight would be utilized for all construction related equipment and material deliveries from the Port of Dar es Salaam to site. During the execution phase, the viability of using the SGR line to Isaka Dry Port or Tabora for construction related equipment and material will also be evaluated, dependent on the availability and frequency of rail services to support the construction logistics requirements.

 

Upgrades to the southern access road will include essential temporary upgrades to allow delivery of the expected out of gauge (OOG) cargo and abnormal loads required for the construction of the mine and Concentrator. These loads include the mill shells, mill ends, concentrate filters and 60 MVA transformers.

 

The planned upgrades to the southern access road to the Kabanga Site include cutting and widening of the steep sections on the road, widening sharp switchbacks, and extending the associated stormwater infrastructure to facilitate the OOG deliveries during construction. Temporary slip lanes are planned where the road is too narrow to allow bi-directional traffic during transport of the OOG loads. Traffic on the road will be managed and batched during the delivery period to avoid long delays for regular road users and for safety considerations.

 

Page 298 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

15.2.2Operational Logistics

 

15.2.2.1Inbound Freight

 

The Project’s annual inbound freight to the Kabanga Site, made up of reagents, mine equipment, maintenance spares and other consumables, amounts to approximately 55,000 tonnes. These reagents would generally be in the form of 1 tonne bulk bags and 1,000 liter Intermediate Bulk Containers (IBCs) which would be containerized. The consumables including rock bolts, mesh, cement, emulsion, mill balls, mill liners, and crusher liners will also be containerized. In addition, the Project would require approximately 7 million liters of diesel annually, which would be delivered in approximately 270 isotainers (20ft).

 

15.2.2.2Concentrate Export

 

The concentrate product logistics route selected for the Project comprises a road haul from the Kabanga Mine to the Isaka Dry Port, where the concentrate will be loaded onto the SGR and transported to the Port of Dar es Salaam using a staging yard at the existing Kwala Dry Port.

 

This is a 1,330 km route which, combined with the peak expected concentrate tonnage of the mine of 392 ktpa (approximately 430 ktpa wet concentrate) in 2037, will require 580 million tonne kilometers (tkm) of logistics capacity per annum and make the Project potentially the sixth largest mine in Central Africa in terms of logistics requirements. The annual forecast production of concentrate is presented in Figure 15-3 and averages approximately 350 ktpa (dry) at the steady-state production rate.

 

 

Figure 15-3: Planned Concentrate Production Profile

 

The Project will benefit significantly from the construction of the new high-speed SGR network in Tanzania. Approximately three-quarters (984 km) of the Project’s primary export route will be serviced by the SGR, which is unavailable anywhere else in sub-Saharan Africa except Kenya. The SGR would need to support 40 wagon block freight trains moving between Isaka and Kwala/Dar es Salaam at average speeds of over 100 km/h.

 

The Project will also benefit from the planned investment (USD 250 million) into the Port of Dar es Salaam, by the new concessionaire, DP World. On October 22, 2023 the GoT (through the Tanzania Ports Authority) signed investment agreements with DP World, which covers the operation of docks number 0 to 7 of the Port of Dar es Salaam for a period of 30 years, including the handling of containers, general cargo, bulk cargo, and vehicle cargo. Their plans include upgrading quays 3 and 4 to become dedicated bulk material docks with a fixed conveyor loading and unloading capacity of up to 2,000 tph.

 

Page 299 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

At the Kabanga Site, concentrate will be loaded under a covered area into reuseable FBCs, containing approximately 9.3 t per bag. The FBCs will be weighed, sealed and tagged and then loaded onto contractor provided tri-axle trucks with a payload of three FBCs per truck (28 t payload) for the 347 km haul to the Isaka Dry Port. Most of the truck loading would happen overnight with the loaded trucks passing over the Kabanga weighbridge before moving to the truck staging area where they will await dispatch.

 

The decision to use FBCs for the transport of concentrate from the Kabanga Mine at the Port of Dar es Salaam will eliminate the potential for product losses and contamination along the 1,330 km route. The use of FBCs also eliminates the need for traditional and smaller woven nylon bags, which are commonly used for moving bulk mineral products and which are normally slashed and incinerated at destination. The use of FBCs will also generate employment due to the required maintenance and repairs.

 

The road haulage route of approximately 347 km is expected to take six to seven hours, and trucks would drive in convoy, departing the mine at daylight. The convoys of loaded trucks will depart for Isaka with front and back escort vehicles to ensure the safety and security of the concentrate, other road users and villagers along the southern access road, which links the Kabanga Mine to the National B3 highway. The convoys would then join the B3 and proceed to the TANROADS Nyakahura weighbridge, before proceeding to Isaka. The escort vehicles would then wait at Nyakahura for the returning truck convoys (carrying mine supplies and empty FBCs) that would have left Isaka the same morning and escort the trucks safely back to the Kabanga Mine. The trucks would also pass over the TANROADS Kahama weighbridge before proceeding to the Isaka Dry Port (Figure 15-4).

 

 

Figure 15-4: Kabanga Proposed Logistics Route

 

Page 300 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

From Isaka Dry Port, the FBCs will be railed 894 km to the Kwala Dry Port in dedicated low-sided flatbed wagons via the SGR, which is currently under construction and expected to be operational at Isaka by November 2026. The typical freight train will consist of 40 wagons, with each wagon carrying five FBCs, delivering a train payload of approximately 1,860 t with departures every 48 hours. The use of flatbed wagons and FBCs also allows the backhaul of reagents and consumables to Kabanga.

 

Kwala Dry Port is a key staging point for imports and exports used to reduce congestion at the Port of Dar es Salaam by removing the need for quayside warehousing. The Kwala Dry Port is a large site with direct rail access. The facility has been designed for handling shipping containers and bulk materials and is managed and operated by Tanzania Ports Authority (TPA) on behalf of the Port of Dar Es Salaam. It is currently connected to the port by the meter gauge railway network, with plans to build a ‘Port Link’ from the end of the SGR. At the Kwala Dry Port, FBCs will be stored in a leased area with sufficient capacity to cater for the monthly shipments of approximately 25,000 t. From Kwala Dry Port, the concentrate will travel the final 88 km to the Port of Dar es Salaam via the dedicated Port Link with SGR locomotives, as seen in Figure 15-5.

 

 

Figure 15-5: SGR Rail Locomotives

 

Kabanga has engaged with the Tanzania Railways Corporation (TNC) relating to access and rates, which have been used in the study. Two swing sets of wagons (one loading/unloading at each end) plus one set in motion have been allowed for in the capital cost estimate.

 

Each FBC is proposed to be fitted with a unique RFID tag and label, and all units will be scanned (by post or by handgun) at various points along the pipeline between the Kabanga Mine and the quayside at the Port of Dar es Salaam. In addition to tracking stockpiles and movements along the logistics export route, details of the concentrate inside each FBC (moisture content, concentrate grade, minor element grades, date of production, zone, etc.) will be held on file so that stock can be picked at Kwala Dry Port on a first-in first-out (FIFO) or grade blending basis if required. Moisture levels could also be monitored and updated as concentrate moves along the route and dries out inside the FBCs thereby allowing more accurate weighing and invoicing of product at the quayside at Port of Dar es Salaam.

 

At the Port of Dar es Salaam, DP World will handle the loading of dedicated 12,000–30,000 deadweight tonnage (DWT) bulk carriers using cranes to bottom discharge from the FBCs into the vessel holds.

 

Minerals to Market Pty Ltd were engaged to undertake concentrate sea freight studies to multiple destinations in support of the FS. Shipping costs for ocean-going freight and offloading, from the Port of Dar es Salaam to customer destination ports have been provided by multiple reputable shipowners including parcel carriers and multi-purpose ships. Parcel carriers operate larger vessels ranging from 28,000 to 56,000 DWT and load a variety of cargoes on each ship which are separated by different holds. Parcel carriers generally load and discharge at a variety of ports which results in longer transit times. Multi-purpose shipowners operate smaller vessels ranging from 10,000–18,000 DWT and would be more likely to ship a full and complete (i.e., single) cargo.

 

Quotes using April and May 2025 rates are reflective of the current shipping market condition at the time obtained, during April and May 2025. They were based on a number of specified terms such as maximum and minimum freight size, geared (own cranes) vessels, load and unload rates and loading days, allowance for laytime, cargo type, and classification and a maximum vessel age of 20 years to avoid excessive marine insurance. The remaining terms and conditions requested are as per a Baltic and International Maritime Council (BIMCO) charterparty. BIMCO is one of the largest international shipping associations representing shipowners. These have been used in the cost estimation. Rates were also obtained for additional freight costs to ship during the ice season in some northern destination ports.

 

Page 301 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

While a number of shipowners provided sea freight pricing, it is expected that other providers of this service would be willing to provide quotes once the Project is close to or commences production. Shipowners will sometimes cost voyages higher or lower than global averages depending on the return they require for their ships and whether they wish to position their ships to a particular destination to load their next cargo.

 

Time charter rates and fuel costs can fluctuate significantly, both above and below those received as part of the current indications received. For reference:

 

●At the time the indications were received, on April 4, 2025, the Baltic Exchange Dry Index was 1489 points, the Baltic Handysize index was 613 points and the Baltic Supramax Index was 1425 points.

 

●The average time charter rate for a Handysize vessel was USD 11,027 per day and the average time charter rate for a Supramax vessel was USD 12,278 per day.

 

●The global 20 ports average for very low sulfur fuel oil (VLSFO) was USD 548.50 /t.

 

The estimates are not a prediction of futures rates and do not represent the absolute highs or lows that might occur in the future. Operating costs are stress tested in the economic modeling to test the robustness to changes in cost, including sea freight.

 

Transport costs for concentrate to international customers have been estimated on this basis, using current quotations received from reputable logistics providers.

 

15.3QP Opinion

 

The infrastructure design is appropriate for the FS level and supports the planned operations. The planned supporting Project infrastructure, sources and prices of logistics, power, and water are well understood and have been interpreted from reliable studies and evaluations.

 

It is the opinion of DRA, responsible and acting as the QP for the Kabanga infrastructure, that the level of assessment and design are appropriate for an FS and represent good industry practice.

 

Page 302 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

16MARKET STUDIES

 

16.1Market Outlook

 

The following information on nickel, copper and cobalt supply and demand is summarized from information provided by CRU International Ltd (CRU), a leading independent data intelligence company focusing on the mining, metals and fertilizers industry. CRU data and forecasts were prepared in May 2025.

 

The long-term nickel, copper, and cobalt metal price assumptions used in the FS are based on May 2025 consensus industry pricing forecasts and compared to those used in other published studies and forecasts by independent research organizations.

 

A nickel-rich sulfide concentrate containing payable levels of copper and cobalt and levels of impurities below penalty limits is proposed to be produced at the Kabanga Site. Concentrate will be sold to the export market at the commencement of operations. Potential concentrate customers have been engaged, and indicative, non-binding concentrate payment and delivery terms for 100% of the concentrate during this period have been provided to support the study. This concentrate will be trucked, railed, and shipped to international customers.

 

Markets for nickel, copper, and cobalt are well established and demand for these metals is expected to continue to grow in the long term given the global trend of decarbonization and electrification. All three metals are key components in batteries, consumer electronics, energy storage and renewable energy capacity, and the outlook for these sectors remains robust.

 

In the short to medium term, nickel and cobalt demand is robust, driven by strong growth in global electrification, battery manufacturing for electric vehicles and stainless steel sectors, especially in Asia. The long-term supply-demand dynamics indicate a favorable market for nickel and cobalt, aligning well with Kabanga’s production timeline. In the long term, more aligned with the planned commencement of the Kabanga operation, there is a forecast supply gap which is expected to put upwards pressure on nickel and cobalt pricing. Copper demand remains strong with the green energy transition providing most of the demand support over the medium and long term.

 

16.1.1Nickel

 

Nickel demand spans several categories, including stainless steel, batteries, plating, alloy and steel castings, non-ferrous alloys, and other products. Demand is forecast to exceed 4.5 Mtpa by 2029, coinciding with Kabanga’s anticipated production start. This timing aligns with a projected decline in supply, eventually falling slightly below consumption levels.

 

Current global supply is predominantly concentrated in Indonesia and China, which together account for approximately 75% of total supply. Total nickel demand is primarily driven by the stainless steel sector which remains the largest end-use of nickel, and increasingly by the battery sector for electric vehicles (EVs) which is projected to grow at the fastest rate among major demand categories. The majority of nickel consumption occurs in Asia, particularly China, with comparatively lower demand in Europe and the Americas.

 

Nickel demand is expected to remain strong over the short, medium, and long term due to increasing demand for nickel in battery applications; including EVs, and other portable power and motive batteries, alongside steady growth in stainless steel consumption. Nickel demand for battery applications is forecast to double over the next five years and nearly triple by 2035. In the short to medium term, there is a forecast nickel market surplus, but a supply gap is expected to form in the early 2030s. Beyond 2030, nickel supply will need to grow to meet demand as presented in Figure 16-1.

 

Page 303 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Source: CRU.

 

Note: Production based on known supply forecast to 2029, not incorporating longer term supply additions.

 

Figure 16-1: Long-term Supply Gap

 

Based on CRU’s assessment, key longer-term drivers to the nickel price include:

 

●Advancements in Battery Technology: The increased adoption of manganese-rich cathodes and lithium iron phosphate (LFP) batteries, particularly outside China, could reduce demand for nickel from the battery sector, exerting downward pressure on nickel prices.

 

●Onshoring of Critical Mineral Supply Chains: Environmental and country-of-origin regulations, such as the Foreign Entity of Concern sourcing obligations in the U.S. Inflation Reduction Act, are driving a preference for low carbon emissions and/or secure nickel supply chains, with incentives offered for domestic or trusted sources, aiming to reduce reliance on sources from jurisdictions with less stringent environmental and labor standards.

 

●Increasing Marginal Costs in Indonesia: The cost of producing nickel in Indonesia may rise due to factors like declining ore grades, higher energy costs, higher acid costs, increased feed ore prices, higher royalty costs, and more expensive tailings storage.

 

●The Project’s estimated low carbon intensity and other superior environmental, social and governance (ESG) credentials compared to Indonesian nickel and cobalt production, as well documented in the public domain remains a key upside price opportunity. This includes the risk to curtailment of mining quotas, or cancellation and revoking of mining permits, particularly due to increasing international pressure from various organizations. For example, the four mining permits revoked in Raja Ampat, Indonesia in June 2025 due to concerns about their environmental impact.

 

●A metal exchange proposal within Indonesia may support higher prices in the future, however, this is not included within the base case assessment.

 

●Expansion of Low-Cost Production Capacity: Continued growth in Indonesian ferronickel, nickel pig iron (NPI), and high-pressure acid leaching (HPAL) capacity has reduced the need for other new nickel projects, subsequently lowering the price below that required to economically incentivize new nickel output.

 

●Concentrate production from sulfide ores has in recent years continued to decline steadily. Nearly all the major producers, including Norilsk, BHP with the idling of Nickel West assets, Vale, and Glencore Canada, are producing at lower-than-expected levels, having seen declines in production over the last five years. In the medium to long term, diminishing availability of third-party nickel concentrate is expected to increase demand for this feed into existing smelting operations, particularly for high grade concentrates such as that expected from Kabanga.

 

●Increased Recycling: Demand for primary nickel may be lower than forecast due to faster-than-anticipated recycling of nickel from batteries, driven by shorter battery lifespans and improved collection and recoveries. Additionally, China may accelerate its use of scrap in stainless steel production.

 

Page 304 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The Project benefits from its low estimated operating costs. CRU provided industry nickel production cost curves for 2025 using an all-in-sustaining costs (AISC) definition from CRU’s in-house Nickel Cost Model. Cost estimates for the Project have been provided by Lifezone Metals with CRU’s price assumptions for by-product revenue credits from the sale of copper and cobalt. While the asset is not currently producing, the exercise is intended to show its cost positioning within the current market environment.

 

The AISC includes cash costs adjusted to account for different products’ payability relative to the LME, plus royalties, sustaining capital costs, interest on working capital and corporate general and administration costs. The adjusted cash costs allow for direct comparison of producers with different product types, such as concentrates, mixed hydroxide precipitate (MHP), metal, FeNi and NPI, all of which are valued differently; the adjustment aims to make them directly comparable against the LME price.

 

With Kabanga’s supplied costs with CRU by-product revenue assumptions, its AISC sits well within the first quartile of the cost curve. This cost assessment is based on the Kabanga mine and concentrator only, selling concentrates to third parties as presented in Figure 16-2.

 

 

Source: CRU Nickel Cost Model and CRU Nickel Asset Services.

 

Note: Cost estimates for the Project have been provided by LZM using CRU price assessments for by-product credits. The chart excludes a small volume of platinum group metals (PGM) miners that produce nickel as a by-product. In USD 2024 real terms.

 

Figure 16-2: Nickel All-in Sustaining Costs for 2025 - USD/t Payable Nickel

 

The cost curve for 2025 shows that the lowest operating costs are predominately nickel sulfide concentrate producers. These producers can also generate high value by-products such as gold, silver, copper and cobalt, which lower their nickel production cost on a net of by-products basis. Indonesian HPAL producers occupy a large proportion of the remainder of the first quartile. The second and third quartile of the cost curve are mostly dominated by Indonesian NPI producers. Various Chinese NPI plants, HPAL facilities outside of Indonesia, the rest of RKEF plants, and some of the sulfide processing with depleting ore grades sit in the last quartile of the curve.

 

16.1.2Cobalt

 

Cobalt demand is propelled by EVs and renewable energy. Similarly to nickel, the pricing and demand outlook for cobalt have changed as LFP cathode materials for use in battery EVs and energy storage applications have seen a strong momentum shift over the last year. The growth in the EV market is still expected to drive long-term cobalt demand, despite a substantial decline in cobalt intensity within EV batteries due to the increased adoption of cobalt-free LFP and nickel-rich, cobalt-lean nickel-manganese-cobalt (NMC) cathodes.

 

Supply of cobalt is primarily a by-product of nickel or copper production, making its price typically more volatile than either primary metal. Supply is concentrated in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC), raising supply chain security, ethical sourcing, environmental, social and governance (ESG) concerns, especially with the European Union’s (EU) Critical Raw Materials Act. Long-term cobalt demand is expected to outstrip supply.

 

Page 305 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Recent oversupply has been driven by historically high copper prices boosting production in the DRC from copper-cobalt ores and increasing supply from Indonesian nickel-cobalt HPAL production. Despite this putting downward pressure on prices, the longer-term outlook for cobalt remains positive. Demand is forecast to be strong and is expected to outstrip supply in the medium to long term.

 

Notably, the DRC imposed a shock export ban in February 2025, aimed to provide sustained price support, boost artisanal and small-scale mining output, and incentivize further processing in-country. Speculation and a paucity of spot volumes have so far fueled a short-term price rally across the market, but the timing and manner of the ban’s resolution will determine whether these controls will be deemed a success. Export quotas will be necessary to rebalance the market. The key risk to the short to medium term cobalt price is the resolution of the export ban in the DRC, which has been expanded for an additional three months in June 2025. Mined and refined cobalt production by region is presented in Figure 16-3.

 

 

Source: CRU.

 

Note: Supply estimates shown above are not inclusive of unallocated mine disruptions.

 

Figure 16-3: Mined (left) and Refined (right) Cobalt Production by Region

 

Based on CRU’s assessment, key longer-term drivers to the cobalt price include:

 

Key Price Drivers for Cobalt:

 

●Concentration of Production: Cobalt production is limited to a few countries, with the DRC accounting for a significant portion of global output. Even as Indonesian production rises, the DRC will be the main source of global cobalt throughout the 2020s and 2030s. This concentration increases supply risk and reduces supply chain resilience. The realization of this risk has been seen in 2025, as the DRC has banned cobalt exports for a period of four months due to low market prices. However, major producers such as CMOC Group Limited or Glencore are unlikely to curtail cobalt production, assuming the ban will last only four months. Any curtailments are unlikely to amount to more than 20 kt of contained cobalt, much lower than the expected 2025 cobalt surplus.

 

●ESG Concerns: ESG issues in cobalt mining may have an impact on the supply chain, especially with the EU’s Critical Raw Materials Act coming into effect this year. Regulatory changes in the European Union will require companies to address ESG issues or risk losing access to financing in the EU.

 

●Rapid Changes in Battery Chemistry: The pace of change in battery chemistry is swift, with higher cobalt prices and supply chain uncertainties driving a shift towards lower or no-cobalt battery types in some markets.

 

The forecast refined cobalt supply gap is presented in Figure 16-4.

 

Page 306 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Source: CRU.

 

Figure 16-4: Forecast Supply Gap for Refined Cobalt

 

16.1.3Copper

 

Copper is a primary driver for EVs, energy storage, and renewable energy sectors, reflecting demand growth across transport and utility industries. Strong demand is expected as industries continue with electrification, decarbonization, and energy transition, particularly in the EV and renewable energy sectors.

 

On the supply side, copper-producing regions like Chile and Peru face regulatory changes, environmental concerns, aging mines, and declining ore grades, all which challenge output. This is compounded by insufficient new project tonnage coming online to replace exhausted assets and meet additional demand.

 

Copper demand remains strong with the green energy transition providing most of the demand support over the medium and long-term. This demand growth will require USD 130 billion of investment needed to adequately meet demand. Projects have slowed in the development process and ore grades are expected to continue to decline. With over 60 uncommitted projects required to meet long-term copper demand CRU expects approximately 7.9 Mtpa copper supply gap to emerge by 2035 as presented in Figure 16-5.

 

Based on CRU’s assessment, key longer-term drivers to the copper price include:

 

●Economic Activity: Copper demand is closely tied to global economic activity, often considered a bellwether for the global economy.

 

●Geopolitical Factors: Trade wars, sanctions, and political instability in major copper-producing nations significantly impacts copper prices.

 

●Energy Transition: Over and above economic activity, copper will be more intensively used through the green energy transition, leading to an intensity step-change as much more of the global economy electrifies items that once were powered by fossil fuels.

 

Page 307 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Source: CRU.

 

Figure 16-5: Forecast Supply Gap for Primary Copper

 

16.2Market Prices

 

16.2.1Metal Prices

 

The Project has received indicative, non-binding offtake terms for 100% of the concentrate with potential customers providing payment and delivery terms. This concentrate will be trucked, railed, and shipped to international customers. The market for nickel concentrate is well established, and demand for Kabanga’s high-grade product is strong, particularly due to its high-grade and low impurities.

 

The long-term nickel, copper and cobalt metal price assumptions used in the FS are based on May 2025 consensus industry pricing forecasts and compared to those used in other published studies and forecasts by independent research organizations. The specific values are presented in Table 16-1 and are in real terms.

 

Table 16-1: Kabanga Metal Prices – FS Economic Assessment

 

Metal Long term Price
(USD/lb)
Nickel 8.49
Copper 4.30
Cobalt 18.31

 

16.3Smelter Capacities

 

CRU undertook a review of potential key nickel sulfide smelters, their capacities, and idle capacity available for third-party concentrate purchases. Idled smelters have been excluded. The review demonstrated sufficient capacity and appetite for third-party concentrates as presented in Table 16-2 and Figure 16-6. It is likely that the superior specifications of the Kabanga concentrate would result in it being prioritized over lower-grade third-party concentrates that would be displaced. This smelter capacity and associated demand assessment is supported by the indicative, non-binding offtake terms provided by potential customers for over 100% of the concentrate production.

 

Page 308 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 16-2: Key Nickel Sulfide Smelter Capacities and Integrated Mine Production - (ktpa Ni)

 

Smelter Details Concentrate
Processing
Capacity		 Integrated Mine
production		 Availability for 3rd
Party Purchase		 Change
2024 –29
Country Owner Smelter 2024 2024 2029 2024 2029 2024–29
South Africa Implats Impala Platinum 18 11 18 7 0 -7
South Africa Anglo American Amplats 26 27 23 -1 3 4
Finland Boliden Harjavalta 37 12 11 25 26 0
Canada Glencore Sudbury 85 46 61 39 24 -16
Canada Vale Sudbury and Long Harbour 120 70 105 50 15 -35
China Jinchuan Jinchuan 170 85 85 85 85 0
Russia Nornickel Nadezhda 246 204 240 42 6 -36
Total 702 455 544 247 158 -90

 

Source: CRU.

 

Notes: No changes expected to listed concentrate processing capacities between 2023 and 2028. Idled smelters not included. All units are ktpa(Ni).

 

 

Source: CRU.

 

Note: Idled smelters not included.

 

Figure 16-6: Nickel Sulfide Mine Production vs. Concentrate Processing Capacity, 2024

 

In general, to take advantage of lower logistics costs, producers of custom concentrates are more likely to sell to smelters within their regions, to the extent that there is sufficient free concentrate processing capacity. At a global level, nickel sulfide concentrate processing capacity is expected to remain constant at around 700 kt Ni between 2025 and 2029.

 

Meanwhile, global concentrate production is expected to increase by +143 kt Ni from 652 kt Ni in 2024 to 721 kt Ni in 2026, before falling to 689 kt Ni by 2029. Reopening idled smelters—Fortaleza in Brazil (19 kt Ni capacity), Bindura in Zimbabwe (17 kt Ni), and BCL (46 kt Ni) in Botswana—would increase capacity to over 930 kt Ni. Without an increase in processing capacity the market for placing concentrates will become more competitive, however, Kabanga benefits from the high-grade grade low-impurity specifications which are typically preferred as smelter feed.

 

Page 309 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

16.4Concentrate Marketing

 

16.4.1Concentrate Marketing

 

16.4.1.1Concentrate Sales to the Export Market

 

A nickel-rich sulfide concentrate containing payable levels of copper and cobalt and levels of impurities below penalty limits is planned to be produced at the Kabanga Site. Concentrate will be sold to the export market from the commencement of operations. Potential concentrate customers have been engaged, and indicative, non-binding concentrate payment and delivery terms for 100% of the concentrate during this period have been provided to support the study. This concentrate will be trucked, railed and shipped to international customers. Concentrate transport, logistics and freight contracts would be established for this.

 

The market for high-quality nickel concentrates, such as Kabanga’s product, remains robust. Kabanga’s concentrate, with its high-grade and low-impurity profile, is particularly attractive to global smelters, ensuring strong demand and strategic placement opportunities; and due to a significant tonnage of third-party concentrate coming off the market in recent years due to several notable closures including BHP’s Nickel West operation and IGO’s Cosmos and Forrestania Nickel operations, in care and maintenance, in Western Australia.

 

16.4.1.2Concentrate Typical Specification

 

The concentrate product has a high nickel grade, contains payable levels of copper and cobalt, and levels of impurities below penalty limits. Deleterious elements such as arsenic, antimony, lead, zinc, fluoride and chloride, which can potentially attract penalties in nickel concentrates, have been determined through both historical and current testwork not to reach threshold penalty limits.

 

Metallurgical algorithms have been developed from testwork to model concentrate grades based on the mine production schedule. The algorithms consider the different feed types, feed grades and feed blends to determine annualized recoveries and concentrate grades for the payable metals, specifically nickel, copper and cobalt. The recoveries and concentrate grades of sulfur, iron and magnesium/magnesia have also been modeled based on recovery algorithms derived from the testwork and the concentrate mass recovery. Minor element grades are based on comprehensive assays of flotation testwork concentrate samples.

 

The LoM concentrate grade is 17.5% nickel, 2.6% copper, and 1.3% cobalt. Over the same period, the concentrate has a calculated sulfur grade of 32%, iron of 39% and a low magnesium oxide (MgO) grade of 0.6%. The typical Kabanga concentrate specifications are presented Table 16-3.

 

Table 16-3: Kabanga Concentrate Typical Specification

 

Element Unit Typical Minimum Maximum
Ni % 17.5 16 18
Co % 1.3 1.0 1.5
Cu % 2.6 2.0 3.0
Fe % 39 37 40
S % 32 31 33
Pt ppm 0.25 0.05 0.45
Pd ppm 0.35 0.2 0.5
MgO % 0.8 0.5 1.1
SiO2 % 7 5 9
Al % 0.7   < 1
Ca % 0.2   < 0.5
Mn % 0.03   < 0.05

 

Page 310 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Element Unit Typical Minimum Maximum
Cr % 0.1   < 0.2
As ppm 50 < 50 100
Bi ppm 5   < 10
Sb ppm 5   < 10
Pb ppm 200   < 500
Zn ppm 150   < 200
Cd ppm 10   < 20
Cl + F ppm <200   < 500
Au ppm 0.5    
Ag ppm 7    
Fe/MgO # 46 36 75
Moisture % w/w 9.0 > DEM < TML

 

Notes: DEM: Dust Extinction Moisture; TML: Transportable Moisture Limit.

 

CRU undertook a benchmarking comparison of the proposed Kabanga concentrate specification against existing and recently shuttered operations. The Kabanga concentrate is considered to have nickel grade well above average and moderate payable levels of copper and cobalt, with deleterious elements all below penalizable levels. The nickel grade is higher than most ‘custom’ concentrates, i.e., those that are traded between third parties as opposed to produced by the same company for processing themselves. In CRU’s opinion the Kabanga product was considered a “…highly marketable concentrate that could be processed in several different smelters”, and “The concentrate can be regarded as a “clean” product with low penalty elements such as magnesium, chloride, lead and arsenic content; CRU does not expect it to incur any pricing penalties due to excess impurities”. The benchmarking is presented in Figure 16-7. This is the nickel only grade and does not consider the additional nickel-equivalent copper and cobalt content.

 

 

Source: CRU

 

Figure 16-7: Nickel Concentrate Grade Benchmarking

 

Page 311 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

16.5Concentrate Payability

 

Indicative non-binding concentrate payment and delivery terms have been provided by several potential customers. These terms have been considered and compared by normalizing the terms for differences in the derivation of concentrate payment, including differences in payability of each metal (Ni, Cu, Co) at different metal prices, consideration of other payable metals, and the assignment of costs such as treatment and refining charges. No penalties were assigned in any of the terms offered.

 

The FS uses a concentrate metal payability for nickel, copper and cobalt respectively based on Cost, Insurance and Freight (Incoterms® 2020) (CIF) delivery terms to the destination port as per the indicative terms provided by potential customers.

 

Concentrate payabilities used in the Project financial modeling are as per confidential commercial terms.

 

16.6QP Opinion

 

There is a viable market for high-grade, low impurity nickel sulfide concentrates such as those that will be produced at Kabanga. This supports the conclusion that the Project will be able to sell the products produced. The QP defers data and assumptions on macroeconomic trends, taxes, royalties, interest rates, marketing information and plans to the registrant.

 

Page 312 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

17ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES, PERMITTING, AND PLANS, NEGOTIATIONS, OR AGREEMENTS WITH LOCAL INDIVIDUALS OR GROUPS

 

17.1Summary

 

The Project encompasses the Mine and Concentrator located at the Kabanga Site and the Kabanga Resettlement Sites. The Project will need to acquire 4,073 ha of land under the SML and implement a RAP to manage land acquisition and resettlement. The Kabanga Resettlement Sites provide new housing, infrastructure, compensation, and livelihood restoration programs for the physically displaced households. Economically displaced households receive compensation and targeted support to restore or improve their livelihoods. The Project is committed to responsible mining practices that protect and manage environmental resources, promote social welfare, and ensure transparent and accountable governance. By adhering to the ESG principles, the Project aims to achieve regulatory compliance while contributing positively to the local communities and the environment, ensuring the long-term sustainability of the Project. 

 

The Project is committed to aligning with both Tanzanian regulatory requirements and internationally recognized ESG standards. The Project operates within the legal framework of the United Republic of Tanzania, complying with national laws related to environmental protection, social impact management, land access, resettlement, and permitting.

 

Regulatory approvals are required for the development and operation of the Project. These include permits for the Kabanga and the Resettlement Sites. The Project permitting team oversees the permitting process, maintaining a structured and efficient approach to meeting regulatory obligations.

 

Key internal policies guiding the Projects ESG strategy include a Code of Conduct and Human Rights Policy Statement (extending human rights commitments to third parties), Minimum Supplier Requirements (which includes the expectations for business conduct by third parties), a Corporate Social Responsibility Policy (emphasizing community development), and an Environmental Policy (focused on sustainable resource use and minimizing environmental impact).

 

In addition to national requirements, the Project seeks alignment with leading international ESG frameworks, including the International Finance Corporation Performance Standards (IFC PS), Equator Principles, GISTM, and guidelines issued by ANCOLD and International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM), ensuring the adoption of sustainable and responsible mining practices.

 

17.2Licensing Conditions

 

To uphold strict environmental and social standards, the SML holders must comply with a comprehensive set of stipulated licensing. Under the EIA Certificates, general conditions include the safe disposal of all waste types, adherence to environmental management plans, and the implementation of periodic audits, monitoring, and reporting. Facilities must continually improve these plans by incorporating new developments, engaging environmental experts for guidance, and ensuring compliance with all proposed mitigation measures. Specific conditions in the EIA Certificates mandate establishing a proper ecological management organization and effective liaison with key regulatory institutions.

 

For the SML, holders must comply with the Environmental Management Act of 2004 and all relevant safeguards, managing waste production, storage, transportation, treatment, and disposal per environmental principles. Regular ecological audits and evaluations are necessary to prevent degradation and minimize the release of hazardous substances. The ESIAs for the Project specify requirements such as minimizing pollution, maintaining safe buffer zones, and ongoing site rehabilitation.

 

Additional licensing conditions include specific measures related to water management, such as compliance with the Culvert Construction Permit and Water Use Permits, which dictate pollution prevention, proper drainage, water abstraction limits, and regular reporting to the Lake Victoria Basin Water Board.

 

Page 313 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

In addition to environmental compliance, social licensing conditions are critical to ensuring responsible interaction with affected communities. The EIA Certificates mandate continuous stakeholder engagement, compliance with national legislation, and preparation of emergency and contingency plans. For the Project, these conditions also include addressing resettlement and compensation issues before the Project begins, conducting environmental quality monitoring in affected areas, and formalizing corporate social responsibility (CSR) commitments through memoranda of understanding with local communities and authorities. At the Resettlement Sites, the Project must ensure safe waste management, a smooth handover of the sites, and access to essential services for the relocated populations. The Project emphasizes health and safety management, road safety during material transport, and the ongoing implementation of CSR programs to support local development.

 

These conditions collectively ensure that the holder adheres to national and international standards, promote sustainable mining practices, and maintain transparency and accountability to stakeholders.

 

17.2.1Permitting Requirements

 

The key environmental and social licenses and permits submitted for the Project include:

 

●Key permits obtained for the Kabanga and Resettlement Sites:

 

‒EIA Transfer Certificate (EC/EIS/824) – granted June 16, 2021.

 

‒Ruvubu River Water Use Permit (95100766) – granted September 19, 2024.

 

‒EIA Certificate (EC/EIA/2023/6288) for resettlement host sites – granted September 3, 2024.

 

●Key permits required to be obtained:

 

‒The approval of the amended ESMP with NEMC and further updates to align the ESMP with the international ESIA.

 

‒A standalone EIA certificate for the 220 kV OHL.

 

‒A standalone EIA certificate for the transportation of ore concentrate to the Port of Dar Es Salaam.

 

‒Concentrate export permit.

 

17.2.2Mine Closure and Required Bonds

 

The Mining Act [Cap 123 R.E. 2019] requires that each mine has an environmental management plan and a closure plan, and that mineral wastes be managed as provided for in the environmental management plan and relevant regulations. It also requires that the abovementioned plans and license conditions are implemented. Furthermore, it provides for the posting of a rehabilitation bond to finance the costs of rehabilitating and making the mining area safe on termination of mining operations if the holder of the SML fails to meet obligations.

 

The Mining (Safety, Occupational Health, and Environmental Protection) Regulations 2010 (Mining Regulations 2010) require mine closure plans to be submitted by applicants for an SML, and for the posting of adequate financial assurance for mine closure by holders of an SML. Closure-related topics in the regulations include Land Productivity (Regulation 198), Physical Stability (Regulation 199), National Heritage (Regulation 200), Reclamation of Mine Facilities (Regulations 201 and 204), Monitoring (Regulation 205), Mine Closure Plan (Regulation 206), and Posting of a Rehabilitation Bond (Regulation 207).

 

The closure plan must be updated regularly, reviewed, deliberated, and approved by the National Mine Closure Committee. This committee, convened by the Ministry of Minerals, must include representatives of ministries responsible for the management of the environment, land use and natural resources. It must also include regional and district authorities.

 

Rehabilitation bonds can take the form of an escrow account, capital bond, insurance guarantee bond, or bank guarantee bond. They are coupled with an agreement between the mining license holder and the GoT.

 

Page 314 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

17.3Environmental, Social and Cultural Impact Assessments

 

17.3.1Environmental, Social and Cultural Impact Assessment Background

 

ESIAs are critical tools for evaluating the potential environmental and social consequences of projects before they are implemented. A strategic commitment to sustainable development and risk management is fostered when guided by the IFC PS, the Equator Principles, and the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises. Sound environmental and social practices are promoted, and transparency and accountability are encouraged, positively impacting development. These frameworks collectively prioritize ESG considerations, advocating for practices that protect human rights, encourage economic development, and preserve the environment.

 

17.3.2Project ESIAs and Baseline Studies

 

Several ESIAs have been completed for key components of the Project, including the Kabanga Site and the Resettlement Sites. These are summarized in Table 17-1, which outlines the relevant EIAs, ESIAs, ESMPs, socio-economic baseline data, and planned uplift measures for the Project.

 

Table 17-1: Summary of the Project EIAs, ESIAs, ESMPs

 

    Kabanga Kabanga Resettlement Sites
Description and Background

Proposed Kabanga Nickel Mine, Ngara.

 

Under previous ownership, ESIA study carried out between 2007 and 2013, EIA Certificate historically approved and certified by the NEMC in September 2013.

 To address physical and economic displacement, a RAP has been developed and is currently in implementation. The RAP outlines seven Resettlement Sites located within Ngara District, situated outside the mining footprint area, to accommodate displaced households.
ESIA/ESMP

In 2022, the Project commissioned MTL Consulting Company Limited (MTL Consulting) to update the ESMP to capture changes between 2007 and 2022, and to reflect the current baseline conditions.

 

The ESMP update was completed in May 2023.

In 2023, the Project commissioned RSK Environmental Ltd to undertake a combined ESIA for the planned developments within the seven Resettlement Sites.

 

The ESIA to Tanzania national requirements was completed in July 2024.

EIA Certificate Transfer of the EIA Certificate from historical owners to TNCL in June 2021. EIA Certificate for Resettlement Sites to national standards was granted in September 2024.
Current Status The 2022 updated ESMP to national standards was approved by the NEMC in June 2023. No new EIA certificate was issued as the original EIA certificate remains valid. 2024 ESIA (to national standards) was approved by the NEMC in September 2024 and EIA certificate granted.
Planned Changes

The following changes resulted from further optimization in 2024:

 

●  change in Project production throughput from 2.2 Mtpa to 3.4 Mtpa;

 

●  change in location and footprint of WRD and other facilities; and

 

●  rerouting of water pipeline from Ruvubu River to pass within the SML area.

 N/A
Impact of Changes/Additional Work Changes communicated to NEMC – response on June 12, 2024, from the NEMC required TNCL to update the ESMP to reflect the Project amendments, which will subsequently be reviewed and approved by the NEMC. N/A
Timing of Changes

MTL Consulting was engaged to update the ESMP as guided by NEMC.

 

Environmental management plan update process has completed, TNCL is awaiting final approval from NEMC. Final approval is anticipated in Q3 2025.

 N/A

 

Page 315 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

    Kabanga Kabanga Resettlement Sites
Uplift to International Standards Performance Standards (IFC PS) and best practice The Tanzanian Mining Commission granted approval to award a contract to a partnership between SLR Consulting (Africa) Proprietary Limited and City Engineering Company Limited (CECL), as required by the Mining Local Content Regulations of 2018, for the ESIA uplift scope. Supplementary studies and the ESIA uplift process were completed in June 20251. The uplift of ESIA to international standards for the planned developments within the Resettlement Sites completed in June 2025.
Socio-economic Data and Baseline Socio-economic data collection, public consultation and participation formed part of the ESIA. Socio-economic data collection, public consultation and participation formed part of the ESIA.

 

17.3.3Environmental, Social and Cultural Baseline Assessment Summary

 

The physical, biological and social baseline assessments for the Kabanga Site and Resettlement Sites have been summarized below.

 

17.3.3.1Kabanga Site Location and Baseline

 

Kabanga Site

 

The Kabanga Site is a greenfield site located in Northwest Tanzania. The site is approximately 1,300 km northwest of Dar es Salaam and about 130 km southwest of Lake Victoria. The site is located in the Ngara District, 42 km south of the town of Rulenge, 5 km southeast of the nearest village of Bugarama, and close to the border with Burundi and borders the Ruvubu National Park. The Ruvubu River originates in Burundi and defines the international boundary between Tanzania and Burundi to the southwest of the site.

 

The villages Rwinyana, Bugarama, Mukubu, Muganza, and Nyabihanga are located within the allocated SML area and will need to be relocated as part of the Project.

 

The Kabanga Site can be accessed through either the northern access road or southern access road. The northern access road is 93 km from Ngara via Rulenge, and the southern access road is 77 km from B3 turnoff at Muzani to the Kabanga Site. Both roads are unpaved and fall under TANROADS and the Ngara District as part of the public road network within the Kagera Region. These public roads will require regular improvements before being used to service the mine activities. The site infrastructure will predominantly be developed within the Nyamwongo River catchment area. The Nyamwongo River, a tributary of the Muruhamba River, flows through the center of the site. Meanwhile, the Muruhamba River, which runs along the southern boundary of the Project area, merges with the Ruvubu River. The Ruvubu River, forming the natural border between Tanzania and Burundi, continues its journey northeastward towards Lake Victoria.

 

 

1The Kabanga ESIA (June 2025) was completed based on respective studies and the design plan from 2024. Since completion of the ESIA, the Project has undergone several design modifications. Specifically, the current Project configuration no longer includes the development of quarries, the construction of an aerodrome, or the upgrading of the southern access road. These changes would reduce risk and mitigation measures identified in the ESIA, and the ESIA has not been updated for the respective changes.

 

Page 316 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

Figure 17-1: Kabanga Project Area and Affected Communities

 

Baseline Assessment Summary

 

Baseline Environment – Biophysical Environment

 

The Kabanga Site is located in a hilly, highland area of northwest Tanzania, within the Ruvubu River sub-catchment draining to Lake Victoria. The region features rocky ridges, steep valleys, and a bimodal rainfall pattern averaging 1,023 mm annually, which influences surface water and streamflow. Wetlands and tributaries support groundwater recharge, ecosystem health, and community water needs.

 

Both surface and groundwater are vital for domestic use, farming, and livestock. Water quality generally aligns with WHO standards, though natural fluoride and uranium levels occasionally exceed limits. Air quality is influenced by dust, vehicle emissions, and biomass burning; noise remains low due to the rural setting. Soils range from erosion-prone uplands to fertile valley soils used for agriculture.

 

The site falls within the Central Zambezian Miombo Woodlands ecoregion, comprising woodlands, grasslands, wetlands, and modified areas. IFC-aligned habitat assessments identified critical, natural, and modified habitats. The Ruvubu River riparian zone is a critical habitat due to species like the endangered Ashy Red Colobus. Other key fauna include the Grey Crowned Crane and Red-faced Barbet.

 

Surface water ecosystems have been impacted by small-scale agriculture but still perform essential functions such as flood control, streamflow regulation, and habitat connectivity. Notable plant species include the near-threatened African Blackwood and vulnerable Long-tubed aloe. Despite modification for agriculture, wetlands remain ecologically important for water-dependent species and community use.

 

Page 317 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Baseline Environment – Cultural Heritage

 

The Ngara District holds significant cultural and archaeological value, linked to the historic Bugufi and Bushubi chiefdoms. Key sites include sacred landscapes such as Shunga Mountain, and archaeological locations like Kirinzi, Goyagoya Hills, and Nyakafandi 2, reflecting Later Stone Age and Iron Age settlements. Although the Batwa no longer reside in the area, their historical presence is reflected through trade and pottery. Archaeological surveys recorded a number or archaeological sites, heritage sites, and 364 graves.

 

Community consultations in Bugarama, Rwinyana, and Nyabihanga wards revealed a strong sense of cultural identity, despite a decline in traditional rituals. Oral histories highlight transboundary links with the Batwa, including trade, intermarriage, and shared customs. Family burial grounds are marked by living tree monuments, a tradition still practiced today. Local heritage also includes harvest dances such as Ngoma wa Saba and spiritual healing practices, with local healers serving as custodians of ancestral knowledge. Several sacred trees and plants remain in the Project area but are under threat from expanding agriculture and development.

 

Baseline Environment – Current Land Uses

 

Primary land uses within the Project area are subsistence agriculture and livestock farming, with crop cultivation and grazing being the dominant land uses.

 

Staple crops like maize, beans, cassava, and permanent crops such as bananas and coffee (the only cash crop) are grown, while livestock including goats, pigs, cattle, and poultry are raised, often on hilltops and ridges. Wetlands support dry-season farming, and beekeeping is also practiced.

 

Villages are scattered, with houses built from local materials. Infrastructure is limited, with Bugarama as the nearest village to the Kabanga Site, and Rulenge (42 km away) as the closest urban center. Healthcare is basic, mostly provided by dispensaries and one main hospital, with some reliance on traditional healers. Education is relatively well developed, with primary and secondary schools in each village or ward, and vocational centers in larger towns.

 

Waste management is poorly organized, leading to random dumping or burning. Formal markets are rare, with most trade occurring in informal village centers. Christianity is the dominant religion, with a few mosques present. The natural environment is mainly savanna and grassland, with some woodland, and locals use a variety of plants for medicine, fuel, and building materials.

 

17.3.3.2Impact Assessment

 

The Kabanga Sites key environmental, cultural, and social impacts were identified based on the nature of the development and the receiving environment, which have been assessed by the ESIA team or specialists.

 

The Kabanga Site, the site’s ecological sensitivity, and the close proximity of surrounding communities have led to the identification of several key impacts. Notable among these are potential impacts on biodiversity, including habitat disturbance and species displacement, air quality degradation from dust and emissions, elevated noise levels from mining activities, and the disturbance or loss of cultural heritage (tangible and intangible) resources. In addition, the social fabric of nearby communities may be affected through increased traffic, in-migration, land use changes, and pressures on local infrastructure and services.

 

17.3.3.3Mitigation, Management Plans and Monitoring

 

An ESMP has been developed for the Kabanga Site to address impacts identified in the ESIA. The ESMP serves as a practical framework for managing, mitigating (through detailed mitigation measures and management Plans), and monitoring the environmental and social impacts identified in the ESIA. It ensures that adverse effects are minimized and benefits maximized throughout the Project lifecycle. The ESMP serves as a foundational framework that informs the later development and implementation of the Environmental and Social Management System, ensuring that the Project’s environmental and social management is robust and comprehensive.

 

Page 318 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

17.3.3.4Kabanga Resettlement Location and Baseline

 

Kabanga Resettlement Location

 

The seven Resettlement Sites are situated within five wards across four different villages and one hamlet within Ngara District as illustrated in Figure 17-2. Nyakafandi 1 and Nyakafandi 2 are located within the Kabanga SML area but lie outside of the Kabanga Site footprint, approximately 2 km away. The remaining five sites are situated outside the SML area.

 

The accessibility of all seven sites varies due to their different locations, however, all are accessible by both air and road.

 

The developments within the Resettlement Sites will include construction of new houses, infrastructure, and related services to ensure the physical and socio-economic wellbeing of individuals affected by the Project. However, after construction and commissioning of the Resettlement Sites, the planned Resettlement Sites will be handed over to Ngara District Council as ultimate owner and operator as detailed in the EIA certificate granted for the Kabanga Resettlement Sites. Therefore, operation and maintenance of the Resettlement Sites will be under the district authorities. The Project will not acquire the land in the Resettlement Sites; all land ownership shall remain within the respective village authority and Ngara District Council as the overall authority in charge of the villages.

 

 

Figure 17-2: Kabanga Site Project Area and Resettlement Sites

 

Page 319 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Baseline Assessment Summary

 

A combined ESIA has been completed to both national and international standards, which assesses all seven Resettlement Sites individually. While all seven Resettlement Sites have relatively similar baseline characteristics to the Kabanga Site, detailed biophysical, cultural and land uses for each respective site have been assessed and detailed in the ESIA.

 

Impact Assessment, Mitigation and Monitoring

 

Key environmental and social impacts were identified based on the nature of the respective seven Resettlement Sites, because of the development and relocation of the Project Affected Persons (PAPs) from the Project footprint.

 

Several impacts were considered ‘high’ for the majority of the Resettlement Sites, including pressure on natural resources, strain on education and healthcare facilities, population influx, occupational health and safety risks, higher traffic accident rates, disease transmission, community safety and security concerns (including gender-based violence), social dislocation, elevated noise and nuisance during construction, introduction of invasive species, and greater habitat fragmentation and ecological disturbance. These impacts were reduced to medium or lower under a mitigated scenario.

 

Summary of Management Plans and Monitoring

 

Effective management and ongoing monitoring of environmental and social impacts are essential, with detailed management plans and monitoring required for each of the Resettlement Sites.

 

Several management plans have already been developed, and additional plans are recommended for development as part of the Kabanga Resettlement Sites ESIA in accordance with international standards, including a Health, Safety and Environment Management Plan throughout the construction phase, Traffic Management Plan, Project Induced In-migration Management Plan, and a Gender Based Violence Management Plan.

 

17.4Stakeholder Engagement Considerations

 

Stakeholder Engagement Plans and Assessments have been considered as part of the Project ESIAs and ESMPs, and as part of the RAP. They aim to identify, analyze, and understand the perspectives, interests, and concerns of all stakeholders affected by or interested in the Project. This process ensures that stakeholder voices, including local communities, government agencies, non-governmental organizations (NGOs), and other relevant parties, are actively considered in project planning and decision-making. Engaging stakeholders early and continuously fosters transparency, builds trust, and enhances the Project’s social license to operate. It also helps identify potential social, economic, and environmental impacts, ensuring that management plans are inclusive, responsive, and aligned with stakeholder needs and expectations.

 

Continuous monitoring and integration of feedback into project planning and updates for the FS ensure that the Project remains compliant with national and international guidelines.

 

17.5Local Procurement and Hiring Practices

 

Local procurement and employment practices at the Project are governed by the Tanzania Mining (Local Content) Regulations, 2018, and related national labor and immigration laws, which requires the project to maximize the use of Tanzanian goods, services, and human resources. Compliance is monitored by the Mining Commission, with mandatory quarterly reporting.

 

The Project has committed to a tiered hiring approach, prioritizing:

 

●First: Candidates from the Primary Zone communities (including residents of the Ngara District, particularly from Bugarama and nearby villages).

 

●Second: Qualified Tanzanians from the broader Kagera Region and national pool.

 

●Third: International specialists where skills are not currently available locally.

 

Page 320 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

At peak construction, total headcount is projected to reach approximately 2,015 personnel, of which approximately 96% is expected to be Tanzanian nationals. The operations workforce is expected to stabilize at around 1,090, with a target of 91% Tanzanian nationals.

 

The Project presents a long-term opportunity to develop local skills and expand employment within surrounding communities. A foundational skills assessment has already registered over 4,000 individuals from Primary Zone villages, forming the basis of a local labor database. While initial capacity is limited due to low levels of formal education and mining experience, the Project will address these gaps through structured training, including adult education, pre-apprenticeship programs and accredited technical instruction delivered onsite. As these initiatives take effect, the Mine’s ability to recruit locally - particularly for skilled roles - is expected to grow steadily over time, reducing reliance on expatriate support and aligning with national localization goals.

 

A formal Local Content Plan will be developed as per the SML requirement. Key features include:

 

●Preference for Tanzanian-registered companies, where possible.

 

●Advance publication of procurement packages to allow local firms to prepare.

 

●Unbundling of contracts into packages suitable for small and medium enterprises.

 

●Targeted support and training workshops for potential local suppliers.

 

During construction, low-risk packages (e.g., catering, site security, transport, cleaning, and hospitality) are earmarked for 100% local procurement.

 

17.6Land Access and Resettlement

 

17.6.1Overview

 

To develop and construct the Kabanga Site, the Project will need to acquire 4,073 ha of land under the SML and implement a RAP to manage land acquisition and resettlement. The Kabanga RAP (May 2025) addresses the socio-economic impact on the project-affected households and is supported by the Resettlement Sites ESIA (June 2025), which focuses on the seven host sites where physically displaced households will be relocated. The Projects Social Performance Program encompasses several key plans, including the RAP, livelihood restoration plans, and stakeholder engagement plans, ensuring that the resettlement process is aligned with both national and international standards.

 

17.6.2Resettlement Action Plan

 

The resettlement process for the Project commenced in early 2022, with a moratorium on new construction declared in July 2022. The RAP was originally prepared in 2013 under a previous joint venture but was paused in 2014. The Project reactivated the RAP in 2022. The initial RAP referred to as the Kabanga RAP (August 2023) outlines the resettlement framework, compensation strategies and stakeholder engagement processes, ensuring compliance with Tanzanian regulations. The plan was updated in July 2024, and then in May 2025 to align with international standards, particularly the IFC PS. This RAP is referred to as the Kabanga RAP (May 2025).

 

The primary goal of the RAP is to restore and, where possible, enhance the quality of life for project affected households, ensuring that livelihoods are restored to at least pre-displacement levels. Key elements include minimizing physical and economic displacement, ensuring fair and timely compensation, improving socio-economic conditions, and providing targeted support to vulnerable populations.

 

17.6.3Stakeholder Engagement

 

Stakeholder engagement is a cornerstone of the resettlement process, ensuring that local communities and key stakeholders are actively involved in decision-making. A Resettlement Stakeholder Engagement Plan (RSEP) was prepared in July 2022 and has continuously been updated to guide all the resettlement-related consultation and engagement activities. As part of the engagement process, the Resettlement Working Group (RWG), previously established in 2012/2013, was reinstated in August 2022, with monthly meetings including representatives from the affected villages, local institutions, and district officials.

 

Page 321 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

17.6.4Compensation Agreements and Process

 

The RAP outlines two primary categories of displacement: physical and economic. Physical displacement involves the loss of dwellings, non-residential structures, and other assets due to land acquisition. Economic displacement refers to the loss of income or access to livelihoods caused by the acquisition of land or restrictions on natural resource use. A total of 3532 households will be physically displaced, while 967 households will be economically displaced.

 

The RAP aims to mitigate these impacts by providing fair compensation and resettlement to Resettlement Sites with access to services and grazing land and addressing supplementary needs such as compensating tenants and conducting additional valuations for unidentified land parcels. The Resettlement Sites ESIA, completed in 2024 to national standards (referred to as the Resettlement Sites ESIA (July 2024), and in 2025 to international standards (referred to as the Resettlement Sites ESIA (June 2025), defines specific mitigation measures to minimize environmental and community impacts at the resettlement sites. Eligibility categories for compensation have been based on the findings of the socio-economic and asset surveys that commenced on July 22, 2022.

 

Project affected households are entitled to compensation under both Tanzanian law and international standards. Compensation schedules were prepared and approved by the Chief Valuer on May 6, 2023, with additional entitlements provided to meet international requirements. Individual compensation agreements, based on census and valuation data, were developed for each project affected household and signed by the project affected household, the Project, and village leaders, allowing households to choose their preferred compensation options, including in-kind options for those physically displaced.

 

The resettlement site selection was based on a review of sites identified during the previous RAP processes and the identification of potential new sites. The chosen Resettlement Sites were finalized based on hydrology, geotechnical studies, and soil assessments. The project affected households were involved in the site selection, leading to a comprehensive agreement on the chosen sites for resettlement. MOUs were signed in October 2023 between the Project, the Ngara District Council, and village councils, formalizing responsibilities and confirming that resettlement land remains under village and district authority, not project ownership.

 

17.6.5Livelihood Restoration

 

The Project has committed to comply with the requirements of the IFC PS5 regarding the impact of the Project on the livelihoods of affected people (whether physically displaced or economically displaced). One of the objectives of IFC PS5 is “to improve, or restore, the livelihoods and standards of living of displaced persons”. The IFC also encourages resettlement as a sustainable development initiative, i.e., an initiative that leads to an improved standard of living for displaced people. The Project has developed a livelihood restoration plan (LRP) that will be implemented during project construction and development.

 

The Project has completed 96% of all cash compensation payments for project affected households, including interest payments for delayed compensation. As part of livelihood restoration planning, the project affected households will be engaged to co-design and consider their livelihood restoration program options before implementation of such programs.

 

While the underlying objectives of livelihood restoration given the displacement impacts (already addressed by the RAP) will not fundamentally change, the approach and programs will be continually evolved (both short and medium-term) by the Project team and supported by the Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) Plan.

 

17.6.6Land Acquisition and Management Strategy

 

The Land Access and Resettlement Project Execution Plan adopts a phased approach to land acquisition and relocation. This strategy, contingent on procurement, engineering and compensation processes, divides the resettlement process into priority areas to ensure a systematic and manageable transition for the affected households.

 

 

2As per the Kabanga RAP (May 2025).

 

Page 322 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Physical relocation will only begin once construction of the resettlement housing and essential services is complete. The Project will develop a detailed relocation schedule, outlining resource needs and providing regular progress updates through the RWG and community meetings. The LRP will be implemented alongside the relocation process, providing both immediate and long-term livelihood support. Initiatives under the LRP include agricultural improvements, vocational training and supplementary income-generating activities.

 

To support the needs of vulnerable groups, the Project has developed a Vulnerable Peoples Plan (VPP), which identifies individuals requiring additional assistance and ensures that they are provided with the resources and support necessary to make informed choices regarding their resettlement and livelihood restoration.

 

17.6.7Relocation and Land Access Risk Assessment

 

Risk identification in relation to the Project and resettlement has been part of the ongoing risk management process. The Project has conducted ongoing risk register reviews, internal resettlement-focused risk workshops, and resettlement risks have been reviewed as part of the independent process by IBIS Consulting in 2024.

 

Resettlement implementation risks for the Project broadly center around project schedule and execution, regulatory, community and stakeholders. More specifically the following:

 

●Schedule relating to the project and RAP (e.g., project delays, priority areas)

 

●Land security and Resettlement Sites (e.g., in-migration)

 

●Livelihood restoration (e.g., agricultural improvement program)

 

●Governmental approvals (e.g., host site cadastral survey and issue of certificate of occupancy)

 

●Community acceptance, cohesion, and security (e.g., community integration at host sites)

 

●Compensation and unidentified PAPs (e.g., rejection of compensation)

 

Given the focus on the RAP process to date, various existing controls have been established through the Project CR and RAP teams through responsibilities, work plans, and workshops. Additionally, independent reviews have supported the identification of additional controls required.

 

Page 323 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

17.7Mine Closure, Remediation and Reclamation

 

The closure strategy and Conceptual Mine Closure Plan for the Kabanga Mine Site focuses on the closure of the mine infrastructure, concentrator and TSF and the decommissioning and closure of the plant and associated facilities. The strategy provides an outline for ensuring compliance with Tanzanian legislation, IFC PS, and global best practices, such as the ICMM Principles and the GISTM. The scope includes a phased approach to closure planning, execution and post-closure activities.

 

The Project will follow global best practices when carrying out mine closure activities for the Project, with a particular focus on responsible and sustainable tailings management and closure.

 

17.7.1Mine Closure Strategy, Vision and Plan

 

The Project’s closure strategy and the Conceptual Mine Closure Plan, developed as part of the Kabanga ESIA (June 2025) are aligned with the Tanzanian legislation governing environmental management, mining, water, land use, and societal considerations. To ensure that all the closure activities meet the legal obligations addressing environmental rehabilitation, financial provisioning and stakeholder engagement.

 

The closure strategy for the Project is focused on the closure of the Kabanga Mine infrastructure, Concentrator, and TSF at the Kabanga Site, all aligned to the closure vision. To ensure the progressive development of the closure strategy, the Project has drafted a conceptual closure vision, which focuses on developing an eco-enterprise solution with hospitality and training facilities by repurposing infrastructure and facilitating conservation through rehabilitation to establish regional biodiversity corridors to leave a positive legacy. The vision sets the foundation for how the overall strategy will be further progressed and ultimately lead to the development of a comprehensive closure plan with key objectives and targets being set to ensure the vision can be achieved.

 

17.7.2Regulatory Requirements and International Compliance

 

The Project intends to adhere to the ICMM Principles to ensure that the Project is conducted responsibly and in alignment with global sustainability objectives. The Mining Principles will guide the Project’s approach to determining responsible mine closure that also aligns with broader sustainability goals.

 

The Mining (Safety, Occupational Health, and Environmental Protection) Regulations 2010 (Mining Regulations 2010) require mine closure plans to be submitted by applicants for an SML, and for the posting of adequate financial assurance for mine closure by holders of SML. Closure related topics in the regulations include land productivity (Regulation 198), physical stability (Regulation 199), national heritage (Regulation 200), reclamation of mine facilities (Regulations 201 and 204), monitoring (Regulation 205), mine closure plan (Regulation 206), and posting of a rehabilitation bond (Regulation 207).

 

The Project commits to ensure that the closure plan is updated regularly and submitted to the National Mine Closure Committee for review, deliberation, and approval. This committee is convened by the Ministry of Minerals. It must include representatives of ministries responsible for the management of the environment, land use and natural resources. It must also include regional and district authorities. The Project will ensure that, as the closure strategy transitions towards a final closure plan, best practice guidelines and legislative requirements are incorporated, and ongoing stakeholder engagement is undertaken to ensure the positive legacy the Project has envisioned is achieved.

 

17.7.3Tailings Management and Closure

 

Global best standards and principles will be applied by the Project during design, operation and closure of the Project tailings facilities, including the potential management of long-term impacts that could arise, such as ongoing post-closure water treatment. Several different options for this will be considered during the operational phase and will further be integrated into the operating philosophy of the Project. These include the GISTM and the ANCOLD guidelines.

 

Adherence to these standards and principles will ensure integration of social, environmental, and technical considerations into the design and monitoring of tailings facilities and establishment of robust emergency preparedness and response plans to mitigate the risks associated with potential tailings dam failures. Best practice tailings dam management will apply from design through closure. Post-closure plans will comply with the guidelines to ensure the long-term safety and stability of the facilities, ultimately with the aim of protecting the environment and health and safety of the surrounding communities.

 

17.8QP Opinion

 

It is the opinion of DRA, responsible and acting as the QP for the Kabanga Project ESG, that the Project has completed relevant studies and permitting processes to the level of assessment and design appropriate for an FS, representing good industry practice. Risks have been identified and mitigated. No fatal flaws were found. The QP believes permits can be obtained and that the Project aligns with ESG standards.

 

Page 324 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

18CAPITAL AND OPERATING COSTS

 

This section presents the capital cost estimate (Capex), operating cost estimate (Opex), and sustaining capital cost estimate (Sustaining Capex) prepared for the Project as part of the FS. The estimates are classified as being at an Association for the Advancement of Cost Engineering (AACE) Class 3 level, with an accuracy range of ±15%, consistent with feasibility-stage evaluation standards under S-K 1300. These estimates support the economic analysis undertaken for the FS and demonstrate the reasonable prospects for economic extraction of the reported Mineral Reserves.

 

The cost estimates are directly underpinned by the technical inputs presented in preceding sections of this report. Specifically, the mining capital and operating costs are based on the schedules, equipment, and development metrics outlined in Section 13; the concentrator estimates reflect the flowsheets, recovery assumptions, and equipment specifications described in Section 14, and the infrastructure and utilities estimates are aligned with the project-wide infrastructure scope described in Section 15. These interdependencies are consistent across the technical and economic aspects of the FS, providing a coherent basis for the economic analysis presented in Section 19. All costs presented in this section are done so on a 100% Project basis.

 

18.1Capital Cost Estimates

 

The Project Capex estimate base date is Q1 2025, and the estimate is presented in United States dollars (USD). The costs of items priced in currencies other than USD were converted to USD. Table 18-1 summarizes the total Project Capex. This includes the Pre-Production Capex, Sustaining Capex, Growth Capex, and Closure Capex.

 

Table 18-1: Project LoM Capital Cost Estimate Summary

 

Capex Areas Total Cost
(USD Million)
Pre-Production Capex 859.04
Pre-Production Capex - Mining 211.79
Pre-Production Capex - Concentrator 247.99
Pre-Production Capex - Infrastructure, Utilities and Ancillaries 227.95
Pre-Production Capex - Owners’ Cost 87.41
Pre-Production Capex - Land Access and Resettlement 83.90
Growth Capex 41.62
Sustaining Capex 1,276.64
Sustaining Capex - Mining 1,115.86
Sustaining Capex - Concentrator 42.29
Sustaining Capex - Infrastructure, Utilities and Ancillaries 97.85
Sustaining Capex - Owners Cost 14.47
Sustaining Capex - Land Access and Resettlement 6.17
Closure Capex 63.11
Total Capex 2,240.42
Contingency (Pre-Production only) 83.43
Total Capex (incl. Contingency) 2,323.85

 

This Capex estimate was prepared as an AACE Class 3 estimate in accordance with AACE International 47R-11 Cost Estimate Classification System (for Mining and Mineral Processing Industries) guidelines. It represents a feasibility-level estimate with an anticipated accuracy of ±15%, making it suitable for project appraisal and in line with S-K 1300 requirements. The estimates for each area are based on the mine, infrastructure, and processing facility designs described in the prevailing sections of this report and originate from a combination of estimates built on detailed and semi-detailed unit costs backed up by market enquiries, internal data, historical benchmarks, and pricing from prior studies and prospective suppliers.

 

Page 325 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Vendor quotations not provided in the base currency have been converted to U.S. dollars using the exchange rates displayed in Table 18-2. This estimate excludes any escalation beyond the base date and does not account for future foreign-exchange fluctuations.

 

Table 18-2: Foreign Exchange Rates

 

Currency Exchange Rate
(USD)
AUD 1.59
EUR 0.95
USD 1.00
ZAR 18.50
TZS 2,577.12
CNY 7.27
GBP 0.79
JPY 152.54

 

18.1.1Pre-Production Capex

 

The Pre-Production Capex incorporates all capital costs incurred prior to the commencement of commercial production. This includes direct and indirect costs associated with mine development, process plant and infrastructure construction, EPCM, and Owners’ costs.

 

For the purposes of this study, Pre-Production Capex encompasses all Capex scheduled to occur before the end of Year 1, which marks the forecasted realization of the first revenue. A summary of the Pre-Production Capex is provided in Table 18-3.

 

Table 18-3: Project Pre-Production Capex Summary

 

Pre-Production Capex Areas % of Total
Pre-Production Capex		 Total Cost
(USD Million)
Direct Cost 79.51 683.05
Mining 24.65 211.79
Mining Surface Infrastructure 3.59 30.80
Underground Mining 21.07 181.00
Concentrator and Infrastructure 46.75 401.57
Concentrator 28.32 243.30
Infrastructure 16.27 139.79
Tailings Storage Facility (TSF) 2.15 18.48
External Infrastructure 8.11 69.69
220 kV Overhead Line 5.57 47.89
Concentrate Logistics Infrastructure 2.54 21.80
Indirect Cost 20.49 175.99
Construction Facilities and Services 0.54 4.68
EPCM 8.66 74.35
Owners’ Cost 1.52 13.06
Land Access and Resettlement 9.77 83.90
Total Pre-Production Capex (excl. contingency) 100 859.04
Contingency 9.7% of Pre-Production Capex 83.43
Total Pre-Production Capex (incl. Contingency)   942.47

 

Page 326 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

18.1.1.1A2000 – Mining

 

A summary of the A2000 – Mining Pre-Production Capex is presented in Table 18-4. All costs are presented excluding contingency.

 

Table 18-4: Mining 1Pre-Production Capex Summary

 

Capex Areas % of Total
Pre-Production Capex		 Total Cost
(USD Million)
2100 - North Mine 64.38 136.36
2110 - Box Cut and Portals 7.80 16.52
2120 - Main Declines 0.19 0.40
2130 - Secondary Declines 0.11 0.24
2140 - Connection Drifts 0.24 0.51
2150 - Ventilation, Raises and Cooling 5.93 12.55
2160 - Surface Infrastructure Facilities 11.56 24.49
2170 - Underground Infrastructure and Equipment 1.70 3.60
2180 - Mining 22.82 48.32
2190 - Backfill 14.03 29.71
2200 - Tembo Mine 35.62 75.44
2210 - Box Cut and Portals 5.22 11.05
2220 - Main Declines 0.30 0.63
2240 - Connection Drifts 0.36 0.76
2250 - Ventilation, Raises and Cooling 2.91 6.17
2260 - Surface Infrastructure Facilities 2.97 6.30
2270 - Underground Infrastructure and Equipment 0.39 0.83
2280 - Mining 13.14 27.82
2290 - Backfill 10.33 21.88
Total Pre-Production Capex 100 211.79

 

Mining Development

 

All underground development activities scheduled up to first revenue are classified as Pre-Production Capex. Development cost estimates were derived using a first-principles approach, incorporating unit rates for mining activities based on pricing from experienced mining contractors.

 

Underground and Surface Infrastructure

 

Underground and surface infrastructure, civil, structural, mechanical, platework and piping supply and installation were based on vendor quotations and contractor installation rates obtained in 2024, which were either revalidated or escalated to reflect the Q1 2025 cost base. Mechanical equipment, as per the mechanical equipment list (MEL), was provided as a free issue to the installation contractor. Detailed Bills of Quantities (BoQ) were developed based on optimized designs. Formal enquiries were issued to construction contractors, along with preambles, BoQ, scopes of work, site-specific information, and relevant project schedules.

 

Page 327 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Underground and surface electrical, control, and instrumentation supply and installation were based on vendor quotations and contractor installation rates obtained in 2024, which were either revalidated or escalated to reflect the Q1 2025 cost base. BoQ were compiled based on the relevant, optimized designs. Relevant designs included motor lists, transformer sizing calculations, single-line diagrams (SLD), Deswik models, layouts, and MCC schematics. 

 

Ventilation and Cooling

 

A specialist ventilation and cooling consultant was appointed to conduct the ventilation and cooling design based on the latest version of the mine plan. The ventilation and cooling consultant provided a Capex estimate for both the refrigeration plants and the surface exhaust fan stations in accordance with the ventilation and cooling design.

 

Backfill Plant

 

A specialist backfill consultant was appointed to complete the backfill plant design based on the backfill capacity requirements as defined by the latest mine production schedule. The backfill consultant derived equipment and construction costs in the Capex estimate largely from vendor quotations.

 

18.1.1.2A3000 / A6000 – Concentrator and Infrastructure

 

All costs were developed based on vendor quotations obtained in 2024, which were either revalidated or escalated to reflect the Q1 2025 cost base.

 

A summary of the costs per discipline for A3000 – Concentrator and A6000 - Infrastructure, Utilities, and Ancillaries is presented in Table 18-5 and Table 18-6. All costs are presented excluding contingency.

 

Table 18-5: Concentrator Pre-Production Capex Discipline Summary

 

Concentrator Disciplines Breakdown % of Total
Pre-Production Capex		 Total Cost
(USD Million)
Building Works 3.70 8.99
Concentrate Transport 3.02 7.34
Concrete Works 9.82 23.89
Consumables / First Fills 0.58 1.42
Earthworks 4.15 10.09
Electrical, Control and Instrumentation 20.18 49.11
Mechanicals 24.37 59.29
Overland Pipeline 3.13 7.61
Piping and Valves 9.05 22.02
Platework 3.22 7.84
Spares 2.03 4.94
Steelwork 6.11 14.86
Transport 8.62 20.97
Turnkey Packages 0.74 1.79
Vendor/Commissioning Services 1.29 3.15
Total Pre-Production Capex 100 243.30

 

Page 328 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 18-6: Infrastructure Pre-Production Capex Discipline Summary

 

Infrastructure Disciplines Breakdown % of Total
Pre-Production Capex		 Total Cost
(USD Million)
Building Works 5.37 12.25
Concentrate Transport 8.78 20.01
Concrete Works 3.59 8.18
Consumables / First Fills 0.07 0.17
Earthworks 22.33 50.9
Electrical, Control and Instrumentation 15.24 34.73
Infrastructure 2.43 5.54
Mechanicals 8.48 19.34
Off-site Infrastructure – 220kV Overhead Line 21.01 47.89
Overland Pipeline 2.80 6.38
Spares 0.86 1.96
Steelwork 0.02 0.05
TSF* (Earthworks and liner cost only) 7.37 16.8
Transport 1.40 3.19
Vendor/Commissioning Services 0.25 0.58
Total Pre-Production Capex 100 227.95

 

Bulk Earthworks 

 

Detailed BoQ were compiled based on the FS designs. The designs included 3D terrace models, layout drawings, and block plans. Formal enquiries were issued to local and regional construction contractors. These formal enquiries were supported by preambles, BoQ, scopes of work, site-specific information, and relevant project schedules.

 

Multiple quotations were received from these industry-relevant contractors, which were subsequently adjudicated by DRA. These associated bulk earthworks rates and preliminary and general items (P&Gs) were then incorporated into the Capex estimate. Multiple contractor costs were selected where the scope was considered to exceed the capabilities of (or increase the risk of using) a single contractor.

 

Civils Works

 

Detailed BoQ were compiled based on preliminary civil designs, which included the area 3D models and layout drawings. Formal enquiries were sent to local and regional civil works contractors, which were supplemented by preambles, BoQ, scopes of work, site-specific information, and relevant project schedules. Multiple quotations were received from industry-relevant contractors, which were subsequently adjudicated by the project team. These associated civil rates and P&Gs were then utilized to develop the Capex estimate. Multiple contractor costs were selected where the scope was considered to exceed the capabilities of (or increase the risk of using) a single contractor.

 

Mechanical Equipment

 

Formal enquiries were generated for the processing facility’s mechanical equipment, which was supported by data sheets and project-specific data. Multiple quotations were received from industry-relevant vendors, which the project team subsequently adjudicated in a tender evaluation process.

 

Page 329 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Structural Steel

 

Detailed BoQ were compiled based on the FS designs. Relevant designs included the Area 3D structural models, associated large/critical member structural designs, and layout drawings. The Project’s contracting philosophy applicable to the structural steel was that steel would be fabricated and supplied by a specialist global fabricator, and the structural steel would be free issued to an installation contractor. Formal enquiries were issued to applicable fabricators and contractors, which were supplemented with preambles, BoQ, scopes of work, site-specific information, and relevant project schedules. Multiple quotations were received from industry-relevant contractors, which were subsequently adjudicated by the project team. These associated structural steel supply rates, installation rates, and P&Gs were then used to develop the Capex costs.

 

Platework

 

Detailed BoQ were compiled based on FS designs. Relevant designs included the Area 3D platework models and layout drawings. The project’s contracting philosophy was that the platework would be fabricated and supplied by a specialist global fabricator, and the platework would be free issued to a construction contractor. Formal enquiries were issued to applicable fabricators and contractors, which were supplemented with preambles, BoQ, scopes of work, site-specific information, and relevant project schedules. Multiple quotations were received from industry-relevant contractors, which were subsequently adjudicated by the project team. These associated structural steel supply rates, installation rates, and P&Gs were then utilized to develop the Capex costs.

 

Electrical, Control, and Instrumentation

 

Detailed BoQ were compiled based on the relevant designs. Relevant designs included motor lists, transformer sizing calculations, SLDs, preliminary piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs), layouts, and MCC schematics. The project’s contracting philosophy regarding the electrical control and instrumentation (EC&I) was that the bulk electrical items would be supplied by specialist global vendors, and the EC&I installation would be conducted by a regional construction contractor. Multiple quotations were received from industry-relevant contractors, which were subsequently adjudicated by the project team. These associated installation rates and P&Gs were then used to develop the Capex costs.

 

Infrastructure Buildings

 

Detailed BoQ were compiled based on the FS designs, which included architectural models and layout drawings. Formal enquiries were issued to local and regional building works contractors, which were supplemented by preambles, BoQ, scopes of work, site-specific information, and relevant project schedules.

 

Multiple quotations were received from industry-relevant contractors, which were subsequently adjudicated by the project team. These associated building rates and P&Gs were then utilized to develop the Capex costs.

 

Multiple quotations were obtained for the supply and construction of the buildings. Multiple contractor costs were selected where the scope was considered to exceed the capabilities of (or increase the risk of using) a single contractor.

 

Tailings Storage Facility

 

A specialist tailings design consultant developed the detailed BoQ for the TSF, and the associated costs were subsequently developed by applying the adjudicated earthworks and civil works rates to the quantities in the respective BoQ for the TSF.

 

Vendor Commissioning

 

Commissioning costs were obtained from the vendor quotations for major equipment packages. Where formal quotations have not been obtained, a factor has been applied as per estimating norms.

 

Spares (2-year Operational and Critical Spares)

 

Spares costs were obtained from vendor quotations for equipment packages. Where formal quotations have not been obtained, a factor has been applied as per estimating norms.

 

Page 330 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Commissioning Spares

 

Spares costs were obtained from vendor quotations for equipment packages. Where formal quotations have not been obtained, a factor has been applied as per estimating norms.

 

Consumables

 

Detailed consumables requirements were compiled based on the project’s selected mechanical equipment and the associated consumption rates as supplied by vendors. Quotations were obtained for these consumables or included in the equipment cost and were then utilized to develop the Capex costs.

 

Reagent First Fills

 

The first fill for reagents was calculated by identifying all relevant systems or equipment requiring the reagent or material. Additional volumes were accounted for to meet onsite storage needs, ensuring sufficient quantities for continuous operation. Multiple quotes were sourced from regional and international suppliers, and the selected reagent prices were applied to the total quantity needed.

 

Transport

 

A specialist Logistics Service Provider (LSP) was appointed to provide ocean, air and road freight rates. Rates for in-gauge equipment were applied directly to the quantities in the Capex estimate. Abnormal loads were quoted by a specialist freight forwarder. An allowance was made for the overweight fines associated with abnormal loads.

 

18.1.1.3A8000 – Owners’ Cost, Administration and Overheads

 

A summary of the Owners’ Cost, Administration and Overheads Pre-Production Capex is presented in Table 18-7. All costs are presented excluding contingency.

 

Table 18-7: Owners’ Cost, Administration and Overheads Pre-Production Capex Summary

 

Pre-Production Capex Areas Total Cost
(USD Million)
8100 - Project Services 78.04
8110 - EPCM Consultants 74.35
8120 - Consulting Services 3.69
8200 – Owners’ Team 7.33
8210 - Salaries 4.04
8220 - Travel 1.11
8240 - Information Technology (IT) 1.03
8280 - Financial Fees and Insurances 1.15
8400 - Pre-Production Operation Cost 2.04
8420 - Kabanga Phase 1 Operational Readiness Capex Items 2.04
Total Pre-Production Capex 87.41

 

Pre-Production Capex for the Owners’ Costs, Administration and Overheads were developed using a first-principles approach, based on organizational charts and time-phased resource planning aligned with the Project schedule. These costs encompass EPCM services, specialist consulting, the Owners’ execution team, general administrative functions, and operational readiness. Insurance estimates were derived from standard industry benchmarks, while closure costs were estimated using adjudicated market rates applied to quantities provided by specialist consultants.

 

Page 331 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

EPCM and Consultants

 

The EPCM Consultant’s cost was developed from first principles, based on the development of detailed organograms that reflect both the engineering and procurement and construction management services for the Project. The resources reflected in the organograms were time-phased in various resource plans according to the agreed project schedule phasing. These project resource plans were populated with current rates, inclusive of the fee for the respective discipline resources, and thus, a total EPCM manhour effort was derived. The EPCM services cost estimate includes head office support and site staffing, office consumables, equipment, and associated project travel. The cost of a fully equipped home design office and all project computing requirements is included under management costs. Furthermore, various disbursements, such as flight costs, were calculated and incorporated into the total EPCM cost reflected in the Capex estimate.

 

Owners’ Costs

 

The Owners’ costs were developed based on the expected organizational chart, execution facilitation requirements, site sundries, and in-country operational requirements. This includes the following:

 

●Owners’ team and general and administrative (G&A) salaries

 

●Travel and vehicle rentals

 

●IT hardware and software

 

●Insurances

 

●Rehabilitation and closure

 

●Consultants and studies

 

●Site investigations

 

●Compliance and governance

 

●Security

 

The costs were developed from first principles, quotations, and inputs from specialist consultants.

 

18.1.1.4A10000 – Land Access and Resettlement

 

A summary of the land access and resettlement pre-production Capex is presented in Table 18-8. All costs are presented excluding contingency.

 

Table 18-8: Land Access and Resettlement 1Pre-Production Capex Summary

 

Pre-Production Capex Areas Total Cost
(USD Million)
10100 - Host Site Construction 46.01
10110 - Site 1 Nyakafandi 1 3.48
10120 - Site 2 Nyakafandi 2 1.91
10130 - Site 3 Burinda 6.26
10130 - Site 3 Burundi 0.31
10140 - Site 4 Ruhuba 8.01
10150 - Site 5 Mukigende 4.64
10160 - Site 6 Kazingati 19.30
10170 - Site 7 Magamba 0.80
10180 - Infill Houses 1.30
10200 - Host Site Social Facilities 4.55
10210 - Education Facilities 4.31
10230 - Healthcare Facilities 0.24

 

Page 332 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Pre-Production Capex Areas Total Cost
(USD Million)
10300 - Host Site Land Acquisition, Resettlement and Livelihood Restoration 0.87
10320 - Host Site Land Securing 0.86
10330 - Host Site Grave Relocation 0.01
10400 - Host Site Governmental Approvals, Survey, Licensing and Permits 0.30
10430 - Governmental Approvals and Permitting 0.15
10440 - Survey and Land Registration 0.16
10500 - Kabanga Footprint Land Acquisition, Resettlement and Livelihood Restoration 28.27
10530 - Grave Relocation 0.34
10540 - Kabanga Compensation and Relocation 2.06
10560 - Livelihood Restoration 25.87
10600 - Kabanga Footprint Governmental Approvals, Survey, Licensing and Permits 3.89
10610 - Specialist Studies, Surveys and Consultancy Support 3.77
10630 - Governmental Approvals, Permitting and Licensing 0.08
10640 - Survey and Land Registration 0.04
Total Pre-Production Capex 83.90

 

Enquiries were issued to regional contractors for housing, infrastructure, stormwater control, water systems, and site works. Costs for resettlement, livelihood restoration, and government permitting were based on historical site-specific data, benchmarks, and contractor proposals reviewed by the Project team.

 

Roads, Earthworks, Infrastructure and Stormwater Control

 

Detailed BoQ were compiled based on the preliminary designs. Relevant designs included the 3D terrace models, layout drawings and block plan. Formal enquiries were issued to local and regional construction works contractors. These formal enquiries were supplemented by preambles, BoQ, scopes of work, site-specific information and relevant project schedules. Multiple quotations were received from industry-relevant contractors, which were subsequently adjudicated by the project team. These associated bulk earthworks rates and P&Gs were then utilized to develop the Capex costs.

 

Housing

 

Detailed BoQ were compiled based on the relevant designs, which included architectural models and layout drawings. Formal enquiries were issued to local and regional building works contractors. These formal enquiries were supplemented by preambles, BoQ, scopes of work, site-specific information, and relevant project schedules. Multiple quotations were received from industry-relevant contractors, which the project team subsequently adjudicated. These associated building rates and P&Gs were then used to develop the Capex costs.

 

Water Infrastructure: Borehole Equipment, Piping and Valves (Supply and Install)

 

Detailed BoQ were compiled based on the preliminary designs, including the block plan and layout drawings. Formal enquiries were issued to local and regional building works contractors. These formal enquiries were supplemented by preambles, BoQ, scopes of work, site-specific information, and relevant project schedules. Multiple quotations were received from industry-relevant contractors, which were subsequently adjudicated by the project team. These associated material and construction rates and P&Gs were then used to develop the Capex costs.

 

Page 333 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Host Site Land Acquisition, Resettlement and Livelihood Restoration

 

A quotation was received from an industry-relevant contractor for the LRP scope of works. This quotation was reviewed by the project team and the cost was then utilized to develop the Capex costs. Land acquisition costs were calculated from previous cost data, benchmarks and quotations from previous work performed on-site with previous contractors and consultants.

 

Host Site Governmental Approvals, Survey, Licensing and Permits

 

Government approvals and permit costs were calculated based on quotations from previous work performed on-site with government institutions.

 

Kabanga Footprint Land Acquisition, Resettlement and Livelihood Restoration

 

A quotation was received from an industry-relevant contractor for the LRP scope of works. This quotation was reviewed by the project team and the cost was then utilized to develop the Capex costs. Land acquisition costs were calculated from previous cost data, benchmarks and quotations from previous work performed on-site with previous contractors and consultants.

 

Kabanga Footprint Governmental Approvals, Survey, Licensing and Permits

 

Government approvals and permit costs were calculated based on quotations from previous work performed on-site with government institutions.

 

18.1.2Growth Capital

 

Growth Capex refers to Capex invested beyond the scope of sustaining operations or maintaining initial production levels.

 

The Project Growth Capex made provisions for:

 

●Exploration drilling and geophysical surveys across five priority targets: Rubona Hill, Safari Link, Safari Extension, Block 1 South, and regional geophysics. These programs aim to delineate additional Mineral Resources beyond the current mine plan and support potential future expansions.

 

●Future phase project development, which includes provisions for future project beneficiation phases.

 

The total Growth Capex for the Project is summarized in Table 18-9.

 

Table 18-9: Growth Capex Summary

 

Growth Capex Areas Total Cost
(USD Million)
Growth Capex - Exploration 18.82
Growth Capex - Future Phase project development 22.80
Total Growth Capex 41.62

 

18.1.3Sustaining Capex

 

Sustaining Capex is defined as all Capex incurred following the commencement of revenue-generating operations. It is required to maintain nameplate production capacity and ensure ongoing legal and regulatory compliance. It includes underground mine development, Concentrator and infrastructure sustaining costs, TSF raises, general administrative and Owners’ Costs, and additional land access and resettlement after operations commence. The total Sustaining Capex is summarized in Table 18-10.

 

Page 334 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 18-10: Sustaining Capex Summary

 

Sustaining Capex Areas LoM Total Cost
(USD Million)
2000 - Mining 1,115.86
3000 - Concentrator 42.29
6000 - Infrastructure, Utilities and Ancillaries 97.85
8000 - Owners Costs, Administration and Overheads 14.47
10000 - Land Access and Resettlement 6.17
Total Sustaining Capex 1,276.64

 

18.1.3.1A2000 – Mining

 

Following the commencement of Project revenue, any subsequent equipment acquisitions and underground capital development required to support ongoing mining activities are categorized as Sustaining Capex.

 

18.1.3.2A3000/A6000 – Kabanga Concentrator and Infrastructure

 

Kabanga Concentrator and Infrastructure Sustaining Capex were developed using vendor-quoted replacement costs and assigned a service life for key mechanical equipment. The estimate reflects the likelihood of replacement for major plant systems and includes the phased development of supporting infrastructure. This was then benchmarked against other comparable operations and assessed against typical unit costs per tonne of feed treated. The Concentrator Sustaining Capex is tapered in the final years of operation in the economic model.

 

The TSF raises beyond the initial starter embankment are classified as Sustaining Capex, with quantities and costs derived from engineered designs and adjudicated contractor rates. These provisions ensure the ongoing operational integrity, compliance, and capacity of the facility throughout the mine life.

 

18.1.4Contingency

 

Contingency percentages were developed through a combination of expert judgment and a quantitative risk assessment (QRA), which served as a statistical analysis of uncertainty.

 

The QRA analysis process consists of four elements:

 

●Estimate Range Analysis process, which analyzes the level of engineering and design, method of quantification, method of pricing, and contracting strategy to determine the variation in the capital estimate.

 

●Schedule Range Analysis process, which analyzes the variation in the Project Execution Schedule (PES) effort and durations.

 

●Event Risk Quantification, in which each risk in the Project Risk Register was analyzed to determine whether it had a direct impact on the Capex and PES. The probability and quantum of each risk were determined and translated into a probabilistic model.

 

●Systemic Risk Assessment, in which a probabilistic systemic risk result was derived from the Project Definition Rating Index (PDRI) developed by the Construction Industry Institute to assess the level of Project definition.

 

Expert judgement was applied to the mining workstream to develop varying contingencies on work breakdown structure (WBS) Level 4 items. The systemic risk applied to mining aligns with the QRA outcomes, as the systemic risks were deemed to be similar.

 

The ranges produced by expert judgement and the QRA process were directly applied to the estimate to produce a cost contingency. The overall contingency applied to the Project as a result is USD 83.43 million, representing 9.7% of the Pre-Production Capex base estimate of USD 859.04 million.

 

Page 335 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The contingency allowances are consistent with the AACE Class 3 estimate classification, reflect industry norms for FS-level studies, and meet S-K 1300 requirements.

 

18.1.5Capex Cash Flow

 

The yearly summarized Capex cash flow, including sustaining and closure capital, is provided in Table 18-11. The cash flow is based on the Capex footprint and key timelines displayed in Figure 18-1.

 

 

Figure 18-1: Capex Footprint

 

Page 336 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 18-11: Capex Cashflow

 

    Year
-2		 Year
 -1		 Year
 1		 Year
 2		 Year
 3		 Year
 4		 Year
 5		 Year
 6		 Year
 7		 Year
 8		 Year
 9		 Year
 10		 Year
 11		 Year
 12		 Year
 13		 Year
 14		 Year
 15		 Year
 16		 Year
 17		 Year
 18		 Year
 19		 Year
 20		 Year
21-55		 Total
USD Millions
Pre-Production Capex 178.24 453.90 226.90                                         859.04
2000 - Mining 16.91 88.54 106.34                                         211.79
3000 - Concentrator 32.81 152.66 57.83                                         243.30
6000 - Infrastructure, Utilities and Ancillaries 50.51 143.78 33.66                                         227.95
7000 - Site Cost 2.70 1.42 0.56                                         4.68
8000 – Owners’ Cost, Admin and Overheads 21.33 46.67 19.41                                         87.41
10000 - Land Access and Resettlement 53.97 20.82 9.10                                         83.90
Growth Capex 1.20 7.20 9.60 4.80       0.36   6.26     5.62     5.62     0.97         41.62
2000 - Mining               0.36   6.26     5.62     5.62     0.97         18.82
5000 - Future Project Beneficiation Phase 1.20 7.20 9.60 4.80                                       22.80
Sustaining Capex     11.93 120.33 139.95 107.48 207.88 80.33 62.26 97.79 122.55 57.82 48.93 41.58 58.38 36.92 25.82 25.49 15.31 15.89       1,276.64
2000 - Mining     10.32 103.45 114.07 102.39 188.51 76.73 54.17 68.96 112.74 54.43 44.29 38.48 36.31 36.55 25.71 24.77 15.31 8.68       1,115.86
3000 - Concentrator     0.49 7.14 2.51 2.51 2.02 2.02 6.69 6.69 6.69 2.02 2.02 1.01 0.50                 42.29
6000 - Infrastructure, Utilities and Ancillaries     0.60 4.85 21.58 0.99 17.09 0.74 1.38 22.1 1.68 0.82 2.62 1.53 21.54 0.25 0.08             97.85
8000 - Owners Cost, Admin and Overheads     0.23 1.95 0.35 0.43 0.05 0.71 0.03 0.05 1.45 0.55   0.57 0.03 0.12 0.03 0.72   7.21       14.47
10000 - Land Access and Resettlement     0.29 2.95 1.45 1.16 0.2 0.12                               6.17
Closure Cost 0.06 0.02 0.02 0.06 0.02 0.02 0.06 0.87 0.02 0.06 0.02 0.02 0.06 0.02 0.02 0.06 0.42 0.42 0.47 17.62 17.62 17.62 7.44 63.11
8000 - Owners Cost, Admin and Overheads 0.06 0.02 0.02 0.06 0.02 0.02 0.06 0.87 0.02 0.06 0.02 0.02 0.06 0.02 0.02 0.06 0.42 0.42 0.47 17.62 17.62 17.62 7.44 63.11
Total 179.50 461.12 248.45 125.19 139.97 107.50 207.94 81.56 62.27 104.12 122.57 57.83 54.61 41.60 58.40 42.60 26.24 25.92 16.75 33.51 17.62 17.62 7.44 2,240.42

 

Page 337 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

18.1.6Capital Estimate Exclusions

 

The following items are expressly excluded from the capital cost estimate:

 

18.1.6.1Commercial, Financial, and Corporate Costs

 

Commercial, financial and corporate costs include:

 

●Financing charges (e.g., interest during construction).

 

●Working capital (addressed in Section 19).

 

●Corporate overheads and administrative expenses.

 

●Vendor price escalation or opportunistic pricing not covered by quotations.

 

●Taxes, duties, royalties, and statutory levies unless explicitly stated (incorporated directly into the economic modeling).

 

18.1.6.2Technical Scope and Economic Adjustments

 

●Forward escalation or inflation beyond the study base date.

 

●Salvage or residual value of temporary construction assets.

 

●Disruptions in global supply chains or logistics beyond vendor-quoted terms.

 

●Currency fluctuations beyond fixed exchange assumptions.

 

These exclusions are consistent with the classification and level of accuracy appropriate for this stage of study.

 

18.2Operating Costs

 

An operating cost estimate (Opex) has been developed for the Kabanga Mine, Concentrator, Infrastructure, General Administrative and Owners’ costs. The cost estimates were determined by LZM (General Administrative and Owners’ costs) and DRA (Mining, Concentrator and Infrastructure).

 

Table 18-12 summarizes the total Project Opex over the LoM.

 

Table 18-12: Average Project Operating Cost Estimate Summary

 

Area LoM Cost
(USD Million)		 LoM Opex
Summary
(USD/t milled)
Mining 2,725.05 52.18
Processing1 634.46 12.15
Owners Cost 280.86 5.38
Mining Licence Fee2 20.39 0.39
Total Site Opex 3,660.76 70.10
Concentrate Transport and Insurance 860.32 16.47
Total Opex 4,521.08 86.57

 

Notes:

 

1.The processing costs reflect the combined concentrator (A3000) and infrastructure (A6000) costs (USD 12.07/t) in combination with provision for pre-production costs (USD 0.07/t).

 

2.The Mining Licence Fee is an annual rent due to the GoT based on the SML area as per the Tanzanian Mining (Mineral Rights) Regulations 2018. It was excluded from the Project Opex estimate and has been accounted for directly in the Economic Model.

 

Page 338 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

18.2.1General Inputs, Assumptions and Basis

 

18.2.1.1Basis and Level of Accuracy

 

The overall operating cost estimate has been developed to match the requirements of a typical industry standard Class 3 (feasibility-study level) estimate as defined by the AACE with an accuracy range of ±15%. The Opex base date is Q1 2025 and is presented in USD.

 

18.2.1.2Project Labor Model

 

Labor requirements for the operational phase of the Kabanga Nickel Project have been developed from a detailed labor model across all functional areas: mining, concentrator, G&A support, and Owners’ project team functions. The labor costs were based on the following:

 

●Operational roles work on a 7-day shift/7-night shift/7 days off rotation, delivering a 67% on-site utilization rate.

 

●Maintenance roles follow a 14/7 model, while local administrative employees work a standard 5-day week.

 

●Expatriates are modeled on a 6 weeks on/3 weeks off roster, which is consistent with international mining norms and included in labor cost assumptions.

 

●The labor model includes allowances for planned and unplanned absenteeism to ensure consistent coverage across shifts.

 

●Labor costs are based on the Paterson grading system, benchmarked at the 50th percentile of 2022/23 Tanzanian mining sector remuneration data. Monthly base salaries range from USD 331 for entry-level laborers to over USD 27,000 for executive management, with expatriate roles receiving an average 30% premium based on region of origin.

 

●All base salaries are modeled inclusive of 50 hours/month overtime, in line with Tanzanian labor law and the Project’s 12-hour shift system.

 

●Additional employer costs, such as statutory contributions to the National Social Security Fund, the Workers’ Compensation Fund, and the Skills Development Levy (3.5%) are included across all salaries.

 

●Fixed and conditional allowances applied to relevant roles include provision for allowances to cater for working underground (10%), night shift (5%), housing (15%) (where company accommodation is not provided) and acting, standby, and call-out allowances (5–10%).

 

●An across-the-board 10% performance incentive has also been provisioned for all employees.

 

●Due to Kabanga’s remote location, rotational employees will be housed in a managed accommodation camp. Camp services include accommodation, meals and laundry. A daily cost of USD 17.84 per accommodated employee has been allowed.

 

●Return travel for national employees is costed at USD 503/year for the first year, decreasing to USD 95/year thereafter with the introduction of the Standard Gauge Railway (SGR). Expatriate international travel costs are included based on point-of-hire assumptions and the 6/3 rotation cycle.

 

Table 18-13 summarizes the steady-state operational headcount per area by function, which was used in combination with the all-inclusive annual project labor rates as the basis for the labor cost presented in each respective cost area.

 

Page 339 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 18-13: Steady-state Operational Headcount

 

Area Labor Complement
National Expatriates Total
Mining 706 83 789
Concentrator 188 11 199
G&A 82 2 84
Corporate (Dar es Salaam) 17 1 18
Total 993 97 1,090

 

The workforce composition reflects Tanzania’s national localization regulations and the Project’s commitment to building a predominantly Tanzanian workforce. At steady state, approximately 91% of employees will be Tanzanian nationals. A total of 97 expatriate roles (mainly technical) are included during early operations.

 

18.2.1.3Project Power Cost

 

The operating cost estimate for each project area is based on a variable unit power cost of USD 0.06/kWh, reflecting an electricity tariff derived from TANESCO grid power supply pricing. Additionally, an annual fixed power cost of USD 4.74 million for power supply to the entire Kabanga site aligned to the TANESCO rates is catered for in the Area 6000 Infrastructure costs.

 

18.2.1.4Operating Cost Exclusions

 

The following are not included in the Opex estimate:

 

●Escalation, inflation, value added tax (VAT), customs, excise, duties, sales, or other import taxes, federal or local sales taxes on permanent materials or services, insurance and export credit financing.

 

●All royalties, commissions, lease payments, rentals, and other payments to landowners, title holders, mineral rights holders, surface right holders, and/or any other third parties not mentioned in this section.

 

●Working capital, bridging finance, and the costs associated with raising the necessary finance to develop the project and finance and interest charges.

 

●Costs associated with obtaining titles, title insurance, legal services, and surveying to evaluate, negotiate for, and purchase land for development of the mines.

 

●All licenses, permits, and maintenance of same, including, but not limited to requirements for environment, construction, explosive purchase transport and usage, mining operations, water and air discharge, equipment and supplies importation.

 

●Site closure and rehabilitation, land acquisition and rights-of-way, disposal of hazardous materials and employee housing.

 

●Events that would be considered force majeure and any provision for project risks outside those related to design and estimating confidence levels.

 

18.2.2A2000 - Mining

 

Mining operating cost estimate was based on pricing received from internationally recognized mining contractors with relevant experience relating to the mining methods and African experience. These contractor-supplied unit rates were then applied to mining physicals from the mine plan, which were subsequently annualized and updated based on the Production Schedule used in this FS. The operating costs are the costs associated with direct access, extraction, and handling of tonnes. Sections 18.2.2.1 to 18.2.2.7 provide a description of the mining operating costs.

 

Page 340 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

18.2.2.1Power 

 

The power consumption for the mining infrastructure was calculated on the basis of the average continuous power demand for each duty drive. The mechanical equipment list was used to identify all duty drives from equipment sizing calculations to which the utilization and mechanical efficiency factors were applied. Power consumption is estimated based on the mechanical equipment list, which is arranged by facility. The infrastructure, ventilation, and cooling power cost was calculated to be USD 2.11/t of ore.

 

18.2.2.2Labor 

 

The mining labor costs are based on the labor model supplied by LZM. The annual, all-inclusive labor cost amounts to USD 18.4 million. The mining labor complement and annual cost are shown in Table 18-14.

 

Table 18-14: Annual Mining Labor Cost at Steady-state Production

 

Description Mining Labor Cost (3.4 Mtpa)
Complement
No.		 Annual Cost
USD/Annum
Management 24 2,360,421
Maintenance Supervision 4 207,300
Mine Technical Services 30 1,096,205
Engineering/Maintenance 171 3,929,820
Mining Operations 560 10,812,759
Total 789 18,406,506

 

18.2.2.3Mining Consumables 

 

Mining costs for the first 5 years are based on the quantities calculated in the mine plan and the unit rates of the preferred contractor which had been selected based on a tendering process. 

 

Post the 5-year contracting period mining rates are built up from mining quantities from the production schedule and unit rates calculated from first principles and mining consumable costs. 

 

Explosive quantities and drilling meters were calculated with the cost of drilling and blasting included in the costs for both development and stoping activities. 

 

Support elements were calculated in the mine plan and the cost thereof included in the mining activities. 

 

18.2.2.4Backfill

 

The backfill quantities calculated and the unit rates determined by MineFill were applied to determine the cost of backfill operations. The unit cost as supplied by MineFill is shown in Table 18-15.

 

Table 18-15: Paste Backfill Unit Rates by Area

 

Area USD/m3
North 47.97
Tembo 49.42
Main 51.61

 

Page 341 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

18.2.2.5Mining Fleet 

 

A detailed tender process was followed to select the preferred mobile equipment fleet and determine its operating costs. The selected equipment for the mining fleet is shown in Table 13-18.

 

Maintenance costs are based on the expected lifespan of machine components. The lifespans of components are obtained from the preferred supplier’s database and received through the tendering process.

 

Fuel cost is based on a diesel price of USD 1.37/L, estimated operating hours, and fuel consumption supplied by the various equipment manufacturers. 

 

18.2.2.6Ventilation and Cooling 

 

A specialist ventilation and cooling consultant conducted the ventilation and cooling engineering design and determined the Opex. The Opex cost for both ventilation and cooling for the LoM cashflow was provided by the specialist consultant. 

 

Ventilation simulation models were used to determine fan efficiencies, fan pressures, and absorbed power. The electrical unit rate was applied to the absorbed power requirement to determine the electrical operating cost. An allowance was added to this operating cost for the maintenance of equipment.

 

18.2.2.7Grade Control 

 

An allowance was made for ongoing grade control and additional drilling to improve resource definition for short-term planning. This allowance of USD 0.6/t ore was applied as a unit rate over the entire LoM.

 

18.2.3A3000 - Concentrator

 

The Concentrator and Infrastructure operating cost estimate was developed from a zero base, using first principles. The cost estimate includes all labor, power, reagents, materials, utilities and consumables and has been derived based on testwork, mass balances, engineering, as well as other discipline inputs and vendor pricing. They are a combination of fixed and variable costs and are adjusted in the economic model on an annualized basis.

 

Fixed costs would typically include labor costs, environmental costs, power for lighting, and the fixed portion of the plant maintenance costs. They benefit from economies of scale at higher throughput, resulting in a lower unit cost per tonne milled as throughput increases. Variable costs are defined as overall costs that vary depending on the level of production, but on a unit per tonne rate, remain constant. These costs are based on unit consumption rates and are the costs that are incrementally incurred as production rates vary. The variable costs would typically include reagents, most electrical power, water, variable consumable costs (e.g., mill and crusher liners), some elements of the laboratory cost and concentrate transport costs.

 

Sections 18.2.3.1 to 18.2.3.9 provide a description of the Concentrator operating costs.

 

18.2.3.1Labor

 

The Concentrator labor schedule, included in the overall project labor model, was developed from first principles based on the flowsheet, layout and operational requirements. The labor schedule was developed by the KNL Owners’ team in consultation with DRA and the operational readiness consultant (Minopex). The labor plan includes the laboratory operational staff in combination with staff on each shift to cater for sample collection and preparation.

 

The Concentrator labor costs have been based the cost provisions previously detailed in Section 18.2.1.2 and reflect an annual cost USD 5.28 million catering for 199 staff, comprising 188 locals and 11 expatriates. The labor costs contribute to the fixed portion of the operating cost.

 

Page 342 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

18.2.3.2Power

 

The expected mill power draw was based on the average ore hardness data for the MSSX and UMAF_1a samples utilizing the ore hardness correlations as a function of the Ni feed grade as derived from testwork and characterized by the relative milling derate factor.

 

The power draw estimates were calculated based on the ore blend and Ni grade profile as detailed in the mine production schedule, i.e. mill power draw varies as a function of the blend. Milling power requirements are lower at approximately 10.0 kWh/t when treating high-grade MSSX material (~2% Ni in feed) increasing to approximately 15.7 kWh/t when treating low-grade UMIN material (~1.3% Ni in feed). The effect of harder waste dilution was evaluated in testwork and has been incorporated into the comminution circuit modeling via the ore hardness correlations as a function of nickel (Ni) feed grade for each ore type.

 

The power consumption for the remaining processing equipment (excluding the mill power) was calculated on the basis of the average continuous power demand for each duty drive. The mechanical equipment list was used to identify all duty drives from equipment sizing calculations to which the utilization and mechanical efficiency factors were applied. A provision of 550 kW was also made for plant lighting. Based on these calculations, the individual unit power consumption ranges from 39 to 45 kWh/t for the main feed types, MSSX and UMIN. The average continuous power demand for the Concentrator is expected to be approximately 16.7 MW reflecting an annual cost of USD 8 million per annum at the full 3.4 Mtpa production rate.

 

18.2.3.3Water

 

Raw/freshwater consumption figures are based on the Concentrator water balance in combination with the overall Kabanga site water balance as developed for the project by WSP.

 

Based on the water balances, the average concentrator raw water consumption was estimated to be 0.74 m3 per tonne milled. The majority of the raw water make-up reflects treated water from underground mine dewatering. Fresh/raw water is also supplied to the Concentrator reflecting water from Ruvubu River in combination with treated water product from the Kabanga WTP, which is included within the infrastructure scope.

 

Water supply costs have been based on Tanzanian rates as detailed in “Water fees and Charges, July 2020 and Water Resources Management Act, 2009” and pumping costs for the water supply systems are included within the overall absorbed power estimate.

 

In addition to the water supply costs, provision has been made for water treatment, storage and discharge costs which are included separately within the infrastructure Opex as detailed in Section 18.2.4.3.

 

18.2.3.4Consumables

 

The consumables category costs consist of operating costs for reagents, crusher liners, mill liners and mill grinding media as detailed below.

 

Reagents

 

The reagent consumption figures used in determining the operating cost estimate are based on the concentrator mass balance in combination with average consumption rates derived from the testwork.

 

A summary of the expected reagent consumptions and supply cost basis is presented in Table 18-16.

 

Table 18-16: Concentrator Reagent Consumptions and Supply Costs Basis

 

Reagent Consumption (g/t Mill Feed) Opex Cost Basis
MSSX UMIN USD/t
Lime (> 85% CaO) 2,054 2,091 270
PEX Collector - 90% Activity 141 179 2,777
A3477 Promoter 56 106 4,067

 

Page 343 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Reagent Consumption (g/t Mill Feed) Opex Cost Basis
MSSX UMIN USD/t
3418A Promoter 26 12 13,697
Sodium Sulfite 231 - 752
CMC Depressant - 550 3,327
Copper Sulfate 41 41 3,877
Sulfuric Acid 294 283 447
Frother MIBC 34 27 2,827
Flocculant 25 25 2,027

 

The reagent suite as presented, was found to provide optimal metallurgical performance with regard to grade and recovery. All reagents, with the exception of lime, are sourced from outside Tanzania and will be delivered CFR (cost and freight) Dar es Salaam. The lime is expected to be supplied from a local in country source, and the quoted costs include delivery to Project Areas. The Opex costs make provision to transport reagents from port to site at a rate USD 127/t.

 

The quotes used in the Opex are from large, reputable reagent suppliers to the African minerals processing operations and there is minimal risk with regard to reagent availability. However, considering that the reagents are predominantly sourced from outside of Tanzania, KNL will need to engage in negotiations with these suppliers to secure long-term supply and pricing contracts.

 

Liners and Grinding Media

 

The crusher and mill liner wear rates were estimated based on the average (P50) abrasion index of 0.075 for MSSX material and 0.104 for UMAF_1a material, which was used to calculate the expected life span of the crusher and mill liners. The mill and crusher liner costs were based on supply rates obtained from reputable equipment vendors.

 

Grinding media consumption was also based on the P50 Ai obtained from testwork, for the average ore hardness and nominal throughput rates. Grinding media costs reflect a supply rate of USD 1,183/t for steel grinding media and USD 2,527/t for ceramic grinding media based on supply rates from reputable suppliers and include a provision of USD 127/t for transport from the port to the Project Area.

 

The estimated mill liner wear life is relatively long, and the estimated ball grinding media consumption is on the lower end of typical operating ranges. This can be attributed to the testwork findings where samples have consistently been found to have a low abrasion tendency with an Ai ranging from 0.05–0.16 in both the current and historical testwork. When normalized for Ai, the ball mill grinding media and liner wear life estimates were found to be aligned to ball milling operational benchmarks, that operate at a similar volumetric ball loading.

 

18.2.3.5Maintenance

 

The maintenance costs are based on the annual operating spares estimates from reputable vendors for the major mechanical equipment in combination with suitable factors applied to the smaller equipment items, conveyors, EC&I, platework and piping capital supply rates.

 

Based on this methodology, an annual maintenance cost provision of USD 4.6 million has been allowed for. A 30% fixed component was assumed based on typical industry benchmarks. The maintenance costs do not include crusher and mill liners, which have been calculated and costed separately in the consumables cost estimate.

 

18.2.3.6Materials Handling

 

The materials handling costs make provision for UMIN feed ore blending on the RoM pad, scats handling (loading and trucking) and final concentrate loading costs. The volume of material for each application was derived from the Concentrator production schedule.

 

Page 344 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

A loader operational cost of USD0.64 /t and a scats trucking cost of USD 0.60 /t/km was applied with provision to truck the scats to the nearest waste rock dump, a distance of 1.68 km from the Concentrator.

 

18.2.3.7Laboratory

 

The FS incorporates an owner operated laboratory, located at the Kabanga Site to cater for the mining, concentrator, and environmental analysis requirements. The laboratory analysis requirements were derived based on the sample schedule and caters for a sample loading of approximately 4,370 samples per month.

 

The laboratory management and operational staff have been catered for within the concentrator plant labor costs previously presented in Section 18.2.3.1 and an annual laboratory cost provision of USD 0.51 million was made to account for the analysis costs.

 

18.2.3.8Concentrate Transport

 

A concentrate transport cost of USD 144/t wet concentrate has not been included in the concentrator direct costs but has been incorporated separately in the financial model to cater for transporting and shipping concentrate to international customers via the Port of Dar es Salaam. The rate was provided by KNL and includes provision for transport, agency charges, wharfage, stevedoring, handling fees, shipping and sea freight costs based on cost information from established and reputable providers in combination with comparable rates from regional providers. The rates were obtained as part of a comprehensive logistics study which included engagement with key providers and contractors, including the TRC and TPA.

 

This is converted to a unit cost per tonne of concentrator mill feed based on the mass pull to the concentrate.

 

The expected concentrate mass has been determined based on the calculated mass pull derived from the concentrator plant production schedule which ranges from 6.5–11.0% w/w and averages 9.9% w/w over the LoM at a nominal moisture content of 9% (w/w) as derived in vendor testing.

 

18.2.3.9Area 3000 Concentrator Operating Cost Summary

 

The steady-state MSSX, UMIN and average LoM Concentrator Opex based on a 3.4 Mtpa throughput rate is summarized in Table 18-17.

 

Table 18-17: Area 3000 Concentrator Opex Summary

 

Description Concentrator Opex Summary (USD/t milled)
Description MSSX UMIN LoM (52 Mt)
87% MSSX: 13% UMIN
Labor 1.62 1.62 1.68
Power 2.29 2.65 2.37
Liners and Grinding Media 0.54 0.73 0.56
Reagents 2.03 3.45 2.25
Water 0.00 0.00 0.00
Maintenance 1.35 1.35 1.38
Laboratory Analysis 0.15 0.15 0.16
Materials Handling 0.17 0.51 0.21
General 0.01 0.01 0.01
Total Concentrator 8.16 10.47 8.63

 

Page 345 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The average LoM operating cost for the Concentrator is estimated to be USD 8.63 /tmilled for a feed blend comprising 87% MSSX and 13% UMIN. The fixed cost includes labor, a portion of the maintenance costs, power costs for plant lighting and licensing fees.

 

The annual fixed cost was estimated to be USD 6.95 million, equivalent to USD 2.0/tmilled at the nominal 3.4 Mtpa steady-state production rate making up 26% of the overall concentrator processing costs over the LoM. The differentiation of the fixed cost component allows the Opex estimate to accurately reflect the differences in throughput.

 

The Concentrator operating costs in Table 18-17 exclude the fixed component of the power supply cost (which is included separately in Area 6000) and the concentrate transport costs which are accounted for separately directly in the financial model.

 

18.2.4A6000 - Infrastructure, Utilities and Ancillaries

 

The Kabanga infrastructure operating cost estimate was developed from a zero base and has been derived based on engineering input. The estimate reflects the costs associated with the supporting infrastructure and services for the Kabanga concentrator operations, which include: fixed power costs, TSF operational costs, raw water supply costs, water treatment costs, water abstraction, impoundment and discharge fees, potable and sewerage water treatment, vehicles for maintenance of the terrace, roads, landfill and stormwater systems and camp building maintenance costs.

 

Fixed costs would typically include labor costs, environmental costs, power for lighting, and the fixed portion of the plant maintenance costs. They benefit from economies of scale at higher throughput, resulting in a lower unit cost per tonne milled as throughput increases. Variable costs are defined as overall costs that vary depending on the level of production, but on a unit per tonne rate, remain constant. These costs are based on unit consumption rates and are the costs that are incrementally incurred as production rates vary. The variable costs include water (treatment, abstraction, discharge and impoundment fees that increase incrementally based on the volumes stored), power, and variable maintenance costs.

 

The Section 18.2.4.1 to 18.2.4.7 provides a description of the Kabanga infrastructure operating costs.

 

18.2.4.1Labor

 

No labor costs have been allowed for in the Kabanga infrastructure as the infrastructure operations will be serviced by the Concentrator engineering and maintenance staff where provision has already been made in the Concentrator labor schedule for the required staff and costs.

 

18.2.4.2Power

 

The power consumption for the infrastructure processing equipment was calculated on the basis of the average continuous power demand for each duty drive. The infrastructure area mechanical equipment list was used to identify all duty drives from equipment sizing calculations to which the utilization and mechanical efficiency factors were applied.

 

Based on these calculations, the averaged continuous power demand for the Kabanga infrastructure equipment, which predominantly reflects power provision for water supply and treatment is expected 10,510 MWh per annum reflecting an annual cost of USD 0.64 million per annum.

 

In addition to the power usage for infrastructure processing equipment the infrastructure operating costs also include the TANESCO annual fixed power cost of USD 4.74 million for power supply to the Kabanga site.

 

18.2.4.3Water

 

The infrastructure water costs reflect costs associated with raw/freshwater consumption as derived from the overall Kabanga site wide water balance developed by WSP in combination with fees for impoundment, water treatment and discharge. The water treatment volumes were also derived from the overall site water balance outputs.

 

Page 346 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Water supply, impoundment and discharge costs have been based on Tanzanian rates as detailed in “Water fees and Charges, July 2020 and Water Resources Management Act, 2009” and reflect a cost of USD 0.02 /m3 for abstraction and discharge and USD 0.6/m2 for impoundment.

 

Provision has been made for water treatment at a rate of USD 0.05/m3 for potable water treatment, USD 0.05/m3 sewerage water treatment, USD 0.05/m3 for HDS water treatment and USD 0.58/m3 for the RO plant based on typical benchmarks for other similar projects.

 

Pumping costs for the Ruvubu River and treated water supply systems are included within the overall absorbed power estimate.

 

18.2.4.4Maintenance

 

The maintenance costs are based on suitable factors applied to the equipment items, EC&I, platework and piping and valves capital supply rates resulting in an annual provision of USD 0.55 million. Additionally, an annual allowance of USD 0.18 million has been made for camp building maintenance. A 30% fixed component was assumed based on typical industry benchmarks.

 

18.2.4.5Vehicles

 

An annual provision of USD 0.44–0.87 million and averaging USD 0.55 million over the LoM has been made to cater for maintenance of the terrace, roads, landfill and stormwater systems based on a scheduled cost estimate provided by KNL.

 

18.2.4.6Kabanga Tailings Facility Operation

 

The operating cost includes provision for operation of the Kabanga TSF based on budget pricing provided by a reputable TSF consultant and reflects an annual cost USD 1.12 million.

 

18.2.4.7Area 6000 Kabanga Infrastructure Operating Cost Summary

 

The average LoM A6000 infrastructure Opex based on a 3.4 Mtpa concentrator throughput rate is summarized in Table 18-18.

 

Table 18-18: Area 6000 Infrastructure Opex Summary

 

Description LoM Infrastructure Opex Summary
(USD/tmilled)
Power 1.72
Water 0.85
Maintenance 0.22
Vehicles 0.30
TSF Operation 0.36
Total Infrastructure 3.44

 

The average LoM operating cost for the Kabanga Infrastructure area is estimated to be USD 3.44/tmilled. The annual fixed cost was estimated to be USD 3.6 million making up 32% of the overall costs over the LoM. The costs reflect the TSF operational costs, water impoundment feed and the fixed cost component of the power and maintenance costs.

 

Page 347 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

18.2.5A8000 - Owners’ Cost, Administration and Overheads

 

The owners, administration and overheads operating costs include provision for the G&A and corporate labor, light vehicles operating and maintenance costs, IT software, Dar es Salaam office rental, Corporate Social Responsibility costs, specialist environmental and social studies, environmental and water monitoring and testwork, licenses, human resource systems, media costs, security, waste handling services and compliance costs.

 

The labor allocation for the G&A and corporate costs was developed by LZM from first principles. The costs have been based on the cost provisions previously detailed in Section 18.2.1.2 catering for 102 staff, comprised of 99 nationals and three expatriates.

 

The light vehicle costs were estimated based on monthly operating, fuel and maintenance costs. The majority of the other costs were estimated based on quotations, current rates and input from specialist consultants.

 

Page 348 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

19ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

 

19.1General Description

 

LZM has developed an Economic Model (the Model) to evaluate the Project on a real basis. The analysis assumes the Project is 100% equity funded. The Model was prepared on an annual basis, from the projected start of project execution, and continuing through the LoM and closure. The Model has been audited by SLR Consulting (Canada) Ltd. This section outlines the principal assumptions that underpin the Model, along with the resulting indicative Project economics. Unless otherwise stated, all monetary values are presented in United States dollars (USD).

 

This analysis assesses a Reserve Case, which includes:

 

●Production profiles from three underground mines, namely North, Tembo and Main, that were developed in accordance with the methodologies described in preceding sections

 

●Concentrator processing facilities

 

●Associated infrastructure

 

●Associated capital and operating costs.

 

The Reserve Case schedules 52.2 Mt of ore, to be mined at an average grade of 1.98% nickel, producing 5.2 Mt of high-grade nickel concentrate at an average grade of 17.5% nickel. This equates to 902 kt of contained nickel metal in concentrate over a mine life of 18 years.

 

The pre-production capital cost is estimated to be USD 943 million including contingency. The estimated total capital cost (pre-production, capitalized Operational Expenditure (Opex), growth, sustaining and closure) over the LoM) including contingency is USD 2,491 million with a peak funding amount of USD 1,049 million.

 

The economic analysis was prepared on a 100% project basis using the Reserve Case production schedule, operating, and capital assumptions on an annual basis. The assumptions for taxes and royalties were provided by Clyde & Co Tanzania.

 

Capital and operating cost estimates, including cost build-ups, contingency allowances, and estimate classification, are detailed in previous sections of this report. All economic results and associated technical and cost data are reported on a 100% Project ownership basis, reflecting the interests held by TNCL, unless otherwise stated. The GoT has a 16% free carry on the Project, through its 16% ownership of TNCL with LZM owning 84.0% on a look-through basis.

 

As with all economic evaluations of this nature, the analysis presented herein is forward-looking and inherently subject to uncertainty. The outcomes are dependent on a range of assumptions, including forecast macroeconomic conditions, project execution strategies, and future technical and operational data, which may evolve as additional studies are completed.

 

19.2Forward-looking Statements

 

This document contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements, referred to herein as “forward-looking statements,” are provided as of the date of this document and relate to future events or performance. They reflect current estimates, expectations, projections, or beliefs regarding such future events. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements with respect to:

 

●The estimated quantity and grade of Proven and Probable Mineral Reserves estimates, which have been modified from Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource estimates.

 

●Capital cost estimates related to mining and processing, infrastructure construction, production commencement, ongoing operations, sustaining capital requirements, and projected payback periods.

 

●Operating costs are related to mining, processing and transport of concentrate.

 

Page 349 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

●Forecasts of future production volumes, including tonnes of material processed and contained nickel (and associated by-products) recovered.

 

●Assumed commodity prices and concentrate payabilities.

 

●The overall estimates of revenues, operating costs, Project costs, projected net cash flows, net present value (NPV), and anticipated economic returns from operations.

 

●The underlying assumptions supporting the various technical and economic estimates.

 

All forward-looking statements are based on the QP’s current understanding, a range of assumptions, and information available as of the date of this report. These assumptions, which are described throughout this TRS, include, but are not limited to:

 

●The presence, continuity, and estimated grade of nickel mineralization within the defined geological domains.

 

●The geotechnical, hydrogeological, and metallurgical characteristics of the deposit conforming to results obtained from sampling and testing programs.

 

●The quantity and quality of water resources available during mining and processing operations.

 

●The reliability, performance, and availability of mining and processing equipment and associated infrastructure.

 

●Anticipated levels of mining dilution and recovery.

 

●Achieved metallurgical recoveries and concentrate grades based on representative tests.

 

●Reasonable contingency amounts.

 

Readers are cautioned that forward-looking statements are inherently subject to various risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the control of the issuer. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements, depending on future events and circumstances, changes in assumptions, and availability of additional technical and economic data.

 

19.3Assumptions and Inputs

 

19.3.1Model Parameters

 

The following parameters were used during the analysis:

 

●The Model is unlevered and assumes the project is 100% equity funded.

 

●The Model commences from the expected start of construction, at Year -2 and extends to Year 19. The final year of production is expected to be in Year 18. Construction is expected to take 2.6 years to complete. Costs that are expected to occur post Year 19, namely ongoing closure and G&A costs, have been appropriately adjusted in the cash flow analysis to align with the model end date.

 

●The economic analysis was prepared on a 100% project basis using the Reserve Case production schedule, operating, and capital assumptions on an annual basis.

 

●All monetary figures expressed in the analysis are in USD unless otherwise stated and all costs and revenue are presented in 2025 real USD.

 

●Cash flows are assumed to occur evenly during each year, with discounting starting in Year -2.

 

●The cash flows are discounted using mid-year convention.

 

●Carry balances such as tax and working capital calculations are based on real dollars for use in the integrated cash flow calculation.

 

Page 350 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

19.3.2Metal Pricing

 

Metal prices for the economic analysis were estimated using consensus industry metal price forecasts and compared to those used in other published studies and forecasts by independent research organizations. The metal prices used for the economic analysis are representative of industry forecasts.

 

The selected prices follow the expected Project commencement date. This means that except for Year 1 (i.e., first production year), price assumptions follow a single, long-term price, expressed in 2025 real terms. The long-term nickel, copper and cobalt price assumptions are shown in Table 19-1.

 

Table 19-1: Metal Prices

 

Metal Year 1 Year 2 – Year 18
 Long-term price (USD/lb)
Nickel 8.37 8.49
Copper 4.64 4.30
Cobalt 19.91 18.31

 

19.3.3Discounting

 

A real discount rate of 8% is used for calculating NPV.

 

19.3.4General

 

In the analysis, carry balances such as tax calculations are based on real dollars for use in the integrated cash flow calculation.

 

19.3.5Taxation

 

Assumptions for taxation were provided by Clyde & Co Tanzania. Tanzanian legislation provides for all taxes, levies, duties and royalties. The key taxes, levies, duties and royalties that the Project will be required to pay the Tanzanian Government are outlined in the following sections.

 

19.3.5.1General Corporate Taxation

 

Tanzanian companies are subject to corporate income tax (CIT) which is calculated at a rate of 30% of net income.

 

19.3.5.2Withholding Tax

 

Withholding tax (WHT) is applied at the rate of:

 

●15% of services supplied by offshore non-resident companies to local resident companies

 

●5% of services supplied by local resident companies to local resident companies

 

●10% of dividends paid to non-resident shareholders

 

●10% of interest payments

 

19.3.5.3Customs and Import Duties

 

Import Duties

 

Tanzania is a member of the East African Community (EAC), a customs union. The EAC currently implements a four-band Common External Tariff structure on imports as follows:

 

●0% - raw materials and capital goods

 

●10% - semi-finished goods

 

●25% - finished consumer goods

 

  ● 35% - specified products

 

Page 351 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The base for calculating import duty is the total cost, insurance and freight (CIF) value of the imported goods. Machinery and spare parts imported by a licensed mining company and used in mining activities are exempt from import duty, which is relevant to the Project.

 

Inspection Fee

 

A 1% inspection fee on mineral concentrates is applied to the gross value of the concentrate at the point of sale.

 

Rail Development Levy

 

Railway Development Levy (RDL) applies at a rate of 2% on the CIF value of imported goods. Goods that are exempt from import duty are also exempt from RDL. More specifically, machinery and spare parts imported by the Project and used in mining activities that qualify for import duty exemption are also exempt from RDL.

 

19.3.5.4Levies

 

Fuel Levy

 

Fuel levy is charged on petroleum and diesel at a rate of TZS 513 per liter, included in the delivered fuel price as an operational expenditure.

 

Petroleum Levy

 

Petroleum levy is charged on petroleum, diesel, and kerosene at TZS 100 per liter, included in the delivered fuel price as an operational expenditure.

 

City Service Levy

 

The Local Government Authorities are entitled to charge up to a maximum of 0.3% City Service Levy (CSL) based on turnover generated by corporate bodies in the relevant district.

 

Skills Development Levy

 

Skills Development Levy (SDL) is a tax on the employer calculated as 3.5% of gross cash benefits of employees and has been included in labor costs as an operational expenditure.

 

19.3.5.5Depreciation

 

As per the Framework Agreement, the application of straight-line pooled asset depreciation at a rate of 20% per annum is permitted. Capital that has not had sufficient time to fully depreciate before the end of the project’s life is written off in the final year. The amount written off is added to the depreciation amount in the final year.

 

19.3.5.6Tax Losses

 

For a mining company in a loss-making position, there is the ability to carry-forward losses indefinitely, offsetting these losses against taxable income in any given tax year subject to a cap of 70% of the taxable income in a given tax year.

 

Page 352 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

19.3.6Royalties

 

19.3.6.1Government Mineral Royalty

 

The Tanzanian Government royalty is applied to the sale of concentrate from the Project.

 

The Tanzanian Government Mineral Royalty is applied at a rate of 6% and applied to gross revenue received by MineCo. MineCo’s sole source of revenue is derived from the sale of nickel sulfide concentrate, containing copper and cobalt.

 

The concentrate sale and purchase terms are based on indicative, non-binding term sheets as part of the market study.

 

19.3.6.2Mining Licence Fee

 

The Tanzanian Government also charges a Mining Licence Fee that is an annual operating fee payable for the Kabanga mine site.

 

19.4Economic Analysis Results

 

The projected economic results include:

 

●Post-tax NPV at an 8% real discount rate is USD 1,579 million.

 

●Post-tax Internal Rate of Return (IRR) is 23.3%.

 

●Post-tax payback period is 7.1 years from first investment and 4.5 years from first production.

 

The key results of the Kabanga Nickel Project Feasibility Study are summarized in Table 19-2.

 

Table 19-2: Summary of Economic Results

 

Description Units Value
Discount Rate % 8
NPV8% USD million 1,579
IRR % 23.3
Capital Efficiency (Pre-production and Capitalized Opex) - 1.4
Total Capital (Pre-production incl. contingency, Capitalized Opex, Growth, Sustaining and Closure,) USD million 2,491
Pre-production Capital USD million 942
Capitalized Opex USD million 168
Sustaining Capital USD million 1,277
Peak Funding USD million 1,049
Total AISC (net of by-product credits) USD/lb Payable Ni 3.36
Site Operating Costs USD/t Milled 70
Project Life Years 20
Payback Period (from first production) Years 4.5
Payback Period (from first investment) Years 7.1

 

Page 353 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

19.4.1Processing and Metal Production

 

The Reserve Case schedules 52.2 Mt of ore, to be mined at an average grade of 1.98% nickel, producing 5.2 Mt of high-grade nickel concentrate (dry) at an average grade of 17.5% nickel. This equates to 902 kt of contained nickel metal in concentrate over a mine life of 18 years.

 

The production statistics are shown in Table 19-3. Processing tonnes, concentrate output and contained metal production are summarized in Figure 19-1 to Figure 19-3.

 

Table 19-3: Production Statistics

 

Description Unit Total LOM Annual Average Year 1-5 Annual Average LoM
Feed
Tonnes Processed kt 52,225 2,602 2,901
Nickel Feed Grade %Ni 1.98 1.86 1.98
Copper Feed Grade %Cu 0.27 0.25 0.27
Cobalt Feed Grade %Co 0.15 0.15 0.15
Recoveries
Nickel Recovery % 87.3 86.82 87.3
Copper Recovery % 95.6 94.41 95.6
Cobalt Recovery % 89.6 89.18 89.6
Concentrate Produced
Nickel Concentrate Produced kt (dry) 5,170 246 287
Nickel Concentrate Grade %Ni 17.5 17.1 17.5
Copper Concentrate Grade %Cu 2.6 2.5 2.6
Cobalt Concentrate Grade %Co 1.3 1.4 1.3
Contained Metal in Concentrate
Nickel kt 902 42 50
Copper kt 134 6 7
Cobalt kt 69 3 4

 

 

Figure 19-1: Annual Ore Milled

 

Page 354 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

Figure 19-2: Annual Nickel Concentrate Produced

 

 

 

Figure 19-3: Annual Metal in Concentrate

 

19.4.2Revenues

 

The estimated Project revenues are presented in Table 19-4. The analysis uses price assumptions detailed in Table 19-1.

 

Revenue is derived from the sale of nickel concentrate, which contains copper and cobalt. All three metals are expected to be payable. The realization costs are made up of transport and insurance costs to deliver the concentrate from the Project site to global customers on a Cost Insurance and Freight (CIF Incoterms® 2020) basis.

 

Table 19-4: Revenues

 

Description Total LOM Annual
Average Years 1—5		 Annual
AverageLOM
USD Million USD/t ore Milled
Revenues
Gross Revenue for Ni, Cu and Co 14,989 270 287
Realization Costs (860) (16) (16)
Net Revenue for Ni, Cu and Co 14,128 254 271

 

Page 355 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

19.4.3Capital and Operating Costs

 

Capital and operating costs used in the economic analysis are aligned to those presented in Section 18.

 

19.4.3.1Capital Costs

 

The Project capital is defined as follows:

 

Pre-production Capex: All capital costs incurred prior to the commencement of commercial production. This includes direct and indirect costs associated with mine development, process plant and infrastructure construction, EPCM, and Owners’ costs. It also includes the capitalization of applicable operating costs up to the point of commercial production.

 

Growth Capex: Capital costs incurred to further study the beneficiation facility and to extend the mine life through the conversion of Inferred Mineral Resources to Minerals Resources into higher confidence categories.

 

Sustaining Capex: All capital costs incurred during production, to ensure existing assets and operations continue running at their expected capacity and to maintain condition. This includes ongoing underground development capital incurred throughput operations and TSF embankment raises.

 

Closure Capex: Capital allocated to Project closure and rehabilitation.

 

The estimated total Project capital costs are shown in Table 19-5.

 

Table 19-5: Total Project Capital Cost

 

Description Unit Total LoM
USD M
Direct Pre-Production Capex     
Mining    
Mining Infrastructure (Underground and Surface) USD million 35
Underground Mining USD million 177
Sub-total Mining USD million 212
Process and Infrastructure
Concentrator USD million 243
Site Infrastructure USD million 140
Tailings USD million 18
Sub-total Processing USD million 402
Off-site
Concentrate Logistics USD million 22
Electrical – 220 kV Overhead Line USD million 48
Sub-total Offsite USD million 70
Indirect Pre-Production Capex
Site and Off-site Indirect    
EPCM USD million 74
Owners USD million 13
Site Costs USD million 5
Resettlement USD million 84
Sub-total Indirect USD million 176
Total Pre-Production Capex USD million 859

 

Page 356 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Description Unit Total LoM
USD M
Pre-Production Contingency USD million 83
Pre-Production Capex After Contingency USD million 942
Capitalized Opex USD million 168
Growth Capex USD million 42
Sustaining Capital USD million 1,277
Closure USD million 63
Total Capital Cost After Contingency USD million 2,491

 

Note: Capital includes only direct Project costs and does not include non-cash shareholder interest, management payments, foreign exchange gains or losses, foreign exchange movements, tax pre-payments, or exploration phase expenditure.

 

19.4.3.2Operating Costs

 

The estimated Project LoM average AISCs are shown in Table 19-6.

 

The estimated AISC for the first five years of production is USD 5.50/lb payable nickel and the average for the LoM is USD 3.36/lb payable nickel. Although nickel provides most of the revenue included in the analysis, there are meaningful credits from copper and cobalt included in the AISC. Unit costs related to the ore tonnages are shown in Table 19-7 and Table 19-8.

 

Table 19-6: All-in Sustaining Costs

 

Item Unit Annual Average Annual Average
Year 1 - 5 LoM
Mining USD/lb Payable Ni 2.89 1.75
Processing USD/lb Payable Ni 0.52 0.41
G&A USD/lb Payable Ni 0.31 0.19
Concentrate Transport USD/lb Payable Ni 0.54 0.52
Concentrate Freight Insurance USD/lb Payable Ni 0.03 0.03
Total Cash Cost (Pre By-Product Credits) USD/lb Payable Ni 4.28 2.90
Royalties USD/lb Payable Ni 0.91 0.76
Sustaining Capex USD/lb Payable Ni 1.49 0.82
Total AISC (Pre By-Product Credits) USD/lb Payable Ni 6.68 4.48
Cu By-Product Credit USD/lb Payable Ni (0.40) (0.41)
Co By-Product Credit USD/lb Payable Ni (0.78) (0.71)
Total AISC USD/lb Payable Ni 5.50 3.36

 

Page 357 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 19-7: Mine and Concentrator - Kabanga Site Unit Costs

 

Item Unit Annual Average Annual Average
Year 1—5 LoM
Site Operating Costs 
Mining USD/t Milled 65.65 52.18
Processing USD/t Milled 12.53 12.15
G&A USD/t Milled 4.64 5.38
Mining Licence Fee USD/t Milled 0.39 0.39
Total Site Costs USD/t Milled 83.22 70.10
       
Concentrate Logistics 
Concentrate Transport and Insurance USD/t Milled 15.72 16.47
Total Site Costs & Concentrate Logistics USD/t Milled 98.94 86.57

 

Table 19-8: Royalties and Sustaining Capital Unit Costs

 

Item Unit Annual Average Annual Average
Year 1—5 LoM
Royalties USD/t Milled 22.85 22.76
Sustaining Capex USD/t Milled 45.16 24.44

 

19.4.4Project Cash Flow

 

The estimated net Project cash flow is depicted in Figure 19-4 and a detailed Project cash flow is provided in Table 19-9.

 

 

Figure 19-4: Project Cash Flow

 

Page 358 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Table 19-9: Summary of Project LoM Annual Cash Flow

 

Description Unit LoM -2 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 +
Gross Revenue
Gross Revenue on Payable Metal USD million 14,989   -  - 141 682 888 927 871 901 972 1,075 1,166 1,195 6,170
Realization Costs (net of capitalized Opex)
Concentrate Transport USD million (818)  -  - (8) (37) (49) (51) (49) (50) (53) (57) (61) (62) (341)
Concentrate Freight Insurance USD million (42)  -  - (0) (2) (2) (3) (2) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (17)
Net Revenue
Net Revenue USD million 14,128  -  - 133 643 837 873  819 848 916 1,015 1,102 1,130 5,812
Operating Costs
Mining  USD million (2,725) (1) (35) (81) (174) (212) (231) (156) (160) (155) (156) (161) (152) (1,051)
USD/t Milled 52.2  0.0 0.0 149.3 71.5 65.5 68.0  45.8 47.0 45.6 46.0 47.3 44.8 47.3
Processing and Infrastructure  USD million (634) (0) (1) (13) (31) (38) (40) (41) (40) (39) (39) (39) (39) (275)
USD/t Milled 12.1 0.0 0.0 23.4 12.9 11.9 11.7 12.0 11.7 11.5 11.5 11.4 11.4 12.4
Owners Costs, Admin and Overheads  USD million (281) (14) (12) (13) (13) (11) (12) (12) (11) (11) (12) (12) (12) (136)
USD/t Milled 5.4 0.0 0.0 23.0 5.4 3.3 3.5  3.6 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.6 3.4 6.1
Mining Licence Fees USD million (20) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (8)
Power Line Rebate USD million 18 - - 7 12 - - - - - - - - -
Owners’ Costs, Admin and Overheads - Adjustment USD million 9  - - - - - - - - - - - - 9 

 

Page 359 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Description Unit LoM -2 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 +
Total Opex USD million (3,633) (16) (48) (101) (208) (262) (284) (210) (212) (207) (208) (213) (204) (1,461)
Capitalized Opex Adjustment - Site USD million 160 16 48 95 - - - - - - - - - -
Capitalized Opex Adjustment - Logistics USD million 7  - - 7  - - - - - - - - - -
Royalties, Fees, Levies and Duties USD million (1,189) (7) (15) (20) (58) (75) (78) (66) (68) (73) (82) (88) (90) (469)
EBITDA USD million 9,474 (7) (15) 114 377 500 512 543 568 636 726 801 837 3,883
Pre-production Capital Costs
Mining USD million (212) (17) (89) (106) - - - - - - - - - -
Processing & Infrastructure USD million (471) (83) (296) (91) - - - - - - - - - -
Site Cost USD million (5) (3) (1) (1) - - - - - - - - - -
Owners Costs, Admin and Overheads USD million (87) (21) (47) (19) - - - - - - - - - -
Resettlement USD million (84) (54) (21) (9) - - - - - - - - - -
Contingency USD million (83) (16) (45) (22) - - - - - - - - - -
Total Pre-Production Capex USD million (942) (194) (499) (249) - - - - - - - - - -
Capitalized Opex
Mining USD million (109) (1) (35) (73) - - - - - - - - - -
Processing and Infrastructure USD million (12) (0) (1) (11) - - - - - - - - - -
Owners’ Costs, Admin and Overheads USD million (40) (15) (13) (12) - - - - - - - - - -

 

Page 360 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Description Unit LoM -2 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 +
Concentrate Logistics USD million (7) - - (7) - - - - - - - - - -
Total Capitalized Opex USD million (168) (16) (48) (103) - - - - - - - - - -
Growth Capex
Future Beneficiation Studies USD million (23) (1) (7) (10) (5) - - - - - - - - -
Exploration Drilling USD million (19) - - - - - - - (0) - (6) - - (12)
Total Growth Capex USD million (42) (1) (7) (10) (5) - - - (0) - (6) - - (12)
Sustaining
Mining USD million (1,116) - - (10) (103) (114) (102) (189) (77) (54) (69) (113) (54) (230)
Processing and Infrastructure USD million (42) - - (0) (7) (3) (3) (2) (2) (7) (7) (7) (2) (4)
Surface Infrastructure USD million (98) - - (1) (5) (22) (1) (17) (1) (1) (22) (2) (1) (26)
Owners Costs, Admin and Overheads USD million (14) - - (0) (2) (0) (0) (0) (1) (0) (0) (1) (1) (9)
Resettlement USD million (6) - - (0) (3) (1) (1) (0) (0) - - - - -
Total Sustaining Capex USD million (1,277) - - (12) (120) (140) (107) (208) (80) (62) (98) (123) (58) (268)
Closure (adjusted)* USD million (57) (0) (0) (0) (0) (0) (0) (0) (1) (0) (0) (0) (0) (56)
Working Capital
Change to Net Working Capital USD million (2) - - (1) (30) (12) (1) (2) (2) (6) (8) (6) (3) 68 
Pre-Tax Free Cash Flow
Undiscounted USD million 6,986  (219) (570) (260) 221  349  403  333  485  568  614  672  776  3,615 

 

Page 361 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Description Unit LoM -2 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 +
Discounted at 8% USD million 2,611 (211) (508) (214) 169 247 264 202 272 295 296 300 320 1,180
Tax
Corporate Income Tax USD million (2,411) - - - (41) (90) (86) (88) (129) (169) (201) (228) (238) (1,142)
Post-Tax Free Cash Flow                              
Undiscounted USD million 4,575  (219) (570) (260) 180 259 317 246 356 399 413 445 538 2,473
Discounted at 8% USD million 1,579 (211) (508) (214) 138 183 208 149 200 208 199 198 222 809

 

Note: G&A and Closure costs are incurred until Year 27 and Year 54, respectively. To fully present these costs in the Model, which ends in Year 19, they have been discounted back to Year 19.

 

Page 362 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

19.4.5Sensitivity Analysis

 

To measure the sensitivity of Project economics to changes in key parameters, a sensitivity analysis was carried out using a range of key parameters. These included:

 

●Metal prices

 

●Nickel payability

 

●Nickel recovery

 

●Discount rate

 

●Capital costs

 

●Operating costs

 

The projected Project financial results for undiscounted and discounted cash flows at a range of discount rates, IRR, and payback are shown in Table 19-10.

 

Table 19-10: Project Net Present Value and Discount Rate

 

Description Discount Rate Project Project
% Pre-Tax Post-Tax
Net Present Value (USD MILLION) Undiscounted 6,986 4,575
  5.00% 3,761 2,366
  8.00% 2,611 1,579
  10.00% 2,046 1,192
Internal Rate of Return (%)   29.5% 23.3%
Post-Tax Payback Period – from first production (years)   3.6 4.5
Post-Tax Payback Period - from first investment (years)   6.2 7.1

 

The results of the sensitivity analysis for the Project NPV and IRR to a range of metal prices, payability, recovery, discount rates, capital and operating costs are shown in the spider charts presented in Figure 19-5 and Figure 19-6.

 

Page 363 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

Figure 19-5: Sensitivity Analysis of Post-Tax NPV

 

 

 

Figure 19-6: Sensitivity Analysis of Post-Tax IRR

 

Page 364 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

19.4.5.1Metal Price Sensitivity

 

The results of the metal sensitivity analysis for nickel, copper and cobalt are shown in Table 19-11 to Table 19-13 respectively.

 

Table 19-11: Nickel Metal Price Sensitivity

 

Nickel Price USD/lb 8.49 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 7.00 10.00 11.00 13.00
Post-Tax NPV8% USD million 1,579 (2) 459 909 1,359 1,808 2,256 2,705 3,603
Post-Tax IRR % 23.3% 8.0% 13.2% 17.6% 21.5% 25.1% 28.4% 31.6% 37.5%

 

Table 19-12: Copper Metal Price Sensitivity

 

Copper Price USD/lb 4.30 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00
Post-Tax NPV8% USD million 1,579 1,482 1,524 1,566 1,608 1,650 1,692 1,735 1,777
Post-Tax IRR % 23.3% 22.5% 22.8% 23.2% 23.5% 23.8% 24.2% 24.5% 24.8%

 

Table 19-13: Cobalt Metal Price Sensitivity

 

Cobalt Price USD/lb 18.31 15.00 16.00 17.00 18.00 19.00 20.00 25.00 30.00
Post-Tax NPV8% USD million 1,579 1,520 1,538 1,556 1,573 1,591 1,608 1,696 1,784
Post-Tax IRR % 23.3% 22.8% 23.0% 23.1% 23.2% 23.4% 23.5% 24.2% 24.9%

 

Page 365 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

19.5Interpretation and Conclusions

 

Based on the assumptions and parameters presented, the FS shows positive economics supported by a post-tax NPV of USD 1,579 million using an 8% discount rate, and a post-tax IRR of 23.3%.

 

A summary of the LoM cash flow is presented in Table 19-14.

 

Table 19-14: Summary of LoM Project Cashflow

 

Description LoM
(USD Million)
Gross Revenue 14,989 
Realization Costs (net of capitalized Opex) (853)
Net Revenue 14,136
Royalties, Fees and Levies (1,189)
Operating Costs* (net of capitalized Opex) (3,473)
EBITDA 9,474
Pre-production Capex (942)
Capitalized Opex (168)
Growth Capex (42)
Sustaining Capital (1,277)
Closure – Adjusted* (57)
Working Capital Adjustment (2)
Pre-tax Cash Flow (Undiscounted) 6,986
Corporate Tax (2,411)
Post-tax Cash Flow (Undiscounted) 4,575

 

Note: * G&A and Closure costs are incurred until Year 27 and Year 54, respectively. To fully present these costs in the Model. They have been discounted back to Year 19.

 

The economic results indicate that the Project:

 

●Has positive economic metrics, such as NPV, IRR, payback and capital efficiency

 

●Is most sensitive to nickel price, nickel recovery, nickel payability; and

 

●Has a relatively low AISC of USD 3.36/lb payable Ni, with meaningful credits from copper and cobalt.

 

19.6Recommendations

 

The results of the economic analysis should be considered in conjunction with the rest of the FS, to determine if the outcome is acceptable by LZM, and whether the Project shall continue toward financing and construction.

 

Page 366 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

20ADJACENT PROPERTIES

 

In addition to SML 651/2021, TNCL holds six prospecting licenses (101.44 km2) in the surrounding area, which were granted in 2022. Five of these licenses are considered to cover ground prospective for nickel sulfide mineralization, whereas the sixth license was staked to cover a back-up potential granite aggregate source.

 

The SML is also surrounded by nine prospecting licenses fully or jointly held by Adavale Resources Limited, with most of these licenses originally held by previous owners of the Project. These license areas were relinquished primarily due to their perceived low potential to host economic nickel sulfide mineralization at the time.

 

Northwest Tanzania is an established mining region, hosting several major mines, with gold mining being predominant. Notable operations have included Golden Pride and the Williamson Diamond Mine; Bulyanhulu, North Mara, and Buzwagi Gold Mines operated by Barrick and the Geita Gold Mine operated by AngloGold Ashanti.

 

Page 367 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

21OTHER RELEVANT DATA AND INFORMATION

 

21.1Project Execution Plan

 

21.1.1Execution Approach and Project Scope

 

The Kabanga Mine and Concentrator will be executed in a single, integrated phase using an EPCM methodology.

 

The project execution plan (PEP) is designed to deliver a safe, timely, cost-effective, and high-quality development that complies with Tanzanian regulatory requirements and international standards. The Project execution model is structured around a collaborative framework involving:

 

●Project Owners’ Team, providing strategic oversight and project direction.

 

●Operations Team, responsible for compliance, permitting, engagement with stakeholders, and oversight of mining.

 

●EPCM Consultant Team, responsible for day-to-day engineering, procurement, construction, and project management.

 

The integrated EPCM framework establishes clear roles, responsibilities, and separation between owner oversight and EPCM execution functions, ensuring efficient decision-making, quality control, and compliance.

 

21.1.1.1Project Scope and Components

 

The Project comprises a coordinated program of developments, structured under a six-level hierarchical WBS (Figure 21-1), encompassing the following WBS Level 2 areas:

 

●Mining Operations: Development of North and Tembo underground mines at the Kabanga Site.

 

●Mineral Processing: Construction of a concentrator facility with a design throughput capacity of 3.4 Mtpa RoM.

 

●Infrastructure: Development of key supporting infrastructure including accommodation villages, 220 kV grid power supply from TANESCO grid, roads, TSF and other required utilities.

 

●Resettlement and Land Access: Execution of a RAP aligned with Tanzanian laws and IFC performance standards, involving the relocation and livelihood restoration of affected communities across seven host sites.

 

 

 

Figure 21-1: Work Breakdown Structure Hierarchy

 

Page 368 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

21.1.1.2Execution Planning

 

Project delivery will commence with alignment to the PES, prioritizing engineering and procurement. Detailed design and issued-for-construction drawings will be finalized, with early procurement adhering to localization policies. Construction activities at the Kabanga Site will run concurrently across workstreams, supported by logistics management from a regional project management hub.

 

Mine development is planned to begin 19 months ahead of first concentrate production to allow adequate time for mine ramp-up, and construction and commissioning of the Concentrator.

 

21.1.1.3Project Objectives

 

The execution plan aims to establish project goals and meet key health, safety, environmental, social, technical, and financial objectives, including:

 

●Zero fatalities and a Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) of ≤ 0.3.

 

●Full compliance with Tanzanian and international legal frameworks.

 

●On-schedule first production of concentrate with flexibility to adjust plans.

 

●Cost discipline aligned with capital budgets.

 

●High standards of quality, documentation, and continuous improvement.

 

21.1.2Project Schedule

 

As seen in Figure 21-2, the PES has been developed, incorporating input from stakeholders, including Tanzania’s Ministry of Minerals and aligning with Tanzanian localization and regulatory frameworks. It reflects the integration of vendor and contractor lead times and provides a coordinated timeline for all major Project components. The schedule considers the mining commission review and approval cycle for all procurement packages greater than USD 100,000. This process should be reviewed with the relevant stakeholders to reduce the schedule risk.

 

 

Note: *The Project commencement is contingent on FID and completion of permitting, financing, and execution readiness.

 

Figure 21-2: Project Execution Schedule

 

Page 369 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

21.1.2.1Key Project Milestones

 

Resettlement Activities:

 

Resettlement activities are key drivers to the Project construction sequence, with priority areas defined to allow staged construction access only once all PAPs have been relocated from the individual priority areas to ensure the safety of and minimize the impact of construction activities on the local community.

 

The resettlement construction activities to commence by month 5 post FID. This enables all priority resettlement areas at the Kabanga Site to be made available by month 10 to the Project for construction.

 

Mine and Concentrator Development:

 

●Site construction commences in Project month 7 with initial works at the North boxcut and supporting infrastructure.

 

●Underground mine development begins in Project month 14, with first production in month 32.

 

●Concentrator construction commences in month 7. Commissioning of the Concentrator commences in month 25, with first concentrate production in month 32.

 

The Project development timeline assumes pre FID execution readiness works for Resettlement, North boxcut and certain long lead items in the period preceding Project month 1. These activities include design and tendering and do not require major contract commitments.

 

21.1.2.2Critical Path Overview

 

The primary critical path begins with the resettlement of physically displaced persons, followed by mine development and first concentrate production.

 

The Concentrator’s critical path starts with the procurement and fabrication of the ball mill and the TSF development, progressing through installation, commissioning (C2–C4), and ramp-up to achieve nameplate throughput and recovery with the TSF available to discharge tailings.

 

21.1.2.3Key Project Durations

 

The key Project durations based on the PES are shown in Table 21-1.

 

Table 21-1: Key Project Durations

 

Activity Duration
Land Access and Resettlement 32 months
Livelihood Restoration Plan 89 months
Mine Development (to first production) 19 months
Concentrator Development 28 months
Concentrator Ramp-Up 9 months

 

The PES accounts for regional weather patterns and calendar considerations to optimize productivity. Engineering and procurement schedules are aligned with the WBS and have been benchmarked against historical data from regional projects. Procurement timelines comply with Tanzanian content regulations and Tanzanian Ministry of Minerals approval processes. Construction sequencing and workforce planning have been developed to optimize labor efficiency and logistics. Commissioning follows a structured C1 to C5 framework, ensuring system readiness and integrated handover.

 

All Project components are scheduled in alignment with the mine plan, infrastructure availability, and concentrate feed targets.

 

Page 370 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

21.1.3Project Setup and Execution

 

The Project begins with a detailed setup phase to ensure all teams are aligned. Key documents such as design criteria and schedules are at a mature level, and management plans are developed to guide execution, procurement, budgeting, and risk control. Lessons from past projects are integrated to improve outcomes.

 

21.1.4Communication and Documentation

 

Monthly progress reports will cover health, safety, planning, costs, and engineering updates. A digital document management system will handle records and approvals, while a clear communications process will ensure accountability and transparency.

 

21.1.5Cost and Change Management

 

A cost control system will track budgets and expenditures, with payments made only after formal approval. Changes to scope or design must be authorized by the Project Owners’ team, and all cost impacts are managed through a structured process.

 

21.1.6Risk Management

 

A risk plan will identify and track Project risks. Regular reviews will address site-specific risks like resettlement delays, infrastructure dependencies, and logistics challenges, with mitigation plans in place.

 

21.1.7Procurement

 

The EPCM team will lead procurement, supported by the Owners’ and Operations teams. Contracts will be awarded through a formal process based on technical and commercial evaluations. All vendor documentation will be managed digitally and subject to strict oversight.

 

21.1.8Engineering and Design

 

Designs will follow defined criteria and standards, using 3D modeling and HAZOP (hazard and operability) studies to minimize errors. The EPCM and specialist consultants will handle engineering, supported by a central document system to track deliverables.

 

21.1.9Quality and Logistics

 

A quality management system will enforce standards across all work. Logistics coordinators and service providers will manage material transport, customs, and delivery. Controlled storage areas will be established on-site to handle incoming goods.

 

21.1.10Health, Safety and Environment

 

The Project commits to international HSE (health, safety, and environment) standards through training, leadership, and “Zero Harm” principles. Environmental controls will manage dust, noise, traffic, spills, and waste. Site security will be coordinated by the Operations Team, ensuring safe access and operations.

 

21.1.11Resettlement

 

The 353 physically displaced and 967 economically displaced households will be supported through a structured resettlement program. New homes, infrastructure, and community facilities will be built, with long-term livelihood support extending past 2033.

 

21.1.12Construction

 

Construction will be phased, starting with resettlement and critical site infrastructure. The selected mining contractor will be engaged to commence with mine development, as soon access is provided to meet the concentrator commissioning dates. The Concentrator will follow a similar approach, built using multiple contractors with carefully sequenced work and labor planning. Camps and accommodation will support workforce needs at both sites.

 

Page 371 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

21.1.13Commissioning and Handover

 

Commissioning will roll out in five stages (C1–C5), starting in month 24. Key milestones include first ore in month 31, first concentrate in month 32. TNCL will take full control during hot commissioning, with EPCM support until final performance testing.

 

21.1.14Project Closeout

 

Closeout includes handing over as-built drawings, finalizing contracts, documenting lessons learned, and compiling a full project report. This report will summarize outcomes across all phases, including safety, finance, and performance.

 

21.2Health, Safety and Security

 

This section presents the Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) and Security framework for the Project, led by TNCL. The framework ensures compliance with Tanzanian legislation, including the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 2003; the Mining Act, 2010; and the Mining (Safety, Occupational Health, and Environmental Protection) Regulations, 2010. Additionally, it aligns with international standards such as ISO 45001:2018, underscoring the Project’s commitment to maintaining high standards in health, safety and security for all stakeholders throughout the Project’s lifecycle.

 

21.2.1Occupational Health

 

Key occupational health risks, including malaria, exposure to hazardous chemicals, biological agents, ionizing radiation, high thermal environments, noise, psychosocial factors, ergonomic challenges, vibration, and issues related to the use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), have been identified. To manage these risks, the Project has implemented a comprehensive health management strategy, which includes:

 

●Baseline and periodic health assessments: In line with Tanzanian guidelines, regular health evaluations will monitor employee health across the Project’s lifecycle.

 

●Provision and enforcement of PPE (personal protective equipment): Tailored to specific risks in mining and processing operations, PPE will be provided and its use strictly enforced.

 

●Health awareness and education programs: Focused on hygiene, occupational diseases, and first aid, these programs will meet both Tanzanian health standards and IFC Performance Standard 4, which emphasizes health impacts on workers and surrounding communities.

 

To support these efforts, the Project will establish a medical clinic at the Kabanga Site to provide both primary and emergency medical care, as well as comprehensive occupational health services. The Project will engage in ongoing collaboration with government agencies to manage community health risks, including the control of communicable diseases.

 

21.2.2Occupational Safety

 

The Project identifies several critical safety risks during the construction, operation and closure phases, which include isolation and tagout procedures, ground falls, working at heights, mobile equipment operations, fire hazards, explosives and blasting, lifting operations, aviation risks, and equipment safeguarding. To address these, the Project’s safety strategy includes:

 

●Implementation of the developed Occupational Health Management System: This system, compliant with ISO 45001:2018, will guide safety practices throughout the Project’s lifecycle, with plans for certification in the near future.

 

●Enforcement of the Project’s Occupational Health Policy: Management’s commitment to safety will be demonstrated through the implementation of various Safe Operating Procedures, policies, and guidelines designed to address specific risks. These will include, but not be limited to, working at height protocols, isolation and tagout procedures, explosive and blasting safety measures, vehicle management, journey management, and fire control procedures.

 

Page 372 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

●Performance evaluation: Performance evaluations as a constructive process aim to improve the organization’s operation, and it is crucial to the “Plan-Do-Check-Act” model prescribed by ISO 45001. This involves monitoring, measurement, analysis, and evaluation of our OHS (occupational health and safety) performance. Measurements include accident rates and workers’ competence. Moreover, internal audits will be implemented along with regular management reviews, to monitor the progress made towards the achievement of OHS objectives and fulfilment of the ISO 45001 requirements.

 

21.2.3Construction Health and Safety

 

During the construction phase, several risks and challenges will arise, such as operating heavy machinery, working at heights, handling hazardous materials, and managing a large workforce. To mitigate these risks, the Project will implement a structured approach to safety management under an EPCM strategy, supported by the Project Owners’ and Operations Teams. This approach will ensure continuous oversight and compliance with safety protocols across all operations.

 

Key roles in the Occupational Health, Safety, and Environmental (OHSE) management framework include the EPCM Safety Manager and the Project Owners’ Team, Safety Manager and Operations Safety Manager. These roles will ensure the following:

 

●Safety strategy implementation: Overseeing the execution of safety protocols across Project sites.

 

●Compliance monitoring: Ensuring adherence to the TNCL OHSE Management Plan and Tanzanian regulations, particularly the Occupational Health and Safety Act (2003) and the Mine Act Environmental and Health Regulations (2010).

 

●Community and workforce protection: Ensuring construction activities do not pose risks to either workers or nearby communities.

 

Compliance with Tanzanian OHS regulations, including the Occupational Health and Safety Act (2003) and Mine Act Environmental and Health Regulations (2010), is mandatory. These regulations require the use of appropriate PPE, safety training contractors and subcontractors will follow the Project’s safety protocols, such as the Contractor Management Procedure, ensuring consistency across all projects.

 

All personnel will undergo safety induction and training programs, covering PPE use, site-specific hazards, and emergency response procedures. Ongoing risk assessments and hazard identification will be conducted using the Field Level Risk Assessment (FLRA) process, in accordance with the Field Level Risk Assessment Declaration Form. These risk assessments will comply with the Mining (Safety, Occupational Health, and Environmental Protection) Regulations (2010), addressing specific hazards such as working at height, lifting operations, and handling hazardous chemicals.

 

Regular safety audits and inspections will be conducted by the EPCM Safety Team, documented through the Audit Report and Incident Reporting and Investigation Procedure.

 

Emergency response and preparedness are outlined in the Emergency Response and Preparedness Plan and the Medical Emergency Evacuation Procedure. Regular drills will be conducted to ensure that personnel are familiar with emergency protocols.

 

Community safety is equally prioritized, especially during construction activities near inhabited areas. Measures such as traffic management, access control, dust suppression, and noise reduction will be implemented. Barricades, fencing, and signage will prevent unauthorized access to construction zones, while regular communication and community engagement will ensure transparency and address concerns.

 

Baseline risk assessments were conducted for the Kabanga and the Resettlement Sites to identify potential hazards and implement tailored safety measures. The findings from these assessments inform the Project’s safety strategies.

 

A comprehensive set of SOPs, Checklists, Registers, and Critical Risk Control Standards has been developed to guide safe construction practices for the Project. These documents will be implemented throughout the construction phases and regularly updated to address evolving risks and changing regulatory requirements.

 

Page 373 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

21.2.4Security

 

The Security Management Plan (SMP) for the Project outlines how security will be managed throughout the Project, serving as the primary document for all related procedures and policies. The purpose of the SMP is to provide plans to protect employees, facilities, host communities, while mitigating security and human rights risks. Key elements of the SMP include:

 

●Defining security functions, responsibilities, and management structure: The SMP provides a clear outline of the roles and responsibilities of the security department to ensure coordinated and effective security operations.

 

●Risk-based security strategy: It addresses identified risks with a proportional strategy, progressively enhancing security infrastructure across different zones of the Project.

 

●Systems and community impact: The SMP details the security systems that will be used throughout the Project’s lifecycle at the respective sites and considers potential community risks and impacts arising from the Project’s security measures.

 

●Compliance: The SMP ensures alignment with national legislation, international best practices, and human rights standards, including the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights and IFC PS 1 and 4.

 

The SMP adopts a ‘four-tiered’ security approach, focusing on regional security and narrowing down to the most vulnerable infrastructure at Project locations. Security measures will be progressively enhanced through each tier, which includes regional security, security of the local area, and security of the Project. The Tanzanian Police Force (TPF) will oversee regional security, ensuring the safety of host communities and managing project-induced in-migration through community-based policing. A private security team will handle physical protection within the Project facilities, operating without lethal weapons. Any criminal incidents will be escalated to the TPF for further action.

 

The SMP is a live document that will be reviewed and updated in response to changes in the security environment, with a full review scheduled every two years. It applies to all security-related activities throughout the Project cycle and includes all parties involved in, or working on behalf of, the Project.

 

21.2.5Summary

 

The sustainability of the Project hinges on effectively managing occupational health, safety, and security risks. These risks span various Project phases from exploration, resettlement, construction, mining and mineral processing up to mine closure and monitoring. While some risks, such as explosives and blasting or ionizing radiation, are not currently present, they are anticipated in future phases. Therefore, it is essential that procedures be continuously reviewed and updated as the Project cycle progresses. The Project has already implemented the necessary systems in place to commence Project development, which will be expanded to accommodate future phases of the Project, and ongoing evaluation will be crucial to maintaining a safe and secure working environment.

 

21.3Human Resources

 

Labor costs and shift-related assumptions are detailed in Section 18. This section provides supporting information relevant to workforce readiness, localization strategy, skills availability and regulatory compliance.

 

21.3.1Skills Availability and Workforce Readiness

 

The Project is located in a remote region of northwest Tanzania with limited existing mining employment. A foundational skills assessment conducted in 2023 registered 4,266 individuals from the Primary Zone communities into a local database, forming the core of the Project’s local labor pool.

 

Initial findings highlight key challenges:

 

●Limited mining-related experience

 

●Low formal education levels (particularly below O-level, i.e., the ordinary level of post-primary education in Tanzania)

 

●Minimal exposure to structured work environments

 

Page 374 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

To address this, the Project will implement targeted training, mentorship and educational bridging programs, including:

 

●Adult Education and Training (AET) for literacy and numeracy.

 

●Pre-apprenticeship ‘bridge-to-work’ training for youth.

 

●Structured apprenticeships and learnerships in critical trades

 

●Internationally accredited training delivered on-site through a NACTVET (Tanzania’s National Council for Technical and Vocational Education and Training)-accredited training center.

 

21.3.2Localization and Expatriate Succession

 

The Project is governed by several Tanzanian labor and immigration laws, including:

 

●Mining (Local Content) Regulations, 2018

 

●Non-Citizens (Employment Regulation) Act, 2015

 

All expatriate roles are subject to formal succession plans. Each non-national must have an identified Tanzanian understudy and a documented four-year localization timeline. Expatriate employment in any one role is limited to four years, extendable to eight with Labor Commissioner approval.

 

At steady-state operations, expatriates will make up 9% of the workforce, primarily in technical support and mentorship roles..

 

21.3.3Hard-to-Fill Roles and Skills Development Strategy

 

Certain roles have been identified as hard-to-fill, particularly those requiring underground mechanized mining or specialized process plant experience. These include:

 

●Jumbo and long-hole drill rig operators

 

●Pastefill engineers and supervisors

 

●High-voltage electricians

 

●GIS (Geographic Information Systems) specialists

 

●Mine planners

 

●Instrumentation technicians

 

To build capacity, the Project will implement a multi-tiered pipeline of development, including:

 

●Bursaries for tertiary students (with local and gender targets)

 

●Graduate programs and internships

 

●Mentorship and technical exchange partnerships

 

●Study-aid for employees and on-the-job certification

 

The training center will also provide community-based upskilling, aligned with Tanzania’s National Development Vision 2025.

 

21.4Risk Analysis

 

21.4.1Risk Management Strategy

 

The Project has adopted a risk management approach in line with ISO 31000 and international mining industry best practices. This framework has been systematically applied to identify, assess, and manage all material risks that may impact the project’s technical, financial, regulatory, social, and environmental performance.

 

Page 375 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Risk management is embedded as a core discipline within the FS workstreams, with a live risk register maintained through cross-functional collaboration, facilitated workshops, and subject matter expert reviews. The register includes detailed risk descriptions, likelihood and impact scoring, control ownership, and mitigation strategies. Risks are categorized by theme—such as governance, security, environment, stakeholder relations, logistics, and financial exposure—and assessed using both qualitative and quantitative criteria. High and very high risks have been prioritized for intensive mitigation, monitoring, and ongoing review.

 

To complement qualitative assessments, a Monte Carlo quantitative simulation was conducted on both the capital estimate and project schedule. This probabilistic risk analysis modeled the combined effect of uncertainty across key inputs (e.g. permitting timelines, procurement delays, productivity factors, capital escalation) and enabled definition of P50 and P80 outcomes. These outputs have been used to inform the project’s contingency allowances, underpin stakeholder confidence, and support financing decisions. The analysis confirms that, with mitigations implemented, residual risk exposure remains within tolerable thresholds for cost and schedule.

 

21.4.2Key Project Risks and Mitigation Highlights

 

The FS process has identified several top-priority risks that may materially affect project outcomes. These are summarized below, along with the corresponding mitigations that have been embedded into the execution strategy.

 

●Phased Project Development and Government Support for Concentrate Export

 

Risk: Requirement to secure a concentrate export permit.

 

Mitigations:

 

–Government engagement strategy

 

–Amendment to the Framework Agreement

 

–Further study of future project beneficiation facility

 

●Underground Mining Development and Production Ramp-Up

 

Risk: Planned underground mining development and production ramp-up rates not achieved.

 

Mitigations:

 

–Early engagement of an internationally recognized mining contractor.

 

–Benchmarking of development rates against similar African operations are reflected in the mine production schedule.

 

–Multiple mining fronts (North and Tembo) with the option to bring forward Tembo production.

 

●Community Unrest related to Resettlement

 

Risk: Community unrest related to resettlement timeline or process resulting in delayed site access, reputational damage and consequential disruption in project execution schedule.

 

Mitigations:

 

–IFC PS5-compliant RAP

 

–Construction of Resettlement Sites and community infrastructure

 

–Stakeholder engagement and grievance audits

 

–Implement vulnerable and transitional support for PAPs

 

Page 376 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

●Delay in 220kV OHL and Power Delivery

 

Risk: Late delivery of permanent power infrastructure resulting in project delays.

 

Mitigations:

 

–Early engagement with TANESCO and contractor identification

 

–Finalization of Implementation and Power Supply Agreements

 

–EPCM-led design, procurement and construction

 

●Potential TSF Dam Breach Event

 

Risk: TSF dam breach that leads to contamination of groundwater, river systems, impact to downstream communities, and potential loss of life.

 

Mitigations:

 

–Engineered and designed TSF with liner to prevent groundwater contamination.

 

–Design, construction and management in accordance with GISTM, with independent oversight.

 

–Supporting geophysical, geotechnical investigations to address foundation designs.

 

–Controls in place to mitigate potential impacts to affected parties via early warning systems and emergency response plan to be developed and shared with all parties.

 

●Groundwater Contamination

 

Risk: Potential for sulfide-related contamination of aquifers.

 

Mitigations:

 

–Lined TSF and WRD with PCDs

 

–Groundwater modelling and ongoing monitoring

 

–Water treatment through HDS and RO plants

 

●Lack of In-country Skills

 

Risk: Limited availability of in-country skills resulting in construction delays and reduced mine productivity.

 

Mitigations:

 

–GoT engagement to establish local content strategy.

 

–Early investment in skills audits, gap analysis and training readiness.

 

–Localization targets embedded in contractor agreements and tracked quarterly.

 

–Mentorship and succession plans for all expatriate roles to support skills transfer.

 

–Centralized labor desk managing standardized recruitment and contractor compliance.

 

Page 377 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

●Extended Closure Period or Higher Closure Costs

 

Risk: Closure duration and cost increase due to regulatory changes or environmental legacy issues.

 

Mitigations:

 

–Progressive rehabilitation, closure planning, and financial provisioning

 

–Regulatory engagement and contingency planning

 

21.4.3Summary

 

The Project’s approach to risk management during the FS phase has been comprehensive, adaptive, and embedded within the wider project controls environment. Through planning, stakeholder engagement, and continuous assessment, the Project is positioned to manage uncertainties. The application of both qualitative tools and quantitative modeling ensures that risks are understood, mitigated, and reflected in the Project’s financial and execution planning, providing confidence to sponsors, stakeholders, and investors as the Project moves toward execution. To strengthen risk governance and support effective execution, the following actions are proposed following the study conclusion:

 

Finalize and Operationalize the Risk Management Plan

 

●Define roles, responsibilities, escalation thresholds, and frequency of reviews

 

●Establish standard reporting templates and dashboard integration

 

●Formalize risk audit protocols to assess compliance and mitigation performance

 

Maintain and Update Quantitative Risk Analysis

 

●Refresh Monte Carlo models quarterly or when major scope changes occur

 

●Use outputs to adjust contingency allocations and scenario planning

 

Implement Project- and Issue-Based Risk Assessments

 

●Conduct structured risk assessments for all major scope changes, mobilization activities, or critical incidents.

 

●Use findings to update the risk register and Project Execution Plan.

 

Page 378 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Institutionalize Routine Task-Based and DSTI Risk Practices

 

●Apply routine risk assessments to inform SOPs and operating standards.

 

●Embed Daily Safety Task Investigations (DSTIs) at all operational levels to promote risk awareness and frontline accountability.

 

Integrate Risk Key Performance Indicators into Project Governance

 

●Include risk metrics in monthly reporting to the Steering Committee and TNCL Board.

 

●Track mitigation progress, residual risk trends, and lead indicators of emerging risks.

 

Strengthen Stakeholder Risk Engagement

 

●Maintain structured engagement with government, host communities, and regulators on high-sensitivity risks (e.g., permitting, resettlement, closure).

 

●Include risk communication as a standing item in community and intergovernmental coordination platforms.

 

Implementation of the above will ensure a proactive, transparent, and accountable risk management approach as a continuous discipline, ensuring that the Project remains resilient and responsibly managed throughout execution, operations and closure phases.

 

22INTERPRETATION AND CONCLUSIONS

 

22.1Geology and Mineral Resources

 

The Mineral Resource estimates in this report are based on resource modeling completed and published in December 2024. The QP has prepared the modeling and reviewed supplied data and considers the Mineral Resource estimate to be acceptable. Mineral Resource estimates in the FS TRS are reported in accordance with S-K 1300.

 

The FS TRS Mineral Resource estimates were shown to meet reasonable prospects for economic extraction.

 

The QP believes that the level of uncertainty has been adequately reflected in the classification of Mineral Resources for the Project. Notwithstanding this, the Mineral Resource estimate presented in Section 11 may be materially impacted by any future changes in the break-even cut-off grade, which may result from changes in mining method selection, mining costs, processing recoveries and costs, metal price fluctuations, or significant changes in geological knowledge.

 

Page 379 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

22.2Mineral Reserves

 

The Mineral Reserve estimation for the Project is reported using the definitions in S-K 1300 and conforms to industry-accepted practices. The QP is not aware of any mining, metallurgical, infrastructure, logistics, permitting or other relevant factors not discussed in this Report that could materially affect the Mineral Reserve estimate.

 

22.3Mining

 

The work on the mining section meets the requirements of an S-K 1300 FS. The FS was completed assuming two decline systems would be suitable to access North, Tembo, and Main zones, with the mining method being longhole stoping with paste backfill. The mining rate ramps up to a sustained 3.4 Mtpa of mill feed being hauled to the Concentrator. Indicative pricing was received from suitably experienced and qualified mining contractors, which has been used as both the basis for costing and mine scheduling. The mining costs in the economic analysis are informed by an FS level of mine design.

 

22.4Hydrogeology and Groundwater Modeling

 

Hydrogeological investigations confirm limited groundwater use in the area, primarily for domestic and agricultural purposes. Groundwater ingress to the underground mine is expected to be relatively low due to the low permeability of the surrounding rock, and it is not considered a ‘wet mine’. The mine dewatering will provide the bulk of raw water required for the Kabanga Mine and Concentrator operations. Dewatering will induce a drawdown cone, potentially affecting springs in the Project Area; however, no direct impact on human receptors is anticipated due to the planned community relocation. Groundwater baseflow reduction is predicted to be minor (< 7%) and unlikely to impact surface water significantly. Groundwater recovery post-closure is expected within 15 years, with spring flow resuming. Mine void decant may occur 17 years post-closure, necessitating active decant water management.

 

22.5Geochemistry

 

Geochemical testing has been undertaken on waste rock, feed, tailings and paste samples. Both pyrrhotite and non-pyrrhotite tailings are acid-generating. Kinetic and subaqueous leach tests demonstrate ongoing potential for acid and metal release under weathering and submerged conditions, though subaqueous conditions significantly reduce contaminant concentrations over time. Process water quality modeling from both tailings types indicates risks of contamination and thus the need for robust tailings and water management strategies to mitigate long-term environmental impacts. This is considered and incorporated in the TSF design.

 

Waste rock will largely be used in mine backfill, and the remainder for TSF closure, reducing geochemical impacts post LoM.

 

22.6Metallurgy and Processing

 

22.6.1Metallurgical Testing

 

The FS is supported by an extensive metallurgical testwork program and supplemented by historical concentrator testing. Metallurgical testwork for the FS was conducted at independent, accredited laboratories using samples representative of expected lithologies, ore blends, and grades from North and Tembo zones, incorporating anticipated waste dilution. Main Zone, contributing approximately 10% of future feed from Year 10 onwards, was not included in current FS testing but is assumed to have similar metallurgical performance based on historical data.

 

Page 380 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The FS testwork program encompassed mineralogy, comminution, flotation (bench-scale, locked-cycle, and mini pilot plant), vendor filtration, settling, pumping and rheology assessments, oxidation and regrind studies, and concentrate characterization. The results aligned well with historical data and supported process flowsheet confirmation, variability analysis, and comminution modeling.

 

Flotation performance varied by lithology, with blends containing ≤ 20% UMAF_1a achieving targeted recoveries, while blends > 35% UMAF_1a showed reduced performance. Mining strategies should therefore limit UMAF_1a to a maximum of 30% in the feed blend.

 

Feed oxidation tests indicated reduced flotation recovery under warm, humid conditions for fine-crushed MSSX and UMAF_1a samples. To mitigate this, coarse blast fragmentation and minimal lag between mining and milling are recommended, supported by covered ore storage.

 

Overall, the testwork provided sufficient data for process design, cost estimation, recovery modeling, and production forecasting. A conventional crushing, grinding, and flotation circuit is suitable for the ore types, yielding a concentrate with average Life of Mine grades of 17.5% Ni, 2.6% Cu, 1.3% Co, 32% S, and 0.6% MgO. Expected average recoveries are 87.3% for nickel, 95.6% for copper, and 89.6% for cobalt.

 

All of the required testwork is completed for this FS and no additional work is necessary for this level of study.

 

22.6.2Kabanga Concentrator

 

The Concentrator is designed to process 3.4 Mtpa of Run of Mine (RoM) feed, aligned with the steady-state underground mining rate. It covers the full processing chain from RoM stockpile to final Ni-Cu-Co concentrate load-out and tailings pumping to the TSF and backfill plants. The flowsheet comprises conventional crushing, grinding, flotation, dewatering, and a pyrrhotite flotation circuit, producing both pyrrhotite and non-pyrrhotite tailings, the latter suitable for backfill.

 

The process design is based on comprehensive testwork, historical data, trade-off studies, and standard engineering practice. It utilizes industry-standard unit operations—including two-stage crushing, ball milling, flotation, and conventional reagents—proven effective for processing base metal sulfide ores. The flowsheet is established, robust, and does not pose technical risk.

 

The plant is configured as a single-phase development comprising two 1.7 Mtpa modules with shared crushing, tailings, concentrate handling circuits, and utilities. This modular approach supports ramp-up flexibility and operational redundancy, as identified in comminution trade-off studies.

 

Design and engineering comply with international and national standards and have considered environmental and social impacts, incorporating measures to minimize noise, dust, light, and visual pollution. The Concentrator design is considered technically sound, meets FS standards, and reflects accepted industry practice. The Concentrator process and engineering is considered to be at a level that meets that typically required for an FS and represents good industry practice.

 

22.7Infrastructure

 

Kabanga Site is partially developed with existing infrastructure will be augmented in the FS to support full-scale construction and operations. The planned infrastructure includes upgraded site access and internal roads, earthworks, power supply and distribution, water systems, accommodation, site facilities, waste management, tailings storage, fuel services, laydowns, security, laboratory, and surface infrastructure.

 

Detailed construction and operational logistics plans have been developed, including a robust concentrate transport strategy from site to port, with built-in contingencies for potential disruptions.

 

Page 381 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Regionally, Tanzania has an established mining sector supported by national infrastructure. Ongoing government investments are enhancing power, rail, water, and port capacity, which directly benefit the Kabanga Project. Key projects include:

 

●The Julius Nyerere Hydropower Project (2,100 MW), now 99.8% complete.

 

●The Standard Gauge Railway (SGR), with cargo services already running between Dar es Salaam and Dodoma.

 

●DP World’s USD 250 million investment into the Port of Dar es Salaam, which has significantly reduced vessel docking times and enhanced cargo handling efficiency.

 

These national infrastructure developments are expected to play a critical role in supporting Kabanga’s logistics and long-term operations.

 

22.7.1Water

 

The Kabanga Site’s water demand is expected to be met primarily through underground mine inflows, surface run-off, and recycled process water, with supplementary supply available from the Ruvubu River and tested boreholes. The water system design includes provision for raw, process, potable, fire, gland seal, and other operational needs.

 

Excess water can be treated and safely discharged to the river when necessary. Acidic mine water and seepage from waste rock dumps will be captured in pollution control dams (PCDs), treated, and reused. Post-closure water treatment has been included in the closure cost estimates to ensure long-term environmental compliance and alignment with best practice.

 

22.7.2Tailings Storage Facility

 

The Project includes a purpose-built TSF at the Kabanga Site, designed in accordance with Tanzanian regulations and the GISTM. Located in a tributary valley of the Nyamwongo River, the TSF will be constructed with an initial starter embankment and up to five raises, providing a total capacity of 50 Mt—well above the FS requirement of 32.5 Mt—to allow for Inferred Mineral Resource potential conversion and future expansion.

 

Given the geochemical properties of the pyrrhotite-rich tailings, subaqueous deposition is planned to minimize oxidation. The TSF will be fully lined, with a liner leakage collection system (LLCS) and seepage containment measures in place to mitigate environmental risk. A spring water diversion system will maintain downstream flow conditions.

 

Design development has been supported by extensive technical assessments, including dam breach, geochemical, water balance, seepage, stability, seismic hazard, and tailings consolidation studies. Based on the dam breach analysis, the TSF has been classified as an ‘Extreme’ consequence dam under GISTM and rated ‘Very High “A”’ under Tanzanian guidelines, primarily due to potential environmental and safety impacts. The design incorporates seismic resilience, emergency spillways, and sufficient freeboard and safety factors.

 

Supplementary geophysical and geotechnical investigations were completed in 2023 to support foundation design and construction material selection. A Safety in Design (SiD) process and quantitative risk assessment confirmed that TSF risks remain within tolerable limits as per ANCOLD guidelines, contingent on design execution and ongoing performance monitoring.

 

The TSF is a critical element of the Project, subject to continuous review by an ITRB, an APP, and external experts. GISTM principles are being followed and will be implemented through detailed design and operations.

 

Page 382 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

22.8Environmental

 

The Project’s approach to ESG reflects a comprehensive strategy that ensures compliance, fosters transparency, and promotes sustainable development. Through strong governance policies, continuous stakeholder engagement, and alignment with international standards, the Project is well-positioned to achieve its environmental and social objectives while contributing to Tanzania’s economic growth. The Project is set to demonstrate responsible mining, ensuring long-term, positive contributions to the local communities and the environment.

 

22.9Market Studies

 

Markets for nickel, copper, and cobalt are well established and demand for these metals is expected to grow in the long term, given the global trend of decarbonization and electrification. All three metals are key components in batteries, consumer electronics, energy storage and renewable energy capacity, and the outlook for these sectors remains robust.

 

A nickel-rich sulfide concentrate containing payable levels of copper and cobalt and levels of impurities below penalty limits will be produced at the Kabanga Site. Concentrate will be sold to the export market. The Project has received indicative, non-binding offtake terms for 100% of the concentrate.

 

The metal prices used in the FS are based on an assessment by LZM, in collaboration with the QP, of recent market prices, long-term forward curve prices, and consensus prices from analysts and institutions. The values used in the economic analysis undertaken for the FS are taken from Q2 2025 consensus pricing for nickel, copper, and cobalt.

 

The assessment of the long-term metal prices has been made using industry-standard practices and is suitable for use in the FS.

 

22.10Economic Analysis

 

The Project has been evaluated using long-term consensus nickel pricing of USD 8.49/lb. The post-tax cash flows for the Project result in an NPV of USD 1,579 million at an 8% discount rate, with an after-tax IRR of 23.3%, AISC of USD 3.36/lb payable Ni, and a payback period of 4.5 years from first production and payback of 7.1 years from first investment.

 

The economic analysis is supported by advanced study data for the Kabanga Site, detailed tax and royalty calculations, and concentrate payabilities based on indicative, non-binding agreements.

 

Page 383 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

22.11Risks and Uncertainties

 

●Tanzania is a constitutional multi-party democracy with political dominance by the governing CCM (Chama Cha Mapinduzi) party. National elections are upcoming in October 2025 and the regulatory environment is expected to remain stable. Tanzania has low unemployment and a fast-growing economy supported by ongoing infrastructure development.

 

●Recent negotiated settlements and policy clarifications have improved investor sentiment; however, risks around regulatory predictability and resource nationalism remain.

 

●A Framework Agreement signed between the GoT and KNL in 2021, followed by an SML for the development and operation of the Project, will require amendment to include concentrate export.

 

●The initial phase for the Project requires an export permit for concentrate. Tanzania prioritizes in-country beneficiation and the Project will continue to develop a plan for a downstream beneficiation facility.

 

●An equitable EBSP is outlined in the Framework Agreement and describes the requirement for a Joint Financial Model (JFM) to guide the management and operations and how and when the GoT will derive income from taxes, royalties, duties, levies, and dividends from its 16% interest in the Project. The JFM currently exists in draft between KNL and the GoT, and LZM will continue to engage with the GoT to ensure that this is finalized and signed by the parties, giving investors certainty on the quantum of taxes, royalties, duties, etc. Finalization of the JFM is a condition precedent for Project Final Investment Decision (FID) and therefore any delays could impact on the overall Project execution timeline.

 

●The Project should expedite the finalization of the Implementation Agreement with TANESCO relating to the development of the 88 km, 220 kV OHL to the Kabanga Site. This would include progressing with permitting and planning to ensure timeous completion. In addition, since the Project has committed to the implementation of IFC Performance Standards and Equator Principles, the existing TANESCO ESIA and future RAP required for construction need to be reviewed and uplifted.

 

●Underground development and production ramp-up rates may not be achieved as planned, which could impact early revenue generation and overall project schedule. While planned rates have been benchmarked against other underground operations in Africa, actual performance may vary due to factors such as contractor productivity, ground conditions, equipment availability, workforce readiness, and logistical constraints. These uncertainties may result in slower-than-anticipated development or stope access delays during early years of production.

 

●For the Project to proceed, the resettlement of PAPs will need to be completed to provide access to the Project construction areas. A RAP aligned with both national and international standards has been developed to address the socio-economic impact on the Project Affected Households (PAHs). Approximately 96% of cash compensation has been completed. to be followed by the building of houses and relocation of PAHs. Any delays in resettlement could impact land access for the Project development.

 

●Based on the dam breach analysis, the TSF has been classified as an ‘Extreme’ consequence dam under GISTM and rated ‘Very High “A”’ under Tanzanian guidelines, due to potential environmental and safety impacts. The TSF will be designed and operated in line with GISTM guidelines including independent third-party oversight.

 

●The availability of skilled labor presents a moderate risk to early Project execution and operations. Limited education levels in local communities will necessitate significant training investment to build local capacity, while shortages in specialist skills may require increased reliance on expatriate personnel, subject to Labor Commissioner work permit approvals.

 

Page 384 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

23RECOMMENDATIONS

 

The QPs recommend advancing the Project as described in the FS TRS by completing all technical and commercial FID enabling workstreams. Furthermore, it is recommended to continue with GoT engagement, especially in relation to the Framework Agreement and a concentrate export permit.

 

23.1Permitting and Licenses

 

●Advance all key permits and licenses, especially those associated with the Project’s critical path.

 

●Amend the Framework Agreement to incorporate the provision to export concentrate.

 

●Obtain a concentrate export permit from the Tanzania Mining Commission.

 

●Advance the application for TSF construction permit.

 

23.2Geology and Mineral Resources

 

Key recommendations regarding Geology and Mineral Resources, to be implemented over the life of operations include:

 

●Update and evaluate the Mineral Resources as additional information becomes available.

 

●Test for further extensions of mineralization, such as at Safari Link, and develop a regional exploration program to test other identified geophysical anomalies, such as Rubona Hill.

 

●Complete additional infill drilling and interpretation to convert Inferred Mineral Resources to Indicated and Measured Mineral Resources.

 

23.3Mining

 

The following activities are recommended to further de-risk the mine plan and advance execution readiness for the underground mining contract:

 

●Complete a competitive tender process for contract mining to support FID, including commercial, technical, and contractual evaluations to select a preferred mining contractor to establish execution certainty and final pricing.

 

●Advance detailed underground mine design, including stope optimization, and refinement of the ventilation system to de-risk underground stoping and production ramp-up.

 

23.4Hydrogeology and Surface Water

 

●The hydrogeological model should be updated to reflect any future changes in the mine plan, tailings deposition and WRD dump size, and continually validated using ongoing independent monitoring data to maintain its reliability.

 

●A site-wide, independent quarterly monitoring program for groundwater quality has already commenced and should continue, both pre- and post-operationally, to verify modeling assumptions.

 

●The overall water and salt balance should be revalidated upon finalization of the detailed mine plan, WRD and TSF designs, which will likely result in a reduction in planned water treatment, both during operations and at closure.

 

Page 385 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

23.5Metallurgy and Processing

 

23.5.1Kabanga Concentrator

 

●Additional feed oxidation assessments should be conducted once ore is available from mining operations, to better characterize the feed oxidation potential of both the coarse uncrushed RoM and crushed feeds.

 

●Additional concentrate characterization testing should be conducted to support the preparation of the required concentrate logistics documentation.

 

●Bulk material handling testwork for feed and concentrate should be considered. The current design uses industry benchmarks and design allowances.

 

●Communition and flotation characterization testwork is required to confirm the comminution parameters and recovery potential of Main Zone prior to the inclusion in the concentrator feed blend in the later years of mining (Year 10 onwards). There is sufficient time for this to occur.

 

23.6Infrastructure

 

23.6.1Kabanga Site

 

●Continue engagement with TANESCO to finalize the implementation agreement, power supply agreement (including the rebate calculation), and early works streams including ESIAs, RAP, and permitting for the 220 kV OHL.

 

●Conduct additional geotechnical investigations to support detailed design of the North boxcut, WRDs and concentrator heavy structures.

 

●Verify and advance activities to prepare for the North boxcut commencement.

 

●Complete a competitive tender process for earthworks contractor prior to FID, including commercial, technical, and contractual evaluations to select a preferred contractor to establish execution certainty for the critical path facilities.

 

●Continue engagement with TANROADS regarding upgrades to the southern access road.

 

Page 386 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

23.6.2Tailings Storage Facility

 

The following recommendations for the TSF are intended to de-risk the execution phase of the Project from both a schedule and regulatory perspective:

 

●Appoint an internationally recognized TSF design engineer consultant for detailed design and execution as early as possible.

 

●Advance the TSF detailed design with continued adherence to national and international guidelines including the Tanzanian Dam Safety Guidelines requirements and the GISTM standards, with ongoing reviews of the TSF design by an ITRB, a Tanzanian Ministry of Water APP, and other subject matter experts.

 

●Finalize Emergency Response and Preparedness Plans for the TSF to support permit application for construction of the TSF.

 

●Carry out the second phase of the site-specific seismic hazard analysis (time history development) to support a numerical deformation modeling.

 

●Conduct an additional geotechnical investigation and cone penetration testing on site to improve knowledge of the foundation conditions and refine the geological model, as well as intrusive investigation of anomalies identified in the geophysical investigation.

 

●Undertake additional construction material laboratory testing to improve the quantification of material strengths and characterization.

 

●Conduct a periodic dam breach analysis over the LoM.

 

23.6.3Logistics

 

●Continue engagement with the TRC regarding the completion of the SGR line between Tabora and Isaka and to secure the required rolling stock, capacity on the line and access to the sidings to facilitate the stockpiling and management of concentrate en-route to the Port of Dar es Salaam.

 

●Investigate opportunities to utilize the SGR line for the construction execution phase of the Project.

 

●Further engagement with the Tanzania Ports Authority and DP World relating to concentrate management and export logistics.

 

●Commission a dynamic simulation to evaluate Project operational logistics.

 

Page 387 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

23.7Environmental and Social Studies, Resettlement and Closure

 

23.7.1Environmental and Social Studies, Plans and Resettlement

 

●Finalize the remaining ESIAs to IFC standards and action recommendations.

 

●Secure Resettlement Sites and complete compensation agreements and payments.

 

●Prioritize effective and internationally compliant resettlement and livelihood restoration. The LRP requires further definition to provide a comprehensive framework for planning, scoping, scheduling, and costing. The Project should provide a detailed LRP that has considered the affected community co-design input. Identify implementation partners and start the livelihood restoration projects.

 

●Continue with regular, transparent communication channels with all Project stakeholders.

 

●Obtain final NEMC approval following the updates to the national ESMP for the Kabanga Site, incorporating the changes related to the WRD, increased plant throughput, and the TSF.

 

●Complete a RAP for the Ruvubu Water Pipeline to be undertaken to an international standards compliant level and submit it to the NEMC to obtain the relevant approvals and permits.

 

●Commence hardship and in-migration studies, vulnerability survey and project health impact assessments. The LRP requires further definition to provide a comprehensive framework for planning, scoping, scheduling, and costing. The Project should provide a detailed LRP that has considered the affected community co-design input. Once this has been completed, implementation partners need to be identified and the livelihood restoration projects need to start.

 

23.7.2Mine Closure

 

●Update the Conceptual Closure Plan that has been compiled as part of the Kabanga ESIA (May 2025), into a Preliminary Mine Closure Plan (PMCP), prior to construction.

 

●Progressive rehabilitation plans must be developed to ensure that land rehabilitation occurs continuously throughout the mining and facility operations.

 

●Further review of the TSF closure capping and cover designs.

 

●Investigate active and passive water treatment options for post-closure water management.

 

●Establish financial assurance mechanisms to secure mine closure and rehabilitation funds.

 

Page 388 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

23.8Economic Analysis

 

●Negotiate and finalize the JFM, including taxes, royalties, duties, levies, dividends, and terms of the financing of the GoT’s 16% free carry, as outlined in the Framework Agreement.

 

●Finalize concentrate offtake agreements.

 

●Negotiate and finalize shipping rates, port charges, and freight forwarding handling fees.

 

23.9Human Resources

 

23.9.1Engagement with Department of Labour on Expatriates

 

●Engage proactively with the Department of Labour to ensure compliance with the Non-Citizens (Employment Regulation) Act, 2015 and Mining (Local Content) Regulations, 2018.

 

●Submit formal succession plans for all expatriate roles, each with a Tanzanian understudy and a four-year localization timeline.

 

●Discuss extension pathways for hard-to-fill technical positions requiring longer-term expatriate support.

 

●Emphasize the transitional mentorship and technical capacity-building roles of expatriates in submissions and dialogue.

 

23.9.2Skills Survey and Workforce Planning

 

●Finalize and expand national and local skills surveys to inform recruitment, training, and localization strategies.

 

●Conduct a full skills gap analysis and literacy/numeracy testing to guide pre-employment preparation.

 

●Establish a live, regularly updated skills audit framework across labor-sending areas.

 

●Use survey data to shape Adult Education and Training (AET), bridge-to-work, and apprenticeship programs focused on Primary Zone communities and priority skills gaps.

 

Page 389 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

23.10Execution Readiness

 

●Initiate key project setup activities, including advancing contracting and procurement processes, obtaining quotations for long-lead items, completing the EPCM tender process, and appointing quantity surveyors.

 

●Engage with the Mining Commission on the strategy for procurement packages not available in Tanzania.

 

23.11Future Project Development Phase

 

●Continue to investigate the future downstream beneficiation facility by commissioning a PFS.

 

23.12The Project Work Plan and Costs for Recommended Work

 

The estimated costs associated with the Project Work Plan are provided in Table 23-1.

 

Table 23-1: Summary of Costs for Recommended Work

 

Discipline

 Description (USD ’000)
Mining Tender for mine development contract. 265
TSF Detailed design of TSF facility, application for TSF construction permit, ITRB, and APP. 1,500
Geotechnical Drill Program Consolidated drill program to support box cuts, ventilation raises, concentrator, TSF, and surface infrastructure. 1,840
Infrastructure and Logistics

Engagement with TANESCO for 220kV OHL. Engineering design, ESIA and RAP.

 

Engagements for trucking, rail and port logistics. Dynamic simulation for project logistics.

2,955

 

Environmental and permitting ESIA uplift to IFC, concentrate transport. 924
Resettlement Social studies, Pipeline RAP, M&E, host site land acquisition, finalize compensation payments, LRP co-design. 4,101
Skills Survey Update Local skills survey and gap analysis. 270
Execution Readiness Project setup, establish contracting and procurement processes, quotations for long lead items, EPCM tender and appointing quantity surveyors. 5,730
TOTAL   17,585

 

The FS also includes a USD 1.07 million allowance to progress a prefeasibility study for a future downstream beneficiation facility.

 

23.12.1QP Opinion – Geology and Mineral Resources

 

The QP is of the opinion that the recommendations made regarding geology and the Mineral Resource are suitable for advancing the Project into the next phase.

 

23.12.2QP Opinion – Other

 

It is the opinion of DRA, responsible and acting as the QP for the Project, that the recommendations made are appropriate and that the Project should proceed with execution readiness activities and government engagement.

 

Page 390 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

24REFERENCES

 

Section 1: Executive Summary

 

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), 2020. Regulation S-K, Item 1302 – Description of Property. 17 CFR §229.1302. https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-17/chapter-II/part-229/section-229.1302.

 

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), 2020. Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(96) – Technical Report Summary Requirements. 17 CFR §229.601. Available at: https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-17/chapter-II/part-229/section-229.601

 

The White House, (2025, March 20). Immediate Measures to Increase American Mineral Production. https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2025/03/immediate-measures-to-increase-american-mineral-production/

 

Framework Agreement between the GoT of the United Republic of Tanzania and LZ Nickel Limited, (Jan 2021)

 

Section 3: Property Description

 

The Mining Act [CAP. 123 R.E. 2019], The United Republic of Tanzania. Revised Edition of the Principal Legislation, incorporating amendments up to 30 November 2019.

 

Section 4: Accessibility, Climate, Local Resources, Infrastructure, and Physiography

 

(URT), Ministry of Finance and Planning, Tanzania National Bureau of Statistics and President’s Office - Finance and Planning, Office of the Chief Government Statistician, Zanzibar. The 2022 Population and Housing Census: Administrative Units Population Distribution Report; Tanzania, December 2022.

 

https://data.maptiler.com/downloads/dataset/osm/africa/tanzania/?projection=globe#7.24/-3.728/32.791

 

https://www.unfpa.org/data/world-population-dashboard

 

WSP, Climate Assessment Report, Reference 41104544-358521-1, June 2023.

 

Golder Associates, Environmental Impact Statement, Reference 09-1118-0024, October 2012.

 

https://www.ports.go.tz/index.php/en/ports/mtwara

 

https://www.citypopulation.de/en/tanzania/admin/shinyanga/1705__kahama_municipality/

 

Kahama Municipal Council Investment Information, Version 1, 2023 (https://kahamamc.go.tz/storage/app/uploads/public/650/1be/1d6/6501be1d62ffc407177614.pdf)

 

SGR Project Information – Tanzania Invest Website https://www.tanzaniainvest.com/sgr

 

https://www.tic.go.tz/sectors

 

https://www.worldbank.org/en/country/tanzania/overview

 

Section 5-9, 11: Geology and Mineral Resources

 

AMEC (2009), Kabanga Mineral Resource Audit Final, September 2009

 

AMEC (2009), Kabanga Ni Resource Audit Geology Database QAQC Final, September 2009

 

Barrick (2016), Announcement; Barrick Gold Corporation Annual Information Form for the year ended December 31, 2016, 24 March 2017

 

Deblond, A. and Tack, L. (1999). Main characteristics and review of mineral resources of the Kabanga-Musongati mafic-ultramafic alignment in Burundi. Journal of African Earth Sciences, Vol. 29, No. 2, pp. 313–328.

 

Evans, D.M., Boadi, I., Byemelwa, L., Gilligan, J., Kabete. J. and Marcet, P., (2000). Kabanga magmatic nickel sulphide deposits, Tanzania: morphology and geochemistry of associated intrusions, Tanzania. Journal of African Earth Sciences, Vol. 30, No. 3, pp. 651–674.

 

Page 391 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Evans, D.M., Byemelwa, L. and Gilligan, J., (1999). Variability of magmatic sulphide compositions Kabanga nickel prospect, Tanzania. Journal of African Earth Sciences, Vol. 29, No. 2, pp. 329–351.

 

Evans, D.M., Simmonds, J.R. and Hunt, J.P.P.M., (2016). An overview of nickel mineralisation in Africa with emphasis on the Mesoproterozoic East African Nickel Belt (EANB). International Union of Geological Sciences, Vol. 39, No. 2, pp. 319–333.

 

Fernandez-Alonso, M., Cutten, H., De Waele, B., Tack, L., Tahon, A., Baudet, D. and Barritt, S.D., (2012). The Mesoproterozoic Karagwe-Ankole Belt (formerly the NE Kibara Belt): The result of prolonged extensional intracratonic basin development punctuated by two short-lived far-field compressional events. Precambrian Research 216– 219 (2012) 63–86.

 

Glencore (2017). Announcement: Glencore 2016 Annual Report, 1 March 2017.

 

KNCL (2010), Technical Report on the Kabanga Nickel Project, 31 December 2010.

 

KNCL (2010), Unpublished Feasibility Study Report Main, MNB, North & Tembo Resource Update.

 

KNCL (2014a), Draft Feasibility Study, 15 January 2014.

 

KNCL (2014b), Unpublished Technical Report on the Kabanga Nickel Project, 31 December 2014.

 

Koegelenberg, C., (2016). Geology, structural evolution and controls of hydrothermal gold mineralization in the Eastern Karagwe-Ankole fold belt, North Western Tanzania. Dissertation presented for the degree of Doctor of Earth Sciences in the Faculty of Science at Stellenbosch University, March 2016.

 

Kokonyangi, J.W., Kampunzu, A.B., Armstrong, R., Arima, M., Yoshida, M. and Okudaira, T., (2007). U-Pb SHRIMP Dating of Detrital Zircons from the Nzilo Group (Kibaran Belt): Implications for the Source of Sediments and Mesoproterozoic Evolution of Central Africa. The Journal of Geology, 2007, Vol. 115, pp. 99-113.

 

LHL (2023), Kabanga 2023 Mineral Resource Technical Report Summary, 30 March 2023.

 

LZM (2025), Kabanga Nickel Project, Initial Assessment Technical Report Summary, June 2, 2025.

 

Maier, W.D. and Barnes, S-J., (2010). The Kabanga Ni sulfide deposit, Tanzania: I. Geology, petrography, silicate rock geochemistry, and sulfur and oxygen isotopes. Miner Deposita 45:419–441.

 

Maier, W.D., Peltonen, P., and Livesey, T., (2007). The Ages of the Kabanga North and Kapalagulu Intrusions, Western Tanzania: A Reconnaissance Study. The Society of Economic Geologists, Inc., Economic Geology, Vol. 102, pp. 147–154.

 

OreWin (2023), Kabanga 2023MRU Technical Report Summary, 30 November 2023.

 

OreWin (2024), Kabanga 2024MRU Technical Report Summary, 4 December 2023.

 

Tack, L., Liégeois, J.P., Deblond, A. and Duchesne, J.C., (1994). Kibaran A-type granitoids and mafic rocks generated by two mantle sources in a late orogenic setting (Burundi). Precambrian Research Vol. 68, pp. 323–356.

 

Tack, L., Wingate, M.T.D., D. De Waele, Meert, J., Belousova, E., Griffin, B., Tahon, A., Fernandez-Alonso, M., (2010). The 1375 Ma “Kibaran event” in Central Africa: Prominent emplacement of bimodal magmatism under extensional regime. Precambrian Research, Vol. 180, Issues 1-2, pp. 63-84.

 

Tanzania Invest, Tanzania Standard Gauge Railway, 2023: https://www.tanzaniainvest.com/sgr/

 

Tanzania National Bureau of Statistics and President’s Office (2022) Finance and Planning, 2022 Population and Housing Census; Tanzania, December 2022.

 

Tanzania Ports Authority (2023), Mtwara and Other Southern Sea Ports, June 2023.

 

The United Republic of Tanzania (2013), National Environmental Management Act (NEMA) Act N. 20 of 2004.

 

United Nations Population Fund (2023), Tanzania Dashboard, June 2023.

 

Page 392 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Section 10: Mineral Processing and Metallurgical Testing

 

Lycopodium Ltd, 2013. Kabanga Nickel Project Draft Feasibility Study, December 2013.

 

Section 13: Mining Methods

 

Bieniawski, Z. T, (1989), “Engineering rock mass classifications: a complete manual for engineers and geologists in mining, civil, and petroleum engineering” John Wiley & Sons.

 

Golder and Associates Inc. (Golder, 2009) Technical Memorandum Kabanga – Additional Structural Modelling – July 2009, September 2009. [Internal Source].

 

Hoek, E and E.T. Brown (2019) The Hoek-Brown failure criterion and GSI - 2018 edition. Journal of Rock Mechanics and Geotechnical Engineering, Vol 11. Issue 3 pp445-463. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1674775518303846

 

Hoek, E., 2023, Practical Rock Engineering – 2023 edition, made available online by Rocscience https://www.rocscience.com/assets/resources/learning/hoek/Practical-Rock-Engineering-Full-Text.pdf

 

Kabanga Nickel Project - Feasibility Study (2025), Lifezone Metals prepared by DRA Projects (Pty) Ltd Report No. J6902-ST-REP-000001, July 2025.

 

Mathews, K., Hoek, E., Wyllie, D.C., and Stewart, S.B.V, 1981. Prediction of Stable Excavation Spans for Mining at Depths below 1000 Metres in Hard Rock. Ottawa, Ontario, Canada: Golder Associates Report to Canada Centre for Mining and Energy Technology (CANMET), Department of Energy and Resources.

 

MineGeoTech MGT (2024). Kabanga Geotechnical Assessment – Draft R1. Prepared for Kabanga Nickel Limited. Report No. J22104. Authors: Emma Jones, John Player.

 

Mitchell, R.J. Olsen, R.S. and Smith, J.D. (1982) Model studies on cemented tailings used in mine backfill, Canadian Geotechnical Journal, No.19, pp 14-28.

 

NGI (2015), Using the Q system, Rock mass Classification and support design, May 2015.

 

Potvin, Y., 1988, Empirical open-stope design in Canada. PhD thesis, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.

 

Windsor, C.R., E. Villaescusa and L. Machuca (2010). A comparison of rock stresses measured by WASM AE with results from other techniques that measure the complete rock stress tensor. Proc. 5th Int. Conf on In-situ Rock Stress. (Furen Xie Ed.) Beijing, pp. 211-216.

 

Vakili, A., Albrecht, J., Sandy, M. (2014). Rock Strength Anisotropy and Its Importance in Underground Geotechnical Design. AUSROCK 2014: Third Australasian Ground Control in Mining Conference / Sydney, NSW, 5-6 November 2014.

 

Villaescusa, E., 1996, Excavation design for bench stoping at Mount Isa mine, Queensland, Australia. Transactions, Institution of Mining and Metallurgy, Section A: Mining Industry, 105:A1-A10.

 

WSP Group Africa Pty Limited, 2025. Kabanga Nickel Project (41104544-REP-00020 June 2025) – DFS 2025 Update Kabanga - Water and Salt Balance.

 

Section 14: Processing and Recovery Methods

 

DRA South Africa Projects (Pty) Ltd, 2024. Comminution Circuit Trade-Off Study Note for the Record.

 

Section 15: Project Infrastructure and Logistics

 

Australian National Committee on Large Dams (ANCOLD). 2012. Guidelines on Tailings Dams – Planning, Design, Construction, Operation and Closure. 

 

Australian National Committee on Large Dams (ANCOLD). 2019. Guidelines on Tailings Dams – Planning, Design, Construction, Operation and Closure Addendum. 

 

DRA Projects (Pty) 2023 Ltd 2023-Reference- J6902-CIV-000002- Southern Access Road Desktop Study Report Rev C.05.

 

Dteq 2023-Route Survey Report 01-D05 Dated 23 November 2023.

 

Page 393 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Global Tailings Review (2020), Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management, August 2020.

 

Golder 2011-Geotechnical Investigation Report Number 13182-11073-1.

 

International Committee on Large Dams (ICOLD), November 2022, Bulletin No. 194, Version 1.0, Tailings Dam Safety.

 

International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM) Tailings Management: Good Practice Guide.

 

Knight Piésold 2012 Geotechnical Report – PE301-00132/40-A bas M21013.

 

Lycopodium (Ltd) 2011-Ref 1733-STY-001 REV C-Kabanga Nickel Project-Draft Feasibility Study.

 

Morgan Sterling Consultants Limited, 2025. Logistics Report for the Kabanga Nickel Project Feasibility Study – June 2025.

 

Reference-Kabanga Processing Plant Geotechnical Investigation Report Number: 41105136_REP-003_Kabanga Plant_Rev-0.

 

The United Republic of Tanzania (2013), Dam Safety Regulations Government Notice (GN 237) of 2013.

 

The United Republic of Tanzania, Department of Water Resources Management, operating under Tanzania’s Ministry of Water, Water Resources Management (Dam Safety) Regulations Government Notice (GN 237) of 2013 and amendment of GN 55 of 2020.

 

The United Republic of Tanzania, Department of Water Resources Management, operating under Tanzania’s Ministry of Water, Dam Safety Guidelines (2020). 

 

University of Dar es Salaam Bureau for Industrial Cooperation (BICO) 2012 -TSF closure design – Na. BTWs-101/MJM/snz/020/01/BGM).

 

WSP (South Africa) 2024 - Storm & Sediment Management Plan Report (REF. NO. 41104544-REP-00012).

 

WSP (South Africa) 2024-Source terms for the WRD barrier designs No. 70102444.TM1.B0.

 

WSP Australia Pty Limited, 2025. Kabanga Nickel Project Tailings Storage Facility Design Report for 2025 Feasibility Study.

 

WSP Group Africa Pty Limited, 2024. Kabanga Nickel Tailings Storage Facility Definitive Feasibility Study Dam Break Analysis and Consequence Category Assessment.

 

WSP Group Africa Pty Limited, 2025. Kabanga Nickel Project – DFS 2025 Update Kabanga - Water and Salt BalanceWSP New Zealand Limited, 2024. Site-specific Seismic Hazard Assessment for Proposed Tailings Storage Facility Kabanga Nickel Project, Tanzania.

 

Section 16: Market Studies

 

CRU International Ltd, 2025. Kabanga Nickel Project: DFS report market input 2025 update.

 

Section 17: ESG References

 

Environmental References

 

Edge Plan Development Corporation Limited (2023). Buzwagi SEZ Master Plan 2023 – 2043. Dar es Salaam, pp.1-142.

 

Golder Associates (2012), Environmental Impact Statement, Reference 09-1118-0024, Oct 2012.

 

LZM, (2024), Kabanga ESG Description, 2 December 2024.

 

LZM, (2024), Kabanga Property Description, 29 November 2024.

 

Minopex Technical Advisory (Pty) Ltd (2023). Proposal for the Development of Operational Readiness Requirements for the Kabanga Nickel Project. Sandton, pp.1–27.

 

Tembo Nickel Corporation Limited (2023). Kabanga Nickel Resettlement Project: Draft Entitlement Framework for Consultation.

 

Tembo Nickel Corporation Limited (2023). Kabanga Nickel Resettlement Project: Livelihood Restoration Plan.

 

Page 394 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

The United Republic of Tanzania (2013), The Water Resources Management (Amendment) Act, 2022.

 

The United Republic of Tanzania (2013), Water Resources Management Act (WRM Act) No. 11 of 2009.

 

The United Republic of Tanzania (2023). Proposed 220kV Transmission Line for Power Supply to Kabanga Nickel Mine Project and Expansion of Buzwagi Substation.

 

TNCL (2023) EIA for the Proposed Construction and Operation of the TNCL MMPF in Kahama District, Shinyanga Region Volume 1: Environmental Impact Statement (EIS), June 2023.

 

Other References

 

DRA Projects (Pty) Ltd (2023). Project Infrastructure Security and Access Control Philosophy. South Africa, pp.1–9.

 

Edge Plan Development Corporation Limited (2023). Buzwagi SEZ Master Plan 2023 – 2043. Dar es Salaam, pp.1-142.

 

Golder Associates (2009). Tailings Disposal Facility Design - Kabanga Nickel Project. Ontario, pp.1–499.

 

Joint Ore Reserves Committee. (2012). The JORC Code 2012 Edition.

 

Moosapoor, B. (2023). ESG Standard Databook 2023 [Microsoft Excel spreadsheet].

 

Moosapoor, B. (2023) Kabanga Spring Water Diversion MCA_Rev A [Microsoft Excel spreadsheet].

 

Moosapoor, B. (n.d.). Ranking Matrix – Aspects Under Consideration (Rev A) [Microsoft Excel spreadsheet].

 

MTL Consulting Company Limited (2023). The Environmental and Social Management Plan Update (ESMPU) for the Proposed Kabanga Nickel Project, Ngara District, Kagera Region. Dar es Salaam, pp.1–590, Vol. 1 and 2.

 

Pullinger, L. (2023). Memorandum of findings to determine the presence of Indigenous People (IP) at the mining operations of Tembo Nickel. South Africa: Vivid Advisory, pp.1–5.

 

RSK Environment Ltd (RSK) (2023a). Kabanga Nickel Resettlement Project: Draft Entitlement Framework for Consultation. Dar es Salaam, pp.1–35.

 

RSK Environment Ltd (RSK) (2023b). Kabanga Nickel Resettlement Project: Livelihood Restoration Plan. Dar es Salaam, pp.1–6.

 

RSK Environment Ltd (RSK) (2024). Environmental Impact Assessment for the Proposed Developments within Seven Relocation Host Sites Located within Ngara District, Kagera Region, Tanzania. Dar es Salaam, pp.1–402.

 

Tembo Nickel Corporation Limited. (2024). Community Relations Department - Stakeholders Engagement Plan.

 

Tembo Nickel Corporation Limited. (2024). Stakeholder Engagement Standard.

 

Tembo Nickel Corporation Limited. (2024). Stakeholder Payment Guideline.

 

The United Republic of Tanzania - National Environment Management Council (2024). Request for Guidance on Changes to Mining Infrastructure. [Letter].

 

The United Republic of Tanzania (2022). Administrative Units Population Distribution Report Vol. 1B.

 

Valmin. (2016). The Valmin Code 2015 Edition.

 

Vivid Advisory. (2024). Official Memorandum on Indigenous People at Kabanga Nickel.

 

WSP (2023a). Kabanga Nickel Project TSF DFS: Defining Closure Objectives and Completion Criteria. Midrand, pp.1–3.

 

WSP (2023b). Kabanga Nickel Project TSF DFS: Defining Closure Objectives and Completion Criteria to Inform the Basis of Design for the Proposed TSF Concept Design. Perth, pp.1–6. [Technical Memorandum].

 

WSP (2023), Climate Assessment Report, Reference 41104544-358521-1, June 2023.

 

Page 395 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Relocation References

 

DFID. (2000). Sustainable livelihoods guidance sheets. United Kingdom. Available at https://www.ennonline.net/attachments/875/section4-2.pdf (last accessed 12 April 2022). 

 

Ellis, F. (1998). Household Strategies and Rural Livelihood Diversification. Journal of Development Studies, 35(1):1-38. DOI: 10.1080/00220389808422553. 

 

Equator Principles Financial Institutions (EPFIs) (2020), The Equator Principles July 2020, A financial industry benchmark for determining, assessing and managing environmental and social risk in projects. 

 

International Finance Corporation (IFC) (2012). Performance Standards on Environmental and Social Sustainability. International Finance Corporation Word Bank Group. 

 

MTL Consulting Company Limited (MTL) (2023). The Environmental and Social Management Plan Update (ESMPU) for the Proposed Kabanga Nickel Project, Ngara District, Kagera Region. Dar es Salaam, pp.1–590, Vol. 1 and 2. 

 

National Land Use Planning Commission (NLUPC) (2020) Guidelines for Integrated and Participatory Village Land Use Management and Administration -- Third Edition -- National Land Use Planning Commission. Ministry of Lands, Housing and Human Settlements Development. 

 

RePlan (2013) Kabanga Nickel Company Limited Kabanga Nickel Project Resettlement Action Plan. Tembo Nickel Corporation Limited.

 

RSK Environment Ltd (2022) Kabanga Nickel Resettlement Project Resettlement Stakeholder Engagement Plan (RSEP). Tembo Nickel Corporation Limited.

 

RSK Environment Ltd (RSK) (2023a) Kabanga Nickel Resettlement Project Socio-Economic Baseline HH survey report (SEBS). Tembo Nickel Corporation Limited.

 

RSK Environment Ltd (RSK) (2023b) Kabanga Nickel Resettlement Project Livelihood Restoration Plan (LRP). Tembo Nickel Corporation Limited.

 

RSK Environment Ltd (RSK) (2023c) Kabanga Nickel Resettlement Project Resettlement, Housing, Planning, and Infrastructure Planning Report. Tembo Nickel Corporation Limited.

 

RSK Environment Ltd (RSK) (2023d) Kabanga Nickel Resettlement Project, Level 1 Resettlement Action Plan. Tembo Nickel Corporation Limited. Specific data update, July 2024.

 

RSK Environment Ltd (RSK) (2024) Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the proposed developments within seven Relocation Host Sites located within Ngara District, Kagera Region, Tanzania – Environmental Impact Statement. Tembo Nickel Corporation Limited.

 

TNCL (2023). Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the Proposed Construction and Operation of the Tembo Nickel Multi-Metal (Nickel, Cobalt, and Copper) Processing Facility in Mwendakulima Mtaa, Mwendakulima Ward, Kahama Municipal, Shinyanga Region. Dar es Salaam, pp.1–713.

 

TNCL (2023). Kabanga Nickel Resettlement Project: Draft Entitlement Framework for Consultation.

 

UNICEF Innocenti – Global Office of Research and Foresight, Ministry of Education, Science and Technology of Tanzania, the President’s Office Regional and Local Administration of Tanzania and UNICEF Tanzania, Data Must Speak: Unpacking Factors Influencing School Performance in Mainland Tanzania. UNICEF Innocenti, Florence, 2024.

 

United Nations Human Rights Office of the High Commissioner (UNHROHC) (2011). Guiding principles on business and human rights – Implementing the United Nations “Protect, Respect and Remedy” Framework. New York and Geneva: United Nations.  

 

United Republic of Tanzania (URT) (2008). Cultural Heritage Policy. Ministry of Natural Resources and Tourism. Dar es Salaam, Antiquities Department.

 

United Republic of Tanzania (URT) (2016) ‘Basic Demographic ad Socio-Economic Profile, Kagera Region.’ 2012 Population and Housing Census. 

 

Page 396 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

United Republic of Tanzania (URT) (2018) ‘Kagera Region Socio-Economic Profile, 2015. Jointly prepared by National Bureau of Statistics, Ministry of Finance and Planning and Kagera Regional Secretariat. National Bureau of Statistics, Dar es Salaam. 

 

United Republic of Tanzania (URT) (2024), Ministry of Finance, Tanzania National Bureau of Statistics and President’s Office - Finance and Planning, Office of the Chief Government Statistician, Zanzibar. The 2022 Population and Housing Census: Tanzania Basic Demographic and Socio-Economic Profile Report; Tanzania, April 2024. 

 

Sustainability References

 

Masdar and TANESCO to develop renewable projects in Tanzania:
https://www.power-technology.com/news/masdar-tanesco-tanzania/?cf-view

 

TANESCO Solar Power Project and Grid Upgrade:
https://www.afd.fr/en/carte-des-projets/tanesco-solar-power-project-and-grid-upgrade-tanzania

 

Tanzania Power Production and Demand - 2024 Update: https://www.tanzaniainvest.com/power

 

Lectures and Presentations

 

BHP. 2023. ESG Strategy Workshop Outcomes [PowerPoint Presentation]. Kabanga Project – Lifezone Metals, Tembo Nickel and BHP Workshop, 19 July.

 

BHP. 2023. Closure Vision and Objectives Workshop Outcomes [PowerPoint Presentation] Kabanga Project – Lifezone Metals, Tembo Nickel and BHP Workshop, 19 July.

 

Malaviya, P., & Ezra Teri, S. 2024. HRDD Overview & progress [PowerPoint Presentation] 2 May.

 

Tembo Nickel Corporation. 2023. Resettlement Risk Workshop. Kabanga Project Workshop, 16 May, Dar es Salaam.

 

WSP. 2023. Tailings Storage Facility [PowerPoint Presentation]. MCA Workshop, 24 April.

 

Standards and Guidelines

 

Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy (AusIMM) ESG and Social Responsibility Guidelines.

 

International Finance Corporation (IFC) Sustainability Framework and Performance Standards on Environmental and Social Sustainability.

 

SANS 1200 Standard Specifications for Civil Engineering Construction.

 

Legislation

 

Graves (Removal) Act, 1969 

Education Act (General Notice No. 150 of 1977) 

The Environmental Management Act No. 20 of 2004

The Forest Act No. 7 of 2002

The Land Act No. 4 of 1999

The Land Use Planning Act No. 6 of 2007

The Mining Act No. 6 of 2019

The Occupational Health and Safety Act No. 5 of 2003

The Public Health Act No. 1 of 2010

The Village Land Act No. 5 of 2019

The Water Resources Management Act No. 11 of 2009

 

Section 18: Capital and Operating Costs

 

AACE International. (2011). 47R-11: Cost Estimate Classification System – As Applied in the Mining and Mineral Processing Industries. AACE International Recommended Practice No. 47R-11.

 

Page 397 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

25RELIANCE ON INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE REGISTRANT

 

In preparing this report, the Qualified Persons (QPs) have relied entirely on information provided by the Registrant in certain key areas that fall outside the QPs’ direct expertise. These include:

 

●Assumptions related to macroeconomic conditions, including inflation, interest rates, and broader economic trends (Sections 18 and 19).

 

●Market outlook and commercial strategies that are under the Registrant’s control (Sections 16, 18, and 19) specifically providing the long-term commodity price forecast information included in this report (Section 16).

 

●Guidance from the Registrants and their tax advisors on applicable taxes, royalties, and other government levies or interests, applicable to revenue or income from the Project as presented in Section 3 and Section 19 and used in Section 11 for establishing reasonable prospects of economic extraction (RPEE), Section 12 for establishing the Mineral Reserve cut-off grade, and Section 19 to support the sub-section on tax information and tax inputs to the economic model that provides an after-tax model. The rates comply with the tax regime at the Project location.

 

●The TSF design and compliance to GISTM guidelines (Section 15)

 

●Legal interpretations, statutory and regulatory frameworks that influence the mine plan but are beyond the QPs’ expertise (Section 3).

 

●Environmental matters that require specialist expertise

 

—Planned community accommodations and social commitments related to mine development (Section 17).

 

—Government policies, relationships, and other external factors outside the QPs’ control (Section 17).

 

—The status and maintenance of all permits, licenses, and regulatory approvals necessary for current and future operations, including mining, processing, and waste management (Section 3).

 

—The Registrant’s ability and commitment to managing stakeholder relationships in a way that supports ongoing operations (Section 17).

 

Following a review of the information supplied, the opinion of the QPs is that it is reasonable to rely on the information provided by the Registrant as outlined above because a significant amount of work has been conducted for the Project by the Registrant over an extended period, the Registrant and its related entities employ professionals with responsibility in the areas identified and these personnel have the best understanding in these areas.

 

Page 398 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

EFFECTIVE DATE AND QP SIGNATURE PAGE

 

Project Name: Kabanga Nickel Project
   
Title: Feasibility Study - Technical Report Summary
   
Effective Date of Mineral Resource Estimate: December 4, 2024
   
Effective Date of Technical Report Summary: July 18, 2025

 

/s/ Sharron Sylvester

 

Date of Signing: July 18, 2025

 

Sharron Sylvester, Technical Director – Geology

 

OreWin Pty Ltd, BSc (Geol), RPGeo AIG (10125)

 

Project Name: Kabanga Nickel Project
   
Title: Feasibility Study - Technical Report Summary
   
Effective Date of Mineral Reserve Estimate: July 18, 2025
   
Effective Date of Technical Report Summary: July 18, 2025

 

/s/ Alistair Hodgkinson

 

Date of Signing: July 18, 2025

 

Alistair Hodgkinson, Chief Operating Officer

 

DRA Projects (Pty) Ltd

 

Page 399 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

GLOSSARY

 

Defined Terms

Term Definition
Annum A period of one calendar year.
Brownfield Type of project constrained by existing works and operations. Project constructed within an existing operation.
Capex Capital Expenditure - funds spent on acquisition, construction, upgrading and periodic maintenance of physical assets. See also Capital Cost Estimate, Pre-production Capital and Sustaining Capital.
Capitalized Opex All Opex incurred before month 35 of the Project.
Community A group of individuals broader than the household, who identify themselves as a common unit due to recognized social, religious, economic, or traditional government ties, or through a shared locality
Compensation Payment in cash or in kind for an asset or a resource that is acquired or affected by a Project at the time the asset needs to be replaced.
Concentrate The final product of the flotation process, which contains a higher concentration of valuable minerals
Contractors Company or firm providing materials, labor and services to perform construction work on the Project sites.
Deadweight tonnage (DWT) Deadweight Tonnage (often abbreviated as DWT) is a measure of the maximum weight that a ship can carry without risking its safety. This includes the mass of everything on board — from cargo, fuel, passengers, crew, to provisions and freshwater.
Displacement The physical, economic, social and / or cultural uprooting of a person, household, social group or community as a result of the Project.
DRA DRA Projects (Pty) Ltd, a private company owned by DRA Global Ltd.
Economic displacement Loss of assets (including land), or loss of access to assets, leading to loss of income or means of livelihood as a result of Project related land acquisition or restriction of access to natural resources. People or enterprises that may be economically displaced with or without experiencing physical displacement.
Economically displaced household
(EDH)		 A household whose livelihoods are impacted by the Project. This includes both PDH as well as households living outside the Project area but who maintain livelihood activities (e.g., land, non-residential structures, businesses, or other usage rights) within the footprint.
Electrowinning Electrochemical process used to extract metal ions from aqueous solutions
EPCM Refers to the EPCM contractor, which will work together with the KNL Owners’ team, installation Contractors / Suppliers to design, construct and commission a project area and/or phase of the KNL Project
Final Investment Decision Refers to the formal commitment by the project sponsors to proceed with the full-scale development of the Kabanga Nickel Project, typically following the satisfaction of conditions precedent to financing. In the context of project finance, FID represents the point at which binding agreements are executed with lenders and equity providers, enabling drawdown of funds for construction. It marks the transition from planning to implementation and is contingent upon completion of due diligence, permitting, finalization of offtake arrangements, and financial close.
Flotation A process for separating valuable minerals from the feed based on their differences in hydrophobic properties
FS TRS Feasibility Study Technical Report Summary (this report, titled “Kabanga Nickel Project– Feasibility Study - Technical Report Summary” with the effective date July 18, 2025)
Greenfield A project initiated on undeveloped land, where no previous construction or infrastructure exists.
Household A group of people who may or may not be related, but who share a home or living space, who aggregate and share their incomes, and evidenced by the fact that they regularly take meals together.
Hydrogeology Branch of geology that investigates the distribution, movement, and quality of groundwater within the Earth’s crust, examining how water interacts with geological formations, influences natural and human-made environments, and contributes to the hydrological cycle.

 

Page 400 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Term Definition
Hydrology The comprehensive study of the movement, distribution, and quality of water across the Earth’s surface, including its interactions with the atmosphere, land, and living organisms, and how these processes influence and are influenced by the natural and human-altered environment over time.
Kabanga Concentrate Concentrate produced by the Kabanga Concentrator, after processing of the Kabanga feed.
Kabanga Concentrator Concentrator facility developed as part of the Kabanga Site Project. Also defined as “Concentrator”
Kabanga Nickel Company Limited Previous company developed by Sutton Resources between 1990 and 1999.
Kabanga Nickel Limited Kabanga Nickel Limited, a private company owned by Lifezone Metals Limited and BHP Billiton (UK) DDS Ltd and incorporated in accordance with the company laws of the United Kingdom.
Kabanga Nickel Mine The nickel mine located and operated within the boundaries described by Special Mining Licence (SML), No. SML 651/2021.
Kabanga Nickel Project The initial development phase of a minerals project in Tanzania, comprising a 3.4 Mtpa underground Mine and Concentrator, TSF, surface infrastructure and Resettlement activities. The Project will produce a nickel-copper-cobalt rich concentrate for export via the Port of Dar es Salaam. Also referred to as “the Project.”
Kabanga Site The site location, in the Ngara region, for the Kabanga Nickel Project’s mine, concentrator and associated infrastructure development. The area is outlined in the Special Mining Licence No SML 651/2021.
Kahama Site The proposed location for a potential future phase of project development at the Buzwagi Special Economic Zone in Kahama, designated for the construction of a downstream beneficiation facility under Refining License No. RFL 066/2024. This phase is not assessed within the scope of this Feasibility Study (FS).
Land acquisition Land acquisition includes both outright purchases of property and purchases of access rights, such as rights-of-way (easement).
Life of Mine (LoM) The number of years that an operation is scheduled to mine and process feed and is based on the current mine plan.
Lifezone Metals Limited (LZM) Lifezone Metals Limited, a public company listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) and incorporated in accordance with the company laws of the Isle of Man.
Livelihood A livelihood comprises the capabilities, assets and activities required for a person to make a living such as: wages from employment; cash income earned through an enterprise or through sale of produce, goods, handicrafts or services; rental income from land or premises; income from a harvest or animal husbandry; share of a harvest (such as various sharecropping arrangements) or livestock production; self-produced goods or produce used for exchange or barter; self-consumed goods or produce, food, materials, fuel and goods for personal or household use or trade derived from natural or common resources; pensions; various types of government allowances (child allowances, special assistance for the very poor); and remittances from family or relatives.
Livelihood Restoration Plan (LRP) A plan intended to set out how to replace or restore livelihoods lost or reduced as a result of a Project. The plan aims to restore, or if possible, improve the quality of life and standard of living of affected parties and ensure food security through the provision of economic opportunities and income-generating activities of affected property owners and their households.
Locked-Cycle Test (LCT) A laboratory test that simulates the continuous flotation circuit to determine the overall metallurgical performance
Mine The North, Tembo and Main Mine operations located within the SML. Also used collectively to describe the Kabanga Mine comprising all three mines at the Kabanga Site.
MineCo Tembo Nickel Corporation Ltd, also known as MineCo, a private company owned by Kabanga Nickel Limited and the Tanzanian Government., Holder of Special Mining Licence SML 651 / 2021. Also defined as “Tembo Nickel” or “TNCL.”
Mini Pilot Plant (MPP) A scaled-down pilot plant historically used to conduct metallurgical testwork on drill samples to optimize the process before full-scale production
Operating Expenditure (Opex) The costs incurred while operating a company. Opex includes costs related to the direct cost of production, marketing, maintenance, administration and overhead costs of the business on a day-to-day basis. Operating costs exclude non-operating expenses such as financing costs, forward cover or foreign currency translation, but would include the cost of labor, consumables, raw materials, utilities etc. required to operate an asset and provide a product or service to the market.

 

Page 401 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Term Definition
Operational Readiness Ensuring that all systems, personnel, and processes are fully prepared for efficient and risk-minimized operation from the first day of service
Operational Readiness Plan A strategy to ensure that all systems, processes, and personnel are fully prepared for operation. It involves testing, risk mitigation, and training to confirm readiness before full-scale deployment.
Physical Displacement Loss of permanently occupied house/apartment, dwelling or shelter as a result of Project-related land acquisition that requires the affected person(s) to move to another location.
Physically Displaced Household (PDH) A household occupying a house in the Project area built on or before the Entitlement Cut-off Date as the primary or sole residence.
Pollution Control Dam A dam designed to capture and contain pollutants from runoff or wastewater, preventing them from contaminating natural water sources and mitigating environmental damage.
Precursor cathode active material A material used in the manufacturing of battery cathodes, typically containing metals like nickel, cobalt, and manganese
Pre-production Capex All capital costs incurred prior to the commencement of commercial production. This includes direct and indirect costs associated with mine development, process plant and infrastructure construction, EPCM, and Owners’ costs.
Primary Zone Residents of the directly affected or doorstep communities
Priority Area Designated areas on the Kabanga Site footprint that require resettlement to enable land access and commence project development activities
Production Schedule Also known as the mine plan, this refers to the Mine production schedule developed for the FS.
Project Affected Household (PAH) All members of a household, whether related or not, operating as a single economic unit, who are affected as a result of the land acquisition required for the Project.
Project Affected Person (PAP) Any person who, as a result of the implementation of a Project, loses the right to own, use, or otherwise benefit from a built structure, land (residential, agricultural, or pasture), annual or perennial crops and trees, or any other fixed or moveable asset, either in full or in part, permanently or temporarily. Since this RAP was initiated strictly following Tanzanian legislation for land acquisition, Project-affected persons were initially only registered if they held land ownership (customary or formal tenure). The RAP (May 2025) identifies this term as a unit for quantification and data management purposes. The RAP also makes provisions to extend livelihood restoration efforts to all persons impacted by displacement, these are household members identified during the socioeconomic survey.
RACI R –People or stakeholders who do the work. They must complete the task or objective or make the decision. Several people can be jointly Responsible A – Person or stakeholder who is the “owner” of the work. He or she must sign off or approve when the task, objective or decision is complete. This person must make sure that responsibilities are assigned in the matrix for all related activities. Success requires that there is only one person Accountable, which means that “the buck stops there C – People or stakeholders who need to give input before the work can be done and signed-off on. These people are “in the loop” and active participants I – People or stakeholders who need to be kept “in the picture.” They need updates on progress or decisions, but they do not need to be formally consulted, nor do they contribute directly to the task or decision
Ramp-up The period from the commencement of operation to the attainment of steady-state operations.
Region The highest administrative division of Tanzania. Tanzania is divided into thirty-one regions (2016), each of which is further subdivided into districts.
Rehabilitation The process of restoring land disturbed by mining to support appropriate post-mining use. Governed by country-specific laws, it addresses key aspects such as water protection, topsoil management, slope gradients, waste handling, and revegetation to minimize environmental impact and ensure sustainable land use.

 

Page 402 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Term Definition
Reserve Case Refers to the base-case development scenario iof the FS that is underpinned by declared Mineral Reserves. It includes the production schedule, infrastructure, and financial estimates derived from mining areas that have been converted to Mineral Reserves using appropriate modifying factors. It encompasses the planned extraction of 52.2 Mt of ore from three underground mines (North, Tembo, and Main), processed through a concentrator to produce 5.2 Mt of high-grade nickel concentrate, containing 902 kt of nickel metal over an 18-year mine life. It reflects associated capital and operating costs and serves as the basis for project evaluation.
Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) A plan detailing the process a project will take if the project has impacts of physical displacement in line with IFC PS5 requirements. This includes detailing a plan of the relocation activities, measures to mitigate the negative impacts of displacement, developing a resettlement budget and schedule, and determining compensation measures.
Resettlement Sites Refers to a designated areas where Physically Displaced Households are resettled/relocated due to the development of the Project. These sites are developed to provide adequate housing and infrastructure ensuring the displaced populations have access to essential services such as water, sanitation, education, and healthcare.
Rheology The study of the flow and deformation of matter, particularly how materials respond to applied forces
Risk Register Documented tool used to identify, assess, and manage qualitative risks throughout the Project.
Ruvubu River Main river passing the Kabanga Site 14 km to the southwest and serves as primary water source to the Kabanga Site and forms the border between Tanzania and Burundi in the region.
Scoping Study A preliminary evaluation of a mining project to determine its potential economic viability
Socio-economic Baseline A baseline record of land use activities within the Project footprint, as well as the socioeconomic characteristics of individuals and communities dependent on the land prior to the commencement of the land acquisition process, as well as host communities that will potentially be impacted by the Project.
Solids Concentration The percentage of solid material in a slurry.
Special Mining Licence (SML) Special Mining Licence in terms of the Mining Act, Revised Edition 2019, SML 651/2021 issued to Tembo Nickel Corporation Ltd (TNCL) on 25 October 2021, which confers to TNCL the exclusive right to search for, mine, dig, mill, process, transport, use, and/or market nickel, or other minerals found to occur in association with that mineral, in and vertically under the SML area, and execute such other work works as are necessary for that purpose.
Stakeholder Individuals or groups of people who are directly or indirectly affected by a Project, as well as those who may have an interest in a Project.
Surface Infrastructure The term refers collectively to the site roads, earthworks, drainage, water supply and storage dams, power supply and distribution, buildings, stores, workshops, services and other operational enabling infrastructure developed as part of the Project.
Tailings The material left over after the valuable minerals have been separated from the feed. Tailings is typically stored in a tailings storage facility (TSF).

 

Page 403 of 404

// FEASIBILITY STUDY - TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

 

 

Term Definition
Tailings Storage Facility (TSF) An engineered structure designed to store the waste materials, known as tailings, which remain after the extraction of valuable minerals from ore during mineral processing
TANESCO Tanzania Electric Supply Company Limited. State-owned utility company responsible for the generation, transmission, and distribution of electricity in Tanzania.
TANROADS Tanzania National Roads Agency. Government agency responsible for the development, maintenance, and management of the national road network in Tanzania.
Tanzanian Railways Corporation (TRC) Tanzania Railways Corporation (TRC)., a State-owned company responsible for operating and managing the railway infrastructure and services in Tanzania. Previously known as Tanzania Railways Limited (TANRAIL).
Tembo Nickel Corporation Limited (TNCL) Tembo Nickel Corporation Ltd, a private company owned by Kabanga Nickel Limited and the Tanzanian Government., Holder of Special Mining Licence SML 651 / 2021 (MineCo). Also defined as “Tembo Nickel” or “TNCL.”
Tenant Tenants are recognized as having an interest in, but not ownership of land under The Valuation and Valuers (General) Regulations, 2018. A tenant is referred to as a person who is cultivating or occupying developments on communal land or land belonging to another individual. Tenants are ineligible for compensation for the land they occupy or cultivate, but are eligible for compensation for any improvements or developments that they have made on the land. No formal tenants with lease agreements were identified during the asset survey. All tenants are therefore considered to be informal for the purposes of this study.
The Mining Act The Mining Act [CAP. 123 R.E. 2019], The United Republic of Tanzania. Revised Edition of the Principal Legislation, incorporating amendments up to 30 November 2019. Printed under the authority of Section 4 of the Laws Revision Act, Chapter 4. Government Printer, Dar es Salaam.
Thickening Thickening is a process used in mining and mineral processing to increase the solid content of a slurry by removing excess water.
UMAF A generic abbreviation historically used for any ultramafic lithological unit (could be mineralized or unmineralized)
UMAF_1a Applies to logged geology in the drillhole data showing ultramafic-hosted mineralization (“mineralized” refers to the presence of valuable ore minerals (ie nickel, copper, cobalt) within the rock)
UMAF_KAB Applies to logged geology in the drillhole data showing unmineralized ultramafic (“unmineralized” indicates the absence of economically significant concentrations of valuable ore minerals (nickel, copper, cobalt) within the rock)
UMIN Used as a coding field in the Mineral Resource modeling work - in particular, a domain field name in the cell model and drillhole files to denote the presence of ultramafic mineralization. When used outside of the geological data section, UMIN refers to all mineralized ultramafic material or ultramafic ore (it is equivalent to UMAF_1a which is only used in drillhole logging)
Variability Testwork Tests conducted to assess how variations in feed composition impact the performance of the processing plant.
Ward A lower-level administrative subdivision of Tanzania. In urban areas, each ward generally comprises several villages.

 

 

Page 404 of 404